New Bookmarks
Year 2009 Quarter 4: October 1 - December 31 Additions to
Bob Jensen's Bookmarks
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Tidbits Directory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have key words to enter ---
Search Site.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/.

Choose a Date
Below for Additions to the Bookmarks File
2009
October 31
November 30
December 31
2009
July 31
August 31
September 30
2009
April 30
May 31
June 30
2009
January 31
February 28
March 31
Some Accounting News Sites and Related Links
Bob Jensen
at
Trinity University
Accounting
and Taxation News Sites ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Fraud News
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
XBRL News ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Selected Accounting History Sites ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Some of Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Free Tutorials, Videos, and Other Helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Bob Jensen's gateway to millions of
other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New
Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud
Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Peter, Paul, and
Barney: An Essay on 2008 U.S. Government Bailouts of Private Companies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Health Care News ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
Bob Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm

December 31, 2009
Bob Jensen's New Bookmarks on
December 31, 2009
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have key words to enter ---
Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Cool Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Accounting program news items for colleges are posted at
http://www.accountingweb.com/news/college_news.html
Sometimes the news items provide links to teaching resources for accounting
educators.
Any college may post a news item.
How to author books and other materials for
online delivery
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
How Web Pages Work ---
http://computer.howstuffworks.com/web-page.htm
Bob Jensen's essay on the financial crisis bailout's aftermath and an alphabet soup of
appendices can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Federal Revenue and Spending Book of Charts (Great Charts on Bad Budgeting)
---
http://www.heritage.org/research/features/BudgetChartBook/index.html
The Master List of Free
Online College Courses ---
http://universitiesandcolleges.org/
Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
The Master List of Free
Online College Courses ---
http://universitiesandcolleges.org/
Bob Jensen's threads for online worldwide education and training
alternatives ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm
"U. of Manitoba
Researchers Publish Open-Source Handbook on Educational Technology,"
by Steve Kolowich, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 19, 2009 ---
http://chronicle.com/wiredcampus/index.php?id=3671&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Social Networking for Education: The Beautiful and the Ugly
(including Google's Wave and Orcut for Social Networking and some education uses
of Twitter)
Updates will be at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Humor Between December 1 and December 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor123109
Humor Between November 1 and November 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor113009
Humor Between October 1 and October 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor103109
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor093009
Humor Between August 1 and August 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor083109
Humor Between July 1 and July 31. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor073109
Humor Between June 1 and June 30. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor063009
Humor Between May 1 and May 31, 2009 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor053109
Humor Between April 1 and April 30, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor043009
Humor Between March 1 and March 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor033109
Humor Between February 1 and February 28, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor022809
Humor Between January 1 and January 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor01310
Happy Old Year
Summary of FASB Standards Issued in 2009 ---
http://www.fasb.org/jsp/FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1175801890297
AccountingWeb's Tax Software Review for Professionals, November 2009
Featured Tax
Software
Bob Jensen's accounting software helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#AccountingSoftware
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
2009 Best Places to Start/Intern According to
Bloomberg/Business Week ---
Click Here
Also see the Internship and Table links at
http://www.businessweek.com/careers/special_reports/20091211best_places_for_interns.htm
The Top five rankings contain all Big Four accountancy firms.
Somehow Proctor and Gamble slipped into Rank 4 above PwC
The accountancy firms of Grant Thornton and RMS McGladrey make the top 40 at
ranks 32 and 33 respectively.
Best Places to Intern ---
http://www.businessweek.com/managing/content/dec2009/ca2009129_394659.htm?link_position=link1
I'm waiting for Francine to throw cold water on the "ever
before" claim
Especially note the KPMG Experience Abroad module below
"Best Places to Intern: Bloomberg BusinessWeek's 2009 list shows employers
are hiring more interns to fill entry-level positions than
ever before," by Lindsey Gerdes, Business Week, December 10, 2009
---
http://www.businessweek.com/managing/content/dec2009/ca2009129_394659.htm?link_position=link1
How valuable is a summer internship in a recession?
Consider
Goldman Sachs, the leading choice for students
interested in a career on Wall Street. This year, the investment bank hired
600 fewer entry-level employees. That's not surprising given the stunted
economy and the government bailout of banks. What is noteworthy is nearly
90% of Goldman's new hires were former interns. The previous year, Goldman
wasn't as concerned about hiring a high percentage of students it had
already invested time and money to trainonly 58% of entry-level hires had
spent a summer at the company.
The same is true for other employers.
KPMG, a Big Four accounting firm that finds itself
in tight competition with
Deloitte,
Ernst & Young, and
PricewaterhouseCoopers, hired nearly 900 fewer
entry-level employees this year. But 91% of those full-time hires were
former interns, whereas only 71% of new hires in 2008 were interns.
Internships have long been seen as a primary
recruiting tool at many top employers—a 10-week job tryout to see who would
be the best fit for full-time employment. But with full-time hiring down,
even the largest employers are trying to maximize the investment they've
made in interns by hiring a larger percentage to fill entry-level position
than ever before. "It's true for all years, but I think it's even more so in
years like this," says Sandra Hurse, a senior executive at Goldman who
handles campus recruiting.
Evaluating Employers
With
this ranking, Bloomberg BusinessWeek
has put together its third annual guide to the best internships, providing
information on the number of interns each company recruits, how many are
offered full-time jobs, the number of interns expected to be hired next
year, even the salaries students receive.To compile our list, we judged
employers based on survey data from 60 career services directors around the
country and a separate survey completed by each employer.We also consider
how each employer fared in the annual
Best Places to Launch a Career, our ranking
of top U.S. entry-level employers released in September of each year.
Our ranking of
the best U.S.companies for undergraduate internships
highlights employers who have put together an
outstanding experience for students.Accounting firm Deloitte tops our list,
followed by rivals KPMG (No.2) and Ernst & Young (No.3).The last of the Big
Four accounting companies, PricewaterhouseCoopers, comes in at No.5, right
behind consumer goods giant
Procter & Gamble.
The employers on our list understand that an
outstanding internship experience is their most effective recruiting tool to
snap up the top entry-level job candidates. That's why some companies have
invested a considerable amount of money in their programs.
Microsoft, for example, estimates it spends on
average $30,000 per intern, when you factor in pay and benefits. Considering
the company hired 542 undergraduate interns in 2009, that's roughly a $16
million investment.
Experience Abroad
Two years ago KPMG realized it had to make a
substantial investment in its internship program if it hoped to woo top
students from larger consulting and accounting firms. So the company decided
to offer interns an opportunity to gain valuable overseas experience. KPMG
lets student interns spend four weeks in the U.S. and four weeks abroad.
"It's extremely competitive [to recruit top students], and this is a
differentiator," says Blane Ruschak, executive director of campus recruiting
at KPMG.
A chance to work overseas is precisely what
appealed to Andrew Fedele, 21, an accounting and economics double major at
Pennsylvania State University. "I was sold pretty much when I first read
about [KPMG's] global internship program." He spent four weeks in Chicago
and four weeks in Johannesburg, South Africa. "South Africa has just such an
interesting history. To go there and live with the locals and work with them
was really exciting."
What did KPMG get in return? Exactly what it hoped:
Fedele accepted a full-time job almost immediately after KPMG made its offer
at the end of the summer.
Gerdes
is a staff editor for BusinessWeek in New
York.
Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#careers
From Business Week Magazine
"Top Business School Stories of 2009: The global financial crisis
hammered the MBA job market, school endowments, and financial aid. Some
questioned an MBA's value. Bring on 2010," by Alison Damast and Geoff Gloeckler,
Business Week, December 23, 2009 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/dec2009/bs20091223_153201.htm?link_position=link1
To call 2009 an interesting year for management education is perhaps an
understatement bordering on the extreme. With the global financial crisis
taking its toll on everything from the MBA job market and endowments to
financial aid and the reputation of the MBA degree itself, 2009 promises to
go down in history as a year to forget.
For students and graduates of MBA programs, 2009 was the year that jobs
and internship offers became harder to find, even at the top schools; a year
when the scarcity of student loans and visas for international students
threatened to derail even the best-laid B-school plans; and a year when
programs began to rethink the way they teach such subjects as ethics and
corporate responsibility. Business school endowments were hit hard and the
high cost of tuition was at the fore of every prospective student's
thinking.
Of the 10 most popular business school stories on Businessweek.com in
2009, seven directly related to the financial crisis. The others looked at a
new competitor on the B-school admissions test front, a GMAT cheating alert
in China, and three top MBA programs currently without deans. Take some time
to go back over the biggest stories of the year and reminisce. For better or
worse, 2009 will be a year that the B-school world won't soon forget.
1. Job Market: The No. 1 concern this year for current
MBAs, applicants, and recent grads was the job market. Students worried
about finding internships and jobs after graduation, applicants wondered if
joining the ranks of the unemployed to enroll in an MBA program was a good
idea, and newly minted BBAs and MBAs wondered if their post-B-school jobs
would hold up. These fears came out in comments readers left on the stories,
with many weighing the pros and cons of accepting jobs with lower salaries
and fewer responsibilities. Readers who earned MBAs in 2008 and 2007 also
chimed in to voice their concerns, many saying they had yet to land that
"dream job" and didn't expect to find it in the near future.
MBA Job Outlook Dims
MBA Tales: Searching for Work in a Recession
MBAs Confront a Savage Job Market
2. Loan Crisis: International students who planned to
study at U.S. business schools had to scramble to find a student loan
provider in 2009, when many of the loan programs they had used to fund their
education disappeared. For years students had depended on the popular Citi
Assist and Sallie Mae loan programs, which allowed applicants to obtain up
to $150,000 without a co-signer to assume stewardship of the loan should the
borrower default. Due to the credit crisis in the fall of 2008, those
financial lifelines for many international students were pulled and many
schools spent the first six months of 2009 trying to find alternative loan
providers. It was a tense few months for foreign applicants, many of whom
expressed their frustration in more than 250 comments on stories we
published on the topic. For many, the uncertain H-1B visa situation, coupled
with the loan situation, made the prospect of studying in America too big a
risk to take.
By the time spring rolled around, many schools had come up with solutions
for foreign students—often just in time for the deadline deposit to reserve
a seat in next year's class.
Loan Crisis Hits the MBA World
World to U.S.B-Schools: Thanks, but No Thanks
3. MBAs: Public Enemy No. 1? Were B-schools responsible
for the global economic crisis? It's a question that has consumed much of
the B-school world for the better part of a year. In a story we ran in May,
experts from inside and outside MBA programs weighed in on the debate.
Philip Delves Broughton, a Harvard MBA and author of Ahead of the
Curve: Two Years at Harvard Business School (Penguin Group, July
2008), directed blame at B-schools, calling the three-letter acronym, MBA,
"scarlet letters of shame," and suggesting they stand for "Masters of the
Business Apocalypse." Others, such as Richard Cosier, dean of Purdue's
Krannert School of Business (Krannert
Full-Time MBA Profile), defended MBA programs, saying, "It is my opinion
that business schools will continue to produce students who will be part of
the solution, rather than the problem."
Readers, meanwhile, started a rousing debate on the topic via the story's
comments. Some completely blamed business schools for the crisis,
criticizing everything from teaching techniques and the competitive
environment MBA programs seem to foster to the overall value of the degree.
Others defended today's B-schools, saying business schools are about as
responsible for the economic crisis as engineering schools are for global
warming. In the end, the common sentiment seemed to be that business schools
deserved some blame, but not all of it.
MBAs: Public Enemy No.1?
4. GRE vs. GMAT: For years, the Graduate Management
Admission Council (GMAC) had a virtual monopoly over the admission testing
arena at business schools. Its well-known entrance exam, the Graduate
Management Admission Test (GMAT), was the standard test used to get into
business schools in the U.S. and many other schools around the world for
decades. That all changed this year when the Educational Testing Service (ETS)
started to encroach into GMAC territory, courting business schools and
encouraging them to allow students to submit the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) for admissions. ETS' efforts are starting to pay off. There are now
approximately 285 business schools that allow students to submit the GRE in
lieu of the GMAT exam, including the University of Pennsylvania's
Wharton School(Wharton
Full-Time MBA Profile),
Harvard Business School(Harvard
Full-Time MBA Profile), and New York University's
Stern School of Business(Stern
Full-Time MBA Profile). ETS says that it expects more than 300 schools
to sign on in 2010.
Continued in article
"The Marshmallow and the Cherry," by Edward Tenner, The Atlantic,
December, 2009 ---
http://correspondents.theatlantic.com/edward_tenner/2009/12/the_marshmallow_and_the_cherry.php
Earlier in the year Jonah Lehrer explained in the
New Yorker how cool
deferred gratification is and how we need to teach
it to our kids, the younger the better. Now, in the New York Times, John
Tierney
suggests that it's really an insidious habit for
grownups, sacrificing real enjoyment for the mirage of an even better
future. Can everything good be bad for you?
Of course the respective sets of behavioral research described might be
consistent. Children who master delaying pleasure become superior achievers
and thus have the frequent flier balances that they are so
counterproductively hoarding. The same kindergartners who in a famous
experiment triumphantly resisted the urge to eat a marshmallow probably will
morph into affluent adults who save bottles of vintage Champagne for
occasions so special they may never take place.
One person at least long ago found the secret of combining the two ethics.
The charismatic but workaholic advertising man
David Ogilvy, the subject of a recent biography,
loved to tell a story of his own childhood when coaching his staff on client
presentations:
When I was a boy, I always saved the cherry on my
pudding for last. Then, one day, my sister stole it. From then on, I
always ate the cherry first.
Jensen Common
This speaks in favor of increasing the dividend cash payout (yield) ratio ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dividend_yield
"Ace Your Accounting Classes: 12 Hints to Maximize Your Potential," by
David Albrecht, The Summa, December 30, 2009 ---
http://profalbrecht.wordpress.com/2008/12/30/ace-your-accounting-classes-12-hints-to-maximize-your-potential/
This article was published in the
American Journal of Busienss Education. I am entitled to place a
copy on my personal web site, so am placing it here at this time. Click
here for a pdf copy.
The complete citation is:
Albrecht, W. David. (2008). Ace Your
Accounting Classes: 12 Hints To Maximize Your Potentia, American
Journal of Business Education, Volume 1, Number 1 (Quarter 3), pp.
1-8. [hard copy]
December 23, 2009 message from Roger Debreceny
[roger@DEBRECENY.COM]
The IASB is trialling podcast summaries of each
meeting at http://tinyurl.com/yz7xjxt
http://www.iasb.org/Updates/Podcast+summaries/Podcast+summaries+of+Board+meetings.htm
. Being a systems person, I only take a moderate issue in the intricacies of
the latest financial accounting standards setting. But the first 30 minute
podcast with IASB board member Steve Cooper and fellow Kiwi, Alan Teixeira,
Director of Technical Activities at the Board provided a very useful summary
of key issues.
Greetings to all on AECM for Christmas and the New
Year.
Roger
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting and tax news ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
The motto of Judicial Watch is "Because
no one is above the law". To this end, Judicial Watch uses the open records or
freedom of information laws and other tools to investigate and uncover
misconduct by government officials and litigation to hold to account politicians
and public officials who engage in corrupt activities.
Judicial Watch ---
http://www.judicialwatch.org/
Judicial Watch
Announces List of Washington's "Ten Most Wanted Corrupt Politicians"
for 2009 ---
http://www.judicialwatch.org/news/2009/dec/judicial-watch-announces-list-washington-s-ten-most-wanted-corrupt-politicians-2009
Judicial Watch, the public interest group that investigates and
prosecutes government corruption, today released its 2009 list of
Washington's "Ten Most Wanted Corrupt Politicians." The list, in
alphabetical order, includes:
- Senator Christopher Dodd (D-CT): This marks two
years in a row for Senator Dodd, who made the 2008 "Ten Most Corrupt"
list for his corrupt relationship with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and
for accepting preferential treatment and loan terms from
Countrywide Financial, a scandal which still dogs him. In 2009, the
scandals kept coming for the Connecticut Democrat. In 2009, Judicial
Watch filed a
Senate ethics complaint against Dodd for undervaluing a property he
owns in Ireland on his Senate Financial Disclosure forms. Judicial
Watch's complaint forced Dodd to amend the forms. However, press reports
suggest the property to this day remains undervalued. Judicial Watch
also alleges in the complaint that Dodd obtained a sweetheart deal for
the property in exchange for his assistance in obtaining a presidential
pardon (during the Clinton administration) and other favors for a
long-time friend and business associate. The false financial disclosure
forms were part of the cover-up. Dodd remains the head the Senate
Banking Committee.
- Senator John Ensign (R-NV): A number of scandals
popped up in 2009 involving public officials who conducted illicit
affairs, and then attempted to cover them up with hush payments and
favors, an obvious abuse of power. The year's worst offender might just
be Nevada Republican Senator John Ensign. Ensign admitted in June to an
extramarital affair with the wife of one of his staff members, who then
allegedly obtained special favors from the Nevada Republican in exchange
for his silence. According to
The New York Times: "The Justice Department and the Senate
Ethics Committee are expected to conduct preliminary inquiries into
whether Senator John Ensign violated federal law or ethics rules as part
of an effort to conceal an affair with the wife of an aide…" The former
staffer, Douglas Hampton, began to lobby Mr. Ensign's office immediately
upon leaving his congressional job, despite the fact that he was subject
to a one-year lobbying ban. Ensign seems to have ignored the law and
allowed Hampton lobbying access to his office as a payment for his
silence about the affair. (These are potentially criminal offenses.) It
looks as if Ensign misused his public office (and taxpayer resources) to
cover up his sexual shenanigans.
- Rep. Barney Frank (D-MA): Judicial Watch is
investigating a
$12 million TARP cash injection provided to the Boston-based
OneUnited Bank at the urging of Massachusetts Rep. Barney Frank. As
reported in the January 22, 2009, edition of the Wall Street Journal,
the Treasury Department indicated it would only provide funds to healthy
banks to jump-start lending. Not only was OneUnited Bank in massive
financial turmoil, but it was also "under attack from its regulators for
allegations of poor lending practices and executive-pay abuses,
including owning a Porsche for its executives' use." Rep. Frank admitted
he spoke to a "federal regulator," and Treasury granted the funds. (The
bank continues to flounder despite Frank's intervention for federal
dollars.) Moreover, Judicial Watch
uncovered documents in 2009 that showed that members of Congress for
years were aware that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were playing fast and
loose with accounting issues, risk assessment issues and executive
compensation issues, even as liberals led by Rep. Frank continued to
block attempts to rein in the two Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSEs).
For example,
during a hearing on September 10, 2003, before the House Committee
on Financial Services considering a Bush administration proposal to
further regulate Fannie and Freddie, Rep. Frank stated: "I want to begin
by saying that I am glad to consider the legislation, but I do not think
we are facing any kind of a crisis. That is, in my view, the two
Government Sponsored Enterprises we are talking about here, Fannie Mae
and Freddie Mac, are not in a crisis. We have recently had an accounting
problem with Freddie Mac that has led to people being dismissed, as
appears to be appropriate. I do not think at this point there is a
problem with a threat to the Treasury." Frank received $42,350 in
campaign contributions from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac between 1989 and
2008. Frank also
engaged in a relationship with a Fannie Mae Executive while serving
on the House Banking Committee, which has jurisdiction over Fannie Mae
and Freddie Mac.
- Secretary of Treasury Timothy Geithner: In 2009,
Obama Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner admitted that he
failed to pay $34,000 in Social Security and Medicare taxes from
2001-2004 on his lucrative salary at the International Monetary Fund
(IMF), an organization with 185 member countries that oversees the
global financial system. (Did we mention Geithner now runs the IRS?) It
wasn't until President Obama tapped Geithner to head the Treasury
Department that he paid back most of the money, although the IRS kindly
waived the hefty penalties. In March 2009, Geithner also came under fire
for his handling of the AIG bonus scandal, where the company used $165
million of its bailout funds to pay out executive bonuses, resulting in
a massive public backlash. Of course as head of the New York Federal
Reserve, Geithner helped craft the AIG deal in September 2008. However,
when the AIG scandal broke, Geithner claimed he knew nothing of the
bonuses until March 10, 2009. The timing is important.
According to CNN: "Although Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner told
congressional leaders on Tuesday that he learned of AIG's impending $160
million bonus payments to members of its troubled financial-products
unit on March 10, sources tell TIME that the New York Federal Reserve
informed Treasury staff that the payments were imminent on Feb. 28. That
is ten days before Treasury staffers say they first learned 'full
details' of the bonus plan, and three days before the [Obama]
Administration launched a new $30 billion infusion of cash for AIG."
Throw in another embarrassing disclosure in 2009 that Geithner employed
"household help" ineligible to work in the United States, and it becomes
clear why the Treasury Secretary has earned a spot on the "Ten Most
Corrupt Politicians in Washington" list.
- Attorney General Eric Holder: Tim Geithner can be
sure he won't be hounded about his tax-dodging by his colleague Eric
Holder, US Attorney General. Judicial Watch
strongly opposed Holder because of his terrible ethics record, which
includes: obstructing an FBI investigation of the theft of nuclear
secrets from Los Alamos Nuclear Laboratory; rejecting multiple requests
for an independent counsel to investigate alleged fundraising abuses by
then-Vice President Al Gore in the Clinton White House; undermining the
criminal investigation of President Clinton by Kenneth Starr in the
midst of the Lewinsky investigation; and planning the violent raid to
seize then-six-year-old Elian Gonzalez at gunpoint in order to return
him to Castro's Cuba. Moreover, there is his soft record on terrorism.
Holder bypassed Justice Department procedures to push through Bill
Clinton's scandalous presidential pardons and commutations, including
for 16 members of FALN, a violent Puerto Rican terrorist group that
orchestrated approximately 120 bombings in the United States, killing at
least six people and permanently maiming dozens of others, including law
enforcement officers. His record in the current administration is no
better. As he did during the Clinton administration, Holder continues to
ignore serious incidents of corruption that could impact his political
bosses at the White House. For example, Holder has refused to
investigate charges that the Obama political machine traded VIP
access to the White House in exchange for campaign contributions – a
scheme eerily similar to one hatched by Holder's former boss, Bill
Clinton in the 1990s. The Holder Justice Department also came under fire
for dropping a voter intimidation case against the
New Black Panther Party. On Election Day 2008, Black Panthers
dressed in paramilitary garb threatened voters as they approached
polling stations. Holder has also failed to initiate a comprehensive
Justice investigation of the notorious organization ACORN (Association
of Community Organizations for Reform Now), which is closely tied to
President Obama. There were allegedly more than 400,000 fraudulent ACORN
voter registrations in the 2008 campaign. And then there were the
journalist videos catching ACORN Housing workers advising undercover
reporters on how to evade tax, immigration, and child prostitution laws.
Holder's controversial decisions on new rights for terrorists and his
attacks on previous efforts to combat terrorism remind many of the fact
that his former law firm has provided and continues to provide pro bono
representation to terrorists at Guantanamo Bay. Holder's politicization
of the Justice Department makes one long for the days of Alberto
Gonzales.
- Rep. Jesse Jackson, Jr. (D-IL)/ Senator Roland Burris
(D-IL): One of the most serious scandals of 2009 involved a
scheme by former Illinois Governor Rod Blagojevich to sell President
Obama's then-vacant Senate seat to the highest bidder. Two men caught
smack dab in the middle of the scandal: Senator Roland Burris, who
ultimately got the job, and Rep. Jesse Jackson, Jr. According to the
Chicago Sun-Times, emissaries for Jesse Jackson Jr., named
"Senate Candidate A" in the Blagojevich indictment, reportedly offered
$1.5 million to Blagojevich during a fundraiser if he named Jackson Jr.
to Obama's seat. Three days later federal authorities arrested
Blagojevich. Burris, for his part, apparently lied about his contacts
with Blagojevich, who was arrested in December 2008 for trying to sell
Obama's Senate seat. According to
Reuters: "Roland Burris came under fresh scrutiny…after
disclosing he tried to raise money for the disgraced former Illinois
governor who named him to the U.S. Senate seat once held by President
Barack Obama…In the latest of those admissions, Burris said he looked
into mounting a fundraiser for Rod Blagojevich -- later charged with
trying to sell Obama's Senate seat -- at the same time he was expressing
interest to the then-governor's aides about his desire to be appointed."
Burris changed his story five times regarding his contacts with
Blagojevich prior to the Illinois governor appointing him to the U.S.
Senate. Three of those changing explanations came under oath.
- President Barack Obama: During his presidential
campaign, President Obama promised to run an ethical and transparent
administration. However, in his first year in office, the President has
delivered corruption and secrecy, bringing Chicago-style political
corruption to the White House. Consider just a few Obama administration
"lowlights" from year one: Even before President Obama was sworn into
office, he was interviewed by the FBI for a criminal investigation of
former Illinois Governor Rod Blagojevich's scheme to sell the
President's former Senate seat to the highest bidder. (Obama's Chief of
Staff Rahm Emanuel and slumlord Valerie Jarrett, both from Chicago, are
also tangled up in the Blagojevich scandal.) Moreover, the Obama
administration made the startling claim that the
Privacy Act does not apply to the White House. The Obama White
House believes it can violate the privacy rights of American citizens
without any legal consequences or accountability. President Obama
boldly proclaimed that "transparency and the rule of law will be the
touchstones of this presidency," but his administration is addicted to
secrecy, stonewalling far too many of Judicial Watch's
Freedom of Information Act requests and is refusing to make public
White House visitor logs as federal law requires. The Obama
administration turned the National Endowment of the Arts (as well as the
agency that runs the AmeriCorps program) into
propaganda machines, using tax dollars to persuade "artists" to
promote the Obama agenda. According to documents uncovered by Judicial
Watch, the idea
emerged as a direct result of the Obama campaign and enjoyed White
House approval and participation. President Obama has installed a record
number of "czars" in positions of power. Too many of these individuals
are
leftist radicals who answer to no one but the president. And too
many of the czars are not subject to Senate confirmation (which raises
serious constitutional questions). Under the President's bailout
schemes, the federal government continues to appropriate or control --
through fiat and threats -- large sectors of the private economy,
prompting conservative columnist George Will to write: "The
administration's central activity -- the political allocation of wealth
and opportunity -- is not merely susceptible to corruption, it is
corruption." Government-run healthcare and car companies, White House
coercion, uninvestigated ACORN corruption, debasing his office to help
Chicago cronies, attacks on conservative media and the private sector,
unprecedented and dangerous new rights for terrorists, perks for
campaign donors – this is Obama's "ethics" record -- and we haven't even
gotten through the first year of his presidency.
- Rep. Nancy Pelosi (D-CA): At the heart of the
corruption problem in Washington is a sense of entitlement. Politicians
believe laws and rules (even the U.S. Constitution) apply to the rest of
us but not to them. Case in point: House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and her
excessive and
boorish demands for military travel. Judicial Watch obtained
documents from the Pentagon in 2008 that suggest Pelosi has been
treating the Air Force like her own personal airline. These documents,
obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, include internal
Pentagon email correspondence detailing attempts by Pentagon staff to
accommodate Pelosi's numerous requests for military escorts and military
aircraft as well as the speaker's 11th hour cancellations and changes.
House Speaker Nancy Pelosi also came under fire in April 2009, when she
claimed she was never briefed about the CIA's use of the waterboarding
technique during terrorism investigations. The CIA produced a report
documenting a briefing with Pelosi on September 4, 2002, that suggests
otherwise. Judicial Watch also obtained documents, including a
CIA Inspector General report, which further confirmed that Congress
was fully briefed on the enhanced interrogation techniques. Aside from
her own personal transgressions, Nancy Pelosi has ignored serious
incidents of corruption within her own party, including many of the
individuals on this list. (See Rangel, Murtha, Jesse Jackson, Jr., etc.)
- Rep. John Murtha (D-PA) and the rest of the PMA Seven:
Rep. John Murtha made headlines in 2009 for all the wrong reasons. The
Pennsylvania congressman is under federal investigation for his corrupt
relationship with the now-defunct defense lobbyist PMA Group. PMA,
founded by a former Murtha associate, has been the congressman's largest
campaign contributor. Since 2002, Murtha has raised $1.7 million from
PMA and its clients. And what did PMA and its clients receive from
Murtha in return for their generosity? Earmarks -- tens of millions of
dollars in earmarks. In fact, even with all of the attention surrounding
his alleged influence peddling, Murtha kept at it. Following an FBI raid
of PMA's offices earlier in 2009, Murtha continued to seek congressional
earmarks for PMA clients, while also hitting them up for campaign
contributions. According to
The Hill, in April, "Murtha reported receiving contributions
from three former PMA clients for whom he requested earmarks in the
pending appropriations bills." When it comes to the PMA scandal, Murtha
is not alone. As many as six other Members of Congress are currently
under scrutiny according to
The Washington Post. They include: Peter J. Visclosky (D-IN.),
James P. Moran Jr. (D-VA), Norm Dicks (D-WA.), Marcy Kaptur (D-OH), C.W.
Bill Young (R-FL.) and Todd Tiahrt (R-KS.). Of course rather than
investigate this serious scandal, according to
Roll Call House Democrats circled the wagons, "cobbling
together a defense to offer political cover to their rank and file." The
Washington Post also reported in 2009 that Murtha's nephew received $4
million in Defense Department
no-bid contracts: "Newly obtained documents…show Robert Murtha
mentioning his influential family connection as leverage in his business
dealings and holding unusual power with the military."
- Rep. Charles Rangel (D-NY): Rangel, the man in
charge of writing tax policy for the entire country, has yet to
adequately explain how he could possibly
"forget" to pay taxes on $75,000 in rental income he earned from his
off-shore rental property. He also faces allegations that he improperly
used his influence to maintain ownership of highly coveted
rent-controlled apartments in Harlem, and misused his congressional
office to fundraise for his private Rangel Center by preserving a tax
loophole for an oil drilling company in exchange for funding. On top of
all that, Rangel recently amended his financial disclosure reports,
which doubled his reported wealth. (He somehow "forgot" about $1 million
in assets.) And what did he do when the House Ethics Committee started
looking into all of this? He apparently resorted to making "campaign
contributions" to dig his way out of trouble. According to
WCBS TV, a New York CBS affiliate: "The reigning member of Congress'
top tax committee is apparently 'wrangling' other politicos to get him
out of his own financial and tax troubles...Since ethics probes began
last year the 79-year-old congressman has given campaign donations to
119 members of Congress, including three of the five Democrats on the
House Ethics Committee who are charged with investigating him." Charlie
Rangel should not be allowed to remain in Congress, let alone serve as
Chairman of the powerful House Ways and Means Committee, and he knows
it. That's why he felt the need to disburse campaign contributions to
Ethics Committee members and other congressional colleagues.
"A Low, Dishonest Decade: The press and
politicians were asleep at the switch.," The Wall Street Journal,
December 22, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703478704574612013922050326.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
Stock-market indices are not
much good as yardsticks of social progress, but as another low, dishonest
decade expires let us note that, on 2000s first day of trading, the Dow
Jones Industrial Average closed at 11357 while the Nasdaq Composite Index
stood at 4131, both substantially higher than where they are today. The
Nasdaq went on to hit 5000 before collapsing with the dot-com bubble, the
first great Wall Street disaster of this unhappy decade. The Dow got north
of 14000 before the real-estate bubble imploded.
And it was supposed to have
been such an awesome time, too! Back in the late '90s, in the crescendo of
the Internet boom, pundit and publicist alike assured us that the future was
to be a democratized, prosperous place. Hierarchies would collapse, they
told us; the individual was to be empowered; freed-up markets were to be the
common man's best buddy.
Such clever hopes they were.
As a reasonable anticipation of what was to come they meant nothing. But
they served to unify the decade's disasters, many of which came to us
festooned with the flags of this bogus idealism.
Before "Enron" became
synonymous with shattered 401(k)s and man-made electrical shortages, the
public knew it as a champion of electricity deregulation—a freedom fighter!
It was supposed to be that most exalted of corporate creatures, a "market
maker"; its "capacity for revolution" was hymned by management theorists;
and its TV commercials depicted its operations as an extension of humanity's
quest for emancipation.
Similarly, both Bank of
America and Citibank, before being recognized as "too big to fail," had
populist histories of which their admirers made much. Citibank's long
struggle against the Glass-Steagall Act was even supposed to be evidence of
its hostility to banking's aristocratic culture, an amusing image to
recollect when reading about the $100 million pay reportedly pocketed by one
Citi trader in 2008.
The Jack Abramoff lobbying
scandal showed us the same dynamics at work in Washington. Here was an
apparent believer in markets, working to keep garment factories in Saipan
humming without federal interference and saluted for it in an op-ed in the
Saipan Tribune as "Our freedom fighter in D.C."
But the preposterous
populism is only one part of the equation; just as important was our failure
to see through the ruse, to understand how our country was being disfigured.
Ensuring that the public
failed to get it was the common theme of at least three of the decade's
signature foul-ups: the hyping of various Internet stock issues by Wall
Street analysts, the accounting scandals of 2002, and the triple-A ratings
given to mortgage-backed securities.
The grand, overarching theme
of the Bush administration—the big idea that informed so many of its sordid
episodes—was the same anti-supervisory impulse applied to the public sector:
regulators sabotaged and their agencies turned over to the regulated.
The public was left to read
the headlines and ponder the unthinkable: Could our leaders really have
pushed us into an unnecessary war? Is the republic really dividing itself
into an immensely wealthy class of Wall Street bonus-winners and everybody
else? And surely nobody outside of the movies really has the political clout
to write themselves a $700 billion bailout.
What made the oughts so
awful, above all, was the failure of our critical faculties. The problem was
not so much that newspapers were dying, to mention one of the lesser
catastrophes of these awful times, but that newspapers failed to do their
job in the first place, to scrutinize the myths of the day in a way that
might have prevented catastrophes like the financial crisis or the Iraq war.
The folly went beyond the
media, though. Recently I came across a 2005 pamphlet written by historian
Rick Perlstein berating the big thinkers of the Democratic Party for their
poll-driven failure to stick to their party's historic theme of economic
populism. I was struck by the evidence Mr. Perlstein adduced in the course
of his argument. As he tells the story, leading Democratic pollsters found
plenty of evidence that the American public distrusts corporate power; and
yet they regularly advised Democrats to steer in the opposite direction, to
distance themselves from what one pollster called "outdated appeals to class
grievances and attacks upon corporate perfidy."
This was not a party that
was well-prepared for the job of iconoclasm that has befallen it. And as the
new bunch muddle onward—bailing out the large banks but (still) not
subjecting them to new regulatory oversight, passing a health-care reform
that seems (among other, better things) to guarantee private insurers
eternal profits—one fears they are merely presenting their own ample
backsides to an embittered electorate for kicking.
Video: Fora.Tv on Institutional Corruption & The Economy Of
Influence ---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/video-foratv-on-institutional-corruption-the-economy-of-influence/
Climategate on Finnish TV ---
http://climateaudit.org/2009/12/29/climategate-on-finnish-tv/
Bob Jensen's threads on corrupt
politicians can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
"Going to School on Revenue Recognition," by Tom Selling, The
Accounting Onion, December 5, 2009 ---
Click Here
Jensen Comment
Another question is consistency and whether inconsistencies suggest earnings
management.
"Strategic Revenue Recognition to Achieve Earnings Benchmarks," Marcus L.
Caylor, Marcus L. Caylor, SSRN, January 14, 2008 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=885368
This paper is a free download.
Abstract:
I examine whether managers use discretion in the two accounts related to
revenue recognition, accounts receivable and deferred revenue, to avoid
three common earnings benchmarks. I find that managers use discretion in
both accounts to avoid negative earnings surprises. I find that neither of
these accounts is used to avoid losses or earnings decreases. For a common
sample of firms with both deferred revenue and accounts receivable, I show
that managers prefer to exercise discretion in deferred revenue vis-à-vis
accounts receivable. I provide a reason for why managers might prefer to
manage a deferral rather than an accrual: lower costs to manage (i.e., no
future cash consequences). My results suggest that if given the choice,
managers prefer to use accounts that incur the lowest costs to the firm.
Bob Jensen's threads on revenue recognition frauds are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Creative Earnings Management, Agency Theory, and Accounting
Manipulations to Cook the Books
The Controversy Over Earnings Smoothing and Other Manipulations ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Manipulation
"Making
Revenue Recognition Simple and Informative," by Tom Selling, The
Accounting Onion, December 20, 2009 ---
Click Here
December
21, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Tom,
Although I
like many of the points you make in the recent posting, I’m still troubled with
upfront membership fees since these are really deferred profits if the monthly
dues truly add zero to profits (by only contributing to variable costs).
Moral
Hazard
This is an area teaming with moral hazard, especially given the sad history of
health clubs bankruptcies. I think this is an area that should be regulated by
requiring that these deferred profits be placed in a trust fund managed by an
independent trustee. The club should only be allowed to realize the profits on
some type of amortization schedule with a guarantee that unpaid profits be
returned to members in the case of failed clubs.
Without
Regulation
However, you are perhaps correct in the case of “lifetime” health clubs since
most health clubs capture these profits with bankruptcy in a relatively short
period of time. My use of the word “most” is anecdotal since I’ve not researched
the proportion that actually declare bankruptcy in a relatively short period of
time --- but I know it is a lot of such clubs that really commenced with honest
intentions as well as the ones that planned on running off with membership fees
at get go.
Bob Jensen
December
21, 2009 reply from
Barbara Scofield
I find a theoretical framework for recognizing initial membership fees in that
these fees represent a future cash savings for the customers in each subsequent
year. In the absence of having paid the initial "one-time"membership fee, an
initial membership fee would be owed each year, which is actually the common
practice for YMCA and many other gyms. In the mind of the customer the initial
"one-time" membership fee is the present value of the additional amount they
would be willing to pay for a monthly-fee-only membership for the time period of
their expected participation or annual membership fees. Most initial fees
disproportionately accrue to the gym because people move, not because the gyms
go out of business. If a company has historical information about the length of
continuous participation of its members, then an allocation across that average
time period would better match the transactions economic effects from the point
of view of the customer.
Barbara W. Scofield, PhD, CPA
Chair of Graduate Business Studies
Professor of Accounting
The University of Texas of the Permian Basin
4901 E. University Dr.
Odessa, TX 79762
432-552-2183 (Office)
817-988-5998 (Cell)
BarbaraWScofield@gmail.com
December
21, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Although many who join health clubs and spas are pleased with their choices,
others are not. They've complained to the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC")
about high-pressure sales tactics, misrepresentations of facilities and
services, broken cancellation and refund clauses, and lost membership fees
as a result of clubs going out of business. To avoid these kinds of
problems, it's best to look closely at the spa's fees, contractual
requirements and facilities before you join. Here are some suggestions to
help you make the right choice.
"Health Clubs," Lawyers.com ---
http://consumer-law.lawyers.com/consumer-fraud/Health-Clubs.html
Also see
http://www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/pubs/consumer/health/hea08.shtm
Review the Contracts
Some spas ask you to join - and pay - the first time you visit and offer
incentives like special rates to entice you to sign on the spot. Resist.
Wait a few days before deciding. Take the contract home and read it
carefully. Before you sign, ask yourself:
·
Is everything that the salesperson promised written in the contract? If a
problem arises after you join, the contract probably will govern the
dispute. And if something is not written in the contract, it's going to be
difficult to prove your case.
·
Is there a "cooling-off" period? Some spas give customers several days to
reconsider after they've signed the contract.
·
Could you get a refund for the unused portion of your membership if you had
to cancel, say, because of a move or an injury? What if you simply stopped
using the spa? Will the spa refund your money? Knowing the spa's
cancellation policies is especially important if you choose a long-term
membership.
·
Can you join for a short time only? It may be to your advantage to join on a
trial basis, say, for a few months, even if it costs a little more each
month. If you're not enjoying the membership or using it as much as you had
planned, you won't be committed to years of payments.
·
Can you afford the payments? Consider the finance charges and annual
percentage rates when you calculate the total cost of your membership. Break
down the cost to weekly and even daily figures to get a better idea of what
it really will cost to use the facility. =
The Controversy Over Revenue Reporting and HFV
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
"One Cheer for Barney Frank: The credit raters lose their oligopoly,"
The Wall Street Journal, December 23, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703523504574603983503610564.html
The House-passed rewrite of financial regulation is
a disappointment for investors and taxpayers. But one portion of the bill
represents significant reform—and a vast improvement from an early draft we
described in October.
Congressmen Barney Frank and Paul Kanjorski (D.,
Pa.) have produced legislation that would likely end the credit-ratings
racket enjoyed by Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch. During the housing
bubble, these government-anointed judges of credit risk slapped their
triple-A ratings on billions of dollars of mortgage-backed securities. The
consequences for investors were catastrophic.
The Frank-Kanjorski provision that recently passed
the House not only eliminates all laws that require the use of these
"Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations." The bill also
instructs all the major financial regulators to remove such requirements
from their rules. This is a subtle but enormously important change from the
October draft, because most of the federal edicts that guaranteed profits
for S&P and the gang were contained in agency rules, not laws.
The House-passed bill also repeals an exemption
that credit-raters have enjoyed from the Securities and Exchange
Commission's Regulation Fair Disclosure. No longer will they have access to
corporate information that is denied to average investors.
Also removed from the bill was a bizarre "joint
liability" scheme in which all the credit raters would be responsible for
each other's work, so that a bad report by Fitch could be grounds for a
lawsuit against Moody's. Unable to restrain themselves entirely from
bestowing gifts upon trial lawyers, House Democrats have instead increased
liability for the raters on their own work.
The Senate should avoid such public display of
affection toward the plaintiffs bar but embrace the House language that
strikes at the heart of the ratings cartel. Obliterating investor
requirements to use credit-ratings agencies would amount to major reform all
by itself. Perhaps the House and Senate should simply agree on that, pass a
bill now, and then start over with a new mission for regulatory reform:
break up the too big to fail racket.
"How Moody's sold its ratings - and sold out investors," by Kevin G.
Hall, McClatchy Newspapers, October 18, 2009 ---
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/homepage/story/77244.html
Bob Jensen's threads on the history of credit rater scandals ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
December 14, 2009 message from Roger Debreceny
[roger@DEBRECENY.COM]
See http://www.azpbs.org/horizon/play.php?vidId=1570 ..
about a new privacy lab at ASU.
PS Julie is also on
Twitter at
www.twitter.com/juliesmithdavid
Roger Debreceny
School of Accountancy
Shidler College of Business
University of Hawai'i at Manoa
2404 Maile Way
Honolulu, HI 96822, USA
Google Voice: +1 (513) 393-9393
roger(at)debreceny.com
rogersd(at)hawaii.edu
www.debreceny.com www.twitter.com/debreceny
"Court to rule on privacy of texting: Case involves messages sent on
a pager owned by an employer," by Robert Barnes, The Washington Post,
December 15. 2009 ---
Click Here
The Supreme Court will decide whether employees
have a reasonable expectation of privacy for the text messages they send on
devices owned by their employers.
The case the court accepted Monday involves public
employees, but a broadly written decision could hold a blueprint for
private-workplace rules in a world in which communication via computers,
e-mail and text messages plays a very large role.
A federal appeals court in California decided that
a police officer in the city of Ontario had a right to privacy regarding the
texts he sent on his department-issued pager, even though his chief
discovered that some of them were sexually explicit messages to his
girlfriend. That court said the chief's decision to read the messages
without a suspicion of wrongdoing on the part of the officer violated Fourth
Amendment protections against unreasonable searches.
The ruling, by a panel of the U.S. Court of Appeals
for the 9th Circuit, was the first of its kind, and the judges acknowledged
that the "recently minted standard of electronic communication via e-mails,
text messages, and other means opens a new frontier in Fourth Amendment
jurisprudence that has been little explored."
Continued in article
Brink's Modern Internal Auditing: A Common Body of
Knowledge, 7th Edition
ISBN: 978-0-470-29303-4
Hardcover
792 pages
April 2009
|
William D. Eggers is the Global Director of Deloitte's Public Sector
research program. John O'Leary is a Research Fellow at the Ash Institute of the
Harvard Kennedy School. Their new book is
If We Can Put a Man on the Moon: Getting Big Things Done in Government
(Harvard Business Press, 2009).
"Why the Success of "Obama Care" Could Be Riskier Than Failure," by
William D. Eggers and John O'Leary, Harvard Business School Blog,
December 23, 2009 ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2009/12/why_the_success_of_obama_care.html?cm_mmc=npv-_-DAILY_ALERT-_-AWEBER-_-DATE
When President Obama launched his
health reform effort, more than anything he wanted
to avoid the mistakes of the
1993-1994 attempt at health care reform. His
advisors have said repeatedly over these past months that they want
something passed.
Now it appears they will get their wish. It's
certainly true that one way "Obama Care" could fail — the one everybody has
been worrying about — is by never being passed into law. Another way it can
fail, however, is if a poorly designed bill passes and then wreaks havoc
during implementation. Indeed, this sort of design and execution failure
could do greater lasting damage to the goals of health care reform than mere
failure to pass a bill.
The Obama administration, and all reform-minded
public agencies and organizations, would do well to avoid some of the
mistakes of 2004, when an all-Republican Congress and White House rammed
through a
Medicare prescription drug benefit. The messy,
ill-considered implementation of what in essence was a massive giveaway
program generated huge initial ill-will among seniors, the very group the
benefit was designed to serve.
Ultimately, the GOP's Medicare prescription drug
reform stands as a model for achieving short-term legislative success that
creates an implementation nightmare. In more general terms, those pushing
for change saw official approval as the finish line rather than, more
accurately, as the starting line.
Here are some of the key risks that the 2004 Congress should have had in
mind in their push to get Medicare reform done — and which should be
front-of-mind for change-leaders now:
The risk of ramming it through.
The process by which Medicare Part D became legislative reality wasn't
pretty. It involved low-balled cost estimates, an unprecedented all-night
vote, and high-pressure tactics from Republicans to sway votes that cost Tom
DeLay an ethics rebuke. With all the high-stakes political gamesmanship, any
actual review of the proposed policy for "implementability" was minimal to
non-existent. A related lesson as the Democrats now drive health care and
other reforms through Congress: political memory rarely fades. Cut-throat
tactics lead inexorably to future in-kind retribution. Public leaders must
stop the vicious cycle in which avenging political battle scars trumps
practical lessons learned from prior missteps of execution.
Forgetting who you're designing the reform
for. Seniors were totally confused by their new "benefit."
"This whole program is so complicated that I've stayed awake thinking, 'How
can a brain come up with anything like this?'" lamented a seventy-nine-year
old, retired business manager. Americans do not normally lie awake pondering
the design of a federal program. But the Medicare prescription drug program
was something special. "I have a PhD, and it's too complicated to suit me,"
said a seventy-three-year old retired, chemist.
Giving the nation's elderly voters apoplexy was not
what Republicans had intended. But lawmakers had designed the legislation
primarily to curry favor with other "stakeholders" — big pharmaceutical
firms, health plans, employers, rural hospitals, and senior advocates such
as the AARP — instead of designing it to work in the real world for the "end
consumer" of the reform, i.e. everyday senior citizens.
The number of plans the typical senior had to sort
through depended on where he or she lived. In Colorado, retirees faced a
choice of 55 plans from 24 companies. Residents of Pennsylvania selected
from 66 plans.
"The program is so poorly designed and is creating
so much confusion that it's having a negative effect on most beneficiaries,"
said one pharmacist. "It's making people cynical about the whole process —
the new program, the government's help."
Unrealistic timeline and scale.
"No company would ever launch countrywide a new product to 40 million people
all at once," explained Kathleen Harrington, the Bush political appointee at
the
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services who led
the launch of Medicare Part D. "No one would ever say that you have to get
all of the platforms, all of the systems developed for this and working
within six months." Nobody except Congress, who in fact tried to do this,
giving scant consideration to implementation challenges and the inherent
difficulty in changing a well-established system.
The launch from hell. The computer
system cobbled together to support the new benefit crashed the very first
day coverage took effect. System errors slapped seniors with excessive
charges or denied them their drugs altogether. Computer glitches generated
calls to the telephone hotlines, which quickly became overloaded.
While eventually the program was turned around
thanks to some heroic efforts by senior federal executives, the days and
weeks following the January 2006 opening of benefit enrollment were
a disaster — caused primarily by a dysfunctional
design process and lack of an implementation mindset.
Lessons learned. Both Medicare
Part D, as well as what we have seen of the current, huge effort toward
health care reform, highlight why government has such a hard time dealing
with complex problems. But the basic truth is simple: ultimately, to be
successful, a health reform bill has to do two things — it has to pass
through Congress, and it has to actually work in the real world.
These two considerations often work against each
other. For political reasons, artificial deadlines are introduced. To
appease interest groups, regulations are altered, or goodies buried in the
bill. These measures are almost always taken to secure passage, but with
little (or not enough) thought given to how they might hinder
implementation.
Given the problems that arose in the comparatively
simple launch of a new drug benefit to seniors, policymakers should be
examining every risk inherent in implementing any serious overhaul of
one-seventh of our economy. The legislative process needs to produce health
care reform that can work in the real world or the backlash from a failed
implementation will be furious.
William D. Eggers is the Global Director of Deloitte's Public Sector
research program. John O'Leary is a Research Fellow at the Ash Institute of
the Harvard Kennedy School. Their new book is
If We Can Put a Man on the Moon: Getting Big Things Done in Government
(Harvard Business Press, 2009).
Bob Jensen's threads on health care are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
"Public Policy as Public Corruption," by Michael Gerson, Townhall,
December 23, 2009 ---
http://townhall.com/columnists/MichaelGerson/2009/12/23/public_policy_as_public_corruption
"Black Education," by Walter E. Williams (a black economics
professor), Townhall, December 23, 2009 ---
http://townhall.com/columnists/WalterEWilliams/2009/12/23/black_education
Detroit's (predominantly black) public schools are
the worst in the nation and it takes some doing to be worse than Washington,
D.C. Only 3 percent of Detroit's fourth-graders scored proficient on the
most recent National Assessment of Education Progress (NAEP) test, sometimes
called "The Nation's Report Card." Twenty-eight percent scored basic and 69
percent below basic. "Below basic" is the NAEP category when students are
unable to demonstrate even partial mastery of knowledge and skills
fundamental for proficient work at their grade level. It's the same story
for Detroit's eighth-graders. Four percent scored proficient, 18 percent
basic and 77 percent below basic.
Michael Casserly, executive director of the
D.C.-based Council on Great City Schools, in an article appearing in Crain's
Detroit Business, (12/8/09) titled, "Detroit's Public Schools Post Worst
Scores on Record in National Assessment," said, "There is no jurisdiction of
any kind, at any level, at any time in the 30-year history of NAEP that has
ever registered such low numbers." The academic performance of black
students in other large cities such as Philadelphia, Chicago, New York and
Los Angeles is not much better than Detroit and Washington.
What's to be done about this tragic state of black
education? The education establishment and politicians tell us that we need
to spend more for higher teacher pay and smaller class size. The fact of
business is higher teacher salaries and smaller class sizes mean little or
nothing in terms of academic achievement. Washington, D.C., for example
spends over $15,000 per student, has class sizes smaller than the nation's
average, and with an average annual salary of $61,195, its teachers are the
most highly paid in the nation.
What about role models? Standard psychobabble
asserts a positive relationship between the race of teachers and
administrators and student performance. That's nonsense. Black academic
performance is the worst in the very cities where large percentages of
teachers and administrators are black, and often the school superintendent
is black, the mayor is black, most of the city council is black and very
often the chief of police is black.
Black people have accepted hare-brained ideas that
have made large percentages of black youngsters virtually useless in an
increasingly technological economy. This destruction will continue until the
day comes when black people are willing to turn their backs on liberals and
the education establishment's agenda and confront issues that are both
embarrassing and uncomfortable. To a lesser extent, this also applies to
whites because the educational performance of many white kids is nothing to
write home about; it's just not the disaster that black education is.
Many black students are alien and hostile to the
education process. They have parents with little interest in their
education. These students not only sabotage the education process, but make
schools unsafe as well. These students should not be permitted to destroy
the education chances of others. They should be removed or those students
who want to learn should be provided with a mechanism to go to another
school.
Another issue deemed too delicate to discuss is the
overall quality of people teaching our children. Students who have chosen
education as their major have the lowest SAT scores of any other major.
Students who have an education degree earn lower scores than any other major
on graduate school admission tests such as the GRE, MCAT or LSAT. Schools of
education, either graduate or undergraduate, represent the academic slums of
most any university. They are home to the least able students and
professors. Schools of education should be shut down.
Yet another issue is the academic fraud committed
by teachers and administrators. After all, what is it when a student is
granted a diploma certifying a 12th grade level of achievement when in fact
he can't perform at the sixth- or seventh-grade level?
Prospects for improvement in black education are
not likely given the cozy relationship between black politicians, civil
rights organizations and teacher unions.
Dr. Williams serves on the faculty of George Mason University as John
M. Olin Distinguished Professor of Economics and is the author of More
Liberty Means Less Government: Our Founders Knew This Well.
Bob Jensen’s threads on higher education controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
Another one from that Ketz guy.
"Hertz Converts While the SEC Inverts," by: J. Edward Ketz,
SmartPros, December 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x68384.xml
Hertz Global Holdings did a 180 recently by
righting a dumb mistake it made earlier. Before getting swallowed up by a
legal vortex it created, Hertz just walked away before it wasted a lot of
shareholder money.
I
applaud its managers for coming to their collective senses.
As I discussed in an
earlier column, Hertz announced on September
28 that it had sued Audit Integrity and its CEO Jack Zwingli for
defamation. This alleged defamation occurred because Audit Integrity
asserted in one of its research reports that Hertz faced significant risk of
corporate bankruptcy.
Audit Integrity had named 19 other firms that also faced a significant
chance of corporate failure, and managers at Hertz attempted to convince
them also to sue Audit Integrity. Executives at the other business
enterprises did not make the same error.
I described this case here in mid-October in my essay “Hertz
Diverts and Subverts”. My response indicated
surprise that Hertz managers felt that they had a chance of surviving early
motions to dismiss the case. One look at the financial report would have
revealed the unhealthy state of the business entity. Negative earnings and
negative retained earnings and a terrible debt-to-equity ratio are signals
of distress to the investment community.
Further, anybody could have employed Altman’s well known model of predicting
bankruptcy and discovered Z-scores for Hertz that displayed very poor
results. It wouldn’t take a rocket scientist’s nanny to figure out that
Hertz faces financial troubles.
I assume that some Hertz managers or directors read my column. After seeing
the impeccable logic of my op-ed, they reconsidered the lawsuit against
Audit Integrity. Then, on or about November 15, Hertz dropped the lawsuit.
Publicly Hertz said that it had a good third quarter and wanted to move
forward. I accept their wanting to save face and not credit my logic for
their decision. It was a wise move even if I didn’t obtain proper
attribution.
I was not successful on all counts, however.
In that essay I also encouraged the SEC and its chair Mary Schapiro to stop
the intimidation of research analysts. Audit Integrity also complained to
the SEC about issuer intimidation, and in a letter to the firm, Mary
Schapiro said she could not do anything.
Nothing? I find it incredible that she cannot
make a speech decrying corporate interference with legitimate work by
research analysts. I find it amazing that she cannot call up members of
Congress and express her view that there ought to be a law against issuer
intimidation. I find it perplexing that she cannot or will not use the
bully pulpit to stand up for investors, which I thought was the SEC’s raison
d’être.
The Hertz decision is a win for everyone;
unfortunately, it is marred by the inexplicable inaction of the SEC. The
battle for truth in accounting continues.
"Why Accounting Needs Your Accruals," by Karen Berman and Joe Knight,
Harvard Business School Blog, December 18, 2009 ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2009/12/why_accounting_needs_your_accr.html?cm_mmc=npv-_-DAILY_ALERT-_-AWEBER-_-DATE
Managers across the country dread the call from
accounting at this time of year — we need your accruals. Many managers feel
that the process of putting together their accruals is tedious, and, dare we
say, a waste of time. They wonder, "Why does accounting need this
information? Is this another piece of information that goes into the black
hole of a spreadsheet, never to be seen again?"
Accruals, especially at this time of year, are
critical to good accounting. They help to ensure you have good information
about the financial health of your company. And, they help to keep the books
"clean," that is, keeping things that happened in 2009 in 2009 so that the
picture your company presents with its financials tells the 2009 story in
its entirety.
At its core, accrual accounting is fairly simple:
the numbers in financial statements should reflect the work and activities
that occurred in the time period of those statements. So, if the income
statement is for December, then the revenue and expenses in that statement
are for the revenue that was earned (for example, was the product delivered
in December?) and the expenses that it took to make that revenue (for
example, the cost of materials for the revenue that was earned in December).
(A related and important accounting principle here is the matching
principle: match expenses to the revenue the expenses helped to bring in.)
Here's the problem: invoices, bills and cash don't
always line up in the same month the activities occurred. Say an invoice
comes in for something that happened a month ago. It should have been
"accrued for," so that, even though there wasn't any invoice, the amount is
in the books for the month that the activity occurred. On the revenue side,
say a product was delivered, but the client didn't pay until two months
later. That revenue had to be "accrued" for in the month of delivery, even
though neither the invoice, nor the payment for the product happened in that
month.
Another example of accruals is when we pay for
something in one month, but we get the benefit for more than just that one
month. Say you pay your insurance bill for the whole year in January. That
insurance covers 12 months, not just January. So, the company accrues for
that, and the books reflect 1/12 of that payment in every month of the year.
Too much accounting? Just remember that you are
part of the process of creating as close a picture as possible of what
happened in 2009. And that is important for a whole host of reasons, because
the financial statements are used to help make lots of decisions, including
those about hiring (or layoffs), raises, capital purchases, new product
plans, and so on.
Finally, here are four key things to remember about
accruing:
1. Accruals can apply to revenue, operating
expenses and capital expenses. Salaries can be a big part of accruals. 2.
You don't need an invoice to accrue. You do need to know how much the
invoice will be. 3. You may have to make assumptions and include estimates
in your accrual numbers. That's OK, just document them. 4. Think about the
activities that occurred in 2009, and make sure they are reflected in the
books for 2009. There may be some projects that go into 2010. Work with your
accounting department to decide how to handle those.
Karen Berman is founder and co-owner of the Business
Literacy Institute, with Joe Knight. Joe is CFO at
Setpoint Companies. They are the authors of
Financial Intelligence.
Jensen Comment
This article probably does not show any business manager or accounting worker
anything that they don't already know, and it probably makes little sense to
anybody who never had the equivalent of Accounting 101.
More to the point is why mangers and investors need accrual accounting
statements rather than just a cash flow statement ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#CashVsAccrualAcctg
The 200th SmartPros Op/Ed Article from that timid (ha ha)
Ketz guy
Don't look for him beating the drums for IFRS in the U.S.!
But there is a whole lot more in his columns that deal mostly with bad stuff in
corporate accounting.
"200th Column: Retrospection Op/Ed," By: J. Edward Ketz, SmartPros,
December 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x68360.xml
And no end in sight (gratefully)
Thanks Ed.
I don't always agree with you, but mostly I do agree with you.
You do have a way with words.
That some bankers have ended up in
prison is not a matter of scandal, but what is outrageous is the fact that all
the others are free.
Honoré de Balzac
"Banks Bundled Bad Debt, Bet Against It and Won," by Gretchen
Morgenson and Louise Story, The New York Times, December 23, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/12/24/business/24trading.html?em
My friend Larry clued me in to this link.
In late October 2007, as the financial markets were
starting to come unglued, a Goldman Sachs trader, Jonathan M. Egol, received
very good news. At 37, he was named a managing director at the firm.
Mr. Egol, a Princeton graduate, had risen to
prominence inside the bank by creating mortgage-related securities, named
Abacus, that were at first intended to protect Goldman from investment
losses if the housing market collapsed. As the market soured, Goldman
created even more of these securities, enabling it to pocket huge profits.
Goldman’s own clients who bought them, however,
were less fortunate.
Pension funds and insurance companies lost billions
of dollars on securities that they believed were solid investments,
according to former Goldman employees with direct knowledge of the deals who
asked not to be identified because they have confidentiality agreements with
the firm.
Goldman was not the only firm that peddled these
complex securities — known as synthetic collateralized debt obligations, or
C.D.O.’s — and then made financial bets against them, called selling short
in Wall Street parlance. Others that created similar securities and then bet
they would fail, according to Wall Street traders, include Deutsche Bank and
Morgan Stanley, as well as smaller firms like Tricadia Inc., an investment
company whose parent firm was overseen by Lewis A. Sachs, who this year
became a special counselor to Treasury Secretary Timothy F. Geithner.
How these disastrously performing securities were
devised is now the subject of scrutiny by investigators in Congress, at the
Securities and Exchange Commission and at the Financial Industry Regulatory
Authority, Wall Street’s self-regulatory organization, according to people
briefed on the investigations. Those involved with the inquiries declined to
comment.
While the investigations are in the early phases,
authorities appear to be looking at whether securities laws or rules of fair
dealing were violated by firms that created and sold these mortgage-linked
debt instruments and then bet against the clients who purchased them, people
briefed on the matter say.
One focus of the inquiry is whether the firms
creating the securities purposely helped to select especially risky
mortgage-linked assets that would be most likely to crater, setting their
clients up to lose billions of dollars if the housing market imploded.
Some securities packaged by Goldman and Tricadia
ended up being so vulnerable that they soured within months of being
created.
Goldman and other Wall Street firms maintain there
is nothing improper about synthetic C.D.O.’s, saying that they typically
employ many trading techniques to hedge investments and protect against
losses. They add that many prudent investors often do the same. Goldman used
these securities initially to offset any potential losses stemming from its
positive bets on mortgage securities.
But Goldman and other firms eventually used the
C.D.O.’s to place unusually large negative bets that were not mainly for
hedging purposes, and investors and industry experts say that put the firms
at odds with their own clients’ interests.
“The simultaneous selling of securities to
customers and shorting them because they believed they were going to default
is the most cynical use of credit information that I have ever seen,” said
Sylvain R. Raynes, an expert in structured finance at R & R Consulting in
New York. “When you buy protection against an event that you have a hand in
causing, you are buying fire insurance on someone else’s house and then
committing arson.”
Investment banks were not alone in reaping rich
rewards by placing trades against synthetic C.D.O.’s. Some hedge funds also
benefited, including Paulson & Company, according to former Goldman workers
and people at other banks familiar with that firm’s trading.
Michael DuVally, a Goldman Sachs spokesman,
declined to make Mr. Egol available for comment. But Mr. DuVally said many
of the C.D.O.’s created by Wall Street were made to satisfy client demand
for such products, which the clients thought would produce profits because
they had an optimistic view of the housing market. In addition, he said that
clients knew Goldman might be betting against mortgages linked to the
securities, and that the buyers of synthetic mortgage C.D.O.’s were large,
sophisticated investors, he said.
The creation and sale of synthetic C.D.O.’s helped
make the financial crisis worse than it might otherwise have been,
effectively multiplying losses by providing more securities to bet against.
Some $8 billion in these securities remain on the books at American
International Group, the giant insurer rescued by the government in
September 2008.
From 2005 through 2007, at least $108 billion in
these securities was issued, according to Dealogic, a financial data firm.
And the actual volume was much higher because synthetic C.D.O.’s and other
customized trades are unregulated and often not reported to any financial
exchange or market.
Goldman Saw It Coming
Before the financial crisis, many investors — large
American and European banks, pension funds, insurance companies and even
some hedge funds — failed to recognize that overextended borrowers would
default on their mortgages, and they kept increasing their investments in
mortgage-related securities. As the mortgage market collapsed, they suffered
steep losses.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on banking and investment banking frauds are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking
Accounting for Collateralized Debt
Obligations (CDOs)
As to CDOs in
VIEs, you might take a look at
http://www.mayerbrown.com/public_docs/cdo_heartland2004_FIN46R.pdf
Evergreen
Investment Management case at
http://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2009/34-60059.pdf
Bob Jensen's
threads on CDO accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#CDO
Bob Jensen's
threads on SPEs, SPVs, and VIEs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
How to download journal articles and books
When I said yesterday
in a reply to Pat that I use the Trinity University Library’s subscription to
JSTOR to download free copies of AAA articles like The Accounting Review
articles, I should’ve pointed out that, since I pay for the AAA Electronic
Journals access, I use JSTOR only for articles published 1925-1998. In my case I
access JSTOR using a password provided to me by the Trinity University Library
that subscribes to JSTOR and many other electronic literature databases.
Beginning in 1999,
the AAA created digital archives that subscribers can access directly, but there
is a subscription fee added on to membership dues to access those archives.
Students may download, without charge, JSTOR archived articles through their
college library subscription. JSTOR is not usually as immediately up to date for
the most recent articles as the AAA site ---
http://aaahq.org/pubs/electpubs.htm
People without access to JSTOR can pay for copies of AAA journal articles
published after 1998.
Of course there are
also free hard copies of journals available in most college libraries, and these
articles can be photocopied or scanned for educational purposes. As you grow
older, you find yourself almost choked out of your office with stacks of old
journals. I commenced giving most of my hard copy journals away even before I
retired. Services like JSTOR allow me to download and store articles of interest
in a hard drive.
MAAW has a convenient
indexing of AAA journals back to when they were first published. This is a great
free service generously and meticulously provided by Professor James Martin.
However, after locating a historic AAA journal article, you will still have to
use something like JSTOR to actually download the complete article ---
http://maaw.info/
Thank you for sharing James.
I personally,
however, have hung onto a lot of books that now perhaps have some antique value.
Eventually, Google Advanced Book Search and similar archiving services will have
most old accounting books available for free digital downloading. Google
Advanced Book Search is finally up to speed for many, many antique accounting
books ---
http://books.google.com/advanced_book_search
Give it a try with an antique accounting book of particular interest to you such
as Truth in Accounting by Kenneth MacNeal.
Another thing about
Google Books is that it often provides other information about books and links
to articles about selected books. Feed in the term Pacioli and see what you get
at
http://books.google.com/advanced_book_search
One problem I still
have with Google Advanced Book Search is that it will often link to later
editions of old books rather than earliest editions. For example, on my desk I
have a hard copy of the 1932 edition of Accountants’ Handbook edited by
William A. Payton. When I use Google Advanced Book Search, however, I only find
a link to the 1953 edition. If I search for the book title, Payton, and 1932 I
do not find any hits.
Happy hunting.
I have hundreds of links to electronic literature at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm
Bob Jensen's search
helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/searchh.htm
A New One from Francine
"Continuing The Conversation: If Auditors Weren’t There, Why Not?" by
Francine McKenna, re: The Auditors, Decmeber 14, 2009 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/12/14/continuing-the-conversation-if-auditors-werent-there-why-not/
Jim Peterson and I talk often.
It was my lucky day when I found him writing for the
International Herald Tribune about auditors and
litigation and the future of the profession. There’s
quite an archive there to draw from. Jim not only has
the experience but the chops to write about the subjects
that I feel strongly about. Albeit I’m a little more
fun, but…I told a mutual admirer recently not to judge
me more beautiful than Jim. He hasn’t seen Jim in
stilettos nor me in a bow tie…
Jim opened a dialogue with me and
the others who write
frequently on this topic, like Dennis Howlett and
Richard Murphy, via his post
today at Re: Balance. The subject is, “If not, why
not…” We’re talking about the auditors’ failure to be a
force either before, during, or after the financial
crisis.
“Here – in response to
the always tart-tongued Francine — is why the
auditors weren’t there:
The simple if
depressing reason is that their core product has
long since been judged irrelevant. The standard
auditor’s report is an anachronism — having lost any
value it may once have had, except for
legally-required compliance (here).
If that single page
disappeared from corporate annual reports, no honest
user of financial information would admit to missing
it. Nor, offered the choice, would any rational CFO
pay the fees to obtain it.”
If no one but me asks, since
no one cares, then what are we
doing here? Only legally required compliance keeps us
walking like dizzy children through this hall of
mirrors, never reaching sunshine.
“…the fundamental issue of trustworthiness –
on which the entire value of the auditors’ franchise
perilously rests – is put under scrutiny when they
are effectively sidelined for want of influence and
capacity to persuade.”
Continued in article
Where Were the Auditors as Poison Was Being Added to Mortgage Loans on
Main Street ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Will the Big Auditing Firms Survive the Shareholder/Pension Fund Lawsuits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Auditors
Never ending fraud in Medicare billings:
Unaudited overpayments, unqualified items, and criminal vendors
One spending sinkhole can be traced to large
medical-equipment suppliers, device makers, and pharmaceutical companies, which
government auditors and industry veterans describe as a recalcitrant bunch.
Medical manufacturers know public agencies generally pay first and ask questions
later—if ever. Medicare receives 4.4 million claims
daily; fewer than 3% are reviewed before being paid within the legally required
30 days.
"A Hole in Health-Care Reform: Overbilling by medical-equipment suppliers,
device makers, and drug companies has cost taxpayers billions.
New legislation will do little to stem the tide,"
by Chad Terhune, Business Week, December 10, 2009 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/09_51/b4160046945722.htm?link_position=link3
President Barack Obama and his Democratic allies on
Capitol Hill say that a vast expansion of health coverage can be funded by
squeezing out waste and fraud rather than cutting benefits. Whether that
turns out to be true may help determine the success of the sweeping reform
package being debated by Congress. Slashing costs is no easy task, and
stopping fraud is even tougher. No less than $47 billion in Medicare
spending went to dubious claims in the year ended Sept. 30, according to the
U.S. Health & Human Services Dept. That's 10.7% of the $440 billion program
that subsidizes care for the elderly. Medicaid, the government program for
the poor, lets billions trickle away at roughly the same rate. The $10
million annual increase that Congress is allocating to fight fraud may not
be enough to do the trick.
One spending sinkhole can be traced to large
medical-equipment suppliers, device makers, and pharmaceutical companies,
which government auditors and industry veterans describe as a recalcitrant
bunch. Medical manufacturers know public agencies generally pay first and
ask questions later—if ever. Medicare receives 4.4 million claims daily;
fewer than 3% are reviewed before being paid within the legally required 30
days.
One way to get a sense of the scale of the
seepage—and the challenge facing the Administration—is to look at
whistleblower lawsuits filed under the federal False Claims Act. That law
allows company employees to sue on behalf of the government to recover
improperly claimed federal funds.
A suit filed by William A. Thomas, a former senior
sales manager at Siemens Medical Solutions USA, one of the nation's largest
medical suppliers and a unit of German engineering giant Siemens (SI),
offers a case study in the difficulty of containing costs. Thomas, a 15-year
Siemens Medical veteran, alleges in federal court in Philadelphia that for
years the company overbilled the Veterans Affairs Dept. and other government
agencies by hundreds of millions of dollars for MRI and CT scan machines and
other expensive equipment. These high-tech systems—used to examine
everything from damaged knees to suspected cancers—cost $500,000 to $3
million apiece, sometimes more. Thomas, who retired from Siemens in 2008,
claims that with no justification other than larger profits, his former
employer charged its government customers far more than private-sector
buyers for the same equipment.
"Billions and billions could be saved with the
right government regulation and oversight applied to health care," Thomas,
56, says in an interview. "But I think corporations will continue running
circles around the federal government."
In court filings, Siemens has denied any wrongdoing
and has sought to have the Thomas suit dismissed. A company spokesman, Lance
Longwell, declined to elaborate for this article, citing the litigation.
The Thomas suit illustrates some of the vagaries of
False Claims Act cases, hundreds of which are filed every year against
government contractors in a range of industries. As the plaintiff, Thomas
stands to pocket up to 30% of any court recovery, with the rest going to the
Treasury. The Justice Dept., which can intervene in such suits to help steer
them, announced last year that it will stay out of the case against Siemens
for now. Yet Thomas' allegations have helped drive a parallel criminal
investigation of Siemens' equipment marketing practices by the Defense Dept.
and the U.S. Attorney's Office in Philadelphia.
In April federal investigators searched for records
at the headquarters of Siemens Medical in Malvern, Pa., a suburb of
Philadelphia. Ed Bradley, special agent-in-charge of the Defense Criminal
Investigative Service, confirmed that the investigation is continuing but
declined to comment further.
Longwell, the Siemens Medical spokesman, says the
company is cooperating with criminal investigators. In March, just weeks
before the search of its offices, Siemens won a new $267 million contract to
provide radiology equipment to the U.S.
Page 1 2 Next Page Reader Discussion
BW Extras Podcasts Mandel on Economics Behind the
Cover CEO Guide to Tech more… RSS Feeds Most Popular Top News Innovation
Trends more… E-mails Asia Insider MBA Express BW.com Insider more… Blogs
Blogspotting Hot Property Tech Beat more… Business ExchangeTrack and share
business topics across the Web. Advertising in a Recession Entrepreneurship
in a Recession Enterprise Rent-A-Car Buying a Foreclosed Home Plug-in
Hybrids Most Popular Stories Read E-mailed Discussed Apple Sues Nokia,
Claims Infringement Why Tech Bows to Best Buy If You Don't Buy a House Now,
You're Stupid or Broke Forecast for 2010: The Coming Cloud 'Catastrophe'
Kindle vs. Nook RSS Feed: Most Read Stories
If You Don't Buy a House Now, You're Stupid or
Broke - BusinessWeek Can KKR Make Like Berkshire Hathaway? - BusinessWeek
Why Tech Bows to Best Buy - BusinessWeek GM Will Sell Opel to Magna After
All - BusinessWeek A Vehicle for Your Business - BusinessWeek RSS Feed: Most
E-mailed Stories
Why Tech Bows to Best Buy Tiger Woods' Handicap as
a Pitchman AT&T Possible Price Moves May Backfire Americans Are Furious at
Wall Street China's 'Made in China' Problem RSS Feed: Most Discussed Stories
Most Popular Multimedia Slide Shows 25 Products
That Might Just Change The World Fifty Ugliest Cars of the Past 50 Years
Best Internships of 2009 The 25 Coolest Sneaker Designs of 2009 Best Places
to Raise Your Kids: 2010 RSS Feed: Most Popular Slide Shows
Ads by Google Medicare Health Plans Introducing
AARP® MedicareComplete® Provided Through SecureHorizons®.
AARPMedicarePlans.com/Advantage Whistleblower Reward How to claim your share
for fighting fraud on the government www.FraudFighters.net Declined Qui Tam?
FCA attorneys with outstanding verdicts and settlements. Info at:
www.Whistleblower.info Health Care Petition Don't Let Special Interests
Derail Reform. Sign the Official Petition! www.DSCC.org
BW Mall - Sponsored Links Recruiting in the Finance
Industry? Software for Recruiting, Applicant Tracking, Onboarding, CRM and
more! FREE DEMO Secure Recruiting Platfrom Complete SaaS Talent Platform
Software (Pre/Post-Hire) View a FREE DEMO now! Free Polycom
Videoconferencing Webinar On December 16 Learn How Polycom Can Help You
Improve Business Collaboration. Sign up - Microsoft Dynamics CRM Online Get
up to 6 months of Microsoft Dynamics CRM at NO CHARGE! Sign up Today! Online
PHR Certificate Program w/ Villanova Univ SHRM Approved HR Certificate
Program from Villanova University. 100% Online - Find Out More Now! Buy a
link now!
Ontario. The world's most highly skilled workforce.
Jensen Comment
The GAO has declared that many huge sink holes for fraud and waste are
unauditable --- the Pentagon, the IRS, Medicare, and the list goes on and on.
But the Congress that funds these programs is manipulated by special interest
groups who do not want these audits. The new sink hole on the block is almost
anything green.
What is happening to America?
Bob Jensen's threads on health care are at
http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/09_51/b4160046945722.htm?link_position=link3
"Taxpayers distrustful of government financial reporting,"
AccountingWeb, February 22, 2008 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=104680
The federal government is failing to meet the
financial reporting needs of taxpayers, falling short of expectations, and
creating a problem with trust, according to survey findings released by the
Association of Government Accountants (AGA). The survey, Public Attitudes to
Government Accountability and Transparency 2008, measured attitudes and
opinions towards government financial management and accountability to
taxpayers. The survey established an expectations gap between what taxpayers
expect and what they get, finding that the public at large overwhelmingly
believes that government has the obligation to report and explain how it
generates and spends its money, but that that it is failing to meet
expectations in any area included in the survey.
The survey further found that taxpayers consider
governments at the federal, state, and local levels to be significantly
under-delivering in terms of practicing open, honest spending. Across all
levels of government, those surveyed held "being open and honest in spending
practices" vitally important, but felt that government performance was poor
in this area. Those surveyed also considered government performance to be
poor in terms of being "responsible to the public for its spending." This is
compounded by perceived poor performance in providing understandable and
timely financial management information.
The survey shows:
The American public is most dissatisfied with
government financial management information disseminated by the federal
government. Seventy-two percent say that it is extremely or very important
to receive this information from the federal government, but only 5 percent
are extremely or very satisfied with what they receive.
Seventy-three percent of Americans believe that it
is extremely or very important for the federal government to be open and
honest in its spending practices, yet only 5 percent say they are meeting
these expectations.
Seventy-one percent of those who receive financial
management information from the government or believe it is important to
receive it, say they would use the information to influence their vote.
Relmond Van Daniker, Executive Director at AGA,
said, "We commissioned this survey to shed some light on the way the public
perceives those issues relating to government financial accountability and
transparency that are important to our members. Nobody is pretending that
the figures are a shock, but we are glad to have established a benchmark
against which we can track progress in years to come."
He continued, "AGA members working in government at
all levels are in the very forefront of the fight to increase levels of
government accountability and transparency. We believe that the traditional
methods of communicating government financial information -- through reams
of audited financial statements that have little relevance to the taxpayer
-- must be supplemented by government financial reporting that expresses
complex financial details in an understandable form. Our members are
committed to taking these concepts forward."
Justin Greeves, who led the team at Harris
Interactive that fielded the survey for the AGA, said, "The survey results
include some extremely stark, unambiguous findings. Public levels of
dissatisfaction and distrust of government spending practices came through
loud and clear, across every geography, demographic group, and political
ideology. Worthy of special note, perhaps, is a 67 percentage point gap
between what taxpayers expect from government and what they receive. These
are significant findings that I hope government and the public find useful."
This survey was conducted online within the United
States by Harris Interactive on behalf of the Association of Government
Accountants between January 4 and 8, 2008 among 1,652 adults aged 18 or
over. Results were weighted as needed for age, sex, race/ethnicity,
education, region, and household income. Propensity score weighting was also
used to adjust for respondents' propensity to be online. No estimates of
theoretical sampling error can be calculated.
You can read the
Survey Report, including a full methodology and associated
commentary.
"The Government Is Wasting Your Tax Dollars! How Uncle Sam spends nearly
$1 trillion of your money each year,"
by Ryan Grim with Joseph K. Vetter,
Readers Digest, January 2008, pp. 86-99 ---
http://www.rd.com/content/the-government-is-wasting-your-tax-dollars/4/
1. Taxes:
Cheating Shows. The Internal Revenue Service estimates that the annual net
tax gap—the difference between what's owed and what's collected—is $290
billion, more than double the average yearly sum spent on the wars in Iraq
and Afghanistan.
About $59 billion of that figure results from the
underreporting and underpayment of employment taxes. Our broken system of
immigration is another concern, with nearly eight million undocumented
workers having a less-than-stellar relationship with the IRS. Getting more
of them on the books could certainly help narrow that tax gap.
Going after the deadbeats would seem like an
obvious move. Unfortunately, the IRS doesn't have the resources to
adequately pursue big offenders and their high-powered tax attorneys. "The
IRS is outgunned," says Walker, "especially when dealing with multinational
corporations with offshore headquarters."
Another group that costs taxpayers billions: hedge
fund and private equity managers. Many of these moguls make vast "incomes"
yet pay taxes on a portion of those earnings at the paltry 15 percent
capital gains rate, instead of the higher income tax rate. By some
estimates, this loophole costs taxpayers more than $2.5 billion a year.
Oil companies are getting a nice deal too. The
country hands them more than $2 billion a year in tax breaks. Says Walker,
"Some of the sweetheart deals that were negotiated for drilling rights on
public lands don't pass the straight-face test, especially given current
crude oil prices." And Big Oil isn't alone. Citizens for Tax Justice
estimates that corporations reap more than $123 billion a year in special
tax breaks. Cut this in half and we could save about $60 billion.
The Tab* Tax Shortfall: $290 billion (uncollected
taxes) + $2.5 billion (undertaxed high rollers) + $60 billion (unwarranted
tax breaks) Starting Tab: $352.5 billion
2. Healthy Fixes.
Medicare and Medicaid, which cover elderly and low-income patients
respectively, eat up a growing portion of the federal budget. Investigations
by Sen. Tom Coburn (R-OK) point to as much as $60 billion a year in fraud,
waste and overpayments between the two programs. And Coburn is likely
underestimating the problem.
The U.S. spends more than $400 per person on health
care administration costs and insurance -- six times more than other
industrialized nations.
That's because a 2003 Dartmouth Medical School
study found that up to 30 percent of the $2 trillion spent in this country
on medical care each year—including what's spent on Medicare and Medicaid—is
wasted. And with the combined tab for those programs rising to some $665
billion this year, cutting costs by a conservative 15 percent could save
taxpayers about $100 billion. Yet, rather than moving to trim fat, the
government continues such questionable practices as paying private insurance
companies that offer Medicare Advantage plans an average of 12 percent more
per patient than traditional Medicare fee-for-service. Congress is trying to
close this loophole, and doing so could save $15 billion per year, on
average, according to the Congressional Budget Office.
Another money-wasting bright idea was to create a
giant class of middlemen: Private bureaucrats who administer the Medicare
drug program are monitored by federal bureaucrats—and the public pays for
both. An October report by the House Committee on Oversight and Government
Reform estimated that this setup costs the government $10 billion per year
in unnecessary administrative expenses and higher drug prices.
The Tab* Wasteful Health Spending: $60 billion
(fraud, waste, overpayments) + $100 billion (modest 15 percent cost
reduction) + $15 billion (closing the 12 percent loophole) + $10 billion
(unnecessary Medicare administrative and drug costs) Total $185 billion
Running Tab: $352.5 billion +$185 billion = $537.5 billion
3. Military Mad Money.
You'd think it would be hard to simply lose massive amounts of money, but
given the lack of transparency and accountability, it's no wonder that eight
of the Department of Defense's functions, including weapons procurement,
have been deemed high risk by the GAO. That means there's a high probability
that money—"tens of billions," according to Walker—will go missing or be
otherwise wasted.
The DOD routinely hands out no-bid and cost-plus
contracts, under which contractors get reimbursed for their costs plus a
certain percentage of the contract figure. Such deals don't help hold down
spending in the annual military budget of about $500 billion. That sum is
roughly equal to the combined defense spending of the rest of the world's
countries. It's also comparable, adjusted for inflation, with our largest
Cold War-era defense budget. Maybe that's why billions of dollars are still
being spent on high-cost weapons designed to counter Cold War-era threats,
even though today's enemy is armed with cell phones and IEDs. (And that $500
billion doesn't include the billions to be spent this year in Iraq and
Afghanistan. Those funds demand scrutiny, too, according to Sen. Amy
Klobuchar, D-MN, who says, "One in six federal tax dollars sent to rebuild
Iraq has been wasted.")
Meanwhile, the Pentagon admits it simply can't
account for more than $1 trillion. Little wonder, since the DOD hasn't been
fully audited in years. Hoping to change that, Brian Riedl of the Heritage
Foundation is pushing Congress to add audit provisions to the next defense
budget.
If wasteful spending equaling 10 percent of all
spending were rooted out, that would free up some $50 billion. And if
Congress cut spending on unnecessary weapons and cracked down harder on
fraud, we could save tens of billions more.
The Tab* Wasteful military spending: $100 billion
(waste, fraud, unnecessary weapons) Running Tab: $537.5 billion + $100
billion = $637.5 billion
4. Bad Seeds.
The controversial U.S. farm subsidy program, part of which pays farmers not
to grow crops, has become a giant welfare program for the rich, one that
cost taxpayers nearly $20 billion last year.
Two of the best-known offenders: Kenneth Lay, the
now-deceased Enron CEO, who got $23,326 for conservation land in Missouri
from 1995 to 2005, and mogul Ted Turner, who got $590,823 for farms in four
states during the same period. A Cato Institute study found that in 2005,
two-thirds of the subsidies went to the richest 10 percent of recipients,
many of whom live in New York City. Not only do these "farmers" get money
straight from the government, they also often get local tax breaks, since
their property is zoned as agricultural land. The subsidies raise prices for
consumers, hurt third world farmers who can't compete, and are attacked in
international courts as unfair trade.
The Tab* Wasteful farm subsidies: $20 billion
Running Tab: $637.5 billion + $20 billion = $657.5 billion
5. Capital Waste.
While there's plenty of ongoing annual operating waste, there's also a
special kind of profligacy—call it capital waste—that pops up year after
year. This is shoddy spending on big-ticket items that don't pan out. While
what's being bought changes from year to year, you can be sure there will
always be some costly items that aren't worth what the government pays for
them.
Take this recent example: Since September 11, 2001,
Congress has spent more than $4 billion to upgrade the Coast Guard's fleet.
Today the service has fewer ships than it did before that money was spent,
what 60 Minutes called "a fiasco that has set new standards for
incompetence." Then there's the Future Imagery Architecture spy satellite
program. As The New York Times recently reported, the technology flopped and
the program was killed—but not before costing $4 billion. Or consider the
FBI's infamous Trilogy computer upgrade: Its final stage was scrapped after
a $170 million investment. Or the almost $1 billion the Federal Emergency
Management Agency has wasted on unusable housing. The list goes on.
The Tab* Wasteful Capital Spending: $30 billion
Running Tab: $657.5 billion + $30 billion = $687.5 billion
6. Fraud and Stupidity.
Sen. Chuck Grassley (R-IA) wants the Social Security Administration to
better monitor the veracity of people drawing disability payments from its
$100 billion pot. By one estimate, roughly $1 billion is wasted each year in
overpayments to people who work and earn more than the program's rules
allow.
The federal Food Stamp Program gets ripped off too.
Studies have shown that almost 5 percent, or more than $1 billion, of the
payments made to people in the $30 billion program are in excess of what
they should receive.
One person received $105,000 in excess disability
payments over seven years.
There are plenty of other examples. Senator Coburn
estimates that the feds own unused properties worth $18 billion and pay out
billions more annually to maintain them. Guess it's simpler for bureaucrats
to keep paying for the property than to go to the trouble of selling it.
The Tab* General Fraud and Stupidity: $2 billion
(disability and food stamp overpayment) Running Tab: $687.5 billion + $2
billion = $689.5 billion
7. Pork Sausage.
Congress doled out $29 billion in so-called earmarks—aka funds for
legislators' pet projects—in 2006, according to Citizens Against Government
Waste. That's three times the amount spent in 1999. Congress loves to deride
this kind of spending, but lawmakers won't hesitate to turn around and drop
$500,000 on a ballpark in Billings, Montana.
The most infamous earmark is surely the "bridge to
nowhere"—a span that would have connected Ketchikan, Alaska, to nearby
Gravina Island—at a cost of more than $220 million. After Hurricane Katrina
struck New Orleans, Senator Coburn tried to redirect that money to repair
the city's Twin Span Bridge. He failed when lawmakers on both sides of the
aisle got behind the Alaska pork. (That money is now going to other projects
in Alaska.) Meanwhile, this kind of spending continues at a time when our
country's crumbling infrastructure—the bursting dams, exploding water pipes
and collapsing bridges—could really use some investment. Cutting two-thirds
of the $29 billion would be a good start.
The Tab* Pork Barrel Spending: $20 billion Running
Tab: $689.5 billion + $20 billion = $709.5 billion
8. Welfare Kings.
Corporate welfare is an easy thing for politicians to bark at, but it seems
it's hard to bite the hand that feeds you. How else to explain why corporate
welfare is on the rise? A Cato Institute report found that in 2006,
corporations received $92 billion (including some in the form of those farm
subsidies) to do what they do anyway—research, market and develop products.
The recipients included plenty of names from the Fortune 500, among them
IBM, GE, Xerox, Dow Chemical, Ford Motor Company, DuPont and Johnson &
Johnson.
The Tab* Corporate Welfare: $50 billion Running
Tab: $709.5 billion + $50 billion = $759.5 billion
9. Been There,
Done That. The Rural Electrification Administration, created during the New
Deal, was an example of government at its finest—stepping in to do something
the private sector couldn't. Today, renamed the Rural Utilities Service,
it's an example of a government that doesn't know how to end a program. "We
established an entity to electrify rural America. Mission accomplished. But
the entity's still there," says Walker. "We ought to celebrate success and
get out of the business."
In a 2007 analysis, the Heritage Foundation found
that hundreds of programs overlap to accomplish just a few goals. Ending
programs that have met their goals and eliminating redundant programs could
comfortably save taxpayers $30 billion a year.
The Tab* Obsolete, Redundant Programs: $30 billion
Running Tab: $759.5 billion + $30 billion = $789.5 billion
10. Living on Credit.
Here's the capper: Years of wasteful spending have put us in such a deep
hole, we must squander even more to pay the interest on that debt. In 2007,
the federal government carried a debt of $9 trillion and blew $252 billion
in interest. Yes, we understand the federal government needs to carry a
small debt for the Federal Reserve Bank to operate. But "small" isn't how we
would describe three times the nation's annual budget. We need to stop
paying so much in interest (and we think cutting $194 billion is a good
target). Instead we're digging ourselves deeper: Congress had to raise the
federal debt limit last September from $8.965 trillion to almost $10
trillion or the country would have been at legal risk of default. If that's
not a wake-up call to get spending under control, we don't know what is.
The Tab* Interest on National Debt: $194 billion
Final Tab: $789.5 billion + $194 billion = $983.5 billion
What YOU Can Do Many believe our system is
inherently broken. We think it can be fixed. As citizens and voters, we have
to set a new agenda before the Presidential election. There are three things
we need in order to prevent wasteful spending, according to the GAO's David
Walker:
• Incentives for people to do the right thing.
• Transparency so we can tell if they've done
the right thing.
• Accountability if they do the wrong thing.
Two out of three won't solve our problems.
So how do we make it happen? Demand it of our
elected officials. If they fail to listen, then we turn them out of office.
With its approval rating hovering around 11 percent in some polls, Congress
might just start paying attention.
Start by writing to your Representatives. Talk to
your family, friends and neighbors, and share this article. It's in
everybody's interest.
The Most Criminal Class is Writing the Laws ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
"Ernst & Young Expands Its
Commitment to Help Universities Prepare Students for IFRS," SmartPros,
November 30, 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x68280.xml
Ernst
& Young LLP has announced that the Ernst & Young Foundation will direct an
additional US$1 million toward further development of IFRS curriculum and
other resources to help the next generation of accounting professionals meet
the fast-changing needs of global financial markets.
This new commitment expands the work of the Ernst &
Young Academic Resource Center (EYARC), which was launched in the summer of
2008. The support from the Ernst & Young Foundation now totals US$2.5
million.
The EYARC brings together Ernst & Young
professionals and university faculty to develop time-critical learning
materials focused on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). In
June 2009, the EYARC released 24 modules of comprehensive, user-friendly
IFRS curriculum designed to be flexible with any teaching style. The modules
include a user guide, lecture notes, slides, examples, homework problems,
illustrative disclosures, case studies and international spotlights
developed specifically for university education levels based on real-world
experiences of Ernst & Young professionals. In addition, this past summer
the EYARC offered a live, national training session to academics and also
participated in a variety of faculty educational conferences.
With the additional funding, the EYARC's
development goals for the upcoming year include updating the technical
content of the existing modules, expanding the coverage to include more
judgment-based resources, and providing a principles-based pedagogical
approach to the material. Audit and tax modules will be added to the
curriculum as well and will include the impact of IFRS on these functions.
"The Obama administration's summer 2009 white paper
on financial reform includes an unequivocal call for transparency and
international convergence of accounting and financial reporting standards,"
notes Ellen Glazerman, Ernst & Young LLP, Executive Director of the Ernst &
Young Foundation. "After a successful first year and tremendous interest
from the faculty community, we are proud to announce additional funding
toward IFRS education."
"Making an effort to maximize pedagogical
flexibility, Ernst & Young's Academic Resource Center offers faculty
extensive training and materials useful for developing IFRS curriculum at
both the undergraduate and graduate levels," says Jennifer Blouin, Assistant
Professor at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. "The
class notes, cases and high level spotlights on convergence issues created
by Ernst & Young's team of academics and practice professionals are
invaluable."
The E&Y press release on this
news ---
Click Here
Neither of the above news
items provides links to a new E&Y resource site that students can go to at the
moment. One will probably be announced soon.
Some other alternatives for
faculty and students are summarized at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Popular
IFRS Learning Resources:
Check out the popular IFRS learning Deloitte link is
http://www.deloitteifrslearning.com/
Also see the free IFRS course (with great cases) ---
Click Here
Also see the Virginia Tech IFRS Course --- Send a request to John Brozovsky
[jbrozovs@VT.EDU]
I found from
the UK that might be helpful for IFRS learning resources ---
Click Here
http://www.icaew.com/index.cfm/route/150551/icaew_ga/en/Library/Links/Accounting_standards/IAS_IFRS/Sources_for_International_Financial_Reporting_Standards_IFRS_and_International_Accounting_Standards_IAS
September 28,
2009 message from Ellen Glazerman, Ernst & Young LLP
[ellen.glazerman@EY.COM]
The Ernst & Young Foundation has teaching materials for IFRS (developed by
faculty). They are free and cover Intermediate I, II and Advanced
Accounting. We will be developing more this year. It is free to anyone with
a .edu address. You just need to email
catherine.banks@ey.com and she will
give you a password to access the material. It is set up to be used either
as material to integrate into what you are currently teaching or as a
stand-alone course. There are lecture notes, home work assignments, cases,
etc. I hope you find it useful.
Please feel free to contact me directly if you have any additional
questions.
Ellen
Bob and Francine Debate the 2010 Employment Outlook in
CPA Firms
December 9, 2009 message from Francine McKenna
[retheauditors@GMAIL.COM]
Unfortunately Bob, the
public accounting firms are hiring less and less right now. And they are
also cutting professionals at all levels, including those who have less than
2 years of experience and don't even have a CPA yet.
We may be stuck with the 150
hour requirement but we are not stuck with the way the audit firms and the
schools look at how that requirement is going to be met. Are we sure the
firms and other employers are still expecting the same things form the
universities given this requirement and the challenges it presents for
students?
Thanks to Linda, Amy, and Bob for input.
http://goingconcern.com/2009/12/are-new-graduates-getting-sque.php
Francene
December 10, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Francine,
Firstly I don’t
think the CPA firm employment outlook is all that bad unless the Supreme
Court strikes down
Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) and the
PCAOB. Perhaps the big firms are cutting back only temporarily in fear
of losing SOX. Losing SOX at this point in time would be a disaster
for auditing in general since the loss of audit fees might well push firms
over the brink where auditing profits are no longer sufficient to off set
the risk of billion dollar lawsuits.
Until Wall Street
managed to get SOX in front of the Supreme Court, the outlook for accounting
graduates was much better than all other business school disciplines. There
were other bright spots.
-
-
Accounting Majors in Demand
Even when the economy is down, there is
room for top students in the profession. The National Association
of Colleges and Employers’ 2009 Student Survey found that, even
though students in the class of 2009 were graduating with fewer jobs
available, accounting majors are still in high demand. Accounting
and engineering graduates were among those majors most likely to
have already found jobs. Accounting majors expect to earn an
average starting salary of about $45,000, while engineering grads
expect to earn $58,000.
Journal of Accountancy, July 2009 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2009/Jul/AccountingMajors.htm
- Robert
Half Survey Update ---
http://www.rhi.com/GFEM
"Employment outlook grim in 2009, but not for accountants,"
AccountingWeb, January 15, 2009 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/item/106818
"Global
Employment Financial Monitor for 2009-2010" (free download from
Robert Half) ---
http://www.rhi.com/GFEM
Executive
Summary
The accounting and finance professions have not been immune to
the effects of the global financial crisis. Two-thirds of hiring
managers we surveyed said their accounting and finance
departments have been affected by current economic conditions.
Yet, for many employers, good accountants
are still hard to find. More than
half of all respondents said they were having difficulty
locating skilled job candidates, and financial professionals
remain in short supply in parts of the world.
Even where job candidates compete for relatively few open
positions, many managers are concerned about losing their most
valuable team members to other job opportunities.
As positions are
consolidated and fewer new employees added, financial
professionals are taking on more work and experiencing increased
stress. In response, managers are taking steps to help their
employees remain motivated and productive, survey results show.
The hiring process
is taking longer today, in part due to budget constraints but
also because companies feel they can be more selective. When
hiring at the executive level, businesses seek leaders with the
industry experience and initiative necessary to seize any
possible competitive edge.
Manpower Survey
Guide Issue 75 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/item/96782
The small
business outlook is indeed grim and that reverberates to accounting firm
business and employment needs, but there are signs that the Obama
Administration may pull out the stops to boost the small business economy.
But don't hold your breath for success of a small business surge ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/item/95831
In my estimation,
hiring of entry level graduates will surge ahead unless the Supreme Court
destroys the entire auditing profession.
Bob Jensen
Bob Jensen's threads on careers and employment are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#careers
Jensen Comment
It will be very sad for the auditing profession and accountancy academe if the
PCAOB is killed and buried. Industry and its friends at the WSJ have been trying
for most of this decade to eliminate huge amounts of auditing fees by killing
off Sarbanes-Oxley legislation (SOX).
What happens to the audit firms when it's no longer a
profitable service without eliminating virtually all substantive testing?
We may start hearing from Bob Elliott all over again
about how to supplement declining audit revenue ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/1999/Nov/flemingl
What happens to entry-level hiring when substantive
testing is cut way back and replaced with analytical review computer models?
Before We Put On Our SOX
By the 1990s, auditing services of CPA firms were becoming less and less
profitable and professional. Auditing was viewed by clients as a necessary evil
for which they were willing to accept the lowest bidder irrespective of audit
quality. In fact for many companies like Enron, incompetent or "cooperative"
auditing firms were sought after as preferred auditors. In order to cut costs of
service, CPA firms either dropped auditing services or they replaced more and
more substantive testing with inferior analytical reviews in auditing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#Professionalism
Auditing firms were increasingly being sued for poor
quality audit services ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm
This made auditing services even more risky and less
profitable.
The auditing firms created expanding consulting services
that bolstered profitability far more than auditing services. The AICPA promoted
newer types of assurance services such as WebTrust, SysTrust, Elder Care, etc.
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Assurance_services
Whatever happened to the SysTrust seal of approval?
The AICPA promotions of assurance services peaked out
when strong advocate Bob Elliott was President and Vice Chair of the AICPA. Bob
even appeared in a special edition of the PBS television program Nightly
Business Report on May 31, 1999 just before Enron and Worldcom commenced to melt
down ---
http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/cpaltr/jacpa.htm
He always stressed how auditing was becoming less and
less profitable and that expanded consulting/assurance services were essential
for the survival of CPA firms.
Bob Elliott's best analogy in the 1990s was his
comparison of the auditing industry with the railroad industry. He stressed how
the railroads failed to adapt to newer forms of technology and transportation
services (e.g., the likes of mergers with airlines, FedEx, UPS, etc.). His
message was that, to avoid being like a failed railroad industry, auditing firms
had to change with technology and exploit the auditing firms' major asset --- a
reputation for integrity.
Sadly, the reputation for integrity of auditing firms
took a huge hit at the dawn of the 21st Century. It was revealed how the
auditing firm of Andersen was earning as much from consulting in Enron as it was
from auditing. Andersen was in fact auditing systems that it helped install,
including Enron's felonious SPEs. You can view one of the thousands of these
fraudulent SPEs at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
You can read about the Enron and Worldcom scandals at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm
The entire can of worms in auditing services became more
and more public in courts across the United States ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm
The poor services of auditing firms became a focal point
in the U.S. Congress when equity markets appeared of the verge of collapse due
to fear and distrust of the financial reporting of corporations dependent upon
equity markets for capital. The Roaring 1990s burned and crashed. In a
desperation move Congress passed the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX) of 2002 ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sarbanes-Oxley_Act
SOX was a shot in the arm for the auditing industry. SOX
forced the auditing industry to upgrade services with SOX legal backing that
doubled or even tripled or quadrupled fees for such services. Clients continue
to grumble about the soaring costs of audits, but in my opinion SOX was a small
price to pay for saving our equity capital markets.
Now in 2009 the Supreme Court may force the auditing
profession to take its SOX off and do cheap audits.
Welcome back Kotter;
Welcome back Chewco ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
Welcome back Andy (I think he will be out in 2012)
NASBA will rev up the CCE,
Certified Cognitor Examination ---
Click Here
Also at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/CognitorXYZElliott.htm
December
10, 2009 reply from Francine McKenna
[retheauditors@GMAIL.COM]
Hi Bob,
You are buying the hype. I have thousands of comments on my blog because the
firms are cutting. Students are panicked. Less internships, less offers to
interns, less interviews to those who didn't intern (or more often none) and
delays on start dates.
The Sarbanes-Oxley gravy days have ben over for two years, since AS% kicked in.
Clients have taken upper hand and asked firms to cut or at least not grow audit
fees. There has been no replacement for SOX revenue, especially given delays in
IFRS and XBRL.
Sorry, but the stories about strength of accounting hiring and stability of the
profession in the public accounting firms is all PR.
MOST COMMENTED POSTS
o
o
» Follow-Up
On More Big 4 Layoffs -
502
o
» Update:
Deloitte Statement on Layoffs -
499
o
» Deloitte
- The Worst May Be Yet To Come -
438
o
» Veteran's
Day In PwC Advisory: Say Auf Wiedersehen -
355
o
» Taking
Your Pulse -
140
o
» What
I'd Do: Part 2 - First We Focus On The Client -
137
o
» Hey
Big 4! If I Were You, Here's What I'd Do (Instead...) -
135
o
» Deloitte:
Can You Still Do Those Things You Do? -
110
o
» Big
4 Starting Salaries - The Facts -
98
o
» It's
A Race To The Finish - But There Are No Winners -
82
Please don't misunderstand me... I am not pessimistic about the accounting
profession. It's my profession. I would not keep writing about it if I was not
optimistic that by bringing issues to light they can be addressed positively.
I am pessimistic about the large public accounting firm business model. I don't
think it's viable anymore and does not protect shareholders.
With regard to data about hires and hiring outlook, both AICPA and Robert Half
have a vested interest in saying everything is going to be fine. Robert Half is
a publicly traded staffing company focusing on accounting and finance temporary
placement. Their clients (and their recruits) are accounting and finance
professionals. If they admit the market for accounting professionals is in the
toilet or going there, they admit their own business outlook is dismal.
I hope that public accounting hiring is not same or greater in 2010 than this
year. And that's sad all the way around. Unless the economy improves
dramatically overnight, I think we have a ways to go before we start seeing
anyone truly optimistic about business prospects. If the public accounting
firms, the largest ones, hire as many or more graduates they will keep cutting
experienced staff as they have been doing for the east eighteen months at least.
For Deloitte it's been longer. And they are still cutting, even over the
holidays.
The anomaly of the mid size regional firms seeing growth now is interesting and
true. I have seen it. It's a subject for another note.
I would have said two years ago that my info was more anecdotal. But given the
traffic to the blog and the number of comments and the same info coming in at
the other publication I write for, Going COncern, I think significant "layoffs"
are a stark reality. The info I have about cuts may be biased, but it's true.
The firms are balancing their bad forecasting about how long Sarbanes would
last, and how quickly they would replace it with IFRS and XBRL work, on the
backs of their experienced staff. They are substituting experienced staff with
lower priced college recruits.
The public accounting staffing supply chain from the universities to the firm is
a two-three year process. The firms have a hard time turning off the spigot when
business turns down because of the commitments they have already made to
students one or two years prior beginning with the internship. They also care
deeply about the university relationships. And they may start up the assembly
line before the economy fully recovers because it take two to three years
starting with an offer of an internship for a student to be a finished product
ready for full time work and even longer to be certified. They would rather keep
cheaper staff resources coming in at the new graduate level and work leaner than
have an over abundance of more expensive experienced staff and people unassigned
and eating into partner payouts. That's just the way the for-profit,
multinational pseudo corporate style accounting firms work.
December
11, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Very nice reply Francine.
I
agree with most points, although I’ve no reason to suspect Robert Half of making
up phony survey answers from over 200,000 respondents around the world.
And I’ve no reason to suspect the Bureau of Labor Statistics for phony data that
rates the prospects for growth in accounting jobs to be better than the average
for all other job categories. The BLS, however, is looking at all sizes of
accounting and auditing firms and is less skewed toward the large international
accounting firms. Indeed the hope for the future may lie in the smaller and
medium size firms as the courts bury the large firms in the sub-prime mortgage
lawsuits. Also the BLS is not focusing only on entry-level opportunities for new
graduates.
Anecdotal still remains anecdotal if it is not a more formalized study. Your
correspondents might in fact be a biased subset if they seek you out when
knowing your biases. Polls vary when they favor some sectors over other sectors
even if the favoritism is not intentional.
I
do hate to see the big firms suffer, because they are nearly all of our hope for
those entry-level jobs for top accounting graduates. I am proud of the big firms
for being rated the “best places to launch a career” --- even ultimately an
academic career since most doctoral programs want applicants to have
professional experience.
Big Four
Firm Get Top Spots in Business Week's “2009 Best Places To Launch A
Career,
The Big Four Alumni Blog, September 10, 2009 ---
http://www.bigfouralumni.blogspot.com/
BusinessWeek just released its 2009 rankings of its much-anticipated “2009 Best
Places To Launch A Career” list and for a second year, Big Four firms completely
dominate the list, capturing the top four spots in the rankings. This year, only
69 companies made the list compared to 119 in 2008 due to more stringent
criteria, making the 2009 list “both more exclusive and more competitive.” Thus,
this year, there was more relative competition to make the list and this year’s
rankings are at least 40% tougher than the previous year.
Deloitte, Ernst & Young, PricewaterhouseCoopers and KPMG are respectively ranked
1st to 4th on the list, beating out such leading contenders as Google (not even
ranked), Goldman Sachs (2009 rank 6, 2008 rank 4), General Electric (2009 rank
16), Booz Allen Hamilton (2009 rank 63) and Microsoft (2009 rank 18).
Other notables associated with the Big Four firms are Accenture (2009 rank 11,
up an astonishing 36 ranks from 2008 rank 47), Protiviti (2009 rank 49,
remarkably up 46 ranks from 2008 rank 95).
Two of the Big Six Accounting firms also make the list. Grant Thornton (2009
rank 51, 2008 rank 76) and RSM McGladrey Pullen (2009 rank 66, 2008 rank 104).
Continued
in article
Last
year's rankings were similar ---
Click Here
http://bigfouralumni.blogspot.com/search/label/Best
Places to Launch a Career
Your comments are well stated with respect to efforts of the large accounting
firms to maintain relations with universities and to support the funding of
programs and the placements of top graduates. Accounting would not be a popular
major for top students on campus if graduates did not relatively have a better
chance for launching careers than most other disciplines on campus.
On
a relative basis accountancy schools are doing fairly well. Law schools are
having a much more difficult time placing graduates, and surprisingly nursing
graduates are having much more difficulty finding full-time jobs as hospitals
are facing budget crises and nursing turnover rates declined (many nurses who
want to retire to start families are now supporting unemployed or underemployed
spouses, including one of our RN daughters in Wisconsin).
“Employment change. Employment of accountants and auditors is expected to grow
by 18 percent between 2006 and 2016,
which is faster than the average for all occupations.
This occupation will have a very large number of new jobs arise, almost 226,000
over the projections decade. An increase in the number of businesses, changing
financial laws, and corporate governance regulations, and increased
accountability for protecting an organization’s stakeholders will drive growth.”
Bureau of Labor Statistics Job Outlook, 2008-2009 Edition ---
http://www.bls.gov/oco/ocos001.htm
I think
most colleges are relying more on the long-term BLS outlook rather than the doom
and gloom articles dated in the deep part of this recession.
Thanks Francine.
You’ve added a lot thus far to the AECM with some fresh ideas and observations.
Bob Jensen
December
11, 2009 reply from John Brozovsky
[jbrozovs@VT.EDU]
As an academic and a father I would prefer the firms keep hiring the college
grads and let go the 'more highly paid experienced staff'. Getting that first
job is clearly a harder hurdle than getting the next job. Particularly the next
job if you have big-4 on your resume. We always used to bemoan the fact that
everyone left the big-4 (5, 6, 8) on their own. Evidently they are not leaving
on their own now, probably because the economy appears to be in bad shape and
job prospects weak, so the firms are pushing them out.
At the college level our graduates are having a bit harder time getting the job
but most are still getting them. The main problem pool is international
students. We had to make some additional contacts to place an international
student that had a 4.0 in an MBA program before moving over and getting a
master's in accounting (no grades there yet-part of the problem with hiring in
the fall of a one year program). We placed him with a big 4 firm but in prior
years this would not have required the extra effort.
John
December 11, 2009 reply from Francine McKenna
[retheauditors@GMAIL.COM]
John,
I
understand your preference and I would wish that things would be different
for everyone. But...
You're right that the attrition levels are very low right now in the largest
firms. People are staying because of the weak prospects outside. I just
Tweeted another article:
Securities Litigation Fears Escalate as Companies Cut Compliance and
Internal Audit Staff from a group called
Monadnock Research. MR - Businesses have become more concerned about
becoming a target of securities litigation, according to a recent study from
Deloitte. Fueling this fear, 27.4 percent of respondents report losing
headcount in the compliance and internal audit functions over the past 18
months. Individuals surveyed about which activities would reduce corruption
and fraud risks, respondents cited more fraud awareness training (32.4
percent); expansion of internal audit monitoring procedures (23.1 percent);
more robust fraud risk assessment (18.3 percent); and more oversight from
the board and audit committee (7.5 percent). . .
This is a subscription only publication but if you googled internal audit
and compliance cuts you can find others with a similar trend described.
So
the firms are pushing out "experienced" hires to continue to make room for
lower cost new hires form the universities. Unfortunately, "experienced" is
not what it used to be. The industry accounting hire model is mostly based
on getting fully trained Big 4 "experienced " professionals who leave of
their own accord for better opportunities, with 4-10 years experience. They
were typically coming with their CPA, had been through several busy seasons
and had led audits although maybe not yet promoted to Manager.
Nowadays, staff are being cut with <1 year of experience all the way to
pre-partner. The staff with less than three years of experience are being
asked in some cases to repay CPA signing bonuses and review course
subsidies. They may not yet have their CPA and they do not have enough
experience to be considered "experienced" in the typical way industry had
ben accustomed. Industry and government are not prepared to take over where
the large public accounting firms have left off. Where are the jobs now for
someone with only 1-2 years experience in the Big 4? They can not go to
another firm since they are hiring only new grads and specific expertise at
higher levels. Any ideas? I get lots of mail and comments with that
question? Do any of the professors want to volunteer to answer my mailbag
once a week? That would be a great blog feature: Ask the Professor? What
Do I Do Now?
And the universities continue to allow the firms to come to campus and tout
job opportunities, stability, and great working environments. And the
magazines still print that firms are best places to work or start your
career even given the number of big firm employees suing for wrongful
discharge and who swear they will never recommend the firm in their new
company. Yes, that always existed when someone left involuntarily, but now
it exists in the thousands for each firm in a short amount of time. And the
schools still pride themselves on their excellent placement.
Have the schools reopened placement centers to their accounting graduates
who have been cut for the firms with less than three years experience? Have
they adjusted their placement statistics? If you say to me, "oh, they just
could not cut it..." you will be wrong in most cases now. The cuts at the
firms have gone beyond performance. Even the firms have admitted (at least
Deloitte and KPMG) and made press releases about cuts being caused by the
economy (and their own bad planning) not individual performance.
http://retheauditors.com/2008/08/29/update-deloitte-statement-on-layoffs/
Interesting you mention the international students. Yes, the schools
responded to the firms need for more and more graduates by bringing in more
and more international students. As you can see, now the firms hardly ever
sponsor visas. And when the cuts started at Deloitte, for example, two years
ago, the international students were the first to be let go given the time
and expense of maintaining their status. Many called me in mad scrambles to
quickly find another sponsor and stay in the country. Most had to return to
their "home" country.
http://retheauditors.com/2008/08/07/h1-bs-and-student-visas/
As Internal
Audit Staffs Shrink, Will Fraud Rise?
A new study finds that compliance staffs haven't escaped layoffs, leaving
companies more exposed to risk.
Kate O'Sullivan, CFO.com | US
December 10, 2009
Few corporate departments have been spared layoffs in recent months, and
internal audit and compliance are no exceptions. According to a new poll
by Deloitte Financial Advisory Services, 27% of executives reported
reductions in these areas at their companies in the past 18 months,
despite the fact that compliance experts and internal auditors were
heavily recruited just a few years ago, in the wake of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
The implications for companies are worrisome. "We know that in a
recessionary time, fraud risk and corruption risk rise, so there's a
tension there," says Kerry Francis, chairman of Deloitte Financial
Advisory Services. "You've got a decrease in compliance personnel, and
in this economic environment there's pressure on employees and pressure
on management — and that causes some people to do things that they
shouldn't."
For those compliance staffers left behind, the role becomes more
daunting. Particularly as companies cut travel budgets, the ability to
do thorough site visits is limited, says Francis. "How does internal
audit now execute their responsibilities?" she asks. "How can they be
more strategic in their review and monitoring? There are lots of
challenges facing the remaining personnel." More than ever, close
coordination among internal audit, legal, and compliance personnel "is
critical," she says.
Despite the reduction in compliance personnel, 50% of respondents to the
Deloitte survey, who included CFOs, CEOs, board members, and middle
managers in finance and risk management, said their compliance and
ethics programs are strong. Another 36% said they are adequate. Many
public companies and some private companies invested significantly in
their compliance programs after the passage of Sarbox in 2002, notes
Francis, and they may now feel confident that those programs are
effective even with a reduced staff. But that confidence may not always
be justified. "What seems to be slipping is the actual testing or review
or active monitoring of transactions or behaviors," she points out.
"That's the risk."
Companies may be able to offset some of the increased risk by setting a
very strong ethical tone at the top. But CFOs will have to wait a few
years to see whether highly visible ethical leadership can truly
compensate for fewer compliance checks, as much of the fraud being
committed today won't come to light for years. The average Securities
and Exchange Commission fraud case today spans seven years from the
beginning of an alleged scheme to settlement or litigation, says
Francis.
Francine
An Upbeat Accounting Recruitment Message in a Down Economy
December 10, 2009 reply from David Fordham, James Madison University
[fordhadr@JMU.EDU]
Francine, Ed, Bob, et al:
Also completely anecdotal but on the other side of
the coin:
I have no knowledge or evidence about audit fees,
firm profits, or even demand for audit services, since I've been way too
busy to spend time with recruiters this semester. But based on what my
colleagues are telling me, the cold air has not seeped down to us yet.
We had more firms at our "meet the firms" night
last month than we've ever had before (56). The number of organizations who
recruited accounting majors here set a new school record (66). Our
percentage of May grads who have job offers already (74%)is exactly the same
as it was this time last year, which was up about 5% before the year before
and up 8% from the year before. The actual COUNT of grads who are graduating
and who have jobs is up about 5% over last year. We haven't yet run our
salary survey (to my knowledge) but from the scuttlebutt in talking with
students, the starting salaries for our grads haven't dropped noticeably, if
at all. I still have firms calling me begging to be guest speakers for my
classes, which means they apparently still have time to spend a day driving
over here to class, and still have money enough to spend the night and go to
a basketball game or something.
We graduate around 120 accounting BBA's per year,
and about 75-80 MSA grads each year (almost all of whom were accounting
BBA's the year before). The bachelor number has been relatively steady the
past few years, but the MSA enrollment has quadrupled over the last 3-4
years as the Virginia 150-hr kicked in a couple years ago.
Regarding curriculum, we too have moved several
courses from the undergrad to the grad level, and our undergrad accounting
degree no longer has sufficient accounting hours to meet the 30-hour minimum
to sit for the exam in Virginia. Students not going for the MSA have to add
the CIS minor to get their 150 hours -- and that minor includes an
accounting technology course which puts them over the 30-hour accounting
hurdle. But those who can get in (minimum GPA, GMAT hurdles, etc.) all go
into the Masters program.
The masters program not only has some accounting
courses that used to be undergrad, it also has the original pioneering
Becker Boot-Camp (totally non-credit) starting the week after graduation.
With the Becker boot camp, we are now in the top ten first-time pass-rates
on the Exam. Since practically all our MSA's go into public accounting, the
arrangement has been a boon to the students. Practically all of them have
the course paid for by their employer after passing the exam.
Again, we are probably not typical. The only way we
know the economy is down is that our salaries remain frozen after several
years, our travel was frozen and while unfrozen now, remains under heavy
restrictions, and my computer is now more than five years old. Fortunately,
donations are up, so I still plan to be at the AAA-IS next month.
Of course, I have to admit, about 2/3rds of our
market is Big Four in the Washington/Baltimore area which may be totally
atypical to the rest of the world. But most (>90%) of our grads start in
public accounting (Big 4, second tier, and a sprinkling of smaller firms),
with almost all of the remainder going to government (the GAO, Secret
Service, DoD, and Dept of Justice all have more offers out to our students
this year than last, and are far more aggressive about trying to get their
reps in front of the students than they have ever been in the past).
Purely anecdotal, and quite likely atypical, but
from our unusual vantage point, accounting is still strong. We have no
shortage of students wanting to major in accounting. Because we remain under
a hiring freeze, we have had to manage enrollments by increasing our
minnimum GPA to declare the major, and are implementing an entrance exam to
enroll in intermediate.
David Fordham
James Madison University
Mary, Mary not so contrary about the new financial regulations passed by the
House (in spite of the WSJ lament):
"SEC Chairman Schapiro Statement on House-Passed Financial Regulatory Reform
Legislation," SEC News Release, December 11, 2009 ---
http://www.sec.gov/news/press/2009/2009-263.htm
"They Weren’t There: Auditors And The Financial Crisis," by Francine
McKenna, re: The Auditors, December 7, 2009 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/12/07/they-werent-there-auditors-and-the-financial-crisis/
“When the power brokers of the business world
meet, the accountants are never far behind.
While other industries have downsized through
the turmoil of the financial crisis, the “Big Four” accounting firms —
PricewaterhouseCoopers, KPMG, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, and Ernst &
Young — will end the year with more employees than before the crisis
started. Despite a rocky decade that included the Enron scandal — whose
accounting shenanigans also took down Arthur Andersen, then one of the
world’s largest accounting firms — and the financial crisis, the
accounting industry has emerged stronger than ever before.
“When I called the CEO of one of our very
large clients in the U.S. — it would be inappropriate to tell you who —
there was a time when you would call them and his secretary would say,
‘he’s very busy, he’s tied up in a meeting,’ ” said James Quigley, CEO
of Deloitte. “What they say now is, ‘he’s on the plane right now — would
you like me to patch you through?”
CNN’s Kevin Voigt from the APEC Conference
November 12, 2009
Oh really?
Fellow bloggers
Adrienne Gonzalez and
Caleb Newquist have already ripped up this CNN
interview. We are all embarrassed for this journalist. He listened to a
bunch of horse manure orchestrated by the audit firms’ public relations
flacks and they published it with no verification, challenge, or context.
That’s the other “expectations
gap” we face as journalists when trying to add an
independent, objective, and inevitably critical voice to the story of the
accounting industry. If a journalist doesn’t cover the audit firms and the
business of accounting on a regular basis, they “expect” accounting industry
stories to be boring and maybe a little tedious or hard to understand. They
also “expect” it to be difficult to verify numbers, statistics, and trends
about the revenues, profits, and headcounts of the largest audit firms. So…
Maybe they take their word for it. After all, they’re accountants. (It’s
sadly true that there’s
a dearth of publicly available financial information
about the audit firms, especially in the US.)
But I was struck, actually flabbergasted, by the fat
head remark above from Jim Quigley of Deloitte. He claims that big-time CEOs
answer his phone calls these days. Exactly what is the CEO of Deloitte
Touche Tohmatsu, Deloitte’s global, non-auditing,
“coordinating” umbrella firm
doing calling CEOs about anything important nowadays? Seems like meddling
to me. Deloitte, in particular, has
a lot fewer clients
to call these days anyway. Maybe instead of the CEO of the global firm
calling, the
local partners should have shown some spine, such
as with Bear Stearns and Washington Mutual?
I’ve been writing about the subprime crisis, the one
that morphed into the financial crisis, since 2007. My first post to
mention subprime was March 14, 2007. In that post, discussing KPMG
and New Century, I talked about something that
even the
esteemed short David Einhorn
missed: Repurchase risk was not being disclosed. I’m
still writing about repurchase risk and the banks
are still obfuscating it with the acquiescence of their auditors.
Continued in article
"Ernst & Young Prevails in $140 Million Case Brought by Frontier Creditors
Trust Andrew Longstreth," The American Lawyer, December 14, 2009 ---
http://www.law.com/jsp/article.jsp?id=1202436290441&rss=newswire&utm_source=twitterfeed&utm_medium=twitter
When the creditors of bankrupt companies draw up
lists of litigation targets, auditing firms are often right there at the
top. So it was for the creditors trust of the bankrupt insurer, Frontier
Insurance Group. The trust, represented by John McKetta III of Graves
Dougherty Hearon & Moody, alleged that Ernst & Young underestimated the
reserves Frontier needed to hold, making the company look healthy when it
was actually insolvent. It claimed $140 million in damages, plus interest.
But E&Y decided to make a stand. It refused to chip
up, and instead headed for a jury trial before White Plains, N.Y., federal
district court Judge Cathy Seibel. On Wednesday, after 12 days of trial,
jurors needed only two hours to exonerate the auditor.
"This case shows that E&Y is willing to go to trial
in a case it believes has no merit, even where the threatened damages are
substantial," said Ernst & Young's outside counsel, Dennis Orr of Morrison &
Foerster. Orr told us that Ernst & Young hopes other potential litigants get
the message.
Trust counsel McKetta said no decision had been
made about the trust's next move in the case. But he was gracious in defeat,
complimenting Seibel, the jury, and even the team at Morrison & Foerster.
"They did a terrific job," McKetta said.
Ernst & Young stomps on a "vexatious litigant pursuing clearly frivolous
claim."
"E&Y has AOL-Time Warner case thrown out," by Paul Grant, Accountancy Age,
December 1, 2009 ---
http://www.financialdirector.co.uk/accountancyage/news/2254203/y-aol-warner-case-thrown
Ernst & Young is finally in the
clear over its role in the controversial 2001 AOL-Time Warner merger after
the last of hundreds of lawsuits was dismissed in New York yesterday (30
Nov).
District judge Colleen MacMahon
granted the Big Four’s motion to dismiss the 2003 lawsuit brought by AOL
shareholder Dominic Amorosa as the time limit for securities fraud cases had
expired and the cases had failed to connect the statements made by the
auditor to stock losses.
Amorosa had accused E&Y of
approving false and misleading
financial statements
and concealing AOL’s improper methods of booking online advertising revenue.
E&Y claimed Amorosa, who dropped out of a class action lawsuit to file his
own case, was a “vexatious litigant pursuing clearly frivolous claims”.
Bob Jensen's threads on E&Y litigation are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm
"EY Settles SEC Charges Re:
Bally’s Fraud-Lives To Audit Another Day," by Francine McKenna,
re: The Auditors, Decenber 17, 2009 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/12/17/ey-settles-sec-charges-re-ballys-fraud-lives-to-audit-another-day/
Rueters News Item via Forbes
---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/12/17/ey-settles-sec-charges-re-ballys-fraud-lives-to-audit-another-day/
Ernst
& Young has agreed to pay $8.5 million to settle civil charges that
it violated accounting rules in connection with a fraud at Bally
Total Fitness Holding Corp, the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
said Thursday.
The SEC
accused the accounting firm of issuing unqualified audit opinions
that said that Bally's 2001 and 2003 financial statements conformed
with U.S. accounting rules.
Continued in article
Francine's Commentary ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/12/17/ey-settles-sec-charges-re-ballys-fraud-lives-to-audit-another-day/
“These
opinions were false and misleading,” the SEC said in a statement.
“Ernst &
Young has agreed to pay $8.5 million to settle civil charges that it
violated accounting rules in connection with a fraud at Bally Total
Fitness Holding Corp, theU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
said Thursday.
The SEC
accused the accounting firm of issuing unqualified audit opinions
that said that Bally’s 2001 and 2003 financial statements conformed
with U.S. accounting rules.
Six of the
accounting firm’s current and former partners also agreed to settle
SEC accounting violation charges as part of this investigation, the
SEC said.
In settling
the allegations, Ernst & Young and the former and current partners
did not admit to any wrongdoing, the SEC said.
“These settlements allow us and several of our partners to put this
matter behind us and resolve issues that arose more than five years
ago,” Ernst & Young said.”
What none
of the stories that just hit tell you, though, is that at least two
of the EY partners charged, Fletchall and Sever, held leadership
positions with the AICPA in the past.
Three of
the partners were members of EY’s leadership team/national office,
giving advice, guidance, and making decisions about accounting
standards on behalf of engagement teams nationwide.
Did Mr.
Fletchall get off with a slap on the wrist given his AICPA
leadership position, AICPA PAC contributions and significant
campaign contributions to Senator Christopher Dodd? Mr. Fletchall is
used to telling the SEC what it should do. Quite used to it.
EY can put
an old case behind them… Yes, of course, since it’s December of 2009
and it’s taken the SEC six years to resolve a case from 2001-2003.
No wonder the firms’ answer to any settlement or disciplinary
proceeding is always, “that’s in the past.”
EY had
independence issues recently and was supended from taking on new
audit clients for six months. How many strikes does a firm get? Why
no strong statement, sanction or other disciplinary action from the
PCAOB for the partners or the firm in relation to this case? Maybe
because Mr. Fletchall was also a member of the PCAOB’s Standang
Advisory Group.
This case points out the long-tail impact of
a bad audit, in causing distress to accounting firms, many years after
the audit has been completed. And we don't think this is the end of the
affair, there are a lot of other pending accounting investigations with
the SEC, Huron Consulting for example, and the outcomes for firms
convicted of wrong doing are going to be high. The SEC is just emerging
itself from getting a bad rap in the Madoff affair, so may be getting a
little more aggressive and assertive than in previous years. Also
investors would hope for drastic changes in the audit process of
accounting firms, if the firms’ integrity as ultimate protectors of
investors’ interests has to be fully and firmly re-established.
"Big Ernst and Young Settlement on Bally Fitness, Large Implications,"
Big Four Blog, December 18, 2009 ---
http://bigfouralumni.blogspot.com/2009/12/big-ernst-and-young-settlement-on-bally.html
Bob Jensen's threads on E&Y litigation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#Ernst
Will the big international auditing firms survive the subprime mortgage
litigation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Auditors
Where were the auditors?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
The lead article in the November 2009 issue of The Accounting
Review is like a blue plate special that differs greatly from the usual
accountics offerings on the TAR menu over the past four decades. TAR does not
usually publish case studies, field studies, or theory papers or commentaries or
conjectures that do not qualify as research on testable hypotheses or analytical
mathematics. But the November 2009 lead article by John Dickhout is an
exception.
Before reading the TAR tidbit below you
should perhaps read a bit about John Dichaut at the University of Minnesota,
apart from the fact that he's an old guy of my vintage with new ideas that
somehow leapt out of the accountics publishing shackles that typically restrain
creative ideas and "search" apart from "research."
"Gambling on Trust: John Dickhaut uses "neuroeconomics" to study how
people make decisions," OVPR, University of Minnesota ---
On the surface, it's obvious that trust
makes the economic world go round. A worker trusts that he or she will get
paid at the end of the week. Investors trust that earnings reports are based
on fact, not fiction. Back in the mid-1700s, Adam Smith-the father of
economics-built portions of his theories on this principle, which he termed
"sympathy." In the years since then, economists and other thinkers have
developed hundreds of further insights into the ways that people and
economies function. But what if Adam Smith was wrong about sympathy?
Professor John Dickhaut of the Carlson
School of Management's accounting department is one of a growing number of
researchers who uses verifiable laboratory techniques to put principles like
this one to the test. "I'm interested in how people make choices and how
these choices affect the economy," says Dickhaut. A decade ago, he and his
colleagues developed the trust game, an experiment that tracks trust levels
in financial situations between strangers. "The trust game mimics real-world
situations," he says.
Luckily for modern economics-and for
anyone planning an investment-Dickhaut's modern-day scientific methods
verify Adam Smith's insight. People tend to err on the side of trust than
mistrust-are more likely to be a little generous than a little bit stingy.
In fact, a basic tendency to be trusting and to reward trustworthy behavior
may be a norm of human behavior, upon which the laws of society are built.
And that's just the beginning of what the trust game and the field of
experimental economics can teach us.
Trust around the world
Since Dickhaut and his co-authors first
published the results of their research, the trust game has traveled from
the Carlson School at the University of Minnesota all the way to Russia,
China, and France. It's tested gender differences and other variations.
"It's an experiment that bred a cottage
industry," says Dickhaut. Because the trust game has proved so reliable,
researchers now use it to explore new areas. George Mason University's
Vernon Smith, 2002 Nobel Laureate for his work in experimental economics,
used the trust game in some of his path-breaking work. University of
Minnesota researcher and Dickhaut co-author Aldo Rustichini is discovering
that people's moods can be altered in the trust games so that participants
become increasingly organized in their behavior, as if this can impact the
outcome. This happens after the participants are repeatedly put in
situations where their trust has been violated.
Although it's too soon to be certain, such
research could reveal why people respond to troubled times by tightening up
regulations or imposing new ones, such as Sarbanes-Oxley. This new research
suggests that calls for tighter rules may reveal more about the brain than
reduce chaos in the world of finance.
Researchers who study the brain during
economic transactions, or neuroeconomists, scanned the brains of trust game
players in labs across the country to discover the parts of the brain that
"light up" during decision-making. Already, neuroeconomists have discovered
that the section of the brain investors use when making a risky investment,
like in the New York Stock Exchange, is different than the one used when
they invest in a less risky alternative, like a U.S. Treasury bill.
"People don't lay out a complete decision
tree every time they make a choice," Dickhaut says. Understanding the part
of the brain accessed during various situations may help to uncover the
regulatory structures that would be most effective-since people think of
different types of investments so differently, they might react to rules in
different ways as well. Such knowledge might also point to why behaviors
differ when faced with long- or short-term gains.
Dickhaut's original paper, "Trust,
Reciprocity, and Social History," is still a hit. Despite an original
publication date of 1995, the paper recently ranked first in ScienceDirect's
top 25 downloads from the journal Games and Economic Behavior.
Risky business
Dickhaut hasn't spent the past 10 years
resting on his laurels. Instead, he's challenged long-held beliefs with
startling new data. In his latest research, Dickhaut and his coauthors
create lab tests that mimic E-Bay style auctions, bidding contests for major
public works projects, and others types of auctions. The results may be
surprising.
"People don't appear to take risks based
on some general assessment of whether they're risk-seeking or risk-averse,"
says Dickhaut. In other words, it's easy to make faulty assumptions about
how a person will respond to risk. Even people who test as risk-averse might
be willing to make a risky gamble in a certain type of auction.
This research could turn the evaluation of
risk aversion upside down. Insurance company questionnaires are meant to
evaluate how risky a prospective client's behavior might be. In fact, the
questionnaires could simply reveal how a person answers a certain kind of
question, not how he or she would behave when faced with a risky
proposition.
Bubble and bust, laboratory style
In related research, Dickhaut and his
students seek that most elusive of explanations: what produces a
stock-market collapse? His students have successfully created models that
explain market crash situations in the lab. In these crashes, brokers try to
hold off selling until the last possible moment, hoping that they'll get out
at the peak. Buyers try to wait until the prices are the lowest they're
going to get. It's a complicated setting that happens every day-and
infrequently leads to a bubble and a crash.
"It must be more than price alone," says
Dickhaut. "Traditional economics tells us that people are price takers who
don't see that their actions influence prices. Stock buyers don't expect
their purchases to impact a stock's prices. Instead, they think of
themselves as taking advantages of outcomes."
He urges thinkers to take into account
that people are always trying to manipulate the market. "This is almost
always going to happen," he says. "One person will always think he knows
more than the other."
Transparency-giving a buyer all of the
information about a company-is often suggested as the answer to avoiding
inflated prices that can lead to a crash. Common sense says that the more
knowledge a buyer has, the less likely he or she is to pay more than a stock
is worth. Surprisingly, Dickhaut's findings refute this seemingly logical
answer. His lab tests prove that transparency can cause worse outcomes than
in a market with poorer information. In other words, transparent doesn't
equal clearly understood. "People fail to coordinate understanding,"
explains Dickhaut. "They don't communicate their expectations, and they
might think that they understand more than they do about a company."
Do stock prices balloon and crash because
of genuine misunderstandings? Can better communication about a stock's value
really be the key to avoiding future market crashes? "I wish you could say
for sure," says Dickhaut. "That's one of the things we want to find out."
Experimental economics is still a young
discipline, and it seems to raise new questions even as it answers old ones.
Even so, the contributions are real. In 2005 John Dickhaut was awarded the
Carlson School's first career research award, a signal that his research has
been of significant value in his field. "It's fun," he says with a grin.
"There's a lot out there to learn."
Reprinted with permission from the July 2005 edition of
Insights@Carlson School, a publication of the Carlson School of Management.
"The Brain as the Original Accounting Institution"
John Dickhaut
The Accounting Review 84(6), 1703 (2009) (10 pages)
TAR is not a free online journal, although articles can be purchased ---
http://aaahq.org/pubs.cfm
ABSTRACT:
The evolved brain neuronally processed information on human interaction long
before the development of formal accounting institutions. Could the neuronal
processes represent the underpinnings of the accounting principles that
exist today? This question is pursued several ways: first as an examination
of parallel structures that exist between the brain and accounting
principles, second as an explanation of why such parallels might exist, and
third as an explicit description of a paradigm that shows how the benefits
of an accounting procedure can emerge in an experiment.
The following are noteworthy in terms of this being a blue plate special
apart from the usual accountics fare at the TAR Restaurant:
- There are no equations that amount to anything beyond a seventh grade
algebra equation.
- There are no statistical inference tests, although much of the
discussion is based upon prior experimental models and tests.
- The paper is largely descriptive conjecture by brain analogy.
- I view this paper as a commentary even though the current Editor of TAR
declared he will not publish commentaries.
- The paper goes far back in history with the brain analogy.
- To date the TAR Editor has not been fired by the AAA Accountics Tribunal
for accepting and publishing this commentary that is neither empirical nor
advanced mathematical analysis. However, you must remember that it's a
November 2009 edition of TAR, and I'm writing this tidbit in late November.
Thunder and lightning from above could still wipe out Sarasota before the
year end.
- The paper is far out in the conjectural ether. I think John is lifting
the brain metaphor to where the air is thin and a bit too hot for me, but perhaps I'm an aging luddite with a failing brain. I reached my
limit of the brain analogy in my metacognitive learning paper (which is also
brain conjecture by analogy) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/265wp.htm
Professor Dickhaut presents a much wider discussion of all parts of the
brain. My research never went beyond the tiny hippocampus
part of the brain.
John was saved from the wrath of the AAA Accountics Tribunal by also having
an accountics paper (with complicated equations) published in the same November
2009 edition of TAR.
"Market Efficiencies and Drift: A Computational Model"
John Dickhaut and
Baohua Xin
The Accounting Review 84(6), 1805 (2009) (27 pages)
Whew!
Good work John!
Question
What are the two manufacturing models (old versus new) attributed to Japanese
creativity?
Hint
The older creative model is sometimes called the Kanban Model. Instead of having
a linear manufacturing model invented by Henry Ford, the "line" is really a
grouping of U-shaped work stations containing something where workers are
trained to take over for each other on any work station inside the U. Hence a
special feature is that there is less likely to be a major slow down at
bottlenecks in Henry Ford's original line. The U-Shaped stations are often
grouped in parallel lines to reduce the bottleneck risk even further.
The Japanese model also consisted of the concept of Just-In-Time inventory in
which the raw material needed for production arrives at the plant, in theory, at
the instant it is needed on the line. Hence huge cushions of raw material are no
longer needed ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Just-in-time_(business)
However, JIT does not always work as well in the U.S. as it does in Japan.
Firstly, the suppliers and buyers of raw materials are much more closely related
in Japan's virtual men's club of business systems. Secondly, Japan is much
smaller than the United States and has a much, much more efficient freight train
service that overcomes trucking road jams. Manufacturers have much greater trust
that raw materials really will arrive on schedule.
The JIT system, if successful, changes cost accounting as well as costs
themselves. The costs of carrying inventory (especially financing costs) are
almost eliminated.
But the Kanban is much, much more ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kanban
The Kanban is also important because it led to innovations in cost accounting
and managerial accounting in general. Most importantly the Japanese were
innovative in accounting for the costs of poor quality or quality control
breakdowns.
The "new" Japanese manufacturing model is featured in the case below:
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review December 3, 2009
Sharp's New Plan Reinvents Japan Manufacturing Model
by Daisuke
Wakabayashi
Dec 01, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Cost
Accounting, Fixed Costs, Just-In-Time Inventory Management
SUMMARY: In
Sakai city, Sharp has just opened, six months early, the most expensive
manufacturing site ever built in Japan. "Even Sharp...acknowledged that the
company only gave the green light to proceed during a boom period for
LCD-panel demand, and that a similar choice might not be made in today's
market." Two factors are expected to reduce costs of operations at the site:
One is the size of the glass used to make the LCDs. Sharp is using the
industry's biggest...which allow the company to produce 18 40-inch LCD
panels from a single substrate-more than double the eight 40-inch panels per
sheet it uses at its other LCD television panel-making factory. The other
factor: Sharp has [moved] suppliers on site [in] a kind of
hyper-"just-in-time" delivery system."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The
article can be used to cover just in time and other manufacturing cost
issues in management or cost accounting.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
What is the Japanese manufacturing model referred to in the headline?
2. (Advanced)
In general, how do just-in-time systems help to save costs in any
manufacturing facility?
3. (Introductory)
How has this model been changed by the factory built by Sharp? Why does the
author call it a "hyper-'just-in-time' delivery system?
4. (Advanced)
What savings from economies of scale, besides the just-in-time system, are
Sharp executives hoping to obtain from the new manufacturing plant?
5. (Advanced)
What risks are evident in Sharp's decision to invest in technology in Japan
rather than spend funds on labor elsewhere? In your answer, comment on the
risks of high fixed costs in economic downturns.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Sharp's New Plan Reinvents Japan Manufacturing Model," by Daisuke
Wakabayashi, The Wall Street Journal, December 1, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704498804574559820344775310.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
Sharp Corp.'s new production complex in
western Japan is massive by any measure: It cost $11 billion to build and
covers enough land to occupy 32 baseball stadiums. But it carries a meaning
as large as its physical size. It's a litmus test for the future of Japanese
high-tech manufacturing.
The facility, considered the most
expensive manufacturing site ever built in Japan, started churning out
liquid-crystal display panels last month, and Sharp's new flagship
televisions featuring the energy-efficient LCD panels go on sale in the U.S.
next month. Sharp moved forward the factory's planned opening by six months,
saying the new plant would help it be more competitive.
"When you look to the next 10 or 20 years,
the existing industrial model doesn't have a future," Toshihige Hamano,
Sharp's executive vice president in charge of the Sakai facility, said in an
interview. "We had to change the very concept of how to run a factory."
Located in Sakai city along Osaka
prefecture's waterfront, the complex represents Japanese industry's biggest
gamble in LCD panels to remain competitive with rivals from South Korea,
Taiwan, and China.
The factory's size accommodates two main
factors. One is the size of the glass used to make the LCDs. Sharp is using
the industry's biggest, or "10th generation," sheets, which allow the
company to produce 18 40-inch LCD panels from a single substrate—more than
double the eight 40-inch panels per sheet it uses at its other LCD
television panel-making factory.
The other factor: Sharp has decided to try
and cut costs by moving suppliers on site, a kind of hyper-"just-in-time"
delivery system.
The plant currently employs 2,000
people—roughly half from Sharp and half from its suppliers—although the work
force will ultimately reach 5,000 as it adds production of solar panels as
well.
It remains to be seen whether it makes
sense for Sharp to keep seeking ever more-sophisticated production in Japan,
or, as competitors have, to simply use less advanced production techniques
at lower costs in places like China.
CLSA research analyst Atul Goyal warned in
a report last month that the company is making a mistake by "chasing
technology" with the new factory.
In the past, such efforts by Japanese
electronics makers have resulted in costly capital investments, only to be
confronted with limited appetite for cutting-edge technology and then
eventually outflanked by a cheaper alternative.
Even Sharp's Mr. Hamano acknowledged that
the company only gave the green light to proceed during a boom period for
LCD-panel demand, and that a similar choice might not be made in today's
market.
Rival Samsung Electronics Co. has said it
is looking into building a new LCD-panel factory using even bigger glass
sheets than Sharp, while LG Display Co. has said it plans to build a new
factory in China using current glass size.
Sharp announced the Sakai project two
years ago when LCD demand was surging and the company had produced five
straight years of record profit. When consumer spending ground to a halt in
late 2008, Sharp didn't cut costs and curb production quickly enough.
Saddled with excess inventory, Sharp posted the first annual loss in nearly
60 years in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009.
The experience taught Sharp a painful
lesson that its supply chain needed to be leaner and its production more
efficient, especially if the factory was going to be in Japan, where the
strong yen and expensive labor force put the company at a disadvantage to
its Asian competitors.
Sharp aims to streamline the costly
LCD-panel production process by moving 17 outside suppliers and service
providers inside its factory walls to work as "one virtual company."
In the past, Sharp kept suppliers within
driving distance. Now they are all within the same facility. Supplies are
sent not by truck from a nearby factory but by automated trolleys snaking
from one building to another.
The suppliers, which include Asahi Glass
Co. and Dai Nippon Printing Co., built and paid for their own facilities and
are renting the land from Sharp.
Despite their location inside the plant,
Sharp says its suppliers are permitted to sell their products to other
companies.
At Sakai, Sharp has also linked its
computer systems with suppliers so an order to the factory alerts suppliers
right away. In the past, Sharp would email or call suppliers and place
orders, creating a longer lag time.
Sharp wouldn't disclose how much, if any,
cost savings will result from manufacturing LCD panels at Sakai, but
analysts estimate a 5% to 10% savings.
Corning Inc. the world's largest maker of
LCD glass substrates, built a factory next to Sharp's Sakai plant. Corning
says the arrangement reduced total order cycle time from an average of one
to two weeks to a matter of hours. Corning also says the proximity reduced
the damage risk in transporting massive glass sheets on trucks.
While Sharp is a long-standing customer,
Corning said it was concerned initially that building a factory on site
would mean that it was "hitching its wagon" to Sharp since it's the only
customer for such large glass substrates. Ultimately, Corning decided to
proceed based on its faith in Sharp's Sakai plans.
"There's nothing like it anywhere,"
said James Clappin, president of Corning Display Technologies.
December 5, 2009 reply from James R. Martin/University of South Florida
[jmartin@MAAW.INFO]
I have been working on MAAW's
Japanese Management Section for about 15 years. For a considerable amount of
material on JIT, Kanban, etc. see:http://maaw.info/JapaneseMain.htm
See also:
http://maaw.info/Chapter8.htm
Bibilography, articles
summaries, chapter on JIT,etc.
James R. Martin
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
Sue Haka, former AAA President, commenced a thread on the AAA Commons
entitled
"Saving Management Accounting in the Academy,"
---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/98949b972d
A succession of comments followed.
The latest comment (from James Gong) may be of special interest to some of
you.
Ken Merchant is a former faculty member from Harvard University who form many
years now has been on the faculty at the University of Southern California.
Here are my two cents. First, on the teaching side,
the management accounting textbooks fail to cover new topics or issues. For
instance, few textbooks cover real options based capital budgeting, product
life cycle management, risk management, and revenue driver analysis. While
other disciplines invade management accounting, we need to invade their
domains too. About five or six years ago, Ken Merchant had written a few
critical comments on Garrison/Noreen textbook for its lack of breadth. Ken's
comments are still valid. Second, on the research and publication side,
management accounting researchers have disadvantage in getting data and
publishing papers compared with financial peers. Again, Ken Merchant has an
excellent discussion on this topic at an AAA annual conference.
Bob Jensen's threads on Real Options are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/realopt.htm
Bob Jensen's somewhat ignored threads on managerial and cost accounting
are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#ManagementAccounting
ICMA Announces Reorganization of Certified Management Accountant (CMA)
Exam
December 15, 2009 message from James R. Martin/University of South Florida
[jmartin@MAAW.INFO]
According to Brausch and Whitney (Strategic
Finance, December 2009, p. 9) the changes to the CMA exam are intended to
dramatically increase the value of the CMA in the market.
Beginning in the spring of 2010 the exam will
include only two four-hour exams, each consisting of 100 multiple choice
questions and two 30-minute essay questions. For more specifics see http://www.imanet.org/certification.asp
When I became a CMA in 1977, (Certificate 733) the
exam was made up of five 3.5-hour exams spread out over three days. My
initial reaction to the current change is that more people will take and
pass the exam, but the value of the CMA will decline. I hope I am wrong
about this, but I think the IMA is shooting themselves in the foot.
I would like to know what other people think about
the change, particularly those who are CMA's. Will the effect of the change
on the value of the CMA be positive or negative?
Another thought: Someone could do a survey of
current accounting faculty, practicing accountants, and CMA's, and get a
publication out of this.
"ICMA Announces Reorganization of Certified Management Accountant (CMA)
Exam," SmartPros, December 2, 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x68295.xml
The Institute of
Certified Management Accountants (ICMA), the certification division of the
Institute of Management Accountants (IMA), today announced a significant
reorganization of its renowned Certified Management Accountant (CMA) curriculum
and examination format.
The CMA exam, which
continues to be a career-enhancing credential valued and sought by employers,
will be updated next spring to align even more closely with the critical
knowledge and skills accountants and financial professionals use every day.
By focusing specifically
on a body of advanced accounting and financial knowledge, the program will now
consist of two exam parts rather than four. The updated exam’s subject matter
places greater emphasis on the issues most critical to accountants and financial
professionals in business, including financial planning, analysis, control and
decision support.
“The new CMA program will
maintain the rigor and relevance for which the CMA is highly regarded. At the
same time, we have made changes to the program to adapt to the changing
profession and the needs of today’s business professionals,” said ICMA Senior
Vice President Dennis Whitney.
With more than 30,000 CMA
certificates awarded to date, the CMA program continues to demonstrate its value
to professionals. In fact, according to IMA’s 2008 Annual Salary Survey, members
holding the CMA designation earned an average of 24 percent more in salary than
their non-certified peers.
“We are confident the
enhancements to the CMA program will ensure the credential’s continued relevance
and value in organizations around the world as the most appropriate designation
for accountants and financial professionals working in business,” said Joseph A.
Vincent, CMA, ICMA Board of Regents Chair.
In tandem with the
introduction of the new CMA program, the association also introduced new IMA and
CMA brand logos.
Enrollment in the new CMA
program will begin in spring 2010. Candidates may take the new CMA examinations
starting May 1, 2010. For more information about the CMA certification program,
please visit
www.imanet.org/certification
December 16, 2009 reply from Ron Huefner
[rhuefner@ACSU.BUFFALO.EDU]
As the holder of CMA certificate number 2, let me
weigh in on this discussion.
In my view, the CMA has never caught on among
students and young professionals, because it does not convey an image of any
particular skill set or employment role, relative to other non-CPA
certifications. The Certified Internal Auditor (CIA), Certified Fraud
Examiner (CFE) and Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) all convey the image of
a particular set of skills and a fairly well defined job function. But I'd
find it hard to define the skill set suggested by the CMA. As to job
function, "management accountant" is not a common job title. Thus it's hard
for students to get any feel for this field.
The IMA has had the same problem of conveying an
image. They have toyed with "finance" as their image. They gave a
CMA-parallel exam -- the CFM, Certified in Financial Management -- for a
while, but eventually dropped it. The flagship journal, "Management
Accounting", was long ago renamed "Strategic Finance." But it's not clear
this has solved their image problem. Nor does it seem they are viewed
seriously as a finance organization.
Part of the problem is that there is an extremely
wide range of job functions under the notion of "management accounting," so
it is hard for a clear image to come through.
Until a sense of the implied skill set and the job
function(s) of the CMA can be developed, I don't think it's going to get
much traction among students.
Ron Huefner
Ronald J. Huefner
Distinguished Teaching Professor
University at Buffalo
Jensen Comment
James Martin maintains the massive management accounting knowledge base at
http://maaw.info/
The CMA examination is administered by the Institute of Management
Accountants (IMA) ---
http://www.imanet.org/
"Beware Misguided Accountants," by Gary Cokins, Big Fat Finance
Blog, December 1st, 2009 ---
http://bigfatfinanceblog.com/2009/12/01/beware-misguided-accountants/
. . .
Imagine that several centuries ago there was a
navigator who served on a wooden sailing ship that regularly sailed through
dangerous waters. It was the navigator’s job to make sure the captain safely
and efficiently sailed the ship from one point to another. In the
performance of his duties, the navigator relied on a set of sophisticated
instruments. Without the effective functioning of these instruments, it
would be impossible for him to chart the ship’s safest and most efficient
course.
One day the navigator realized that one of his most
important instruments was calibrated incorrectly. As a result, he provided
the captain inaccurate navigational information. No one but the navigator
knew of this calibration problem, and the navigator decided not to inform
the captain. He was afraid that the captain would blame him for not
detecting the problem sooner and then require him to find a way to report
the measurements more accurately. That would require a lot of work.
As a result, the navigator always made sure he
slept near a lifeboat so that if the erroneous navigational information led
to a disaster, he wouldn’t go down with the ship. Eventually, the ship hit a
reef that the captain believed to be miles away. The ship was lost, the
cargo was lost, and many sailors lost their lives. The navigator, always in
close proximity to the lifeboats, survived the sinking and later became the
navigator on another ship.
Perils of poor managerial accounting
Can a similar story be told in today’s times?
Centuries later, there was a management accountant who worked for a company
in which a great deal of money was invested. It was this management
accountant’s job to provide information on how the company had performed,
its current financial position, and the likely consequences of decisions
being considered by the company’s president and managers. In the performance
of his duties, the management accountant relied on a managerial cost
accounting system that was believed to represent the economics of the
company. Without the effective functioning of the costing practices reported
from this system, it would be impossible for the accountant to provide the
president with the accurate and relevant cost and profit margin information
he needed to make economically sound decisions.
One day the management accountant realized that the
calculations and practices on which the cost system was based were
incorrect. It did not reflect the economic realities of the company. The
input data was correct, but the reported information was flawed. A broadly
averaged cost allocation factor was used with no causal relationship to the
outputs being costed. As a result, the current and forward-looking
information he provided to support the president’s decision making was
incorrect. No one but the management accountant knew this problem existed.
He decided not to inform the president. He was afraid that the president
would blame him for not detecting the problem sooner and then require him to
go through the agonizing effort of developing and implementing a new, more
accurate and relevant cost system using activity based costing (ABC)
principles. That would require a lot of work. Wouldn’t it?
Meanwhile, the management accountant always made
sure he kept his network with other professionals intact in case he had to
find another position. Not surprisingly, the president’s poorly informed
pricing, investment, and other decisions led the company into bankruptcy.
The company went out of business, the owners lost their investment,
creditors incurred financial losses, and many hard-working employees lost
their jobs. However, the management accountant easily found a job at another
company.
The accountant as a bad navigator
Why do so many accountants behave so irresponsibly?
The list of answers is long. Some believe the costing error is not that big.
Some think that extra administrative effort required to collect and
calculate the new information will not offset the benefits of better
decision making. Some think costs don’t matter because the focus should be
on sales growth. Whatever reasons are cited, accountants’ resistance to
change is based less on ignorance and more on misconceptions about what
determines and influences accurate costing.
Today commercial ABC software and their associated
analytics have dramatically reduced the effort to report good managerial
accounting information, and the benefits are widely heralded. Furthermore,
the preferred ABC implementation method is rapid prototyping with
iteratively scaled modeling, which has destroyed myths about implementing
ABC as being too complicated and lengthy. An ABC system can be implemented
in a few weeks, not months.
Reasonably accurate cost and profit information is
one of the pillars of performance management’s portfolio of integrated
methodologies. Accountants unwilling to adopt logical costing methods, and
managers who tolerate the perpetuation of flawed reporting, should change
their ways. Stay on the ship or get off the ship before real damage is done.
Thank you for the heads up Francine!
"Fifteen Risk Factors for Poor Governance A self-diagnostic to identify risk
factors for poor governance and reporting," by Walter Smiechewicz (who at
one time worked for the scandalous Countrywide), Directorship, September
8, 2009 ---
http://www.directorship.com/fifteen-risk-factors-for-poor-governance/
Some of the best indicators of our overall physical
health come from blood tests. Unfortunately, too often we don’t begin to
watch and manage these numbers until later on in life. Of course, it’s never
too late to improve your diet and exercise, but we’re always left thinking,
“if only I’d paid attention to this earlier.”
With so many recent corporate crises, it is plain
it’s suffice to say that a great many corporate board members and executives
are experiencing similar regret right now. Perhaps this could have been
avoided if they too had practiced routine diagnostic check ups. Like an
individual blood test, board members need to know the risks their company is
facing, and as with any health risk, they also need to be able to mitigate
those exposures.
Sounds great, but the devils in the details, right?
Perhaps not.
As chief consultant for governance and risk at
Audit Integrity, I’ve examined the worst U.S. companies from an “integrity”
standpoint in order to help board members and general auditors see how their
company’s health stacks up. Audit Integrity’s metrics have shown which
companies are 10 times more likely to face SEC Actions; five times more
likely to face class action litigation; and four times more likely to face
bankruptcy.
Using Audit Integrity’s proprietary AGR
(Accounting, Governance, and Risk) score, 196 companies were identified as
laggards or high-risk companies. These companies have been proven to have
higher odds of SEC actions and class action litigation, loss of shareholder
value, and increased odds of material financial restatement and bankruptcy.
All are North American, non-financial, publicly traded companies with over
$2 billion in market capitalization with an average-to-weak financial
condition.
Next, I tested the 119 metrics that Audit Integrity
flags and discovered that 15 of those metrics appeared consistently as
identifiers of problematic companies; the first metric was prevalent in 65
percent of the 196 high-risk companies and the 11th evident in 40 percent.
The other 8,000 companies tested had low incidences of these same metrics. A
list – dubbed the Risky Business Catalogue – details the common metrics
within high-risk companies. Board members, the C-suite, and general auditors
should note if their company is a candidate for the RBC. The evidence is not
saying that significant issues are imminent if a company has one of the RBCs,
but a combination of RBC metrics indicate risk factors to the entity’s
business model and strategy.
RBC’s metrics include:
1. The company has entered into a merger within the
last 12 months. While there is certainly nothing wrong with corporate M&A
activity, it’s common for policies to be revised and system integrations to
be rushed. Company directors need to caution general auditors to be extra
vigilant post merger and increase testing of balance sheet accounts.
2. The CEO and CFO’s compensation is more highly
weighted toward incentive compensation than base compensation. This
situation can cause negative motivations and earnings to be increased more
creatively to ensure a larger portion of executive pay packages. Close
attention should be paid to revenue recognition.
3. The Board Chairman is also the CEO. An age-old
debate, but indispuditedly conflicts of interest invariably result when a
company CEO is also its Chairman. Separate the roles to improve governance
and reduce compromised oversight.Compromised reliability exists because the
very architecture of governance has a built in conflict when the Chairman is
also CEO.
4. The company has undergone a restructuring in the
last 12 months. Restructuring may be completely valid, but also can be
employed to conceal the lack of sustainable earnings growth. Directors, by
role definition, should be intimately involved in restructuring procedures
decisions and promised outcomes.
5. The company has encountered a public regulatory
action in the last 12 months. Many corporate stakeholders hold true to the
statement that where there’s smoke, there’s fire. Directors should no longer
accept “no worries” explanations on regulatory matters. Compliance tests
should be employed routinely and if regulatory action does occur, management
needs to take action.
6. The amount of goodwill carried on the balance
sheet, when compared to total assets, is high. When intangible assets such
as goodwill grow, boards should ask more probing questions about how the
business model generated these assets and about concomitant valuation
protocols. General Auditors should confirm that models are comprehensively
back tested and impairment procedures are adhered to assiduously.
7. The ratio of the CEO’s total compensation to
that of the CFO is high. If a CEO is awarded a much larger paycheck than
anyone else (particularly particularally the CFO), it increases governance
risk and leads to a top-directed culture, thus limiting collaboration.
Boards need to be involved in all executive compensation issues including
that which drives pay packages for the CFO, Chief Risk Officer, as well as
internal auditors,. etc.
8. Operating revenue is high when compared to
operating expenses. Riskier companies have revenue recognition in excess of
what is expected based on operating revenues. Directors should fully
understand revenue recognition policies and instruct management to test them
to be sure they are not aggressive.
9. A Divestiture(s) has occurred in the last 12
months. Data shows that riskier companies have more divestures, usually
because it is an opportunity for more aggressive accounting activity. Board
members should inquire as to how this action fits the strategy.
10. Debt to equity ratio is high. When a business
relies too heavily on debt it reveals that markets are not independently
funding the business model or strategy. Boards should know why the markets
are not investing in their entity and therefore why debt is so heavily
relied upon. Board members should also be knowledgeable on the quality of
their equity and not just the amount. Lastly, they should understand
management’s funding overall funding strategy and the strength of contingent
funding plans.
11. A repurchase of company stock has taken place
in the last 12 months. A repurchase of stock is usually presented to
investors as an avenue to increase market demand for the stock, thereby
elevating overall shareholder value. Management must provide reasoning for
why there are no other ways to invest excess funds. Boards should also
request the general auditor to review insider sales during the period of
share repurchase programs.
12. Inventory valuations to total revenue is
increasing. When inventory increases in relation to revenue it should raise
control questions about inventory valuation. It could indicate changing
consumer preferences, which should spur an analysis of a corporation’s
business model.
13. Accounts receivables to sales is increasing.
This situation can typically be indicative of relaxed credit standards.
Directors should ask whether sales are decreasing due to market conditions
and instruct the general auditor to probe receivables to determine their
viability.
14. Asset turnover has slowed when compared to
industry peers. If assets are increasing and sales are not flowing it could
indicate less productive assets are being brought, or retained, on the
balance sheet. Conversely, if sales are decreasing, executives and auditors
will again want to analyze changing customer preferences.
15. Assets driven by financial models make up a
larger portion of balance sheet. A collection of other accounting metrics
indicates that boards, the C-suite, and general auditors should pay special
attention to the controls, assumptions, and governance surrounding assets
whose valuations are model driven. This is particularly true if assets that
are valued by financial models make up a larger portion of the entities
balance sheet.
To be sure, any one of these in isolation as an
indicator of accounting and governance risk can be debated. Company
divestitures and M&A can be a healthy indicator. But if a corporation fails
more than a few of these metrics, board members need to take action.
It is easy to dismiss any one of these metrics when
you find it is an issue in your company. Human nature is quick to retort –
maybe for others but not for us. However, like time and tide, the numbers
too, wait for no one. So, if you have any of these AGR metrics, you need to
begin confronting these risk characteristics today to improve your corporate
health and avoid the much more drastic financial equivalent of
cardiovascular surgery tomorrow.
Walter Smiechewicz is chief consultant for governance and risk at
Audit Integrity, a research firm that provides accounting and governance
risk analysis
December 5, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Here are some added thoughts:
The risk factors are excerpted from AICPA
Statement on Auditing Standards 82, “Consideration of Fraud in a Financial
Statement Audit” (1997). That statement was issued to provide guidance to
auditors in fulfilling their responsibility “to plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement, whether caused by error or fraud.” Although
there risk factor cover a broad range of situations, they are only examples.
In the final analysis, audit committee members should use sound informed
judgment when assessing the significance and relevance of fraud risk factors
that may exist.
http://www2.gsu.edu/~wwwseh/Financial Reporting Red Flags.pdf
There may be an update on this material.
Reflections on the audit committee's role ---
http://www.allbusiness.com/accounting-reporting/auditing/173956-1.html
You might browse some of the Financial
Analysis Lab materials at Georgia Tech (directed by Chuck Mulford) ---
http://mgt.gatech.edu/fac_research/centers_initiatives/finlab/index.html
This is one of the best centers of academic study of financial reporting and
fraud.
Mulford and Gene Comiskey some great books on
red flags in financial reporting. These include the following:
·
Creative Cash Flow
Reporting: Uncovering Sustainable Financial Performance
·
The Financial Numbers
Game: Detecting Creative Accounting Practices
·
Financial Warnings:
Detecting Earning Surprises, Avoiding Business Troubles, Implementing
Corrective Strategies
This is a bit dated (1996) but it is a classic that I keep within arms
reach.
Fraudulent Revenue Accounting
"Detecting Circular Cash Flow: Healthy doses of skepticism and due care
can help uncover schemes to inflate sales," by John F. Monhemius and Kevin
P. Durkin, Journal of Accountancy, December 2009 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2009/Dec/20091793.htm
Following an initial customer confirmation request
with no response, a first-year auditor mails a second and third request, all
under the supervision of the auditor-in-charge assigned to the account.
Field work begins on the audit, but there is still no response from the
customer. Another auditor scanning the cash journal from the beginning of
the year through the current date notes that all outstanding invoices have
subsequently been paid from this customer during this period. Customer check
copies are provided, and remittances indicate that payment has been received
in settlement of all outstanding invoices at fiscal year-end for this
customer. But has the existence of accounts receivable from this customer at
fiscal year-end really been established?
Fraudsters have been creating increasingly complex
and sophisticated schemes designed to rely on potential weaknesses in the
execution of audit procedures surrounding key assertions such as existence.
A financial statement auditor can use his or her professional judgment while
carrying out audit procedures to detect such a scheme.
Given the difficult economic times of the past
year, special care should be given to consider fraud while performing audit
engagements. One fraud scheme that has been encountered with increasing
frequency involves the inflation of accounts receivable and sales through
the creation of a circular flow of cash through a company to give the
appearance of increasing revenue and existence of accounts receivable. This
article addresses this fraud technique when used to materially overstate
assets and inflate borrowing capacity under an asset-based revolving line of
credit. This article also points out red flags that may help uncover such a
scheme.
BACKGROUND
A typical asset-based revolving line of credit
allows a company to borrow funds for working capital. The borrowing limit is
based on a formula that takes into account various working capital assets
and related advance rates. A typical availability formula allows for loan
advances equal to a set percentage of asset balances.
This article focuses on an accounts receivable-
backed line of credit, an asset that is prone to manipulation in this
specific fraud scheme. Typical advances against accounts receivable range
from 75% to 85% of eligible accounts receivable. Items excluded from
eligible collateral would include invoices aged over 90 days, affiliate
receivables or any other invoice that would create a nonprime receivable
from the lender’s perspective. The loan agreement in an asset-based loan
facility requires management to submit an availability calculation
periodically. This allows the lender to monitor collateral levels and
exposure. A generic accounts receivable availability calculation is
illustrated in Exhibit 1.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on revenue accounting frauds
Revenue Reporting Frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Third Disgraced Pennsylvania Revenue Secretary to Resign in the Rendell
Administration.
"Whip DeWeese, revenue chief Stetler charged in corruption probe," by Brad
Bumsted, Pittsburgh Tribune Review, December 15, 2009 ---
http://www.pittsburghlive.com/x/pittsburghtrib/news/breaking/s_657829.html
Former state House Speaker H. William DeWeese,
former Revenue Secretary Steve Stetler and DeWeese aide Sharon Rodavich were
charged today in an ongoing legislative corruption investigation led by
Attorney General Tom Corbett.
DeWeese, D-Greene County, Stetler and Rodavich were
charged with theft, conspiracy and conflict of interest. The charges against
DeWeese and Rodavich stem from their allegedly raising money for DeWeese's
campaigns with state-paid workers, resources and time.
"The grand jury showed that DeWeese's legislative
dstaff and campaign staff were virtually one and the same," Corbett said.
DeWeese aides testified to the grand jury that "campaign work for DeWeese
was expected" from legislative staff.
They are the latest ensnared in a nearly 3-year-old
probe, which has resulted in charges against 22 other current and former
Democrat and Republican staffers and lawmakers. DeWeese is the second former
speaker charged in the investigation. Republican John Perzel of Philadelphia
was charged Nov. 12 with spending millions of taxpayer dollars on campaigns.
DeWeese saw his former chief of staff, Mike Manzo,
and former right-hand man Mike Veon charged in the first round of
indictments, handed down in July 2008. DeWeese, a 33-year veteran of the
House, has been a force in state politics for nearly two decades, including
a stint in 1993 as Speaker.
Stetler, a former House member from York who
oversaw Democratic campaigns, resigned this morning as a member of Gov. Ed
Rendell's Cabinet, a senior administration official said.
Corbett's announcement comes as the General
Assembly is in the midst of approving table games at casinos. The charges
could create chaos in a legislature stung by a series of disclosures since
the investigation began in February 2007. Recent polls show public opinion
of the body at its lowest level ever, after earlier charges and a 101-day
budget impasse.
The Tribune-Review reported last week that DeWeese
met three times with the attorney general's investigative team and his
attorney Walter Cohen said he was cooperating fully. DeWeese was not seeking
immunity, Cohen said.
Cohen said today he received no information about
Corbett's charges.
Last week, the attorney general's office lost the
first corruption case to go to trial. Former Rep. Sean Ramaley of Baden was
acquitted on six felony counts of holding a sham job in Veon's Beaver Falls
office.
Prosecutors alleged Ramaley used the job to
campaign. A Dauphin County jury cleared him after his lawyer Philp Ignelzi
of Pittsburgh told jurors there was reasonable doubt about each charge.
Five Democrats in that case have agreed to plead
guilty. Veon, facing multiple charges of theft, conflict of interest and
conspiracy, is slated for trial Jan. 19 along with aides. That case revolves
around the use of millions of dollars in taxpayer-financed bonuses to reward
staffers who worked campaigns. Veon, Annamarie Peretta-Rosepink and Brett
Cott, strongly maintain their innocence.
Last month, former House Speaker John Perzel,
R-Philadelphia, was accused with 9 other Republicans of directing a scheme
to divert $10 million in tax money to pay for sophisticated computer
equipment and programs that Perzel allegedly wanted to give Republicans an
edge in elections. Perzel through his attorney says he is innocent of all
charges.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Hard Copy of FASB Codification Available
FASB Codification Bound Vols. FASB Codification—Four Volumes (This bound
edition is expected to be available the week of December 21. Your credit card
will not be charged until the publication is shipped. For orders of 6 or more
sets please call 800.748.0659.)
https://www.fasb.org/jsp/FASB/Page/Store/ProductPage&subjectId=25COD
This print edition also includes the
codification of FASB Statements No. 166, Accounting for Transfers
of Financial Assets, and No. 167, Amendments to FASB
Interpretation No. 46(R), although the codification of these two
Statements has not been released in the online version as of October
31, 2009. FASB Statement No. 164, Not-for-Profit Entities:
Mergers and Acquisitions, has not been codified as of October
31, 2009 and is not included in this bound edition.
Volume 1 includes the Notice to Constituents which
provides information to aid in understanding the topical structure,
content, style, and history of the FASB Codification and also
contains the following Areas:
- General Principles (Topic 105)
- Presentation (Topics 205 through 280)
- Assets (Topics 305 through 360)
- Liabilities (Topics 405 through 480)
- Equity (Topic 505).
Volume 2 includes:
- Revenue (Topic 605)
- Expenses (Topics 705 through 740)
- Part of the Broad Transactions Area
(Topics 805 through 815).
Volume 3 includes:
- The remainder of the Broad
Transactions Area (Topics 820 through 860)
- Part of the Industry Area (Topics 905
through 944).
Volume 4 includes:
- The remainder of the Industry Area
(Topics 946 through 995)
- The Master Glossary.
|
PRODUCT CODE: CODB09
|
The FASB Codification database may be accessed (not free) at
http://asc.fasb.org/asccontent&trid=2273304&nav_type=left_nav
Bob Jensen's (negative) threads on the Codification Database are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
FASB Statement 167: Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
FASB
significantly revamped its consolidation standards for variable interest
entities when it released Statement No. 167 in June 2009. Those standards rework
existing rules under FIN 46R for when a company must include a VIE on its books
with a potentially huge impact on corporate balance sheets.
The criteria
for determining an entity's VIE status have shifted, based now more on a
company's "obligations" and "power" over an entity than on ownership percentage
or absorption of losses. Complicating matters further are new disclosure
requirements to explain consolidation decisions.
New standards
cover fiscal years after Nov. 15, 2009, so they affect financials published as
soon as March or April 2010. Advisors must prepare now for the standards, which
require reevaluation of existing entity relationships, regardless of whether
VIEs were previously consolidated.
How Will This Statement Change Current
Practice?
This Statement amends Interpretation 46(R) to require an enterprise to
perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest
or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest
entity. This analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a variable
interest entity as the enterprise that has both of the following
characteristics:
a. The power to direct the
activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact
the entity’s economic performance
b. The obligation to absorb losses
of the entity that could potentially be significant to the variable
interest entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that
could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity.
Additionally, an enterprise is required to assess whether it has an
implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable interest
entity operates as designed when determining whether it has the power to
direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most
significantly impact the entity’s economic performance.
This Statement amends Interpretation
46(R) to require ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the
primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. Before this Statement,
Interpretation 46(R) required reconsideration of whether an enterprise is
the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity only when specific
events occurred. This Statement amends Interpretation 46(R) to eliminate the
quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary
beneficiary of a variable interest entity, which was based on determining
which enterprise absorbs the majority of the entity’s expected losses,
receives a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both.
This Statement amends certain guidance
in Interpretation 46(R) for determining whether an entity is a variable
interest entity. It is possible that application of this revised guidance
will change an enterprise’s assessment of which entities with which it is
involved are variable interest entities.
This Statement amends Interpretation
46(R) to add an additional reconsideration event for determining whether an
entity is a variable interest entity when any changes in facts and
circumstances occur such that the holders of the equity investment at risk,
as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those
investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly
impact the entity’s economic performance.
Under Interpretation 46(R), a troubled
debt restructuring as defined in paragraph 2 of FASB Statement No. 15,
Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings,
was not an event that required reconsideration of whether an entity is a
variable interest entity and whether an enterprise is the primary
beneficiary of a variable interest entity. This Statement eliminates that
exception.
This Statement amends Interpretation
46(R) to require enhanced disclosures that will provide users of financial
statements with more transparent information about an enterprise’s
involvement in a variable interest entity. The enhanced disclosures are
required for any enterprise that holds a variable interest in a variable
interest entity. This
Statement nullifies FASB Staff
Position FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, Disclosures by Public Entities
(Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable
Interest Entities. However, the content of the enhanced disclosures
required by this Statement is generally consistent with that previously
required by the FSP.
How Will This Statement Improve
Financial Reporting?]
This Statement amends Interpretation 46(R)
to replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for
determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest
in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which
enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest
entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and
(1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to
receive benefits from the entity. An approach that is expected to be
primarily qualitative will be more effective for identifying which
enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest
entity.
This Statement requires an additional
reconsideration event when determining whether an entity is a variable
interest entity when any changes in facts and circumstances occur such that
the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power
from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the
activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s
economic performance. It also requires ongoing assessments of whether an
enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. These
requirements will provide more relevant and timely information to users of
financial statements.
This Statement amends Interpretation
46(R) to require additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in
variable interest entities, which will enhance the information provided to
users of financial statements.
What Is the Effect of This Statement
on Convergence with International Financial Reporting Standards?
The International Accounting Standards
Board (IASB) has a project on its agenda to reconsider its consolidation
guidance. The IASB issued two related Exposure Drafts, Consolidation
and Derecognition, in December 2008 and March 2009, respectively. The
IASB project on consolidation is a broader reconsideration of all
consolidation guidance (not just the guidance for variable interest
entities).
Although this Statement was not
developed as part of a joint project with the IASB, the FASB and IASB
continue to work together to issue guidance that yields similar
consolidation and disclosure results for special-purpose entities. The
ultimate goal of both Boards is to provide timely, transparent information
about interests in specialp purpose entities. However, the timeline and
anticipated effective date of the IASB project is different from the
effective date of this Statement.
This Statement addresses the potential
impacts on the provisions and application of Interpretation 46(R) as a
result of the elimination of the qualifying special-purpose entity concept
in Statement 166. Ultimately, the two Boards will seek to issue a converged
standard that addresses consolidation of all entities.
What's Right and What's
Wrong With SPEs, SPVs, and VIEs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
Calling All CPA Auditors for New Clients
"New SEC Madoff rule," New York Post, December 17, 2009 ---
http://m.nypost.com/ms/p/nyp/nyp/view.m?id=20570&storyid=4.0.3268925043
The Securities and Exchange Commission approved
final rules yesterday requiring some investment advisers who manage customer
funds to undergo annual surprise audits.
The rule is prompted by the Bernard Madoff scandal,
requiring certain SEC-registered advisers who have custody of clients'
assets to retain an independent public accountant to conduct an annual exam.
If funds are found missing, the accountants must
notify the SEC.
Bob Jensen's threads on mutual fund and index fund scandals are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#MutualFunds
A close-up look at the IT infrastructure behind the Madoff affair
December 17, 2009 message from Scott Bonacker
[lister@BONACKERS.COM]
There is an article in the new Bank Technology News
that might be of interest to anyone teaching internal controls or fraud
detection. Or if you're just curious.
http://www.americanbanker.com/btn_issues/22_12/the-it-secrets-1004419-1.html
"Special Feature The IT Secrets from the Liar's
Lair Two years ago, IT executive Bob McMahon wondered why his
highly-profitable employer, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Services, didn't
replace antiquated systems with more modern and efficient off-the-shelf
technology. On Dec. 11, 2008, when Madoff was arrested, he got his answer.A
close-up look at the IT infrastructure behind the Madoff affair."
Scott Bonacker CPA
Springfield, MO
"The IT Secrets from the Liar's Lair," by John Dodge, Bank Technology News,
December 2009 ---
http://www.americanbanker.com/btn_issues/22_12/the-it-secrets-1004419-1.html
Two years ago, IT executive Bob McMahon
wondered why his highly-profitable employer, Bernard L. Madoff Investment
Services, didn't replace antiquated systems with more modern and efficient
off-the-shelf technology. The Madoff systems were expensive to maintain and
made it difficult to grow the business by expanding into new classes of
securities. McMahon's job: To organize and document projects that would
create custom technology for the firm's trading operations.
On Dec. 11, 2008, he got his answer.
That day, Bernie Madoff was arrested and
charged with stealing tens of billions of his clients' money over decades.
McMahon realized if "technologists" had replaced the proprietary systems
with more modern and open computers, they would have invariably found the
absence of data on countless stock trades that supposedly took place. In a
sense, the preservation of old computer technology helped Madoff
successfully go undetected for years until his massive Ponzi scheme
collapsed that day.
Over the past six weeks, Securities
Industry News, a sister publication of Bank Technology News, has dug into
and beyond the court records to construct an extensive picture of how Madoff
actually operated: The systems and technology he and underlings used to
create - or fake - the most detailed set of customer accounts underlying a
fraud in the history of the securities industry.
Included are details of a declaration
filed Oct. 16 on behalf of the court-appointed trustee, Irving Picard,
investigating the case, and information filed in court when two IT employees
were arrested in mid-November. The documents, and subsequent interviews,
describe how the real and the fake trading floors worked, and why the
securities investors believed they owned are never going to be declared
"missing." The answer: Because they never existed in the first place.
LEGITIMATE AND ILLEGITIMATE
"I asked myself how Bernie could have
hidden and maintained this for so long. A lot of it was because he had
proprietary and legacy systems. And he relied on IT people he hired and
paid," to not upset the status quo, says McMahon.
As a project manager, he always felt like
an odd duck at Bernard L. Madoff Investment Services (BLMIS), an outfit
which seemed to lack standards and procedures routine at former employers of
his such as the International Securities Exchange and CheckFree Investment
Services (now Fiserv, Inc.). Little was documented and the company seemed to
be overwhelmed keeping the older systems from breaking down.
"I immediately recognized there was
massive institutional chaos in the way the place was managed. No one found
value in participating in project management meetings or in writing things
down. There was no documentation," says McMahon, today an operational
performance consultant for Standard & Poors.
McMahon lasted less than a year at
Madoff's firm. He was hired in February 2007, by long-time BLMIS chief
information officer Elizabeth Weintraub. She died in September of that year.
Differences over updating the systems and formalizing procedures with
Weintraub's two successors led to his dismissal the following January, by
McMahon's account.
Nader Ibrahim, who was on the support desk
from 2000 to 2003, confirmed that the atmosphere in the BLMIS IT department
was often tense and unusual.
"We did not have titles, which was
definitely suspicious to me. We all knew who each other worked for, but
nobody knew what the other person was doing," he said. "Everything was on a
need-to-know basis. There was a lot of secrecy."
But the real secret about Madoff's
purported trading for thousands of investment advisory clients,
investigators say, is that it never happened.
To be fair, it's not as if Madoff didn't
have a real trading floor. Madoff's legitimate market-making business was
located on the 19th floor of 885 Third Ave., in New York, using one IBM
Application System/400 computer, known within the firm as "House 5.'' BLMIS'
information technology operation was located on the 18th floor, where
McMahon had his cube and was supposed to organize and document projects
involving custom technology for the trading operation.
What was on the 17th floor? The fake
trading floor where a second IBM AS/400 known internally as "House 17"
processed historical price information on securities allegedly bought for
clients. The end result was phony trade confirmations and wholly
manufactured-but official-looking-statements for 4,903 investment advisory
clients.
OPEN AND CLOSED
Madoff's legitimate traders used a mix of
green-screen and "M2" Windows-based desktop computers. These ran in-house
trading software referred to as MISS, which McMahon recalled standing for
something like "Madoff Investment Systems and Services." The
internally-named and developed M2s ran MISS as a Windows application and
were used by younger traders who wanted familiar software instead of the
rigid green screen system, developed around 1985, where only text appeared
on screen and instructions were in almost cryptic codes entered into command
lines.
Support for House 5 was almost like that
of a large investment bank's support of its trading operations. Nothing was
too good, in theory, for the Madoff trading operation on the 19th floor.
Even if it was not necessary.
"Madoff did not buy anything off the
shelf. The IT team was doing proprietary software development. Maybe J.P.
Morgan Chase needs all this heavy technology, but a hedge fund with 120
people doesn't have to be in systems development," says McMahon, adding that
a similarly-sized firm might have a half dozen IT people. Both McMahon and
Ibrahim pegged the number of people actively supporting technology at BLMIS
at between 40 and 50.
But large staff and support for House 5
has not thrown off investigators. Court-appointed trustee Irving Picard, who
is charged with liquidating Madoff's remaining assets, has instead focused
on "House 17,'' where the daily administration of the Ponzi scheme was
executed.
Picard hired an investigator, Joseph Looby,
an accounting forensics expert who probably knows the most about the
technology that aided Madoff in stealing client funds other than former
members of Madoff's staff. Looby is an expert in electronic fraud and senior
managing partner with FTI Consulting Inc. in New York.
Looby's 20-page declaration on Picard's
behalf with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for Southern District of New York on
Oct. 16 amounts to the deepest examination yet of the foundational
technology behind Madoff's fraud. The declaration seeks to deny paying
Madoff's victims based on their last statements, dated Nov. 30, 2008,
because the values stated were based on investments that were allegedly
never bought or sold (see graphic at right).
Reached in his Times Square office, Looby,
like Picard, said he could not elaborate on his examination of "House 17.
But in the declaration, he reported that "House 5" supported Madoff's
market-making operation and was networked to third parties outside the firm
that would logically support a trading operation. One, for example, was the
depository and clearing firm Depository Trust & Clearing Corp. (DTCC).
"[House 5] was an AS/400, consistent with
a legitimate securities trading business," Looby wrote. In the declaration,
he often compares House 5's legitimacy to House 17's illegitimacy.
House 17, for reasons that are now
obvious, was shut off to anyone but Madoff's former chief finance officer
and right-hand-man Frank DiPascali Jr. as well as his alleged accomplices.
That list now includes Jerome O'Hara, 46, and George Perez, 43, who have
both been charged in civil and criminal complaints with helping DiPascali
create the phoney statements that supported the Ponzi scheme. O'Hara and
Perez face 30 years in prison and more than $5 million in fines if
convicted. DiPascali sits in a New York jail awaiting sentencing after
pleading guilty to 10 felony counts on Aug. 11. He faces 125 years and his
sentencing is scheduled for May 2010. In the interim, investigators are
hoping to get his cooperation to implicate others.
"They want to squeeze him for more than
what he's giving now so he can avoid 125 years in prison," says Erin
Arvedlund, author of "Too Good to be True: The Rise and Fall of Bernie
Madoff." The former reporter for Barron's in a widely-cited 2001 story
challenged Madoff's implausible if not impossible returns and asked why
hundreds of millions in uncollected commissions were left on the table. It
appears now there were no trades made, from which to derive commissions.
"[House 17] was a closed system, separate and distinct from any computer
system utilized by the other BLMIS business units; consistent with one
designed to mass produce fictitious customer statements," according to
Looby's declaration. House 17's expressed purpose was to maintain phony
records and crank out millions of phony IRS 1099s on capital gains and
dividends, trade confirmations, management reports and customer statements.
"The AS/400 was like a giant Selectric typewriter. When you're making up
numbers like that, you're using your computer as a typewriter," says
computer consultant Judith Hurwitz, president of Hurwitz & Associates in
Newton, Mass.
ON THE HOUSE
House 17 held 4,659 active accounts
overseen by DiPascali where Madoff purportedly executed a "split strike
conversion" strategy on large cap stocks. In basic terms, it's a "collar,"
putting a floor and a ceiling on returns. A floor on potential losses is
created by purchasing a put on a stock. The sale of a call then puts a
ceiling on the returns. The "split" in "strike" prices is considered a
"vacation trade.'' The trader doesn't worry about what happens until the
expiration dates on the put or call options arrive.
The strategy was allegedly applied for the
thousands of customers on "baskets" of large cap stocks. According to the
faked BLMIS statements, these accounts typically yielded 11 to 17 percent
returns annually.
Another 244 "non-split strike" accounts
produced phony returns in excess of 100 percent and were managed by BLMIS
employees other than DiPascali.
The "non-split strike" accounts included
many "long time" Madoff customers and feeder funds such as those operated by
Stanley Chais or Jeffry Picower and against whom Picard has filed civil
suits to reclaim billions in profits alleged to be illegal. Picower of Palm
Beach was found dead in his pool Oct. 25. Chais maintains he's innocent.
In the declaration, Looby repeatedly
asserts that no securities were ever bought for BLMIS investment advisory
customers. Proceeds sent in by clients for that purpose were "instead
primarily used to make distributions to or payments on behalf of, other
investors as well as withdrawals and payments to Madoff family members and
employees," the declaration states.
Here's how it worked: BLMIS employees fed
the AS/400 constantly with stock data, enough to support trades that would
satisfy the expectations promised to Madoff's thousands of eventual victims.
To support the fantasy returns, so-called "baskets" of S&P100 stocks would
be bought and sold, on behalf of clients. Looby did not specify the typical
size of a basket, but they were proportional to the proceeds a client had
remitted to BLMIS. "If a basket was $400,000 and a customer had $800,000
available, two baskets of securities and options would be purportedly
"purchased" for the account," Looby wrote. The types of stocks can be seen
in a Madoff statement. Proceeds from purported basket sales existed only on
"House 17" and on the paper it put out, which indicated the funds were put
into safe U.S. Treasury bonds. Meanwhile, funds remitted by clients were
being diverted to a JPMorgan Chase & Co. bank account known as "703."
The complaints against O'Hara and Perez
add further rich detail to how Madoff and his accomplices used aging but
extensive computer technology to maintain the fraud. They also seem to
confirm what common sense suggests about such a massive and enduring fraud:
Madoff and DiPascali had to have technical help.
"O'Hara and Perez wrote programs that
generated many thousands of pages of fake trade blotters, stock records,
Depository Trust Corp. reports and other phantom books and records to
substantiate nonexistent trading. They assigned names to many of these
programs that began with "SPCL," which is short for "special," according to
an SEC press announcement about the civil complaint.
The "special" programs were found on
backup tapes, according to an official close to the investigation and who
asked not to be identified. He added that the pair has not been cooperating
with authorities. The evidence in the complaints is from BLMIS computers and
documents, according to the source.
Among 10 fraudulent functions detailed in
the criminal complaint, the special programs altered trade details by using
"algorithms that produced false and random results;" created "false and
fraudulent execution reports;" and "generated false and fraudulent
commission reports." The criminal complaint also charges the pair with
helping Madoff and DiPascali create misleading reports between 2004-08 to
throw off SEC investigators and a European accounting firm hired by a Madoff
client.
In 2006, O'Hara and Perez cashed out their
BLMIS accounts worth "hundreds of thousands of dollars" and told Madoff they
would no longer "generate any more fabricated books and records." O'Hara's
handwritten notes from the encounter allegedly say "I won't lie any longer."
However, the "crisis of conscience" did
not stop them from asking for a 25 per cent bump in salary and a $60,000
bonus to keep quiet, the complaints allege.
"DiPascali then managed to convince O'Hara
and Perez to modify computer programs to he and other 17th floor employees
could create the necessary reports," according to the SEC complaint. The
reference to "other 17th floor employees" suggests that O'Hara and Perez
will not be the last to be charged.
A sharp eye could have detected that funds
weren't where they were supposed to be: 2008 customer statements showed
funds in a "Fidelity Spartan U.S. Treasury Money Market Fund" that hadn't
been offered since 2005. The fabulous returns had lulled BLMIS clients to
sleep. While some trading data was input by hand, DiPascali cleverly used
"essentially a mail merge program" to replicate the same stock trading
information across multiple accounts, according to the declaration.
Stocks in a basket were "priced" after the
market closed (i.e., with the knowledge of the prior published price
history). Customer statements were then fabricated by BLMIS staff on House
17 which appeared to outsiders to keep track of customer investments and
funds in a manner typical of any investment advisor. "BLMIS staff confirmed
it, the system facilitated it and consistent returns could not have been
achieved without it," Looby's declaration states.
Indeed, the customer statements had been
perfected as an instrument in the deception. Madoff investor Ronnie Sue
Ambrosino, a former computer analyst who ironically had worked on an AS/400,
told Securities Industry News that she never suspected a thing. After all,
the Securities and Exchange Commission had given Madoff a clean bill of
health on several occasions since 1992 by not digging deeply into his
operations or just plain neglect.
"The statements were always perfect, neat
and immaculately presented. They came on time and everything was like
clockwork," says Ambrosino, 56, a victim and now activist representing a
group of about 400 Madoff investors. She bristles when the AS/400 is called
old or outdated. "I know the 400 and it's a pretty powerful machine." It was
powerful enough to convince investors that whatever proceeds they sent to
Madoff were being invested in the stocks cited on their statements. "Key
punch operators were provided with the relevant basket information that they
manually entered into House 17. The basket trade was then routinely
replicated in selected BLMIS split strike customer accounts automatically
and proportionally according to each customer's purported net equity,"
Looby's declaration says.
The situation was largely the same for
non-split strike clients except that the purported trades were in single
equities, not baskets. "Thousands of documents including customer
statements, IA (investment advisory) staff notes, account folders and
programs in the AS/400 were reviewed, and these documents confirm the fact
that such statements were prepared on an account-by-account basis (i.e. not
basket trading)," Looby wrote.
Looby verified that trades between 2002
and 2008 were phantom by cross-checking with various clearing houses such as
DTCC, Clearstream Banking S.A. in Luxembourg, the Chicago Board of Options
Exchange (CBOE) and four other clearing firms. He also compared the cleared
trades on the AS/400 "House 5" and "99.9 percent" of the fake trades on
"House 17" did not match. The only connection he found is what looked like a
small portion of a single client's trades, which were directed by the client
and recorded on House 5.
Madoff employees monitored the "baskets"
for split strike accounts in an Excel spreadsheet to make sure "the prices
chosen after-the-fact obtained returns that were neither too high or low."
However, such monitoring was far from
perfect. Looby cited several examples where daily trading volumes at BLMIS
exceeded the entire daily volume for several stocks.
For instance, Madoff reported the purchase
of 17.8 million shares of Exxon Mobil on Oct. 16, 2002. This amounted to 131
percent of the company's trading volume for that day. BLMIS's actual Exxon
Mobil holdings that October were verified by the DTCC at 5,730 shares.
Similar discrepancies for Amgen, Microsoft and Hewlett Packard were found on
Nov. 30, 2008, the date for the final batch of BLMIS customer statements, as
it turned out.
BLMIS data for options puts and calls was
even more blatantly unreal. On Oct. 11, 2002, Looby found that BLMIS
"applied an imaginary basket to 279 accounts with a volume of 82,959 OEX
(S&P 100 options) calls and 82,959 puts." That amounted to 13 times the OEX
volume at the CBOE that day.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
"Peter R. Scanlon, Who Led Coopers When Big 8 Ruled Auditing, Is Dead at
78," by Dennis Hevesi, The New York Times, December 10, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/12/11/business/11scanlon.html?_r=2&emc=tnt&tntemail1=y
Peter R. Scanlon, a former chairman and chief
executive of one of the world’s largest public accounting firms, died on
Dec. 3 at his home in Jupiter, Fla. He was 78.
The cause was cancer, his daughter Barbara Scanlon
Jessup said.
Mr. Scanlon led Coopers & Lybrand from 1982 to
1991; the firm merged with Price Waterhouse in 1998 to form
PricewaterhouseCoopers. During his tenure, the company was regularly
referred to as one of the Big Eight. But with consolidation in the industry,
and with Arthur Andersen out of business, PricewaterhouseCoopers is now one
of the Big Four.
In the late 1980s, under Mr. Scanlon, Coopers &
Lybrand often drew criticism for shunning the merger mania that engulfed the
accounting profession. Ultimately, however, the firm was credited with
having turned the situation to its advantage. By attracting disaffected
affiliates of its competitors in other countries, it was able to expand its
international franchise without incurring the costs of all-out mergers.
“We’re not opposed to mergers, but we’re just not
going to do it because everyone thinks it’s the right thing to do,” Mr.
Scanlon told The New York Times in 1989.
Mr. Scanlon brought in major new clients, including
SmithKline Beckman and Unilever, and expanded his company’s existing
operations rather than opening new offices. In the process he steered its
profitability close to that of the other big firms. In 1991, his last year
as its leader, Coopers & Lybrand earned $261 million on revenues of $1.5
billion.
Peter Redmond Scanlon was born in the Bronx on Feb.
18, 1931, one of eight children of Loretta Ryan and John Scanlon Jr. His
father, who owned an insurance company, died when Peter was 9.
Peter was the first in his family to graduate from
college, earning a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Iona College in
1952. He immediately joined what was then known as Lybrand, Ross Brothers &
Montgomery. After serving in the United States Navy during the Korean War,
he returned to the company and began rising through its ranks.
Besides his daughter Barbara, Mr. Scanlon is
survived by his wife of 56 years, the former Mary Jane Condon; another
daughter, Janet Scanlon; two sons, Peter and Brian; and eight grandchildren.
His son Mark died in 1992.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history ---
Click Here
Bob Jensen's threads on the large accounting firms ---
Click Here
The Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
Paulson and Geithner Lied Big Time:
The Greatest
Swindle in the History of the World
What was their real motive in the greatest fraud conspiracy in the history of
the world?
Bombshell: In 2008 and early 2009, Treasury Secretary leaders
Paulson
and
Geithner
told the media and Congress that
AIG needed a
global bailout due to not having cash reserves to meet credit default swap
(systematic risk) obligations and insurance policy payoffs. On November 19, 2009
in Congressional testimony Geithner now admits that all this was a pack of lies.
However, he refuses to resign as requested by some Senators.
Oh really?
"AIG and Systemic Risk Geithner says credit-default swaps weren't the
problem, after all," Editors of The Wall Street Journal, November 20, 2009 ---
Click Here
TARP Inspector General Neil Barofsky keeps
committing flagrant acts of political transparency, which if nothing else
ought to inform the debate going forward over financial reform. In his
latest bombshell, the IG discloses that the New York Federal Reserve did not
believe that AIG's credit-default swap (CDS) counterparties posed a systemic
financial risk.
Hello?
For the last year, the entire Beltway theory of the
financial panic has been based on the claim that the "opaque," unregulated
CDS market had forced the Fed to take over AIG and pay off its
counterparties, lest the system collapse. Yet we now learn from Mr. Barofsky
that saving the counterparties was not the reason for the bailout.
In the fall of 2008 the New York Fed drove a
baby-soft bargain with AIG's credit-default-swap counterparties. The Fed's
taxpayer-funded vehicle, Maiden Lane III, bought out the counterparties'
mortgage-backed securities at 100 cents on the dollar, effectively canceling
out the CDS contracts. This was miles above what those assets could have
fetched in the market at that time, if they could have been sold at all.
The New York Fed president at the time was none
other than Timothy Geithner, the current Treasury Secretary, and Mr.
Geithner now tells Mr. Barofsky that in deciding to make the counterparties
whole, "the financial condition of the counterparties was not a relevant
factor."
This is startling. In April we noted in these
columns that Goldman Sachs, a major AIG counterparty, would certainly have
suffered from an AIG failure. And in his latest report, Mr. Barofsky comes
to the same conclusion. But if Mr. Geithner now says the AIG bailout wasn't
driven by a need to rescue CDS counterparties, then what was the point? Why
pay Goldman and even foreign banks like Societe Generale billions of tax
dollars to make them whole?
Both Treasury and the Fed say they think it would
have been inappropriate for the government to muscle counterparties to
accept haircuts, though the New York Fed tried to persuade them to accept
less than par. Regulators say that having taxpayers buy out the
counterparties improved AIG's liquidity position, but why was it important
to keep AIG liquid if not to protect some class of creditors?
Yesterday, Mr. Geithner introduced a new
explanation, which is that AIG might not have been able to pay claims to its
insurance policy holders: "AIG was providing a range of insurance products
to households across the country. And if AIG had defaulted, you would have
seen a downgrade leading to the liquidation and failure of a set of
insurance contracts that touched Americans across this country and, of
course, savers around the world."
Yet, if there is one thing that all observers
seemed to agree on last year, it was that AIG's money to pay policyholders
was segregated and safe inside the regulated insurance subsidiaries. If the
real systemic danger was the condition of these highly regulated
subsidiaries—where there was no CDS trading—then the Beltway narrative
implodes.
Interestingly, in Treasury's official response to
the Barofsky report, Assistant Secretary Herbert Allison explains why the
department acted to prevent an AIG bankruptcy. He mentions the "global scope
of AIG, its importance to the American retirement system, and its presence
in the commercial paper and other financial markets." He does not mention
CDS.
All of this would seem to be relevant to the
financial reform that Treasury wants to plow through Congress. For example,
if AIG's CDS contracts were not the systemic risk, then what is the argument
for restructuring the derivatives market? After Lehman's failure, CDS
contracts were quickly settled according to the industry protocol. Despite
fears of systemic risk, none of the large banks, either acting as a
counterparty to Lehman or as a buyer of CDS on Lehman itself, turned out to
have major exposure.
More broadly, lawmakers now have an opportunity to
dig deeper into the nature of moral hazard and the restoration of a healthy
financial system. Barney Frank and Chris Dodd are pushing to give regulators
"resolution authority" for struggling firms. Under both of their bills, this
would mean unlimited ability to spend unlimited taxpayer sums to prevent an
unlimited universe of firms from failing.
Americans know that's not the answer, but what is
the best solution to the too-big-to-fail problem? And how exactly does one
measure systemic risk? To answer these questions, it's essential that we
first learn the lessons of 2008. This is where reports like Mr. Barofsky's
are valuable, telling us things that the government doesn't want us to know.
In remarks Tuesday that were interpreted as a
veiled response to Mr. Barofsky's report, Mr. Geithner said, "It's a great
strength of our country, that you're going to have the chance for a range of
people to look back at every decision made in every stage in this crisis,
and look at the quality of judgments made and evaluate them with the benefit
of hindsight." He added, "Now, you're going to see a lot of conviction in
this, a lot of strong views—a lot of it untainted by experience."
Mr. Geithner has a point about Monday-morning
quarterbacking. He and others had to make difficult choices in the autumn of
2008 with incomplete information and often with little time to think, much
less to reflect. But that was last year. The task now is to learn the
lessons of that crisis and minimize the moral hazard so we can reduce the
chances that the panic and bailout happen again.
This means a more complete explanation from Mr.
Geithner of what really drove his decisions last year, how he now defines
systemic risk, and why he wants unlimited power to bail out creditors—before
Congress grants the executive branch unlimited resolution authority that
could lead to bailouts ad infinitum.
Jensen Comment
One of the first teller of lies was the highly respected Gretchen Morgenson of
The New York Times who was repeating the lies told to her and Congress by
the Treasury and the Fed. This was when I first believed that the problem at AIG
was failing to have capital reserves to meet CDS obligations. I really believed
Morgenson's lies in 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/21/business/21gret.html
Here's what I wrote in 2008 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
Credit Default Swap (CDS)
This is an insurance policy that essentially "guarantees" that if a CDO goes bad
due to having turds mixed in with the chocolates, the "counterparty" who
purchased the CDO will recover the value fraudulently invested in turds. On
September 30, 2008 Gretchen Morgenson of The New York Times aptly
explained that the huge CDO underwriter of CDOs was the insurance firm called
AIG. She also explained that the first $85 billion given in bailout money by
Hank Paulson to AIG was to pay the counterparties to CDS swaps. She also
explained that, unlike its casualty insurance operations, AIG had no capital
reserves for paying the counterparties for the the turds they purchased from
Wall Street investment banks.
"Your Money at Work, Fixing Others’ Mistakes," by Gretchen Morgenson, The
New York Times, September 20, 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/21/business/21gret.html
Also see "A.I.G., Where Taxpayers’ Dollars Go to Die," The New York Times,
March 7, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/03/08/business/08gret.html
What Ms. Morgenson failed to explain, when Paulson eventually gave over $100
billion for AIG's obligations to counterparties in CDS contracts, was who were
the counterparties who received those bailout funds. It turns out that most of
them were wealthy Arabs and some Asians who we were getting bailed out while
Paulson was telling shareholders of WaMu, Lehman Brothers, and Merrill Lynch to
eat their turds.
You tube had a lot of videos about a CDS. Go to YouTube and read in the
phrase "credit default swap" ---
http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=Credit+Default+Swaps&search_type=&aq=f
In particular note this video by Paddy Hirsch ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kaui9e_4vXU
Paddy has some other YouTube videos about the financial crisis.
Bob Jensen’s
threads on accounting for credit default swaps are under the C-Terms at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#C-Terms
The
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
"The
Greatest Swindle Ever Sold," by Andy Kroll, The Nation, May 26, 2009 ---
http://www.thenation.com/doc/20090608/kroll/print
The legislation's guidelines for crafting the rescue plan were clear: the TARP
should protect home values and consumer savings, help citizens keep their homes
and create jobs. Above all, with the government poised to invest hundreds of
billions of taxpayer dollars in various financial institutions, the legislation
urged the bailout's architects to maximize returns to the American people.
That $700 billion bailout has since
grown into a
more than $12 trillion commitment by the US government and the Federal Reserve.
About
$1.1 trillion
of that is taxpayer money--the TARP money and an additional $400 billion rescue
of mortgage companies Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The TARP now includes twelve
separate programs, and recipients range from megabanks like Citigroup and
JPMorgan Chase to automakers Chrysler and General Motors.
Seven months in, the bailout's impact is unclear. The Treasury Department has
used the
recent "stress test" results
it applied to nineteen of the nation's largest banks
to suggest that the worst might be over; yet the
International Monetary Fund,
as well as economists like New York University
professor and economist Nouriel Roubini and New York Times columnist Paul
Krugman
predict greater losses in US markets,
rising unemployment and generally tougher economic
times ahead.
What cannot be disputed, however, is the financial bailout's biggest loser: the
American taxpayer. The US government, led by the Treasury Department, has done
little, if anything, to maximize returns on its trillion-dollar, taxpayer-funded
investment. So far, the bailout has favored rescued financial institutions by
subsidizing their losses to the tune of $356 billion,
shying away from much-needed management changes and--with the exception of the
automakers--letting companies take taxpayer money without a coherent plan for
how they might return to viability.
The bailout's perks have been no less favorable for private investors who are
now picking over the economy's still-smoking rubble at the taxpayers' expense.
The newer bailout programs rolled out by Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner
give private equity firms, hedge funds and other private investors significant
leverage to buy "toxic" or distressed assets, while leaving taxpayers stuck with
the lion's share of the risk and potential losses.
Given the lack of transparency and accountability, don't expect taxpayers to be
able to object too much. After all, remarkably little is known about how TARP
recipients have used the government aid received. Nonetheless, recent government
reports,
Congressional testimony and commentaries offer those patient enough to pore over
hundreds of pages of material glimpses of just how Wall Street friendly the
bailout actually is. Here, then, based on the most definitive data and analyses
available, are six of the most blatant and alarming ways taxpayers have been
scammed by the government's $1.1-trillion, publicly funded bailout.
1. By overpaying for its TARP investments, the Treasury Department provided
bailout recipients with generous subsidies at the taxpayer's expense.
When the Treasury Department ditched its initial plan to buy up "toxic" assets
and instead invest directly in financial institutions, then-Treasury Secretary
Henry Paulson Jr. assured Americans that they'd get a fair deal. "This is an
investment, not an expenditure, and there is no reason to expect this program
will cost taxpayers anything," he
said in
October 2008.
Yet the Congressional Oversight Panel (COP), a five-person group tasked with
ensuring that the Treasury Department acts in the public's best interest,
concluded in its
monthly report for February
that the department had significantly overpaid by
tens of billions of dollars for its investments. For the ten largest TARP
investments made in 2008, totaling $184.2 billion, Treasury received on average
only $66 worth of assets for every $100 invested. Based on that shortfall, the
panel calculated that Treasury had received only $176 billion in assets for its
$254 billion investment, leaving a $78 billion hole in taxpayer pockets.
Not all investors subsidized the struggling banks so heavily while investing in
them. The COP report notes that private investors received much closer to fair
market value in investments made at the time of the early TARP transactions.
When, for instance,
Berkshire Hathaway invested $5 billion in Goldman
Sachs in September, the Omaha-based
company received securities worth $110 for each $100 invested. And when
Mitsubishi invested in Morgan Stanley
that same month, it received securities worth $91 for
every $100 invested.
As of May 15, according to the
Ethisphere TARP Index,
which tracks the government's bailout investments, its various
investments had depreciated in value by almost $147.7 billion. In other words,
TARP's losses come out to almost $1,300 per American taxpaying household.
2. As the government has no real oversight over bailout funds, taxpayers remain
in the dark about how their money has been used and if it has made any
difference.
While the Treasury Department can make TARP recipients report on just how they
spend their government bailout funds, it has chosen not to do so. As a result,
it's unclear whether institutions receiving such funds are using that money to
increase lending--which would, in turn, boost the economy--or merely to fill in
holes in their balance sheets.
Neil M. Barofsky, the special inspector general for TARP, summed the situation
up this way in his office's April quarterly report to Congress: "The American
people have a right to know how their tax dollars are being used, particularly
as billions of dollars are going to institutions for which banking is certainly
not part of the institution's core business and may be little more than a way to
gain access to the low-cost capital provided under TARP."
This lack of transparency makes the bailout process highly susceptible to fraud
and corruption.
Barofsky's report stated
that twenty separate criminal investigations were
already underway involving corporate fraud, insider trading and public
corruption. He also
told the
Financial Times that his office was investigating whether banks manipulated
their books to secure bailout funds. "I hope we don't find a single bank that's
cooked its books to try to get money, but I don't think that's going to be the
case."
Economist Dean Baker, co-director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research
in Washington, suggested to TomDispatch in an interview that the opaque and
complicated nature of the bailout may not be entirely unintentional, given the
difficulties it raises for anyone wanting to follow the trail of taxpayer
dollars from the government to the banks. "[Government officials] see this all
as a Three Card Monte, moving everything around really quickly so the public
won't understand that this really is an elaborate way to subsidize the banks,"
Baker says, adding that the public "won't realize we gave money away to some of
the richest people."
3. The bailout's newer programs heavily favor the private sector, giving
investors an opportunity to earn lucrative profits and leaving taxpayers with
most of the risk.
Under Treasury Secretary Geithner, the Treasury Department has greatly expanded
the financial bailout to troubling new programs like the Public-Private
Investment Program (PPIP) and the Term Asset-Backed-Securities Loan Facility
(TALF). The PPIP, for example, encourages private investors to buy "toxic" or
risky assets on the books of struggling banks. Doing so, we're told, will get
banks lending again because the burdensome assets won't weigh them down.
Unfortunately, the incentives the Treasury Department is offering to get private
investors to participate are so generous that the government--and, by extension,
American taxpayers--are left with all the downside.
Joseph Stiglitz, the Nobel-prize winning economist,
described the PPIP program
in a New York Times op-ed this way:
Consider an asset that has a 50-50 chance of being worth either zero or $200 in
a year's time. The average "value" of the asset is $100. Ignoring interest, this
is what the asset would sell for in a competitive market. It is what the asset
is 'worth.' Under the plan by Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner, the
government would provide about 92 percent of the money to buy the asset but
would stand to receive only 50 percent of any gains, and would absorb almost all
of the losses. Some partnership!
Assume that one of the public-private partnerships the Treasury has promised to
create is willing to pay $150 for the asset. That's 50 percent more than its
true value, and the bank is more than happy to sell. So the private partner puts
up $12, and the government supplies the rest--$12 in "equity" plus $126 in the
form of a guaranteed loan.
If, in a year's time, it turns out that the true value of the asset is zero, the
private partner loses the $12, and the government loses $138. If the true value
is $200, the government and the private partner split the $74 that's left over
after paying back the $126 loan. In that rosy scenario, the private partner more
than triples his $12 investment. But the taxpayer, having risked $138, gains a
mere $37."
Worse still, the PPIP can be easily manipulated for private gain. As economist
Jeffrey Sachs has described it,
a bank with worthless toxic assets on its books could actually set up its own
public-private fund to bid on those assets. Since no true bidder would pay for a
worthless asset, the bank's public-private fund would win the bid, essentially
using government money for the purchase. All the public-private fund would then
have to do is quietly declare bankruptcy and disappear, leaving the bank to make
off with the government money it received. With the PPIP deals set to begin in
the coming months, time will tell whether private investors actually take
advantage of the program's flaws in this fashion.
The Treasury Department's TALF program offers equally enticing possibilities for
potential bailout profiteers, providing investors with a chance to double,
triple or even quadruple their investments. And like the PPIP, if the deal goes
bad, taxpayers absorb most of the losses. "It beats any financing that the
private sector could ever come up with," a
Wall Street trader commented
in a recent Fortune magazine story. "I almost want to say it is
irresponsible."
4. The government has no coherent plan for returning failing financial
institutions to profitability and maximizing returns on taxpayers' investments.
Compare the treatment of the auto industry and the financial sector, and a
troubling double standard emerges. As a condition for taking bailout aid, the
government required Chrysler and General Motors to present
detailed plans
on how the companies would return to profitability. Yet the Treasury Department
attached minimal conditions to the billions injected into the largest bailed-out
financial institutions. Moreover, neither Geithner nor Lawrence Summers, one of
President Barack Obama's top economic advisors, nor the president himself has
articulated any substantive plan or vision for how the bailout will help these
institutions recover and, hopefully, maximize taxpayers' investment returns.
The Congressional Oversight Panel highlighted the absence of such a
comprehensive plan in its
January report.
Three months into the bailout, the Treasury
Department "has not yet explained its strategy," the report stated. "Treasury
has identified its goals and announced its programs, but it has not yet
explained how the programs chosen constitute a coherent plan to achieve those
goals."
Today, the department's endgame for the bailout still remains vague. Thomas
Hoenig, president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City,
wrote in the
Financial Times in May that the government's response to the financial
meltdown has been "ad hoc, resulting in inequitable outcomes among firms,
creditors, and investors." Rather than perpetually prop up banks with endless
taxpayer funds, Hoenig suggests, the government should allow banks to fail. Only
then, he believes, can crippled financial institutions and systems be fixed.
"Because we still have far to go in this crisis, there remains time to define a
clear process for resolving large institutional failure. Without one, the
consequences will involve a series of short-term events and far more uncertainty
for the global economy in the long run."
The healthier and more profitable bailout recipients are once financial markets
rebound, the more taxpayers will earn on their investments. Without a plan,
however, banks may limp back to viability while taxpayers lose their investments
or even absorb further losses.
5. The bailout's focus on Wall Street mega-banks ignores smaller banks serving
millions of American taxpayers that face an equally uncertain future.
The government may not have a long-term strategy for its trillion-dollar
bailout, but its guiding principle, however misguided, is clear: what's good for
Wall Street will be best for the rest of the country.
On the day the mega-bank stress tests were officially released, another set of
stress-test results came out to much less fanfare. In its
quarterly report on the health of individual banks
and the banking industry as a whole,
Institutional Risk Analytics (IRA), a respected financial services organization,
found that the stress levels among more than 7,500 FDIC-reporting banks
nationwide had risen dramatically. For 1,575 of the banks, net incomes had
turned negative due to decreased lending and less risk-taking.
The conclusion IRA drew was telling: "Our overall observation is that US policy
makers may very well have been distracted by focusing on 19 large stress test
banks designed to save Wall Street and the world's central bank bondholders,
this while a trend is emerging of a going concern viability crash taking shape
under the radar." The report concluded with a question: "Has the time come to
shift the policy focus away from the things that we love, namely big zombie
banks, to tackle things that are truly hurting us?"
6. The bailout encourages the very behaviors that created the economic crisis in
the first place instead of overhauling our broken financial system and helping
the individuals most affected by the crisis.
As Joseph Stiglitz explained in the New York Times, one major cause of
the economic crisis was bank overleveraging. "Using relatively little capital of
their own," he wrote, banks "borrowed heavily to buy extremely risky real estate
assets. In the process, they used overly complex instruments like collateralized
debt obligations." Financial institutions engaged in overleveraging in pursuit
of the lucrative profits such deals promised--even if those profits came with
staggering levels of risk.
Sound familiar? It should, because in the PPIP and TALF bailout programs the
Treasury Department has essentially replicated the very over-leveraged, risky,
complex system that got us into this mess in the first place: in other words,
the government hopes to repair our financial system by using the flawed
practices that caused this crisis.
Then there are the institutions deemed "too big to fail." These financial
giants--among them AIG, Citigroup and Bank of America-- have been kept afloat by
billions of dollars in bottomless bailout aid. Yet reinforcing the notion that
any institution is "too big to fail" is dangerous to the economy. When a company
like AIG grows so large that it becomes "too big to fail," the risk it carries
is systemic, meaning failure could drag down the entire economy. The government
should force "too big to fail" institutions to slim down to a safer, more modest
size; instead, the Treasury Department continues to subsidize these financial
giants, reinforcing their place in our economy.
Of even greater concern is the message the bailout sends to banks and
lenders--namely, that the risky investments that crippled the economy are fair
game in the future. After all, if banks fail and teeter at the edge of collapse,
the government promises to be there with a taxpayer-funded, potentially
profitable safety net.
The handling of the bailout makes at least one thing clear, however. It's not
your health that the government is focused on, it's theirs-- the very banks and
lenders whose convoluted financial systems provided the underpinnings for
staggering salaries and bonuses, while bringing our economy to the brink of
another Great Depression.
Keynes:
The Rise, Fall, and Return of the 20th Century's Most Influential Economist
by Peter Clarke (Bloomsbury; 2009, 211 pages; $20). Examines the life and
legacy of the British economist (1883-1946).
"Lack of Candor and the AIG Bailout: If AIG wasn't too big to fail,
why did the government rescue it? And why do we need to turn the financial
system upside down?" by Peter J. Wallison, The Wall Street Journal,
November 27, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704779704574551861399508826.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
Since last September, the government's case for
bailing out AIG has rested on the notion that the company was too big to
fail. If AIG hadn't been rescued, the argument goes, its credit default swap
(CDS) obligations would have caused huge losses to its counterparties—and
thus provoked a financial collapse.
Last week's news that this was not in fact the
motive for AIG's rescue has implications that go well beyond the Obama
administration's efforts to regulate CDSs and other derivatives. It's one
more example that the administration may be using the financial crisis as a
pretext to extend Washington's control of the financial sector.
The truth about the credit default swaps came out
last week in a report by TARP Special Inspector General Neil Barofsky. It
says that Treasury Secretary Tim Geithner, then president of the New York
Federal Reserve Bank, did not believe that the financial condition of AIG's
credit default swap counterparties was "a relevant factor" in the decision
to bail out the company. This contradicts the conventional assumption, never
denied by the Federal Reserve or the Treasury, that AIG's failure would have
had a devastating effect.
So why did the government rescue AIG? This has
never been clear.
The Obama administration has consistently argued
that the "interconnections" among financial companies made it necessary to
save AIG and Bear Stearns. Focusing on interconnections implies that the
failure of one large financial firm will cause debilitating losses at
others, and eventually a systemic breakdown. Apparently this was not true in
the case of AIG and its credit default swaps—which leaves open the question
of why the Fed, with the support of the Treasury, poured $180 billion into
AIG.
The broader question is whether the entire
regulatory regime proposed by the administration, and now being pushed
through Congress by Rep. Barney Frank and Sen. Chris Dodd, is based on a
faulty premise. The administration has consistently used the term "large,
complex and interconnected" to describe the nonbank financial institutions
it wants to regulate. The prospect that the failure of one of these firms
might pose a systemic risk is the foundation of the administration's
comprehensive regulatory regime for the financial industry.
Up to now, very few pundits or reporters have
questioned this logic. They have apparently been satisfied with the
explanation that the "interconnectedness" created by those mysterious credit
default swaps was the culprit.
But the New York Fed is the regulatory body most
familiar with the CDS market. If that agency did not believe AIG's failure
would have actually brought down its counterparties—and ultimately the
financial system itself—it raises serious questions about the
administration's credibility, and about the need for its regulatory
proposals. If "interconnections" among financial institutions are indeed the
source of the financial crisis, the administration should be far more
forthcoming than it has been about exactly what these interconnections are,
and how exactly a broad new system of regulation and resolution would
eliminate or reduce them.
The administration's unwillingness or inability to
clearly define the problem of interconnectedness is not the only weakness in
its rationale for imposing a whole new regulatory regime on the financial
system. Another example is the claim—made by Mr. Geithner and President
Obama himself—that predatory lending by mortgage brokers was one of the
causes of the financial crisis.
No doubt some deceptive practices occurred in
mortgage origination. But the facts suggest that the government's own
housing policies—and not weak regulation—were the source of these bad loans.
At the end of 2008, there were about 26 million
subprime and other nonprime mortgages in our financial system. Two-thirds of
these mortgages were on the balance sheets of the Federal Housing
Administration, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and the four largest U.S. banks.
The banks were required to make these loans in order to gain approval from
the Fed and other regulators for mergers and expansions.
The fact that the government itself either bought
these bad loans or required them to be made shows that the most plausible
explanation for the large number of subprime loans in our economy is not a
lack of regulation at the mortgage origination level, but government-created
demand for these loans.
Finally, although there may be a good policy
argument for a new consumer protection agency for financial services and
products, the scope of what the administration has proposed goes far beyond
lending, or even deposit-taking. In the administration's proposed
legislation, the Consumer Financial Protection Agency would cover any
business that provides consumer credit of any kind, including the common
layaway plans and Christmas clubs that small retailers offer their
customers.
Under the guise of addressing the causes of a
global financial crisis, the Obama administration's bill would have
regulated credit counseling, educational courses on finance, financial-data
processing, money transmission and custodial services, and dozens more small
businesses that could not possibly cause a financial crisis. Even Chairmen
Frank and Dodd balked at this overreach. Their bills exempt retailers if
their financial activity is incidental to their other business. Still, many
vestiges of this excess remain in the legislation that is now being pushed
toward a vote.
The lack of candor about credit default swaps, the
effort to blame lack of regulation for the subprime crisis and the excessive
reach of the proposed consumer protection agency are all of a piece. The
administration seems to be using the specter of another financial crisis to
bring more and more of the economy under Washington's control.
With the help of large Democratic majorities in
Congress, this train has had considerable momentum. But perhaps—with the
disclosure about credit default swaps and the AIG crisis—the wheels are
finally coming off.
Bob Jensen's threads on the Greatest Swindle in the World are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Bob
Jensen's threads on why the infamous "Bailout" won't work ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#BailoutStupidity
By now we've heard most all the reasons/excuses for the disappearance of all
investment banking firms
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#InvestmentBanking
The December 5, 2009 issue of The Economist magazine offers a new
twist by blaming, in part, the silo databases of Wall Street firms. This is
surprising since I would've assumed the big investment banks would've been early
adopters of ERP system-wide communicating databases.
The term "silo computing" or "data silo" dates back to before the days of
computer networking and refers to multiple databases in an organizations that
are not compatible and often require duplicate computing. For example, an
account sales database in the marketing department may be programmed differently
than the account sales database in the accounting department. Silo computing was
extremely common and extremely inefficient in COBOL days before the onset of
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) integrative (ERP) total enterprise
interactive databases of which the German SAP systems are the best known ERP
systems ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/245glosap.htm
"Silo but deadly," The Economist, December 5-11, 2009, pp. 83-84 ---
http://www.economist.com/businessfinance/displaystory.cfm?story_id=15016132
NO INDUSTRY spends more on information technology
(IT) than financial services: about $500 billion globally, more than a fifth
of the total (see chart). Many of the world’s computers, networking and
storage systems live in the huge data centres run by banks. “Banks are
essentially technology firms,” says Hugo Banziger, chief risk officer at
Deutsche Bank. Yet the role of IT in the crisis is barely discussed.
It should be. Corporate IT systems—collections of
computers, applications and databases—always tend to be messy, but those of
banks are particularly bad. They were the first to adopt computers:
decades-old mainframes are still in use. Lots of product innovation means
new systems, as does merger activity, which has proliferated in the industry
in recent years: Citigroup had a notoriously fragmented IT set-up going into
the crisis. The need to comply with regulations, and the global presence of
big banks, adds complexity.
The demands of financial markets make matters
worse. Hedging positions, trading derivatives and modelling financial
products all require highly sophisticated programs that are only really
suited to specific asset classes. The code for new financial products has to
be developed quickly. Innovation often takes place on Excel spreadsheets on
traders’ desktops. “The big task of management is to manage down the number
of spreadsheets,” says one risk chief, whose bank creates 1,000 product
variations a year.
As a result, many banks have huge problems with
data quality. The same types of asset are often defined differently in
different programs. Numbers do not always add up. Managers from different
departments do not trust each other’s figures. Finding one’s way through all
these systems is detective work, says a former IT manager at a big British
bank. “And sometimes the trail would go cold.”
This fragmented IT landscape made it exceedingly
difficult to track a bank’s overall risk exposure before and during the
crisis. Mainly as a result of the Basel 2 capital accords, many banks had
put in new systems to calculate their aggregate exposure. Royal Bank of
Scotland (RBS) spent more than $100m to comply with Basel 2. But in most
cases the aggregate risk was only calculated once a day and some figures
were not worth the pixels they were made of.
During the turmoil many banks had to carry out big
fact-finding missions to see where they stood. “Answering such questions as
‘What is my exposure to this counterparty?’ should take minutes. But it
often took hours, if not days,” says Peyman Mestchian, managing partner at
Chartis Research, an advisory firm. Insiders at Lehman Brothers say its
European arm lacked an integrated picture of its risk position in the days
running up to its demise.
Whether the financial industry would have hit the
brakes if it had had digital dashboards showing banks’ overall exposures in
real time is a moot point. Some managers might not have even looked. And
better IT would have done little to counteract the bigger forces behind the
crisis, such as global economic imbalances.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the recent Wall Street woes are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Chinese mercantilism is a growing problem
Mercantilism ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mercantilism
"Chinese New Year," by Paul Krugman, The New York Times, December 31,
2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2010/01/01/opinion/01krugman.html
It’s the season when pundits traditionally make
predictions about the year ahead. Mine concerns international economics: I
predict that 2010 will be the year of China. And not in a good way.
Actually, the biggest problems with China involve
climate change. But today I want to focus on currency policy.
China has become a major financial and trade power.
But it doesn’t act like other big economies. Instead, it follows a
mercantilist policy, keeping its trade surplus artificially high. And in
today’s depressed world, that policy is, to put it bluntly, predatory.
Here’s how it works: Unlike the dollar, the euro or
the yen, whose values fluctuate freely, China’s currency is pegged by
official policy at about 6.8 yuan to the dollar. At this exchange rate,
Chinese manufacturing has a large cost advantage over its rivals, leading to
huge trade surpluses.
Under normal circumstances, the inflow of dollars
from those surpluses would push up the value of China’s currency, unless it
was offset by private investors heading the other way. And private investors
are trying to get into China, not out of it. But China’s government
restricts capital inflows, even as it buys up dollars and parks them abroad,
adding to a $2 trillion-plus hoard of foreign exchange reserves.
This policy is good for China’s export-oriented
state-industrial complex, not so good for Chinese consumers. But what about
the rest of us?
In the past, China’s accumulation of foreign
reserves, many of which were invested in American bonds, was arguably doing
us a favor by keeping interest rates low — although what we did with those
low interest rates was mainly to inflate a housing bubble. But right now the
world is awash in cheap money, looking for someplace to go. Short-term
interest rates are close to zero; long-term interest rates are higher, but
only because investors expect the zero-rate policy to end some day. China’s
bond purchases make little or no difference.
Meanwhile, that trade surplus drains much-needed
demand away from a depressed world economy. My back-of-the-envelope
calculations suggest that for the next couple of years Chinese mercantilism
may end up reducing U.S. employment by around 1.4 million jobs.
The Chinese refuse to acknowledge the problem.
Recently Wen Jiabao, the prime minister, dismissed foreign complaints: “On
one hand, you are asking for the yuan to appreciate, and on the other hand,
you are taking all kinds of protectionist measures.” Indeed: other countries
are taking (modest) protectionist measures precisely because China refuses
to let its currency rise. And more such measures are entirely appropriate.
Or are they? I usually hear two reasons for not
confronting China over its policies. Neither holds water.
First, there’s the claim that we can’t confront the
Chinese because they would wreak havoc with the U.S. economy by dumping
their hoard of dollars. This is all wrong, and not just because in so doing
the Chinese would inflict large losses on themselves. The larger point is
that the same forces that make Chinese mercantilism so damaging right now
also mean that China has little or no financial leverage.
Again, right now the world is awash in cheap money.
So if China were to start selling dollars, there’s no reason to think it
would significantly raise U.S. interest rates. It would probably weaken the
dollar against other currencies — but that would be good, not bad, for U.S.
competitiveness and employment. So if the Chinese do dump dollars, we should
send them a thank-you note.
Second, there’s the claim that protectionism is
always a bad thing, in any circumstances. If that’s what you believe,
however, you learned Econ 101 from the wrong people — because when
unemployment is high and the government can’t restore full employment, the
usual rules don’t apply.
Let me quote from a classic paper by the late Paul
Samuelson, who more or less created modern economics: “With employment less
than full ... all the debunked mercantilistic arguments” — that is, claims
that nations who subsidize their exports effectively steal jobs from other
countries — “turn out to be valid.” He then went on to argue that
persistently misaligned exchange rates create “genuine problems for
free-trade apologetics.” The best answer to these problems is getting
exchange rates back to where they ought to be. But that’s exactly what China
is refusing to let happen.
The bottom line is that Chinese mercantilism is a
growing problem, and the victims of that mercantilism have little to lose
from a trade confrontation. So I’d urge China’s government to reconsider its
stubbornness. Otherwise, the very mild protectionism it’s currently
complaining about will be the start of something much bigger.
"Chinese official raps US banks on derivatives," AsiaLynx,
December 4, 2009 ---
http://www.asialynx.com/2009/12/04/chinese-official-raps-us-banks-on-derivatives/
BEIJING (Agencies): A senior Chinese official criticized foreign banks for
selling derivatives with “fraudulent characteristics” that led to heavy
losses for state-owned airlines and other companies.
“Some international investment banks are the
biggest villains,” said Li Wei, deputy chairman of the agency that oversees
China’s biggest state companies, in a commentary in this week’s edition of
the Study Times, a newspaper published by the school of the Communist
Party’s Central Committee.
The comments were the Chinese government’s most
pointed public criticism yet of foreign institutions. Li’s agency said in
September it would support companies that want to challenge the contracts in
court.
Li said Chinese companies were to blame for most of their losses but
complained that derivatives tied oil prices and other matters were too
complex and made potential risks too hard to identify.
“Of course, first of all we need to find problems
in the companies themselves,” Li wrote in the front-page commentary. “But it
also is largely related to international investment banks maliciously
peddling high-leverage, complex products with fraudulent characteristics.”
Some 68 of the 136 major banks, airlines and other
companies directly controlled by the Cabinet invested in derivatives and
recorded book losses totaling 11.4 billion yuan ($1.7 billion) by the end of
October 2008, according to Li.
Li made no specific accusations against individual
banks. But he noted that airlines and shipping companies bought fuel
contracts from Goldman Sachs Group, Merrill Lynch — now a unit of Bank of
America Corp. — and Morgan Stanley, while banks bought derivatives from
Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley and Citigroup.
Spokespeople in China for Goldman and Citigroup
declined to comment. Spokespeople for Morgan Stanley and Merrill Lynch did
not immediately respond to phone messages and e-mails.
– read more at ChinaDaily.com
Bob Jensen's timeline for derivative financial instruments frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
The Greatest Swindle in the History of the World ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
What caused the great depressions in stock market listings, especially new
listings?
Grant Thornton has a strong argument that the
underlying reason for “The Great Depression in Listings” is not Sarbanes-Oxley,
but what they call “The Great Delisting Machine,” an array of regulatory changes
that were meant to advance low-cost trading, but have had the unintended
consequence of stripping economic support for the value components (quality
sell-side research, capital commitment and sales) that are needed to support
markets, especially for smaller capitalization companies. GT cautions that
today, capital formation in the U.S. is on life support. Within the venture
capital universe, the average time from first venture investment to IPO has more
than doubled.
David Weild and Edward Kim, "A Wake Up Call for America," Grant Thornton LLC,
November 2009 ---
http://www.gt.com/staticfiles/GTCom/Public%20companies%20and%20capital%20markets/gt_wakeup_call_.pdf
A possible teaching case about equity share classes and stock splits
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on December 10,
2009
Berkshire Hathaway Sets Meeting to Vote on Stock Split
by Kevin Kingsbury
Dec 04, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Equity,
Financial Accounting, Investments, Stock Acquisition, Stock Price Effects
SUMMARY: Berkshire
Hathaway announced plans for a 50-1 stock split of its Class B shares as
part of its place to acquire the 77% of railroad corporation Burlington
Northern Sante Fe that it doesn't already own. The deal was struck in
November Berkshire Hathaway to pay $26 billion in cash and stock for the
acquisition.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Questions
relate to the equity method and acquisition accounting for the investment in
Burlington Northern by Berkshire Hathaway and to the accounting for the
unusually large stock split.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced)
How do you think Berkshire Hathaway is accounting for its current level of
investment in Burlington Northern?
2. (Advanced)
What is the name for the type of acquisition that Berkshire Hathaway is now
undertaking?
3. (Advanced)
Describe in general terms the steps that Berkshire Hathaway must take to
account for its acquisition of the remaining 77% of the railroad company.
4. (Introductory)
What is the difference between Class A and Class B shares of Berkshire
Hathaway?
5. (Introductory)
Why must Berkshire Hathaway undertake a stock split in its Class B shares in
order to make this acquisition?
6. (Advanced)
Why must Berkshire Hathaway hold a shareholder meeting on January 20 to
approve the stock split? Specifically state your expectation for the impact
of this split on the per share Berkshire Hathaway stock price.
7. (Advanced)
How will Berkshire Hathaway account for the stock split?
Reviewed
By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Buffett Bets Big on Railroad
by Scott Patterson and Douglas A. Blackmon
Nov 04, 2009
Online Exclusive
"2010: The Year of the Roth Conversion?" by Rich Arzaga, Journal of
Accountancy, January 2010 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2010/Jan/20091743.htm
This year
will be the Year of the Tiger, according to Chinese custom, but it also
could be remembered by investors as the Year of the Roth Conversion, a
decision that can have a large impact on investors’ ability to build wealth
during their lifetime and preserve wealth for beneficiaries.
Prior to
2010, anyone (except married taxpayers filing separately) with an annual
adjusted gross income (AGI) of no greater than $100,000 could convert a
traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. The AGI cap has prevented higher-income
earners, a class of savers that might have benefited most from this
strategy, from participating. However, under the Tax Increase Prevention and
Reconciliation Act of 2005 (TIPRA) these previously ineligible taxpayers
will be eligible to participate starting this year (including married but
separate filers). In fact, there is an incentive to take action in 2010:
Everyone who converts this year may defer and spread income recognition from
the conversion over tax years 2011 and 2012. A conversion in 2010 thus could
reduce the marginal tax rate and total taxes due on what otherwise would be
a larger single-year distribution. The 10% penalty tax otherwise imposed on
early or excess distributions from an IRA does not apply. A conversion could
be an attractive retirement income and estate planning strategy for wealthy
individuals and high-income earners who seek to reduce taxes later in life
and transfer more wealth to beneficiaries tax-free. But like any other
approach to income and taxes, this decision is eventually based on a set of
sustainable assumptions and specific objectives of the taxpayer.
ADVANTAGES OF A ROTH ACCOUNT
A chief
advantage of a Roth IRA is that it has more flexible rules concerning
distributions. Also, taxpayers who are otherwise unable to contribute to a
traditional IRA can take advantage of a Roth IRA’s appreciation free from
tax on gains. Other advantages of a Roth IRA include:
-
In
most instances, contributions can be withdrawn at any time without
penalty. Earnings may be withdrawn without tax or penalty if the
taxpayer is at least age 59½ and has held the Roth account for at
least five years. Similar strategies that provide for tax-free
growth and withdrawal are the IRC § 529 plans for college education
and cash-value life insurance policies. Each has its strengths and
limitations.
-
With a Roth IRA, there are no required minimum distributions (RMDs)
like those that apply to traditional IRAs when the taxpayer reaches
age 70½. For affluent families with sufficient resources for
retirement income, the RMD can seem an unnecessary expense with a
confusing formula. From a client’s perspective, eliminating RMDs can
provide a great sense of relief from the annual hassle of
calculating and managing these distributions.
-
Unlike with traditional IRA accounts, taxpayers can continue to
contribute to a Roth IRA after reaching age 70½—also an attractive
feature as Americans redefine retirement and continue to be
industrious into later years. Starting in 2010, a retired couple can
contribute $12,000 each year (including the “over- 50 make-up”
amount) into Roth accounts. The AGI limits on regular contributions
to a Roth IRA still apply, but it is possible to make nondeductible
contributions to a traditional IRA and convert them to a Roth,
regardless of AGI. These contributions grow free of income tax
indefinitely, creating significant value for taxpayers as well as
their beneficiaries.
-
A
tax-diversified retirement distribution strategy also helps with
Social Security planning. Up to 85% of Social Security benefits are
taxable. When calculating modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) for
Social Security purposes, taxpayers must include all taxable and
tax-exempt income and 50% of their Social Security benefits, but not
Roth IRA distributions. Having a Roth IRA to supplement retirement
income can be very important in managing the taxability of Social
Security benefits.
IDEAL CONVERSION CANDIDATES
Some
taxpayers may benefit more than others from converting to a Roth IRA.
Assuming there are no cash flow issues, risk management gaps, other tax
planning considerations that need to be weighed against the benefit of a
conversion, advance tax issues at play, or adverse legislative changes,
taxpayers who stand to benefit the most are those who:
-
Are
wealthy.
-
Seek to reduce estate settlement costs.
-
Won’t need to draw income from converted retirement accounts.
-
Are
young, high-income earners.
-
Believe their tax bracket will be the same or higher in retirement,
or more specifically, when they draw income from their qualified
retirement accounts. The attractiveness of traditional IRAs and
qualified retirement plans depends on the assumption that taxpayers
will have a lower effective tax rate after retirement, when the
deferred taxes on the savings will come due. Conversely, taxpayers
whose tax rate seems more likely to be the same or higher in
retirement might just as soon pay taxes on income now and accumulate
tax-free gains. Consider the conversion comparison in Exhibit 1.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#010304Taxation
"Creating Lives in the Classroom," by Edith Sheffer,
Chronicle of Higher Education, November 22, 2009 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Teaching-Matters-Creating/49211/?sid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
At the beginning of my course on German
history at Stanford University last fall, each student drew an identity at
random that he or she would keep throughout the quarter—creating a unique
historical character who was born in 1900 and lived through Germany's
tumultuous 20th century. Through weekly posts to individual pages on the
course Web site, students researched the texture of everyday life, untangled
pivotal events, and weighed questions of humanity. Although fictional, the
lives that the students developed offered a unique entree into the past,
stimulating their curiosity and critical thinking about history.
Each student had one sentence to go on
with his or her character's birthplace, gender, religion, and parents'
occupations. Characters were born into all walks of life: the son of a
prostitute in Berlin, the daughter of Jewish banker in Munich, the son of
East Prussian nobility. The rest was up to students to decide. I gave weekly
assignments to help structure their posts, requesting diary entries for key
dates or eyewitness responses to certain events, and would note any
historical inaccuracies in their writings. But I did not interfere with
individual choices as to how the avatars would feel, live and act, placing
just three restrictions on them: The characters could not die or be
otherwise incapacitated, leave Germany permanently, or change the course of
history.
That open-endedness engendered a sense of
ownership, fostering seriousness and self-correction. Students showed
humility in their approach to the material; in the words of one senior, "I
kept asking myself, Is this realistic?" Perhaps more than anything, the high
standards of the class Web site helped sustain the quality of the work and a
productive exchange of ideas.
Over the quarter, the avatars lived
through two world wars and the cold war, experiencing monarchy, democracy,
fascism, and communism. They each saw Hitler at the Beer Hall Putsch and had
to decide whether to vote for him a decade later. They were at the Berlin
Wall when it went up in 1961 and came down in 1989. Building upon course
readings, they had conversations with the writer Joseph Roth in Weimar
Berlin, with the Holocaust perpetrators of Police Battalion 101, and with
estranged family and friends on the opposite side of the Iron Curtain. They
witnessed and, in some cases, participated in the violence of Germany's 20th
century, even as they lived at the pinnacle of Germany's cultural and
economic achievements. The characters also reflected upon the meaning of it
all as they met together at the close of the century.
As the avatars became increasingly
three-dimensional, the project resonated beyond the classroom. Students
endowed them with personality quirks, discussed them with friends and
family, and incorporated their own histories. One based his character's
persecution and emigration from Nazi Germany on his own family's experience;
another wrote his grandfather into his story. They also explored individual
interests. A history major, prompted by election campaigning over
Proposition 8 in California, had her character outed as gay in the Third
Reich; she researched the treatment of homosexuals in Germany's successive
regimes, integrating details like the number of gay bars in East and West
Berlin into her weekly updates.
Students sent their characters on
divergent paths. Some plunged head long into radical events and ideologies;
others "took the path of least resistance" and "just let history pass [them]
by." Some characters' values and personalities stayed consistent; others
took "fluctuating, elastic political positions." Some characters spent their
whole lives in one place; others ranged far and wide—a colonist to Southwest
Africa, Jewish émigrés to Britain and America (they had to return to
Germany), a priest to counsel killers in Poland, a resisting factory worker
to Auschwitz, and a POW to Siberia.
The project inspired an unusual level of
academic commitment. Students often went well beyond the required material
in developing their avatars. Their research included Internet searches for
images, period-appropriate children's names, and food specialties as well as
reading scholarly works on particular topics of interest. They wrote an
average of 1,120 words per post, equivalent to four and a half pages a week,
in addition to their regular work. Most important, the students integrated
all of the information into a coherent whole and uncovered their own
historical lessons along the way.
Students said they gained a greater
appreciation for everyday complexities—how ordinary people adjusted to
extraordinary times, and how adaptations propelled new social and political
realities. Their simple vignettes expressed complicated ideas. One farm
woman from Dachau supported but had visceral misgivings about the local
concentration camp: "I dislike the communists as much as anyone else, but
smelling [their ashes] on the wind turned my stomach." Students felt that
they came to understand how history makes individuals and individuals make
history. A sophomore reflected: "The project forced us to see the situation
as much from within as a student can, years later and thousands of miles
away. Oskar, to whom I grew attached, had a past, a family, thoughts, ideas.
There were justifications for his actions that were intricately tied in with
all of these, ones that I would never have considered without a specific
persona in mind."
The project also underscored how bound the
characters' perceptions and opinions were to the circumstances of the
moment—and how decisions made in one decade reverberate in the next. One
character, an armaments-manufacturer-turned-democratic-leader, observed that
"the only way to begin to make sense of the five very different Germanys I
have lived in is to understand the malleable nature of the human mind and
human society."
Creating lives can be an effective way to
develop individual interests within the bounds of a survey course, as a
complement to traditional lectures, exams, and papers. Students commented
that it provided a sense of freedom rare in their course work, allowing
space for imagination, authorship, and identification. The personal
narratives were more work than traditional weekly papers, yet students
agreed it was a rewarding way to expand upon the standard approach. As one
said, "It was more than worth it. It allowed us to fuse the course material
with our own creativity and take away so much more than a typical survey of
history."
Although the experience involved a small
group of motivated Stanford students, mostly history majors, the basic
method can be adapted to different fields and classroom environments. The
core concept—creating continuing lives within a Web-based community
forum—could have broad appeal. In turn, the personal investment fosters
enthusiasm and lasting learning.
Edith Sheffer is an Andrew W. Mellon fellow in the humanities at
Stanford University. Her book, Burned Bridge: How East and West Germans Made
the Iron Curtain will be published by Oxford University Press in 2011.
Jensen Comment
It struck me that this might be a good way to teach the Enron/Andersen Scandal
by letting assigning students to play the parts of David DuckIt, Carl
BassFishing, Ken LayLie, Jeff StirFry, Andy FasToad, Bob JaedickeSleepAlot, and
the rest ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm
The Enron Home Video (in praise of HFA, Hypothetical Future Accounting at
Enron)
This is a home movie played by the real players, not actors
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/video/enron3.wmv
Bob Jensen's threads on virtual worlds and Second Life ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#SecondLife
"Going Concern “Sarbanes-Oxley Doublespeak”, by Francine McKenna,
Re: The Auditors, December 2, 2009 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/12/02/going-concern-sarbanes-oxley-doublespeak/
- "A law by
itself does not bring benefits. Measure the benefits of the moral and
ethical behaviors the law promotes and requires, instead. Certainly, all
the above requirements — except perhaps “real-time” reporting that will
implemented by
XBRL mandates — are now second
nature to most public companies. This didn’t happen without significant
cost for some and a lot of bitching. But the significant additional cost
(and bitching) was the result of two separate but equal conditions:
• Many companies, even the
largest and most highly regarded, were poorly run –
policies, procedures and
controls over external financial reporting were
either very weak or non-existent.
• The audit firms used the law to gouge
clients and hold them hostage to a clean audit opinion. Auditor
inefficiency and higher fees were the result of a vague, incomplete law
that didn’t provide the rigid rules auditors are accustomed to. They
also over-tested due to legitimate fears of legal liability…”
Continued @Going Concern
Bob Jensen's threads on recent "Going Concern" issues as over 1,200 banks
failed with clean opinions ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Bob Jensen's threads on audit professionalism and independence are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#Professionalism
So Much Auditor Litigation Makes For Strange Bedfellows
Francine McKenna's Great Blog, October 12, 2009 ---
Click Here
Includes a clip from the old risqué movie Bob,Carol, Ted, and Alice
Every one of the Big 4 (and the next tier) has a
handful of lawsuits on their desk related to their
audits of the banks and other financial institutions that failed, were taken
over in the dead of night, or bailed out by their respective central banks.
That’s in addition to the various fraud and Madoff related suits. It may or
may not have been better for them to have
warned us with “going concern” opinions earlier. We’ll
let the judges and juries decide, if any of the cases are actually tried.
Most often they settle and the audit firm pays, but
not as much as you would think.
Deloitte has been party to settlements, left and
right, lately, but they’re no more prone to settlements. After all, per
Adam Savett of Risk Metrics (by way of
Kevin La Croix of D&O Diary), “jury
trials in securities class action lawsuits are extremely rare” :
“As reported on the Securities
Litigation Watch blog (here),
only 21 cases (prior to Vivendi) have gone trial
since the 1995 enactment of the PSLRA.
Only seven of the 21 cases (including the
Household International case) that have gone to a verdict involved
conduct that occurred after the PSLRA was enacted.”
Jury trials in accounting malpractice cases are
even rarer. It’s just that
Deloitte has more than the average share of subprime-related litigation
and as a result is suffering from the double whammy of
both losing clients due to the crisis and having those former clients sue
them.
What’s interesting about the current flood of
lawsuits is the heightened probability Deloitte - and the rest of the Big 4
- will end up on both sides of lawsuits with their former and current audit
clients.
Take the
Merrill Lynch litigation.
Please.
Deloitte is a co-defendant with Bank of America (in
place of Merrill Lynch) on lawsuits stemming from Bank of America’s
“Deal From Hell” to buy Merrill Lynch for $50
billion, arranged in 48 hours, and agreed to on September 15 of last year.
In January of this year, Merrill Lynch announced settlement of a
suit filed in October 2007 related to the earlier
period where Merrill Lynch experienced significant losses due to write downs
of CDOs and other subprime related assets. Deloitte was a
defendant and may also have to contribute
to that $475 million settlement. Kevin La Croix described it as,
”…unquestionably the largest
subprime subprime securities lawsuit settlements so far, and [ ]
certainly suggest[s] the enormous stakes that may be involved in the
mass of subprime and credit crisis-related litigation cases that remain
pending.”
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on large firm litigation ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/10/12/so-much-auditor-litigation-makes-for-strange-bedfellows/
“Going
Concern Audit Opinions: Why So Few Warning Flares?" by Francine McKenna,
re: The Auditors, September 18, 2009 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/09/18/going-concern-audit-opinions-why-so-few-warning-flares/
Lehman Brothers. Bear Stearns. Washington Mutual. AIG. Countrywide. New Century.
American Home Mortgage. Citigroup. Merrill Lynch. GE Capital. Fannie Mae.
Freddie Mac. Fortis. Royal Bank of Scotland. Lloyds TSB. HBOS. Northern Rock.
When each of the notorious “financial crisis” institutions collapsed, were
bailed out/nationalized by their governments or were acquired/rescued by
“healthier” institutions, they were all carrying in their wallets non-qualified,
clean opinions on their financial statements from their auditors. In none of the
cases had the auditors warned shareholders and the markets that there was “ a
substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern for
a reasonable period of time, not to exceed one year beyond the date of the
financial statements being audited.”
Continued
in a very good article by Francine (she talks with some major players)
http://retheauditors.com/2009/09/18/going-concern-audit-opinions-why-so-few-warning-flares/
November 25, 2009 reply from Gerald Trites
[gtrites@ZORBA.CA]
I just have to weigh in here, as we have spoken about this issue before. You
have stated the theory very well, but the fact of the matter is that it just
can't work that way. Auditors do not have enough information to be able to do an
independent assessment of loan loss allowances. They need to rely on management
and staff knowledge and expertise in order to assess the reasonableness of the
allowances. If that knowledge and expertise is based on deception or is flawed,
they cannot necessarily discover that.
Lets take the allowance for doubtful accounts as an example. The auditors do not
know the accounts well enough to determine if they are collectible or not. They
can review the agings, compare them to other years, review subsequent payments,
confirm the accounts, etc. If the agings identify particular accounts, they will
go to the accounts receivable managers and discuss those accounts with them. As
part off thosse discussions they will likely review supporting evidence as to
the condition of the debtors. These discussions form an important part of their
audit of that allowance. The other procedures only provide corroborative
evidence. Lets also remember that many companies are very large, so we are
looking at accounts that could number in the hundreds of thousands and exist in
numerous countries of the world. So the audit firm needs to send in people - on
a test basis - to review accounts in those other countries. Since they are doing
branch audits, those auditors know even less about the client than the home
office auditors do. I understand that knowledge of the business is an important
standard, but this can not substitute for the knowledge of the management and
staff of the client. So there is always an imbalance.
In the case of the recent financial mess, we are looking at it with the benefit
of hindsight - always a nice position to be in. Before the events, very people
predicted the kind of mess that would evolve. Those who did were often laughed
at.
If the audit firms did not follow the standards of the profession, then they
could be in the wrong. However if they did, and simply failed to predict the
serious downturn in the economy that generated the losses that occured, then
they clearly are not in the wrong.
Francine is right - the auditors cannot be expected to second guess management;
and they cannot be expected to predict the future.
Jerry
November
25, 2009 reply from Zane Swanson
[ZSwanson@UCO.EDU]
Timeliness of information could be a major factor in the poor decision-making.
Major financial institutions are heavily engaged in micro-economic day trading
in contrast to prior (decade+) banking business. Accounting statements should be
reflective of the economics of the firm. If auditors do not have the information
to decide, why not require financial institutions to publish their statements on
the next day on the internet?. Given that management is responsible for the
their statements, they should welcome rational investor decisions based on
timely data instead of run-on-the-bank problems based on old information or
grave-vine stuff that the average investor does not possess.
Bye, Zane
November
27, 2009 reply from Glen Gray
A side note to this discussion:
The auditor cannot use as a defense that there was too much data, the supporting
materials were inadequate, or the big one--the company was so complex no body
could fully understand their process/procedures/business model etc. because by
making any of those admissions would mean that the auditor was violating GAAS to
do the audit. Because GAAS requires that the auditor be competent in GAAP, GAAS,
and the client's business. Otherwise, the auditor must withdraw from the audit.
Dan Guy, who has a long history with the AICPA and now functions as an expert
witness, made this point at the audit workshop at the 2009 AAA audit mid-year
meeting. He said they know they have won the case (against the audit firm) as
soon as the audit partner says--The client's business was so complex that no one
could understand it.
Glen L. Gray, PhD, CPA
Dept. of Accounting & Information Systems
College of Business & Economics
California State University,
Northridge 18111 Nordhoff ST Northridge, CA 91330-8372
818.677.3948
http://www.csun.edu/~vcact00f
November
26, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Jerry and Zane,
The current shareholder lawsuits pending against virtually all the big firms
that audit bands will investigate whether auditors should have been more
diligent in detail testing of tainted mortgage bank portfolios and poisoned
tranches. I anticipate that some of the lawsuits will bring out some bad
auditing of bank loan portfolios and poor investigations of internal controls as
required under SOX.
Do you have any empirical references that show that the loan loss reserves of
banks have not been systematically earnings managed across the past four
decades. My searches show the opposite to be the case such that auditors must be
aware of the problem on bank audits.
Recall that Freddie and Fannie were audited by KPMG until KPMG was
fired and Deloitte took over as auditor
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
September 12, 2008 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122083722708908863.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
No End Yet to the Capital Punishment
by Peter Eavis
The Wall Street Journal
Sep 08, 2008
Page: C10
Click here to view the full article on
WSJ.com ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122083722708908863.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
TOPICS: Accounting,
Allowance For Doubtful Accounts, Bad Debts, Banking, Financial
Analysis, Financial Statement Analysis, Loan Loss Allowance,
Reserves
SUMMARY: "The
chief problem at Fannie and Freddie -- an inadequate capital cushion
against losses -- also bedevils large banks in the U.S. and Europe
more than 12 months into the credit crunch. The broader strains now
facing the markets are not as easily relieved by central banks or
governments as the company specific crises at Fannie and Freddie or
Bear Stearns earlier this year. Of course, central banks could cut
interest rates in the face of this threat. The trouble is banks are
being extra cautious, justifiably, about lending as the economy
slows. And while banks are reluctant to lend, many are having
problems borrowing to fund themselves. That is because the market's
assessment of their creditworthiness is darkening."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Couching
the continued problems in credit markets in terms of adequacy of
loan loss reserves can help students in accounting classes better
understand the credit market issues--and put a real world example to
the academic learning about the importance of the accrual for bad
debts. The article therefore is useful in any financial or MBA
accounting course covering bad debts and the impact of the
accounting for loan losses on capital accounts. Questions also
discuss a related article on the topic of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac,
and banks' preferred stock.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Describe the recent events undertaken by
the U.S. government in relation to the Federal National Mortgage
Association (nickname Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation (Freddie Mac). You may use the related articles to do
so. In your answer, describe the roles of these entities in
facilitating mortgage lending and home ownership across the U.S.
2. (Introductory) The article states "the chief problem at
Fannie and Freddie is an inadequate capital cushion against losses."
Whether they are business accounts receivable for a company or
mortgage loan receivables on a bank or mortgage entity's balance
sheet, how do we establish an allowance for losses on receivables?
How does this procedure help to properly present a receivable
balance on the balance sheet and an uncollectable accounts expense
on the income statement?
3. (Introductory) What is the impact of recording an
allowance for doubtful accounts on an entity's capital or
stockholders' equity?
4. (Advanced) What is the purpose of requirements for banks,
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to maintain a "cushion" of capital? How
is that "cushion" eroded when loan losses prove greater than
previously anticipated?
5. (Advanced)
How is it possible that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have inadequate
allowances for doubtful mortgage loans?
6. (Advanced) Why is it likely that inadequate allowances for
losses on loan and accounts receivable are established in times of
significant change in the product market generating the receivables?
Did such a change occur in mortgage loan markets?
7. (Introductory) One of the related articles discusses the
implications of the government takeover and its suspension of
dividends on the value of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred
stock. How does preferred stock differ from common stock? How are
these types of ownership interests similar in cases of failure of
the entity issuing them?
8. (Advanced) Why do debtholders fare better than common and
preferred shareholders in this case of government takeover or any
case of corporate failure?
9. (Advanced) Why might investors "view preferred stock as
debt by another name"?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island |
I hope you are correct, but a four-decade history of mismanaged or purposefully
managedloan losses in banking suggests something is wrong in the auditing of
banks. It would seem that there’s a long history of actual losses exceeding loan
loss reserves. Do you have empirical evidence to the contrary of the following
citations illustrative of hundreds of banking studies?
I will cite some older studies to show how bank loan loss reserves have been
poorly estimated for many years. Auditors cannot possibly be ignorant of this
problem.
"Loan Loss
Reserves," by John R. Walter, Economic Review, July/August 1991, Page 28
Nevertheless, the desire to smooth reported profits, to lower taxes, and to
limit the expenses of estimating future loan losses continues to provide an
incentive for banks to hold reserves at levels that differ from their best
estimates of the losses inherent in their loan portfolios.
From The William and Mary Law Review, Summer of 1970

Bad debt reserves manipulation is one of the key ways bank managers manage
earnings according to Mark W. Nelson , John A. Elliott , Robin L. Tarpley,
Accounting Horizons Supplement, Vol. 17, 2003.
Mortgage
lender blames KPMG for its failure: Good thing!
FHA and Ginnie Mae are imposing these actions
because TBW failed to submit a required annual financial report and
misrepresented that there were no unresolved issues with its independent auditor
even though the auditor ceased its financial examination after discovering
certain irregular transactions that raised concerns of fraud. FHA's suspension
is also based on TBW's failure to disclose, and its false certifications
concealing, that it was the subject of two examinations into its business
practices in the past year.
"FHA SUSPENDS TAYLOR, BEAN & WHITAKER MORTGAGE CORP. AND PROPOSES TO SANCTION
TWO TOP OFFICIALS: Ginnie Mae Issues Default Notice and Transfers Portfolio,"
by Brian Sullivan, HUD News, August 4, 2009 ---
http://www.hud.gov/news/release.cfm?content=pr09-145.cfm
Jensen
Comment
Most of these "fraud" issues concern misrepresentations in loan approvals,
particularly fraudulent mortgage borrower income and credit worthiness
documentation. If KPMG commenced doing better auditing of loan approval internal
controls, perhaps KPMG learned it's lesson from the pending lawsuits of
shareholders claiming that KPMG was incompetent in a number of former bank
audits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
KPMG
Should Be Tougher on Testing, PCAOB Finds The Big Four
audit firm was cited for not ramping up its tests of
some clients' assumptions and internal controls.
KPMG did not show enough skepticism toward clients last
year, according to the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board, which cited the Big Four accounting
firm for deficiencies related to audits it performed on
nine companies. The deficiencies were detailed in an
inspection report released this week by the PCAOB that
covered KPMG's 2008 audit season. The shortcomings
focused mostly on a lack of proper evidence provided by
KPMG to support its audit opinions on pension plans and
securities valuations. But in some instances, the firm
was cited for weak testing of internal controls over
financial reporting and the application of generally
accepted accounting principles.
Marie Leone, CFO.com, June 19, 2009 ---
http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/13888653/c_2984368/?f=archives
In one instance, the audit lacked evidence about whether
the pension plans contained subprime assets. In another
case, the PCAOB noted, the audit firm didn't collect
enough supporting material to gain an understanding of
how the trustee gauged the fair values of the assets
when no quoted market prices were available.
The PCAOB, which inspects the largest public accounting
firms on an annual basis, also found that three other
KPMG audits were shy an appropriate amount of internal
controls testing related to loan-loss allowances,
securities valuations, and financing receivables.
In one audit, KPMG accepted its client's data on
non-performing loans without determining whether the
information was "supportable and appropriate." In
another case, KPMG "failed to perform sufficient audit
procedures" with regard to the valuation of
hard-to-price financial instruments.
In still another case, the PCAOB found that KPMG "failed
to identify" that a client's revised accounting of an
outsourcing deal was not in compliance with GAAP because
some of the deferred costs failed to meet the definition
of an asset - and the costs did not represent a probably
future economic benefit for the client. |
|
"The
harder they fall: Will the Big Four survive the credit crunch?" by Rob Lewis,
AccountingWeb, October 2008 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=106124
A U.S. Justice Department report has already concluded that KPMG either helped
perpetrate the fraud at the mortgager or deliberately ignored it. Class-action
lawsuits are already pending. Only weeks before the report was published the
U.S. Supreme Court's Stone Ridge ruling immunized third party advisers like
accountants and bankers from the disgruntled shareholders of other entities, but
that may be not much of a shield. Of course, New Century might not be KPMG's
biggest problem. That's probably the Federal National Mortgage Association, or
Fannie Mae.
The following is not a bank audit, but it provides an excellent reason why we
had SOX legislation.
AccountingWeb ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=87261&d=815&h=817&f=816&dateformat=%B%20%e,%20%Y
(Requires Subscription)
KPMG Gets Probation For Bungling Orange County
Audit
|
AccountingWEB US - July 29, 2002 -
International accounting firm KPMG has been
slapped with a $1.8 million fine and a year of
probation after being found guilty of gross
negligence and unprofessional conduct for its
handling of the 1992 and 1993 audit and
financial statements of Orange County,
California. The California Board of Accountancy
also ordered three years of probation and 100
hours community service for KPMG partner
Margaret Jean McBride and two years of probation
each for former KPMG accountants Joseph Horton
Parker and Bradley J. Timon. All were found
guilty of gross negligence and unprofessional
conduct.
The county declared bankruptcy in late 1994
after it lost $1.7 billion in its investment
pool. County treasurer Robert L. Citron oversaw
the investment pool. Mr. Citron was convicted of
faking interest earnings and falsifying
accounts. The Board claims that KPMG, attempting
to save money on what turned out to be an
underbid audit, cut corners by allowing junior
staff members to conduct certain areas of the
audit and by not helping the county solve its
problem of a lack of internal controls with
regard to the investment pool. KPMG auditors did
not speak with the county treasurer regarding
the investment pool, nor did they determine the
true market value of the highly leveraged and
speculative investments. KPMG paid a settlement
of $75 million to Orange County in 1998.
KPMG refutes the claims and
says the
accountancy board wasted millions of dollars
with the goal of making KPMG a scapegoat. "The
claims by the board incorrectly challenge how
KPMG reached its conclusions rather than claim
our conclusions were wrong," said KPMG spokesman
George Ledwith.
Continued at the AccountingWeb link shown above. |
|
|
November
26, reply from Gerald Trites
[gtrites@ZORBA.CA]
My dear Bob,
Of course, auditors have taken a stand in many situations. That's what I have
been trying to say. When they reach the conclusion that they cannot live with
the concerns they have, then they take a stand. That happens all the time.
The financial industry is a special case. The scope of judgement is so wide and
what passes for assets so complex and muddy that traditional audits do not do
the job. The mortgage debacle is a case of financiers gone wild. We need to ask
those questions you're talking about, not just of the auditors, but of everyone
else involved right from the property holders who thought it was sensible to
take 100% mortgages, through to the top Wall Street bankers who think it is
reasonable to declare multi-million bonuses for themselves. The auditors are a
bit player in a widespread systemic failure. We need to get to the root of the
matter and then make the necessary changes. Suing the auditors will not resolve
the problem.
I think one of the areas of change needed is in the financial reporting methods
used for financial institutions. Reporting of complex financial instruments
cannot be achieved through conventional financial statements. Using fair values
is a sham, because nobody knows what the fair values are until the instruments
have gone through their life cycle. Until then, its all guesswork.
Financial and business reporting is moving through a stage where we are placing
less reliance on financial statements and more on reporting of other data items.
Whereas financial statements used to be the major part of the reports to
stakeholders, now they are only a small part. A study released by the CICA last
year identified over 50 types of information reported to stakeholders of which
the financial statements are only one. More data is becoming available through
such vehicles as XBRL and this data can be analyzed electronically. Just as the
SEC did not have enough staff to review the filings coming their way, and called
for the filings to be in XBRL so they could automate the reviews, we may well
find that for financial institutions more raw data needs to be made available in
a form that can be analyzed electronically. If this had been done with the
complex instruments that led to the financial debacle we have been going
through, there is reason to believe that some of the issues that came to light
through defaults would have been identified earlier. I have some references on
this point, but haven't taken the time to dig them out, but can if you wish.
Roger or Glen might have them readily available.
Data reporting through systems like XBRL is a better response than trying to fix
an outmoded financial reporting system that worked well in a simpler world but
is no longer adequate to express the complexities of the modern financial world.
Instead of branding the auditors as incompetent and sleazy, lets address the
real problems.
Your good and faithful colleague,
Jerry
November
27, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi
Jerry,
I
agree somewhat if you begin to delve into
Black Swan Theory and the
Gaussian Copula Function,
but the real problem for current
shareholders lawsuits against banks and mortgage companies boils down to a much
more basic Auditing 101 negligence question about things that auditors were
required to handle under SOX. Gaussian Copula Functions would've worked just
fine on Wall Street if mortgage contracts had not be poisoned on Maine Street.
Where did the poison in loan portfolios come from in the first place before this
poison later caused problems in CDOs, credit derivatives, and millions of
foreclosures? This is an Auditing 101 problem, and auditors blew it in spite of
the hopes of Zane. The question is whether lending approvals conformed to the
rules of approving loans.
SOX requires that internal control systems be evaluated and test checked by CPA
auditors, including internal controls for banks and mortgage companies for
following the rules of approving loans. Simple test checks of the loan
approval internal control process should’ve uncovered illegal approving of
enormous mortgage loans to borrowers with very negative credit history in
violation of mortgage lending laws and policies (including rules laid down to
mortgage lenders by Fannie and Freddie). Exhibit A in Phoenix is unemployed
Marvene living on welfare who was deep, hopelessly deep in $75,000 debt, when
she managed to pay off her debts and buy an enormous new truck by getting a 2007
$119,000 mortgage on a shack she purchased for $3,200. Lenders never visited her
shack to approve the 2007 loan. They did not even check the tax records.
Neighbors in 2009 bought her property in foreclosure almost nothing and tore her
shack down.
It
doesn’t take a rocket science auditor to know how to test check some of the
loans and compare the value of the collateral with the amount loaned. Even a
simple auditor comparison of tax record valuations should have disclosed that
many new mortgage amounts were in excess of ten or even 100 times the tax record
valuations.
There were all sorts of possible red flags to be checked while auditing under
SOX requirements. At a minimum, credit ratings of borrowers could’ve been
examined along with employment status. Each time I applied for a mortgage (on
four different homes), I was required to send copies of my IRS Form 1040 to the
bank along with copies of my recent credit card billings before my loan was
approved. These telling forms were available to CPA auditors of my banks when
auditors test checked the lending control process.
It
seems to me that you are excusing auditors for lack of sophistication in David
Lee’s Copula Function when in fact there would’ve been no problem with the
Copula Function in the least if auditors had detected the poison in the bank
loans on main street due to the fact that lenders were not following mortgage
approval laws, rules, and policies. This is an Auditing 101 failure under
SOX that requires zero rocket science.
Viewers who never graduated from high school can understand every word of the
CBS video of how the poison was added to the loan portfolios. Why couldn’t
auditors understand at least at that level?
CBS Sixty Minutes featured how bad things became when poison was added to loan
portfolios. The Sixty Minutes Module is entitled "House of Cards" ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=3756665n&tag=contentMain;contentBody
It was Auditing 101 failure that let the poison get
into the loan portfolios.
November
27, 2009 replies from Bob Jensen and Jerry Trites
Nice reply below Jerry,
It’s still confusing to me how loan approval laws and rules were violated
millions of times, because CPA testing for loan approval internal controls seems
to me to be one of the easiest SOX conformance audit procedures since so much
customer documentation should be in the files to meet mortgage lending laws,
rules, and policies
When I got my mortgage in 2004 for my present house up here in the mountains I
had to provide the bank with copies of my prior IRS 1040 forms (for the last
five years), recent credit card billing statements for all credit cards, a copy
of the payoff receipt on the mortgage that I had in Texas, etc. I had to provide
certified copies of my TIAA-CREF balances and statements of my lifetime
annuities and other mutual fund account records. And I know for certain that the
bank delved into my entire credit history. All of these supporting documents
were on file for CPA auditors of the bank. The bank insisted on all this backup
material even though I think it almost immediately sold my mortgage to Fannie.
Perhaps because my property is so rural in the boonies, I also had to pay over
50% down in cash
When I refinanced to get a lower rate fixed rate in 2006 I had to provide
updates on all the above information even though I refinanced through the same
regional bank.
Similarly in New Hampshire and in most other states property tax valuation
records are available to the public in general such that CPA auditors could
certainly verify the most recent tax assessor’s valuation of the property that I
was purchasing.
What I’m saying is that, if the bank or mortgage company, conformed to mortgage
laws, rules, and policies, about the easiest audit procedure under SOX rules
should be to test check whether the bank had adequate internal controls for
adhering to laws, rules, and policies. Auditors that did not test check this
conformance had to, in my judgment, negligent under SOX rulings.
The bank also has a statement from my casualty insurance company with respect to
the maximum it will insure my house for, and this is somewhat of a valuation
check since the insurance company made such a detailed onsite visit of the
property before my mortgage was approved.
None of these things apparently took place when Marvene got her fraudulent
mortgage in Phoenix ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Whenever I watch the following wonderful CBS Sixty Minutes video I have to ask
myself:
Where were the CPA auditors investigating internal controls over the loan
approval process?
Viewers who never graduated from high school can understand every word of the
CBS video of how the poison was added to the loan portfolios. Why couldn’t
auditors understand at least at that level?
CBS
Sixty Minutes featured how bad things became when poison was added to loan
portfolios. The Sixty Minutes Module is entitled "House of Cards" ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=3756665n&tag=contentMain;contentBody
It
was Auditing 101 failure that let the poison get into the loan portfolios.
Robert E. (Bob) Jensen
Trinity University Accounting Professor (Emeritus)
190 Sunset Hill Road
Sugar Hill, NH 03586
Tel. 603-823-8482
www.trinity.edu/rjensen
From:
AECM, Accounting Education using Computers and Multimedia
[mailto:AECM@LISTSERV.LOYOLA.EDU] On Behalf Of Gerald Trites
Sent: Saturday, November 28, 2009 11:08 AM
To: AECM@LISTSERV.LOYOLA.EDU
Subject: Re: Going Concern Audit Opinions: Why So Few Warning Flares?"
Hi
Bob
I
don't want to belabour this, but I have a couple of points to add. I agree with
your assessment of the audit procedures that one would expect, assuming that a
decision was made to test the controls. If I were still a partner in a big firm,
and in charge of one of those audits, I think I would have:
1.
Identified SOX compliance as a priority at the planning stage.
2.
Read the SOX rules carefully and considered the impact on my client.
3.
Brought in one of the firm's SOX specialists to help with the audit.
4.
Discussed the issues with the staff in planning meetings.
5.
Discussed SOX compliance with management, and determined what procedures they
have put in place to ensure compliance.
6.
Ensured the audit programs included procedures to determine that the procedures
put in place were actually implemented and are working properly.
7.
Reviewed the procedures carried out by the staff and their conclusions.
8.
Discussed the results with management.
9.
Reported on any SOX compliance issues to the Audit Committee.
If we decided that the controls put in place were critical and needed to be
tested, then I would have had procedures such as you have outlined carried out,
and perhaps others. To be honest, I don't know if I would have made that
decision or not, without actually going through the process and doing the risk
analysis. Certainly in retrospect I would, but hindsight is wonderful.
Also, the second partner review would likely have had experience with similar
clients and would identify SOX compliance as an issue and reviewed what had been
done.
I
can't believe that these things were universally not done. If they were done,
why didn't they identify the valuation problems? I don't know. I can't leap to
the conclusion that the auditors failed in their duties. I need to know what
they did and what the results were. I'll be really interested to see what comes
out of the legal actions. Hopefully we don't punish a lot of innocent people
like we did with AA.
Jerry
November
26, 2009 reply from Francine McKenna
[retheauditors@GMAIL.COM]
Thanks Bob.
This is very helpful. I'm working on a post about where were the auditors during
the weekend last September when Merrill Lynch was sold suddenly to BofA and Leh
was allowed to fail.
I often talk about the most important risk assessment step in an audit - Tone at
the Top, but many pooh-pooh my expectation that auditors should be evaluating
the integrity and veracity of senior management and then making adjustments of
audit programs form there.
http://retheauditors.com/2009/10/03/auditing-standard-5-how-now-brown-cow/
There seems to be a huge amount of slack cut for audits who can't possibly know
their clients business better than the executives and are An accounting firm
that conducts an annual audit of a multitude of unrelated firms in a multitude
of different industries cannot be expected to be expert in the firms’ business
environments…” in Judge Posner's words.
What are they then?
So Much
Auditor Litigation Makes For Strange Bedfellows
Francine McKenna's Great Blog, October 12, 2009 ---
Click Here
Includes a clip from the old risqué movie Bob,Carol, Ted, and Alice
Every one of the Big 4 (and the next tier) has a
handful of lawsuits on their desk
related to their audits of the banks and other
financial institutions that failed, were taken over in the dead of night, or
bailed out by their respective central banks. That’s in addition to the various
fraud and Madoff related suits. It may or may not have been better for them to
have
warned us with “going concern” opinions earlier. We’ll
let the judges and juries decide, if any of the cases are actually tried. Most
often they settle and the audit firm pays, but
not as much as you would think.
Deloitte has been party to settlements, left and right, lately, but they’re no
more prone to settlements. After all, per Adam Savett of Risk Metrics
(by way of
Kevin La Croix of D&O Diary), “jury
trials in securities class action lawsuits are extremely rare” :
“As reported on the Securities Litigation Watch blog
(here),
only 21 cases (prior to Vivendi) have gone trial since
the 1995 enactment of the PSLRA.
Only seven of the 21 cases (including the Household
International case) that have gone to a verdict involved conduct that occurred
after the PSLRA was enacted.”
Jury trials in accounting malpractice cases are even rarer. It’s just that
Deloitte has more than the average share of
subprime-related litigation and as a
result is suffering from the double whammy of both losing clients due to the
crisis and having those former clients sue them.
What’s interesting about the current flood of lawsuits is the heightened
probability Deloitte - and the rest of the Big 4 - will end up on both sides of
lawsuits with their former and current audit clients.
Take the
Merrill Lynch litigation.
Please.
Deloitte is a co-defendant with Bank of America (in place of Merrill Lynch) on
lawsuits stemming from Bank of America’s
“Deal From Hell”
to buy Merrill Lynch for $50 billion, arranged in 48 hours, and agreed to on
September 15 of last year. In January of this year, Merrill Lynch announced
settlement of a
suit filed in October 2007
related to the earlier period where Merrill Lynch
experienced significant losses due to write downs of CDOs and other subprime
related assets. Deloitte was a
defendant and may also have to contribute
to that $475 million settlement. Kevin La Croix described it as,
”…unquestionably
the largest subprime subprime securities lawsuit settlements so far, and [ ]
certainly suggest[s] the enormous stakes that may be involved in the mass of
subprime and credit crisis-related litigation cases that remain pending.”
Continued
in article
Mortgage lender blames KPMG
for its failure
FHA and Ginnie Mae are imposing these actions
because TBW failed to submit a required annual financial report and
misrepresented that there were no unresolved issues with its independent auditor
even though the auditor ceased its financial examination after discovering
certain irregular transactions that raised concerns of fraud. FHA's suspension
is also based on TBW's failure to disclose, and its false certifications
concealing, that it was the subject of two examinations into its business
practices in the past year.
"FHA SUSPENDS TAYLOR, BEAN & WHITAKER MORTGAGE CORP. AND PROPOSES TO SANCTION
TWO TOP OFFICIALS: Ginnie Mae Issues Default Notice and Transfers Portfolio,"
by Brian Sullivan, HUD News, August 4, 2009 ---
http://www.hud.gov/news/release.cfm?content=pr09-145.cfm
Jensen Comment
Most of these "fraud" issues concern misrepresentations in loan approvals,
particularly fraudulent mortgage borrower income and credit worthiness
documentation. If KPMG commenced doing better auditing of loan approval internal
controls, perhaps KPMG learned it's lesson from the pending lawsuits of
shareholders claiming that KPMG was incompetent in a number of former bank
audits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
The current shareholder lawsuits pending against virtually all the big firms
that audit bands will investigate whether auditors should have been more
diligent in detail testing of tainted mortgage bank portfolios and poisoned
tranches.
Keep in mind that auditors since SOX have taken on the added responsibility of
testing the internal control system for weaknesses in the lending.
November
26, 2009 reply from Francine McKenna
[retheauditors@GMAIL.COM]
Dear Gerald,
So many concerns I have with your comments... They are thoughtful and obviously
come from significant experience, but...
"They cannot predict the future. " - For a going concern assessment, according
to AU341, "The auditor has a responsibility to evaluate whether there is
substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern for
a reasonable period of time, not to exceed one year beyond the date of the
financial statements being audited (hereinafter referred to as a reasonable
period of time)." That's a requirement to look into the future, like it or not,
for the benefit of the shareholders not in service to management.
"Instead management instructs their accountants to, for example, see if we can
make $10 million in earnings. Please be clear. I'm not talking about the kind of
earnings management that includes contrived earnings that are vastly different
from what they should have been and mis-represent the results for the company.
In this case, management may have felt that earnings could fall between 9.5
million and 10.5 million and they feel that 10 million is a benchmark they would
like to achieve. To achieve management's earnings objectives, the staff in
making judgements, gives the company the benefit of the doubt where they can. "
Sounds like GE,
http://www.forbes.com/2009/08/04/ge-immelt-sec-earnings-business-beltway-ge.html
...an approach that was put up with for a very long time, where KPMG allowed
themselves to be pushed and shoved into going along with what managment wanted
in order to meet analyst expectations of smooth earnings. It was always wrong.
Why? Because the approach and your assumption speak loudly of management's
desires, management's goals and, in the end as we have seen with the banks,
management's desires to hit targets that will pay out their incentive comp. When
are we going to stop making excuses for this behavior?
http://retheauditors.com/2008/04/21/ge-will-somebody-please-look-really-hard-under-their-hood/
"Just that audit opinions cannot be relied upon to guarantee that the accounts
are "right". But they can be relied upon to provide some incremental assurance
that the accounts are reasonable, that they were arrived at using reasonable
processes. There are all kinds of things that can go wrong that the auditors
could not reasonably have picked up, but in the normal course of events, the
auditors play a valuable role in the process of reporting to stakeholders. Thats
why they are worth paying." How much to pay for "incremental" assurance that
accounts are "reasonable"? I say not much.
http://blogs.reuters.com/reuters-dealzone/2009/07/01/aig-investor-questions-pwc-fees/
AIG paid PwC a total of $131 million in audit and other fees in 2008 and $119.5
million in 2007. “I want to know what these fees were paid for,” shareholder
Kenneth Steiner of Great Neck, New York said. “Why didn’t anybody know what was
going on? What were the accountants doing? Were they sleeping?” The fees look
large but are not unheard of. GE, for instance, paid KPMG $133 million in 2008
and $122.5 million in 2007.
November
25. 2009 reply from Saeed Roohani
[sroohani@COX.NET]
Are you saying current going concern standard is adequate?
Let’s try something better than current going concern standard: SOX Section 409:
‘‘(l) REAL TIME ISSUER DISCLOSURES.—Each issuer reporting under section 13(a) or
15(d) shall disclose to the public on a rapid and current basis such additional
information concerning material changes in the financial condition or operations
of the issuer, in plain English, which may include trend and qualitative
information and graphic presentations, as the Commission determines, by rule, is
necessary or useful for the protection of investors and in the public
interest.’’.
It is obvious many people behind doors making deals last year knew about how bad
things were, it looks like all these companies violated SOX Section 409 as well,
and nobody cares either.
Bob
Jensen's threads on "Where Were the Auditors?" ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Some
auditing firms are now being hauled into court in bank shareholder and pension
fund lawsuits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Auditors
Bob
Jensen's threads on large firm litigation ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/10/12/so-much-auditor-litigation-makes-for-strange-bedfellows/
Francine
maintains an outstanding auditing blog at
http://retheauditors.com/
Through the Banking Glass Darkly
"FASB to Propose More Flexible Accounting Rules for Banks," by
Floyd Norris, The New York Times, December 7, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/12/08/business/08account.html?_r=2&ref=business
Facing political pressure to abandon “fair value”
accounting for banks, the chairman of the board that sets American
accounting standards will call Tuesday for the “decoupling” of bank capital
rules from normal accounting standards.
His proposal would encourage bank regulators to
make adjustments as they determine whether banks have adequate capital while
still allowing investors to see the current fair value — often the market
value — of bank loans and other assets.
In the prepared text of a speech planned for a
conference in Washington, Robert H. Herz, the chairman of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board, called on
bank regulators to use their own judgment in allowing banks to move away
from Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, which his board
sets.
“Handcuffing regulators to GAAP or distorting GAAP
to always fit the needs of regulators is inconsistent with the different
purposes of financial reporting and prudential regulation,” Mr. Herz said in
the prepared text.
“Regulators should have the authority and
appropriate flexibility they need to effectively regulate the banking
system,” he added. “And, conversely, in instances in which the needs of
regulators deviate from the informational requirements of investors, the
reporting to investors should not be subordinated to the needs of
regulators. To do so could degrade the financial information available to
investors and reduce public trust and confidence in the capital markets.”
Mr. Herz said that Congress, after the
savings and loan crisis, had required bank
regulators in 1991 to use GAAP as the basis for capital rules, but said the
regulators could depart from such rules.
Banks have argued that accounting rules should be
changed, saying that current rules are “pro-cyclical” — making banks seem
richer when times are good, and poorer when times are bad and bank loans may
be most needed in the economy.
Mr. Herz conceded the accounting rules can be
pro-cyclical, but questioned how far critics would go. Consumer spending, he
said, depends in part on how wealthy people feel. Should
mutual fund statements be phased in, he asked, so
investors would not feel poor — and cut back on spending — after markets
fell?
The House Financial Services Committee has approved
a proposal that would direct bank regulators to comment to the S.E.C. on
accounting rules, something they already can do. But it stopped short of
adopting a proposal to allow the banking regulators to overrule the S.E.C.,
which supervises the accounting board, on accounting rules.
“I support the goal of financial stability and do
not believe that accounting standards and financial reporting should be
purposefully designed to create instability or pro-cyclical effects,” Mr.
Herz said.
He paraphrased
Barney Frank, the chairman of the House committee,
as saying that “accounting principles should not be viewed to be so
immutable that their impact on policy should not be considered. I agree with
that, and I think the chairman would also agree that accounting standards
should not be so malleable that they fail to meet their objective of helping
to properly inform investors and markets or that they should be purposefully
designed to try to dampen business, market, and economic cycles. That’s not
their role.”
Banks have argued that accounting rules made the
financial crisis worse by forcing them to acknowledge losses based on market
values that may never be realized, if market values recover.
Mr. Herz said the accounting board had sought
middle ground by requiring some unrealized losses to be recognized on bank
balance sheets but not to be reflected on income statements.
Banking regulators already have capital rules that
differ from accounting rules, but have not been eager to expand those
differences. One area where a difference may soon be made is in the
treatment of off-balance sheet items that the accounting board is forcing
banks to bring back onto their balance sheets. The banks have asked
regulators to phase in that change over several years, to slow the impact on
their capital needs.
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FairValue
Please don't blame the accountants for the banking meltdown ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#FairValue
Bob Jensen's threads on banking frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking
Reply from FASB Chairman Bob Herz on December 8, 2009 ---
Click Here
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?c=Document_C&pagename=FASB%2FDocument_C%2FDocumentPage&cid=1176156571228
Banks using Deloitte and Ernst & Young show sharper declines in the fair
value of their loans than those using other accounting firms
"Accounting for Banks' Value Gaps," by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street
Journal, December 29, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB20001424052748703278604574624463134498976.html#mod=todays_us_money_and_investing
Can investors count on consistency when it comes to
bank accounting? As many banks struggle with piles of bad loans, some
auditors appear stricter than others when assessing their true value.
Banks using Deloitte and Ernst & Young show sharper
declines in the fair value of their loans than those using other accounting
firms, a Wall Street Journal analysis shows.
Of course, it is quite possible Ernst and Deloitte
simply have a less-healthy group of bank clients. But if it instead reflects
different audit policies when it comes to assessing loans, it could have
consequences on the strength of banks' regulatory capital.
Banks carry most loans on balance sheet at their
original cost. But they must also disclose the loans' fair value, or current
market value, in footnotes. At most banks, despite the carnage of recent
years, fair value is only slightly below cost. Some banks, however, show
much steeper declines.
At Regions Financial, fair value was 19.3% lower
than cost as of Sept. 30. The difference was 13.4% at Huntington Bancshares,
12% at KeyCorp, 9% at SunTrust Banks and 8.6% at Marshall & Ilsley. Regions,
Key and SunTrust are audit clients of Ernst; Huntington and M&I are Deloitte
clients.
Among the top-25 U.S. commercial banks, those five
Ernst and Deloitte clients accounted for five of the six biggest gaps
between fair value and cost as of Sept. 30. The average gap among Ernst and
Deloitte clients in the 25-bank group was about 6%; among clients of
PricewaterhouseCoopers and KPMG it was about 2%.
Those differences can affect how investors view a
bank's loan portfolio, and could have an effect on regulatory capital in the
future.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board is
considering changes in banks' accounting for loans and may require them to
carry loans on the balance sheet at fair value instead of cost. If that
happened, the fair-value declines could reduce shareholder equity and
regulatory capital—in some cases, to levels regulators would find
troublesome. At Regions, for example, the $16.9 billion gap between its
loans' fair value and carrying value would wipe out its $13 billion in Tier
1 capital using a fair-value balance-sheet standard.
A move by the FASB to require banks to use fair
value as the balance-sheet standard doesn't have to hurt the banks'
regulatory capital. Bank regulators could adjust the capital measures they
use.
But big hits to the fair value of loans still
matter to investors. Who audits a bank's books may have importance beyond
whose name goes on the letter blessing the financial statements once a year.
Where were the auditors? ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FairValue
Peer Review of Articles versus Peer Review of Underlying Data (Codes)
"Whom Can You Trust on Climate Change?" by Kevin Johnson, Chronicle of
Higher Education, December 8, 2009 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2009/12/08/johnson#Comments
Jensen Comment
Kevin Johnson presents a reasoned commentary on the importance of peer review
and the compounding of research on most any topic, especially climate change
research ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2009/12/08/johnson#Comments
What he fails to recognize is that if the underlying data is manipulated or
biased or otherwise flawed, a million peer-reviews studies using that data might
be equally flawed from get go. It's important to note that the Climatic Research
Unit ('CRU') at the University of East Anglia, was the United Nations.
designated source for meteorological station data. It's data was widely used by
thousands of scientists and other analysts.
Although there are obviously speculations about raw data was discarded and
the obvious biases of the scientist (Phil Jones) who was in charge of gathering
the meteorological station data, I don't think there is hard evidence
that Jones modified the data used by other meteorological scientists. There is
some evidence of data manipulation by a New Zealand scientist, but that data is
not nearly as important as the CRU data collected for the U.N.
What struck me as more important than Johnson's article cited above is the
following comment accompanying Johnson's article:
Posted by , at
on December 8, 2009 at 5:15am EST
How rigorous can the peer-review process be if the
source code used to analyze the raw data is not also thoroughly reviewed?
From looking at the leaked source code comments it appears that even the
programmers who wrote the code (over a period of years) were unsure how it
actually works. If nothing else, this scandal suggests the ever increasing
importance of code review for all scientific disciplines.
Hence, even though scientists can point to nearly 1,000 respected peer
reviewed studies using the CRU data, the peer reviewers mostly accepted the CRU
underlying data as fact without challenging whether some of the most important
data might have been fictionalized by Jones and his team. In fairness, some of
the raw data was destroyed before Professor Jones took over as Director of the
CRU.
This is consistent with my long-standing suspicion of journal policies (like
those of The Accounting Review) that arm twists author willingness to
make underlying data available to readers. Actually I'm in favor of the policies
and was on the AAA Executive Committee when we asked
my
hero Bill Cooper
(then Publications Director for the AAA) to commence a policy of
trying to make data available to readers of articles. What I'm worried about is
that, instead of gathering confirming data, researchers will simply do further
research on what might be flawed data.
The scientific community would come
down on me in no uncertain terms if I said the world had cooled from 1998. OK it
has but it is only 7 years of data and it isn't statistically significant.
Note that the date of this email was
July 5, 2005
Dr. Jones never imagined that his admissions would ever be made public in the
2009 Climategate
Phil Jones, Scientist Suspended in the Climategate Scandal for covering up
evidence of planet cooling ---
http://www.eastangliaemails.com/emails.php?eid=544&filename=1120593115.txt
The New Zealand Government’s chief climate
advisory unit NIWA is under fire for allegedly massaging raw climate data to
show a global warming trend that wasn’t there. The scandal breaks as fears grow
worldwide that corruption of climate science is not confined to just Britain’s
CRU climate research centre.In New Zealand’s case, the figures published on
NIWA’s [the National Institute of Water and Atmospheric research] website
suggest a strong warming trend in New Zealand over the past century
[go
to the link to see the graphs; the fraud is astonishing]But
analysis of the raw climate data from the same temperature stations has just
turned up a very different result [go
to link above to see graphs]
"New Zealand Climate Scientists Faked Data, Too," Evolution News and Views,
December 3, 2009 ---
http://www.evolutionnews.org/2009/12/new_zealand_climate_scientists.html
How NASA is Fudging Climate Data
:"Example of Climate Work That Needs to be Checked and Replicated," by Warren
Meyer, Climate Skeptic, December 5, 2009 ---
http://www.climate-skeptic.com/2009/12/example-of-climate-work-that-needs-to-be-checked-and-replicated.html
Let’s say you had two compasses to help you find
north, but the compasses are reading incorrectly. After some investigation,
you find that one of the compasses is located next to a strong magnet, which
you have good reason to believe is strongly biasing that compass’s readings.
In response, would you 1. Average the results of the two compasses and use
this mean to guide you, or 2. Ignore the output of the poorly sited compass
and rely solely on the other unbiased compass?
Most of us would quite rationally choose #2.
However, Steve McIntyre shows us a situation involving two temperature
stations in the USHCN network in which government researchers apparently
have gone with solution #1.
Continued in article
"The Inconvenient Truth: Al Gore "brushes aside" evidence of
scientific misconduct,"
James Taranto, The Wall Street Journal, .December 5, 2009 ---
Click Here
Here is the text of Newsweek’s 1975 story on the trend toward
global cooling. It may look foolish today, but in fact world temperatures had
been falling since about 1940. It was around 1979 that they reversed direction
and resumed the general rise that had begun in the 1880s, bringing us today back
to around 1940 levels. A PDF of the original is available here. A fine short
history of warming and cooling scares has recently been produced. It is
available here.
Newsweek Magazine, April 28, 1975
---
http://denisdutton.com/cooling_world.htm
Video: ClimateGate Makes the Daily Show (Jon Stewart)
---
Click Here
Also see
http://newsbusters.org/blogs/noel-sheppard/2009/12/02/jon-stewart-climategate-poor-al-gore-global-warming-debunked-internet
See commentary at
http://newsrealblog.com/2009/12/02/shocking-leftist-jon-stewart-talks-about-climategate/
Also see
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-VRBWLpYCPY
"A Reason To Be Skeptical The lessons of Climategate," by
David Harsanyi, Reason Magazine, December 2, 2009 ---
http://reason.com/archives/2009/12/02/a-reason-to-be-skeptical
Available for audio download
Who knows? In the long run, global warming
skeptics may be wrong, but the importance of healthy skepticism in the face
of conventional thinking is, once again, validated.
What we know now is that someone hacked
into the e-mails of leading climate researchers at the University of East
Anglia's Climatic Research Unit and others, including noted alarmists
Michael Mann at Pennsylvania State University and Kevin Trenberth of the
U.S. National Center for Atmospheric Research in Boulder, Colo.
We found out that respected men discussed
the manipulation of science, the blocking of Freedom of Information
requests, the exclusion of dissenting scientists from debate, the removal of
dissent from the peer-reviewed publications, and the discarding of
historical temperature data and e-mail evidence.
You may suppose that those with resilient
faith in end-of-days global warming would be more distraught than anyone
over these actions. You'd be wrong. In the wake of the scandal, we are told
there is nothing to see. The administration, the United Nations, and most of
the left-wing punditry and political establishment have shrugged it off.
What else can they do?
To many of these folks, the science of
global warming is only a tool of ideology. To step back and re-examine their
thinking would also mean—at least temporarily—ceding a foothold on policy
that allows government to control behavior. It would mean putting the brakes
on the billions of dollars allocated to force fundamental economic and
societal manipulations through cap-and-trade schemes and fabricated "new
energy economies," among many other intrusive policies.
We have little choice but to place a
certain level of trust in scientists—even when it comes to the model-driven
speculative discipline of climate change. And, need it be said, most
scientists take great care in being honest, principled and precise.
In the same way, a conscientious citizen
has little choice but to be uneasy when those with financial, ideological,
and political interest in peddling the most over-the-top ecological doomsday
scenarios also become the most zealous evangelizers.
As President Barack Obama heads to
Copenhagen to work on an international deal that surrenders even more of our
unsightly carbon-driven prosperity to the now-somewhat-less-than-irrefutable
science of climate change, shouldn't he offer more than a flippant statement
through a spokesman on the scandal?
The talks, after all, will be based on the
U.N.'s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change's Fourth Assessment Report,
which partially was put together by the very same scandal-ridden scientists.
Now, I do not, on any level, possess the
expertise to argue about the science of anthropological global warming. Nor
do you, most likely. This certainly doesn't mean an average citizen has the
duty to do the lock step.
Yes, you apostates will be tagged "denialists"—because
skepticism is synonymous with the Holocaust denial, don't you know—or some
other equally unfriendly moniker.
Don't worry; you won't be alone. Gallup
recently found that 41 percent of Americans now believe global warming news
reports are exaggerated—the highest number in more than a decade despite the
fact that this time frame has coincided with concentrated and highly funded
scaremongering. That number is sure to rise as soon as word of this scandal
spreads.
The uglier the names get, the more anger
you see, the more that science-challenged politicians push invasive
legislation, the more skeptics will join you. True believers will question
your intelligence, your sanity and your intentions.
But as ClimateGate proves, a bit of
skepticism rarely steers you wrong. In fact, it's one of the key elements of
rational thinking.
David Harsanyi is a columnist at The Denver Post and the author of "Nanny
State." Visit his Web site at
www.DavidHarsanyi.com
"Stop Insuring Mortgages: The folly of government intervention in
the housing market," by John Stossel, Reason Magazine, December 3, 2009 ---
http://reason.com/archives/2009/12/03/stop-insuring-mortgages
The Federal Housing Administration
announced this week that it wants tougher rules on mortgage lenders. It's
about time.
Maybe FHA got spooked by the recent New
York Times story titled "Easy Loans to Wealthier Areas," which said: "In its
efforts to prop up a shattered housing market, the government is greatly
extending its traditional support of real estate, including guaranteeing the
mortgages of middle-class and even upper-class buyers against default."
The Times explained that San Francisco,
one of the priciest real estate markets in the country, had no
government-insured mortgages two years ago, but now "the government is
guaranteeing an average of six mortgages a week here. ... The Federal
Housing Administration is underwriting loans at quadruple the rate of three
years ago even as its reserves to cover defaults are dwindling."
And some of those loans are surely
questionable.
The Times explains that 27-year-old Mike
Rowland and his friends were able to buy a two-unit apartment building for
almost a million dollars. "They had only a little cash to bring to the table
but, with the federal government insuring the transaction, a large down
payment was not necessary."
"It was kind of crazy we could get this
big a loan," Rowland said.
Yes, it was crazy. Such policies do not
end well. Young Rowland gets that. Even the Times does: "With government
finances already under great strain, the policy expansions are creating new
risks for American taxpayers."
But our leaders plunge ahead, with your
money. Has the administration forgotten that today's financial mess was
precipitated in part by government's moves to encourage mortgage lending to
unqualified or at best unproven borrowers? In the 1990s, the Federal Reserve
Bank of Boston, concerned that blacks and Hispanics were "underserved,"
issued guidelines to banks stating: "Policies regarding applicants with no
credit history or problem credit history should be reviewed. Lack of credit
history should not be seen as a negative factor...."
Soon, the lower standards spilled into the
prime-mortgage market. The risk to lenders seemed small because
government-sponsored Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac happily bought the dubious
loans. An entire financial edifice was built on these securitized mortgages
and derivatives based on them.
Then the good times ended. Interest rates
rose. Home prices flattened and then declined. Then those AAA
mortgage-backed securities became "toxic."
After all that, it's crazy that government
still subsidizes housing rather than letting the market work. The economy
will recover from recession only when it is allowed to discover the real
value of assets like houses. But the government refuses to allow this to
happen. FHA has been blowing air into another bubble, while other agencies
do everything they can to boost prices.
This includes leaning on and bribing banks
to ease mortgage terms for people in default. The Obama administration
announced that it would increase that pressure because "the banks are not
doing a good enough job," said Michael S. Barr, assistant treasury secretary
for financial institutions. Some Democrats want to go further. They demand
that the government compel mediation over defaulted mortgages or empower
judges to change the terms.
This sounds humane, but it is typical
political shortsightedness. When government helps delinquent borrowers to
get easier loan terms, it simultaneously makes it harder for marginal
borrowers to get loans in the first place. That's because lenders must now
factor in the likelihood of a judge changing the terms.
The know-it-alls in Washington "help"
Americans by hurting them.
Why won't the government let housing
prices seek their own level? After a Washington-inflated bubble, that would
seem to be the wise thing to do. Sure, some people get hurt when prices
fall, but others—prospective home-buyers—are helped. By artificially raising
prices, the Realtor-Construction-Banking-Big Government Complex cheats
honest low-income people who would otherwise have been able to afford a
first home without begging the government for help.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sub-prime frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
"Did Harvard (and then President Larry Summers) Ignore Warnings on
Harvard's Investments?" Inside Higher Ed, November 29, 2009 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2009/11/30/qt#214304
Senior Harvard University officials -- especially
then-president Lawrence Summers -- repeatedly ignored warnings that the
university's investment strategies were placing far too much cash (needed
for short-term spending) in risky investments,
The Boston Globe reported. The placement of
the cash in risky investments has been a key reason why Harvard, which even
after investment losses is by far the wealthiest university in the world,
has been forced to make many cuts in the last year; such cash reserves, had
the advice been followed, would have been easily accessible. Summers
declined to comment for the article, but a friend of his familiar with the
Harvard investment strategy noted that conditions changed after Summers left
the presidency and that the university had the time to change its strategy
prior to last year's Wall Street collapse.
Jensen Comment
There were advanced warnings before the fall, especially those of Peter Schiff
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peter_Schiff
But he missed the early timing and thus is still not a billionaire.
Larry Summers resigned from Harvard in a clash with feminists and is now the
chief economic advisor to President Obama.
Video: Peter Schiff was right 2006-2007 (CNBC edition) ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0YTY5TWtmU
Is the AICPA acting in the best interest of its auditor membership?
Smaller broker-dealers are worried that a sweeping
congressional proposal aimed at preventing fraud through comprehensive audits of
brokerage firms could put them out of business. Independent-brokerage firms,
which don't handle client funds because of their arrangements with clearing
firms, said they would be bearing an unfair burden because the provision would
require all broker-dealers to be audited by accounting firms regulated by the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The measure is part of financial
services reform legislation that is being considered by the Senate Banking
Committee and which is expected to be taken up by the House in the next few
weeks. The Financial Services Institute Inc., the National Association of
Independent Broker/Dealers and the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants are all pushing Congress to alter the provision.
Sara Hansard, "Small B-Ds decry Hill audit proposal: Firms that
don't hold client funds in custody say plan's cost would pose unjustified
burden," ow.ly, November 30, 2009 ---
http://ow.ly/Hccb
Another one from that Ketz guy
"Whither Berkeley? Whither California?" by J. Edward Ketz,
SmartPros, November 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x68185.xml
When people ignore economic realities and are
foolish enough to make and adhere to ill-conceived and faulty budgets, well,
they get what they deserve. Take California, for example.
The state has greatly reduced its cash infusions to
the University of California system, and recently the university’s regents
voted to increase fees (California’s code word for “tuition”) 32%. This has
led to a strike at Berkeley and to student demonstrations and to the
take-over of some buildings there and at Santa Cruz. This planned tuition
hike comes on the heels of layoffs and furloughs and salary cutbacks of many
university employees.
Recently, the Academic Senate at Berkeley voted to
end financial support for the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. The
Senate even had the gall to ask the Athletics department to repay a loan of
$5.8 million. Nothing is sacred anymore! But nothing to fear—I bet the
regents will save Berkeley football before it saves the classics department.
The state of affairs at Berkeley will be watched
all over because many other public universities are not much different. It
is only a matter of time when they too will be faced with the question of
how to endure economic sacrifice.
But, it won’t be all bad. Such difficult times
provide moments when society can rethink its goals and strategic priorities.
How many research universities do we really need in this country? How many
administrators do we really need to protect the interests of Croatian
students or to assist those who wish to preserve the heritage of Bon Jovi or
to supply counselors for those trying to give up Law and Order? And does
every town with a population of at least 1,000 really need a branch campus?
The state of California itself is much worse off
than Berkeley. Given the state’s penchant to provide welfare to everybody
who can generate a creative excuse for an entitlement, it was only a matter
of time before the state’s budget was so out of whack even Alec Baldwin and
Barbara Streisand could acknowledge it.
State legislators and governors over the last 10 to
20 years are to blame. Not only do they not understand the word “NO” when it
comes to spending, they were very short-sighted when it came to revenue
generation. They thought the dot-com slush funds would continue to be
created out of nothing, though physics and economics indicate otherwise.
They then did want virtually every politician does—they are so without
original ideas!—they raised taxes on corporations and rich people.
Unfortunately, the legislators and governors forgot that corporations and
rich people can move, and indeed enough of them have left the state, leaving
California in serious trouble.
The woes are so great that it is easy to predict
that California will become the first state in U.S. history to declare
bankruptcy. I put the odds at least at 50 percent in 2010.
Then the fun begins. California, before or shortly
after entering Chapter 11, will ask for help from Washington. While the
Obama administration and the Congress likely will administer CPR to the
state finances, they really should just admit that the state is insolvent.
The moral hazard is huge. If Washington provides assistance, there will be
49 states that will quickly follow suit.
The bankruptcy process itself will be interesting
because nobody will know what to do with a state. Creditors might try to win
concessions about the state’s budgeting process or membership to state
agencies that make economic decisions. They will also attempt to rewrite
existing contracts.
The biggest effect will be on bond yields. Any
bankruptcy will shoot rates up and this will make future governmental
borrowing hard and expensive for all governmental units.
Taxpayers will face a major nightmare. Taxes will
skyrocket for those who are not fortunate enough to be retired. Maybe
taxpayers will even wake up and realize that they have elected nothing but
economic idiots for quite some time. But what do you expect from a state
that thinks actors actually know something?
I just love California dreamin’.
"The Big Admissions Shift," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed,
December 1, 2009 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2009/12/01/calstate
With the arrival of December, you can expect an
onslaught of publicity about applications to the most elite private and
public colleges in the country, and a new round of articles about how most
people have a better chance of being struck by lightning than getting into
Harvard. All true. In many ways, those stories won't reflect much change at
all. It was incredibly difficult to get into those colleges last year, and
the same will be true this year (and next year), even as the odds move up or
down a hundredth of a percentage point.
Here's the big story in
admissions this year: The nation's largest higher education system (and its
most diverse) is shifting from being de facto a non-competitive admissions
university to a competitive one. Getting into the California State
University System's 23 campuses (which educate 450,000 students) has just
become iffy for many -- especially for those attracted to certain campuses
and certain majors.
The shifts at Cal State are
not the result of a state philosophy about making their campuses more
competitive in admissions; rather, they are driven by deep budget cuts in
the state, which have led the university's leaders to try to shrink
enrollment at a time of rising demand. Consider:
- As of Monday morning, California State
University campuses have 419,000 applications (including some from those
who have applied to multiple campuses), up 19 percent from the same date
a year ago. People attribute the increases to a rising high school
population and years of increasing competitiveness for the University of
California campuses, among other factors.
- Last year, two-thirds of applicants were
admitted, and while there is no final projection for this year, that
ratio is expected to go down significantly. (Because California State
has specific admissions requirements that most applicants meet, almost
all applicants are qualified to be admitted.)
- Last year, only 6 of the system's 23 campuses
were "impacted" in admissions -- the Cal State term for having so many
applications that they needed to go to competitive measures beyond the
basic requirements of grades and test scores designed to show that
applicants are in the top third of their high school classes. Already
this year, that number has doubled to 12, and it may go up.
- Last year, only 6 campuses needed to stop
accepting applications for admission for the next fall as early as
November 30. This year, 14 did so at midnight last night, and more are
expected to do so in the days ahead.
- Most of the campuses going to competitive
admissions are having for the first time to formally set aside slots for
athletes or those with particular talents in a way that they did
informally in the past.
Adding to the concerns over
these developments are two other facts: (1) California's high school
guidance offices are notoriously understaffed (with ratios hitting 950
students per counselor), so this dramatic shift is taking place in a state
where many counselors are hard pressed to reach out to students who could be
affected. (2) California banned affirmative action in public college
admissions in 1996 -- and while the impact on the University of California
system has been much discussed, the impact has been modest until now at Cal
State, without competitive admissions. Now Cal State officials are having to
focus on legal ways to recruit a diverse class -- within competitive
admissions -- without the tool of affirmative action that their counterparts
in most states (and at private colleges in California) take for granted.
"Students are very
concerned and so counselors are very concerned," said Loretta Whitson,
director of student support services at the Monrovia Unified School District
and executive director of the California Association of School Counselors.
She said she's hearing from many counselors that they are trying to
simultaneously figure out the new strategies for getting students into Cal
State -- while advising more students to consider private or out-of-state
institutions.
Counselors report that it
will still be harder -- much harder -- to get into Berkeley or UCLA than to
Cal State Los Angeles or San Jose State, but the big difference is that a
large portion of the population that previously didn't have to worry much
about getting into college now has to worry, and to come up with a Plan B
(or C).
Lisa McLaughlin, founder
of EDvantage Consulting, a private admissions counseling service in Orange
County, said that she used to advise high schoolers wanting to go to Cal
State campuses that they didn't need her services. The Cal State
application, she noted, is straightforward.
Now, though, these
students need a strategy. Many of the California State campuses that are
adding admissions requirements have done so by geographic area -- favoring
students nearby (who may live at home in many cases) over those farther
away. So students need varying academic qualifications to get into different
campuses. Many Cal State campuses also have announced that they are
"impacted" on majors, meaning that extra admissions standards apply to some
fields (here's
a list of those at Cal State Long Beach).
So students need to think
about the majors they want vs. the campuses they want, and they must do all
of this knowing that they may be rejected. "I'm telling more families that
students might not get in, and that they need to look at private colleges,
too," McLaughlin said. There, the comparisons are also difficult. California
State University campuses are much less expensive than private institutions,
but with six-year graduation rates low at many campuses (61 percent at San
Diego State, for instance), McLaughlin said the price a student envisions
paying needs to be based on potential to earn a degree in four years. She
said she worries that the average time to graduation may get worse at Cal
State campuses due to all the budget cuts.
Many students seem
disappointed by the options, she said. "It's sad for students," she said.
"First their parents can only afford a Cal State or UC. Then it's so hard to
get into UC that they can't. Then the new admissions at Cal State mean they
can't get in outside their area. They are saying, 'I want to go away for
school and now that's being taken away from me, too.' "
Geography is indeed
becoming key to the new, differing admissions standards across Cal State,
especially for campuses like Cal Poly San Luis Obispo and San Diego State,
which have strong pulls outside their areas. San Francisco State University
is another campus that is "impacted" for the first time this year.
Last year, it admitted
about three-quarters of all applicants, and admitted the overwhelming
majority of those meeting basic admissions requirements. This year,
applications are way up -- 21,089 as of Nov. 16, up from 15,392 at the same
point a year ago. So the university has set out a two-stage admissions
process. For those in the six Bay Area counties, the process will be the
same as last year -- those who meet admissions requirements will be
admitted. That will happen first. Then however many slots are left will got
to applicants from the rest of the state. That means a likely radical
increase in competitiveness for those slots, which in years past have been a
majority of the freshmen.
Jo Volkert, associate vice
president for enrollment management at San Francisco State, said that the
enrollment cuts ordered to meet state budget targets have left the
university with no other choices.
Continued in article
The $61 Trillion Margin of Error, and What "Empire Decline" Means in
Layman's Terms
This is a bipartisan disaster from the beginning and will be until the end
David Walker ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/David_M._Walker_(U.S._Comptroller_General)
Niall Ferguson ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Niall_Ferguson
Call it the fatal arithmetic of imperial decline.
Without radical fiscal reform, it could apply to America next.
Niall Ferguson, "An Empire at
Risk: How Great Powers Fail," Newsweek Magazine
Cover Story, November 26, 2009 ---
http://www.newsweek.com/id/224694/page/1
Please note that this is NBC’s liberal Newsweek Magazine and not Fox News
or The Wall Street Journal.
. . .
In other words, there is no end in sight to the
borrowing binge. Unless entitlements are cut or taxes are raised, there will
never be another balanced budget. Let's assume I live another 30 years and
follow my grandfathers to the grave at about 75. By 2039, when I shuffle off
this mortal coil, the federal debt held by the public will have reached 91
percent of GDP, according to the CBO's extended baseline projections.
Nothing to worry about, retort -deficit-loving economists like Paul Krugman.
. . .
Another way of doing this kind of exercise is to
calculate the net present value of the unfunded liabilities of the Social
Security and Medicare systems. One recent estimate puts them at about
$104 trillion, 10
times the stated federal debt.
Continued in article ---
http://www.newsweek.com/id/224694/page/1
Niall Ferguson is the Laurence A. Tisch
professor of history at Harvard University and the author of The Ascent of
Money. In late 2009 he puts forth an unbooked discounted present value
liability of $104 trillion for Social Security plus Medicare. In late 2008, the
former Chief Accountant of the United States Government, placed this estimate
at$43 trillion. We can hardly attribute the $104-$43=$61 trillion difference to
President Obama's first year in office. We must accordingly attribute the $61
trillion to margin of error and most economists would probably put a
present value of unbooked (off-balance-sheet) present value of Social Security
and Medicare debt to be somewhere between $43 trillion and $107 trillion To this
we must add other unbooked present value of entitlement debt estimates which
range from $13 trillion to $40 trillion. If Obamacare passes it will add untold
trillions to trillions more because our legislators are not looking at
entitlements beyond 2019.
The Meaning of "Unbooked" versus "Booked" National Debt
By "unbooked" we mean that the debt is not included in the current "booked"
National Debt of $12 trillion. The booked debt is debt of the United States for
which interest is now being paid daily at slightly under a million
dollars a minute. Cash must be raised daily for interest payments. Cash is
raised from taxes, borrowing, and/or (shudder) the current Fed approach to
simply printing money. Interest is not yet being paid on the unbooked debt for
which retirement and medical bills have not yet arrived in Washington DC for
payment. The unbooked debt is by far the most frightening because our leaders
keep adding to this debt without realizing how it may bring down the entire
American Dream to say nothing of reducing the U.S. Military to almost nothing.
Niall Ferguson, "An Empire at Risk: How Great Powers Fail,"
Newsweek Magazine Cover Story, November 26,
2009 ---
http://www.newsweek.com/id/224694/page/1
This matters more for a superpower than for a small
Atlantic island for one very simple reason. As interest payments eat into
the budget, something has to give—and that something is nearly always
defense expenditure. According to the CBO, a significant decline in the
relative share of national security in the federal budget is already baked
into the cake. On the Pentagon's present plan, defense spending is set to
fall from above 4 percent now to 3.2 percent of GDP in 2015 and to 2.6
percent of GDP by 2028.
Over the longer run, to my own estimated departure
date of 2039, spending on health care rises from 16 percent to 33 percent of
GDP (some of the money presumably is going to keep me from expiring even
sooner). But spending on everything other than health, Social Security, and
interest payments drops from 12 percent to 8.4 percent.
This is how empires decline. It begins with
a debt explosion. It ends with an inexorable reduction in the resources
available for the Army, Navy, and Air Force. Which is why voters are right
to worry about America's debt crisis. According to a recent Rasmussen
report, 42 percent of Americans now say that cutting the deficit in half by
the end of the president's first term should be the administration's most
important task—significantly more than the 24 percent who see health-care
reform as the No. 1 priority. But cutting the deficit in half is simply not
enough. If the United States doesn't come up soon with a credible plan to
restore the federal budget to balance over the next five to 10 years, the
danger is very real that a debt crisis could lead to a major weakening of
American power.
The Meaning of Present Value
Initially it might help to explain what present value means. When I moved from
Florida State University to Trinity University in 1982, current mortgage rates
were about 18%. As part of my compensation package, President Calgaard agreed to
have Trinity University carry my mortgage. I purchased a home at 9010 Village
Drive for $300,000 by paying $100,000 down and signing a 240 month mortgage at
12% APR and a 1982 present value of $200,000. At payments of $2,202 per month my
total cash obligation (had I not refinanced from a bank when mortgage rates went
below 12%) would've been $528,521. However, since money has time value, the
present value of that $528,521 was only $200,000.
In a similar manner, Professor Ferguson's $104 trillion present value
translates to over $300 trillion in cash obligations of Social Security and
Medicare before being tinkered with changed entitlement obligations.
The "Burning Platform" of the United States Empire
Former Chief Accountant of the United States, David Walker, is spreading the
word as widely as possible in the United States about the looming threat of our
unbooked entitlements. Two videos that feature David Walker's warnings are as
follows:
David Walker claims the U.S. economy is on a "burning platform" but does not
go into specifics as to what will be left in the ashes.
The
US government is on a “burning platform” of unsustainable policies and
practices with fiscal deficits, chronic healthcare underfunding, immigration
and overseas military commitments threatening a crisis if action is not
taken soon.
David M.
Walker,
Former Chief Accountant of the United States ---
http://www.financialsense.com/editorials/quinn/2009/0218.html
An "Empire at Risk"
Harvard's Professor Niall Ferguson is equally vague about what will happen if
the U.S. Empire collapses from its entitlement burdens.
Niall Ferguson, "An Empire at Risk: How Great Powers Fail," Newsweek
Magazine Cover Story, November 26, 2009 ---
http://www.newsweek.com/id/224694/page/1
This is how empires decline. It begins with a debt
explosion. It ends with an inexorable reduction in the resources available
for the Army, Navy, and Air Force. Which is why voters are right to worry
about America's debt crisis. According to a recent Rasmussen report, 42
percent of Americans now say that cutting the deficit in half by the end of
the president's first term should be the administration's most important
task—significantly more than the 24 percent who see health-care reform as
the No. 1 priority. But cutting the deficit in half is simply not enough. If
the United States doesn't come up soon with a credible plan to restore the
federal budget to balance over the next five to 10 years, the danger is very
real that a debt crisis could lead to a major weakening of American power.
The precedents are certainly there. Habsburg Spain
defaulted on all or part of its debt 14 times between 1557 and 1696 and also
succumbed to inflation due to a surfeit of New World silver.
Prerevolutionary France was spending 62 percent of royal revenue on debt
service by 1788. The Ottoman Empire went the same way: interest payments and
amortization rose from 15 percent of the budget in 1860 to 50 percent in
1875. And don't forget the last great English-speaking empire. By the
interwar years, interest payments were consuming 44 percent of the British
budget, making it intensely difficult to rearm in the face of a new German
threat.
Call it the fatal arithmetic of imperial decline.
Without radical fiscal reform, it could apply to America next.
Empire Collapse in Layman's Terms
In 2010, hundreds upon hundreds of people will daily sneak across the U.S.
border illegally in search of a job, medical care, education, and a better life
under the American Dream. By 2050 Americans will instead be exiting in
attempts to escape the American Nightmare and sneak illegally into BRIC nations
for a job, medical care, education, and a better life under the BRIC Dream.
A BRIC nation at the moment is a nation that has vast resources and virtually
no entitlement obligations that drag down economic growth ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BRIC
In
economics, BRIC (typically rendered as "the
BRICs" or "the BRIC countries") is an
acronym that refers to
the
fast-growing developing economies of
Brazil,
Russia,
India, and
China. The acronym was first coined and
prominently used by
Goldman Sachs in 2001. According to a paper
published in 2005,
Mexico and
South Korea are the only other countries
comparable to the BRICs, but their economies were excluded initially because
they were considered already more developed. Goldman Sachs argued that,
since they are developing rapidly, by 2050 the combined economies of the
BRICs could eclipse the combined economies of the current richest countries
of the world. The four countries, combined, currently account for more than
a quarter of the world's land area and more than 40% of the
world's population.
Brazil, Russia, India and China,
(the BRICs) sometimes lumped together as
BRIC to represent fast-growing developing economies, are selling off
their U.S. Treasury Bond holdings. Russia announced earlier this
month it will sell U.S. Treasury Bonds, while China and Brazil have
announced plans to cut the amount of U.S. Treasury Bonds in their
foreign currency reserves and buy bonds issued by the International
Monetary Fund instead. The BRICs are also soliciting public support
for a "super currency" capable of replacing what they see as the
ailing U.S. dollar. The four countries account for 22 percent of the
global economy, and their defection could deal a severe blow to the
greenback. If the BRICs sell their U.S. Treasury Bond holdings, the
price will drop and yields rise, and that could prompt the central
banks of other countries to start selling their holdings to avoid
losses too. A sell-off on a grand scale could trigger a collapse in
the value of the dollar, ending the appeal of both dollars and bonds
as safe-haven assets. The moves are a challenge to the power of the
dollar in international financial markets. Goldman Sachs economist
Alberto Ramos in an interview with Bloomberg News on Thursday said
the decision by the BRICs to buy IMF bonds should not be seen simply
as a desire to diversify their foreign currency portfolios but as a
show of muscle.
"BRICs Launch Assault on Dollar's Global Status," The Chosun IIbo,
June 14, 2009 ---
http://english.chosun.com/site/data/html_dir/2009/06/12/2009061200855.html
Their
report, "Dreaming with BRICs: The Path to 2050," predicted that
within 40 years, the economies of Brazil, Russia, India and China -
the BRICs - would be larger than the US, Germany, Japan, Britain,
France and Italy combined. China would overtake the US as the
world's largest economy and India would be third, outpacing all
other industrialised nations.
"Out of the shadows," Sydney Morning Herald, February 5, 2005
---
http://www.smh.com.au/text/articles/2005/02/04/1107476799248.html
The first economist, an early Nobel
Prize Winning economist, to raise the alarm of entitlements in my
head was Milton Friedman. He has written extensively about the
lurking dangers of entitlements. I highly recommend his fantastic
"Free to Choose" series of PBS videos where his "Welfare of
Entitlements" warning becomes his principle concern for the future
of the Untied States 25 years ago ---
http://www.ideachannel.com/FreeToChoose.htm |
Where Did Social Security Go So Wrong?
Social Security in the United States currently refers to the Federal Old-Age,
Survivors, and Disability Insurance (OASDI) program. It commenced only as an old
age ("survivors:") retirement insurance program as a forced way of saving for
retirement by paying worker premiums matched by employer contributions into the
SS Trust Fund. Premiums were relatively low due heavily to the proviso that the
SS Trust Fund got to keep all the premiums paid for each worker and spouse that
did not reach retirement age (generally viewed as 65). Details are
provided at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Social_Security_(United_States)#Creation:_The_Social_Security_Act
If Congress had not tapped the SS Trust Fund for other (generally unfunded
social programs of various types), the SS Trust Fund would not be in any trouble
at all if it were managed like a diversified investment fund. But it became too
tempting for Congress to tap the SS Trust Fund for a variety of other social
programs, the costliest of which was to make monthly living allowance payments
to each person of any age who is declared "disabled." In many cases a disabled
person collects decades of benefits after having paid less than a single penny
into the SS Trust Fund. It's well and good for our great land to provide living
allowances to disabled citizens, but without funding from other sources such as
a separate Disability Trust Fund fed with some type of other taxes, the
disability payments mostly drained the SS Trust Fund to where it is in dire
trouble today.

The obligation to pay pensioners as well as disabled persons was passed on to
current and future generations to a point where the Social Security and
Disability Program is no longer self-sustaining with little hope for meeting
entitlement obligations from worker premiums and employer matching funds. The SS
Trust Fund will have deficits beginning in 2010 that are expected to explode as
baby boomers collect benefits for the first time.
Where Did Medicare Go So Wrong?
Medicare is a much larger and much more complicated entitlement burden relative
to Social Security by a ratio of about six to one or even more. The Medicare
Medical Insurance Fund was established under President Johnson in1965.
Note that Medicare, like Social Security in general, was intended to be
insurance funded by workers over their careers. If premiums paid by workers and
employers was properly invested and then paid out after workers reached
retirement age most of the trillions of unfunded debt would not be precariously
threatening the future of the United States. The funds greatly benefit when
workers die before retirement because all that was paid in by these workers and
their employers are added to the fund benefits paid out to living retirees.
The first huge threat to sustainability arose beginning in 1968 when medical
coverage payments payments to surge way above the Medicare premiums collected
from workers and employers. Costs of medical care exploded relative to most
other living expenses. Worker and employer premiums were not sufficiently
increased for rapid growth in health care costs as hospital stays surged from
less than $100 per day to over $1,000 per day.
A second threat to the sustainability comes from families no longer concerned
about paying up to $25,000 per day to keep dying loved ones hopelessly alive in
intensive care units (ICUs) when it is 100% certain that they will not leave
those ICUs alive. Families do not make economic choices in such hopeless cases
where the government is footing the bill. In other nations these families are
not given such choices to hopelessly prolong life at such high costs. I had a
close friend in Maine who became a quadriplegic in a high school football game.
Four decades later Medicare paid millions of dollars to keep him alive in an ICU
unit when there was zero chance he would ever leave that ICU alive.
On November 22, 2009 CBS Sixty Minutes aired a video featuring experts
(including physicians) explaining how the single largest drain on the Medicare
insurance fund is keeping dying people hopelessly alive who could otherwise be
allowed to die quicker and painlessly without artificially prolonging life on
ICU machines.
"The Cost of Dying," CBS Sixty Minutes Video, November 22, 2009
---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=5737138n&tag=contentMain;cbsCarousel
What is really sad is the way Republicans are standing in the way of making
rational cost-benefit decisions about dying by exploiting the "Kill Granny"
political strategy aimed at killing a government option in health care reform.
See the "Kill Granny" strategy at ---
www.defendyourhealthcare.us
The third huge threat to the economy commenced in when disabled persons
(including newborns) tapped into the Social Security and Medicare insurance
funds. Disabled persons should receive monthly benefits and medical coverage
in this great land. But Congress should've found a better way to fund disabled
persons with something other than the Social Security and Medicare insurance
funds. But politics being what it is, Congress slipped this gigantic
entitlement through without having to debate and legislate separate funding for
disabled persons. And hence we are now at a crossroads where the Social Security
and Medicare Insurance Funds are virtually broke for all practical persons.
Most of the problem lies is Congressional failure to sufficiently increase
Social Security deductions (for the big hit in monthly payments to disabled
persons of all ages) and the accompanying Medicare coverage (to disabled people
of all ages). The disability coverage also suffers from widespread fraud.
Other program costs were also added to the Social Security and Medicare
insurance funds such as the education costs of children of veterans who are
killed in wartime. Once again this is a worthy cause that should be funded. But
it should've been separately funded rather than simply added into the Social
Security and Medicare insurance funds that had not factored such added costs
into premiums collected from workers and employers.
The fourth huge problem is that most military retirees are afforded full
lifetime medical coverage for themselves and their spouses. Although they can
use Veterans Administration doctors and hospitals, most of these retirees opted
for the unfunded
TRICARE plan the pushed most of the hospital and physician costs onto the
Medicare Fund. Unlike where other workers had Medicare deductions taken from
their paychecks with employer matchinf funds over the years, TRICARE coverage
was dumped on Medicare without prior funding. This became a huge drain on the
Medicare fund.
The fifth threat to sustainability came when actuaries failed to factor in
the impact of advances in medicine for extending lives. This coupled with the
what became the biggest cost of Medicare, the cost of dying, clobbered the
insurance funds. Surpluses in premiums paid by workers and employers disappeared
much quicker than expected.
A sixth threat to Medicare especially has been widespread and usually
undetected fraud such as providing equipment like motorized wheel chairs to
people who really don't need them or charging Medicare for equipment not even
delivered. There are also widespread charges for unneeded medical tests or for
tests that were never really administered. Medicare became a cash cow for
crooks. Many doctors and hospitals overbill Medicare and only a small proportion
of the theft is detected and punished.
The seventh threat to sustainability commenced in 2007 when the costly
Medicare drug benefit entitlement entitlement was added by President George W.
Bush. This was a costly addition, because it added enormous drains on the fund
by retired people like me and my wife who did not have the cost of the drug
benefits factored into our payments into the Medicare Fund while we were still
working. It thus became and unfunded benefit that we're now collecting big time.
In any case we are at a crossroads in the history of funding medical care in
the United States that now pays a lot more than any other nation per capita and
is getting less per dollar spent than many nations with nationalized health care
plans. I'm really not against Obamacare legislation. I'm only against the lies
and deceits being thrown about by both sides in the abomination of the current
proposed legislation.
Democrats are missing the boat here when they truly have the power, for now
at least, in the House and Senate to pass a relatively efficient nationalized
health plan. But instead they're giving birth to entitlements legislation that
threatens the sustainability of the United States as a nation.
In any case, The New York Times presents a nice history of other
events that I left out above ---
http://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2009/07/19/us/politics/20090717_HEALTH_TIMELINE.html
"THE HEALTH CARE DEBATE: What Went Wrong? How the Health Care Campaign
Collapsed --
A special report.; For Health Care, Times Was A Killer," by Adam Clymer, Robert
Pear and Robin Toner, The New York Times, August 29,
1994 ---
Click Here
http://www.nytimes.com/1994/08/29/us/health-care-debate-what-went-wrong-health-care-campaign-collapsed-special-report.html
November 22, 2009 reply from Richard.Sansing
[Richard.C.Sansing@TUCK.DARTMOUTH.EDU]
The electorate's inability to debate trade-offs in
a sensible manner is the biggest problem, in my view. See
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2009/11/19/AR2009111904053.html?referrer=emailarticle
Richard Sansing
The New York Times Timeline History of Health Care Reform in the
United States ---
http://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2009/07/19/us/politics/20090717_HEALTH_TIMELINE.html
Click the arrow button on the right side of the page. The biggest problem with
"reform" is that it added entitlements benefits without current funding such
that with each reform piece of legislation the burdens upon future generations
has hit a point of probably not being sustainable.
Call it the fatal arithmetic of imperial decline.
Without radical fiscal reform, it could apply to America next.
Niall Ferguson, "An Empire at Risk: How Great Powers Fail,"
Newsweek Magazine Cover Story, November 26,
2009 ---
http://www.newsweek.com/id/224694/page/1
. . .
In other words, there is no end in sight to the
borrowing binge. Unless entitlements are cut or taxes are raised, there will
never be another balanced budget. Let's assume I live another 30 years and
follow my grandfathers to the grave at about 75. By 2039, when I shuffle off
this mortal coil, the federal debt held by the public will have reached 91
percent of GDP, according to the CBO's extended baseline projections.
Nothing to worry about, retort -deficit-loving economists like Paul Krugman.
. . .
Another way of doing this kind of exercise is to
calculate the net present value of the unfunded liabilities of the Social
Security and Medicare systems. One recent estimate puts them at about
$104 trillion, 10
times the stated federal debt.
Continued in article
This is now President Obama's problem with or without new Obamacare
entitlements that are a mere drop in the bucket compared to the entitlement
obligations that President Obama inherited from every President of the United
States since FDR in the 1930s. The problem has been compounded under both
Democrat and Republican regimes, both of which have burdened future generations
with entitlements not originally of their doing.
Professor Niall Ferguson and David Walker are now warning us that by year
2050 the American Dream will become an American Nightmare in which Americans
seek every which way to leave this fallen nation for a BRIC nation offering some
hope of a job, health care, education, and the BRIC Dream.
Bob Jensen's threads on health care ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on entitlements ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/entitlements.htm
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on December 1,
2009
FOCUS ARTICLE>> Diversification, Strategy
Buffett Bets Big on Railroad
by: Scott Patterson
Date: Nov 04, 2009
SUMMARY: Warren Buffett made the biggest bet of his career,
agreeing to buy Burlington Northern in a $26.3 billion deal that
reflects his long-term optimism about the U.S. economy.
DISCUSSION:
1.
Why is Warren Buffett famous? What type of business does
he run? What is the business strategy of his company? What are
the details of the company's most recent acquisition deal? What
aspects are surprising or interesting?
2.
What has been Mr. Buffett's acquisitions strategy in the
past? What are the factors of his current strategy? What are the
reasons behind Mr. Buffett's change in acquisition focus for
Berkshire Hathaway?
3.
Why is diversification important for companies? In what
ways can a business diversify? How could diversification be
harmful for a business? Is your company or employer
well-diversified? What could your employer do to be better
diversified? What advantages would your suggestions provide?
 |
FOCUS ARTICLE>> Antitrust Law, Mergers and Acquisitions,
Government Regulation
Comcast-NBC Deal Would Draw Lengthy
Scrutiny in Washington
by: Shira Ovide and Amy Schatz
Date: Nov 16, 2009
SUMMARY: If Comcast agrees to purchase majority control of the
movie and television company from General Electric, the Obama
administration would face its first media megadeal.
DISCUSSION:
1.
What is antitrust law? Why is it a necessary part of U.S.
law? How could government intervention impact a merger or
acquisition? How should the parties take this into consideration
when moving ahead with a merger or acquisition?
2.
What is the position of the Obama administration
regarding mergers and acquisitions? Why do different
administrations have different policies on this topic? What
governmental bodies have jurisdiction to review this deal? Why
do each of them have some say as to whether the acquisition
should take place?
3.
What are the potential antitrust concerns in this
proposed acquisition? What are the standards for review of
antitrust issues? What does the government want to encourage?
What does it want to avoid? Who is helped when a merger or
acquisition is blocked as a result of antitrust concerns?
 |
FOCUS ARTICLE>> Hostile Takeover Bid, Acquisitions
Cadbury Sneers at Kraft's Hostile
Bid
by: Dana Cimilluca, Cecilie Rohwedder, and Jeffrey McCracken
Date: Nov 10, 2009
SUMMARY: Kraft officially launched a hostile bid for Cadbury,
setting in motion a tussle for control of the British
confectioner.
DISCUSSION:
1.
What is a hostile takeover bid? Why might a bid become
hostile? What conditions would keep it from becoming hostile?
Why would a bidder continue to pursue a purchase after it has
become hostile? What defenses could a company employ to make
them less attractive to hostile takeovers?
2.
Why has this particular takeover bid become hostile? How
could this impact the negotiations? What could be the impact on
the resulting company if the deal is completed?
3.
Why would this acquisition be beneficial for Kraft? What
are the next steps in the process? Do you think Kraft should
continue with the bidding process? What do you think Cadbury
shareholders should do?
 |
Humor Between December 1-31, 2009
Video: President Obama lectures China on
its shortcomings
The Best One Yet from Saturday Night Live ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yZorJZ5ixOo
2009 Darwin Awards ---
http://www.darwinawards.com/darwin/darwin2009.html
Women Winning Darwin Awards ---
http://www.darwinawards.com/old/index200910.html
Forwarded by Bob Every
Subject: Fwd: Important! Save your Minnesota quarters!
If you live in Minnesota--have EVER lived in
Minnesota--know someone who lives in Minnesota--or just like making fun of
people who live in Minnesota--this one's for you.
MINNESOTA QUARTERS ALERT (IMPORTANT) Hang on to any
of the new Minnesota > Quarters you may acquire. They may be worth MUCH MORE
than 25 cents! > The US Mint announced today that it is recalling all of the
Minnesota > quarters that are part of its program featuring quarters from
each state. > This action is being taken after numerous reports that the new
quarters > will not work in parking meters, toll booths, vending machines,
pay phones > or any other coin-operated devices.
The problem lies in the unique makeup of the Minnesota quarter, which was
designed by a couple of Norwegian specialists, Sven and Ole.
Apparently the duct tape holding the two dimes and the nickel together keeps
jamming up the machines.
Auntie Bev forwarded this music video ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7KhSMKfU8HE
Many of you older folks took such a hard hit in your retirement savings that,
instead of retiring before age 70, you will now have to work full time until
your are at least age 96.
Auntie Bev sends you some consolation that retirement may be the worst of
your options when you reach ages 62-96. There are just some worries about
retirement for which Viagra offers zero hope.
By the way, Auntie Bev lives in Ft. Lauderdale --- a retirement hell hole.
RETIREMENT
If you are planning retirement, let me share retirement experiences with you,
which I hope will be helpful.
Fifteen years ago my wife and I moved into a retirement development on
Florida 's Southeast coast - The Delray/Boca/Boynton Golf, Spa, Bath and Tennis
Club on Lake Fake-A-Hatchee. There are 3000 lakes in Florida ; only three are
real.
Our biggest retirement concern was time management. What were we going to do
all day? Let me assure you, passing the time is not a problem. Your days will be
eaten up by simple, daily activities. Just getting out of your car takes 15
minutes. Trying to find where you parked takes 20 minutes. It takes 1/2 hour on
the check-out line in and one hour to return the item the next day.
Let me take you through a typical day. We get up at 5:00 AM, have a quick
breakfast and join the early morning 'Walk and Talk Club.' There are about 30 of
us, and rain or shine we walk around the streets, all talking at once. Every
development has some late risers who stay in bed until 6 AM. After a nimble walk
avoiding irate drivers out to make us road kill, we go back home, shower and
change for the next activity.
My wife goes directly to the pool for her underwater Pilate’s class, followed
by gasping for breath and CPR. I put on my, 'Ask me about my Grandchildren'
T-shirt, my plaid mid-calf shorts, my black socks and sandals and go to the
clubhouse lobby for a nice nap. Before you know it, it's time for lunch. We go
to to partake of the many tasty samples dispensed by ladies in white hairnets.
All free! After a filling lunch, if we don't have any doctor appointments, we
might go to the flea market to see if any new white belts have come in or to buy
a Rolex watch for $2.00.
We're usually back home by 2 PM to get ready for dinner. People start lining
up for the early bird about 3 PM, but we get there by 3:45 PM, because we're
late eaters. The dinners are very popular because of the large portions they
serve. You can take home enough food for the next day's lunch and dinner,
including extra bread, crackers, packets of mustard, relish, ketchup and
Sweet-and-Low along with mints.
At 5:30 PM we're home ready to watch the 6 o'clock news. By 6:30 PM we're
fast asleep. Then we get up and make 5 or 6 trips to the bathroom during the
night, and it's time to get up and start a new day all over again.
Doctor related activities eat up most of your retirement time. I enjoy
reading old magazines in sub-zero temperatures in the waiting room, so I don't
mind. Calling for test results also helps the days fly by. It takes at least
half an hour just getting through the doctor's phone menu. Then there's the hold
time until you're connected to the right party. Sometimes they forget you're
holding, and the whole office goes off to lunch.
Should you find you still have time on your hands, volunteering provides a
rewarding opportunity to help the less fortunate. Florida has the largest
concentration of seniors under five feet tall and they need our help. I myself
am a volunteer for 'The Vertically Challenged Over 80.' I coach their basketball
team, The Arthritic Avengers.
The hoop is only 4 1/2 feet from the floor. You should see the look of
confidence on their faces when they make a slam dunk.
Food shopping is a problem for short seniors or 'bottom feeders' as we call
them, because they can't reach the items on the upper shelves. There are many
foods they've never tasted. After shopping, most seniors can't remember where
they parked their cars and wander the parking lot for hours while their food
defrosts.
Lastly, it's important to choose a development with an impressive name.
Italian names are very popular in Florida . They convey world traveler, uppity
sophistication and wealth. Where would you rather live? Murray 's Condos or the
Lakes Of Venice ? There's no difference. They're both owned by Murray, who
happens to be a cheap bastard.
I hope this material has been of help to you future retirees. If I can be of
any further assistance, please look me up when you're in Florida . I live in the
half built development of: Tivoli Isles in Delray Beach on Rt. 441.
************
Jensen Comment
Today we're having a blizzard with gale force winds. My wife and I sit here
eating toast and sipping coffee while content in the fact that we don't have to
take the car (or tractor) out of the garage and fight the elements trying to get
to work. Each of us has a day that begins as a blank page in life's daily diary.
We can do most anything we individually choose to fill today’s page.
What the
heck am I doing forwarding message from Auntie Bev?
December 9, 2009 reply from the sister of an AECM Friend
Down here our senior drivers are referred to as
"Q-tips," because all you can see is a tuft of white above the driver's side
headrest. My favorite related bumper sticker: "When I get old, I'm gonna
move north and drive real slow."
The mention of "no turn signals" did resonate. When
we arrived 12 years ago, the number of local folks using turn signals
increased by 100%. Thanks to my nagging, we experienced another substantial
increase in the turn-signal-using population when Beth & Stoney got there
licenses.
I had to laugh about the "All Republican" line. In
fact, Democrats are the majority here in Florida. However, thanks to the
magic of gerrymandering every 10 years, the Republicans have an overwhelming
majority in the statehouse.
You gotta love it.
Mary
Bible Lessons Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Q.
What kind of man was Boaz before he married Ruth?
A.
Ruthless.
Q.
What do they call pastors in
Germany ?
A.
German Shepherds.
Q. Who
was the greatest financier in the Bible?
A. Noah He was floating his stock while everyone else was in liquidation.
Q. Who
was the greatest female financier in the Bible?
A. Pharaoh's daughter. She went down to the bank of the
Nile and drew out a
Little prophet.
Q.
What kind of motor vehicles are in the Bible?
A. Jehovah drove Adam and Eve out of the Garden in a Fury. David's Triumph
was heard throughout the land. Also, probably a Honda, because the apostles
were all in one Accord.
Q. Who
was the greatest comedian in the Bible?
A.
Samson. He brought the house down.
Q.
What excuse did Adam give to his children as to why he no longer lived in in
Eden ?
A. Your mother ate us out of house and home.
Q.
Which servant of God was the most flagrant lawbreaker in the Bible?
A. Moses. He broke all 10 commandments at once.

Q.
Which area of Palestine was
especially wealthy?
A.
The area around
Jordan ..
The banks were always overflowing.
Q. Who
is the greatest babysitter mentioned in the Bible?
A.
David He rocked Goliath to a very deep sleep.
Q.
Which Bible character had no parents?
A. Joshua, son of Nun.
Q. Why
didn't they play cards on the
Ark ?
A. Because Noah was standing on the deck.
PS...
Did you know it's a sin for a woman to make coffee?
Yup, it's in the Bible. It says . . 'He-brews'
Forwarded by Paula
30 Things That Could Not Be Truer
1. There is a great need for sarcasm font.
2. I can't remember the last time I wasn't at least kind of tired.
3. Bad decisions make good stories.
4. How the hell are you supposed to fold a fitted sheet?
5. I would rather try to carry 10 plastic grocery bags in each hand than take
2 trips to bring my groceries in.
6. The only time I look forward to a red light is when I'm trying to finish a
text, which should be against the law...
7. The letters T and G are very close to each other on a keyboard. This
recently became all too apparent to me and consequently I will never be ending a
work email with the phrase "Regards" again
8. Was learning cursive really necessary?
9. I have a hard time deciphering the fine line between boredom and hunger.
10. Answering the same letter three times or more in a row on a Scantron test
is absolutely petrifying.
11. Whenever someone says "I'm not book smart, but I'm street smart", all I
hear is "I'm not real smart, but I'm imaginary smart".
12. I love the sense of camaraderie when an entire line of cars teams up to
prevent a dick from cutting in at the front. Stay strong, brothers!
13. Every time I have to spell a word over the phone using 'as in' examples,
I will undoubtedly draw a blank and sound like a complete idiot. Today I had to
spell my boss's last name to an attorney and said "Yes that's G as in...(10
second lapse)..ummm...Goonies"
14. What would happen if I hired two private investigators to follow each
other?
15. While driving yesterday I saw a banana peel in the road and instinctively
swerved to avoid it...
16. MapQuest really needs to start their directions on #5. Pretty sure I know
how to get out of my neighborhood.
17. Obituaries would be a lot more interesting if they told you how the
person died.
18. I find it hard to believe there are actually people who get in the shower
first and THEN turn on the water.
19. If Carmen San Diego and Waldo ever got together, their offspring would
probably just be completely invisible.
20. Why is it that during an ice-breaker, when the whole room has to go
around and say their name and where they are from, I get so incredibly nervous?
I know my name, I know where I'm from, this shouldn't be a problem....
21. You never know when it will strike, but there comes a moment at work when
you've made up your mind that you just aren't doing anything productive for the
rest of the day.
22. Can we all just agree to ignore whatever comes after DVDs? I don't want
to have to restart my collection.
23. There's no worse feeling than that millisecond you're sure you are going
to die after leaning your chair back a little too far.
24. I'm always slightly terrified when I exit out of Word and it asks me if I
want to save any changes to my ten page research paper that I swear I did not
make any changes to.
25. "Do not machine wash or tumble dry" means I will never wash this ever.
26. I hate leaving my house confident and looking good and then not seeing
anyone of importance the entire day. What a waste.
27. Why is a school zone 15 mph? That seems like the optimal cruising speed
for pedophiles...
28. Sometimes I'll look down at my watch 3 consecutive times and still not
know what time it is.
29. It should probably be called Unplanned Parenthood.
30. I keep some people's phone numbers in my phone just so I know not to
answer when they call.
From the Reader's Digest on November 2009, Page 72
During inspection, our new company commander stopped and chatted up a
corporal.
"How long have you been in the marines?" he asked.
"Two years, eight months, and 24 days Sir," the corporal responded.
"Do you plan to reenlist"
"No Sir."
"What are you going to do after discharge?"
"Cartwheels and handstands, Sir."
Jensen Comment
I sometimes saw students doing handstands and cartwheels after finishing my
accounting theory and AIS courses.
From the Reader's Digest on November 2009, Page 128
You're a dumb criminal if:
You air your neighbor's dirty laundry
As she walked around her neighbor's yard sale in Severn, Maryland the woman
couldn't help admiring the items. The Oriental rug,, the luggage, the shoes ---
they were exactly here style. And why not? They were hers!
You let your supply of antismoking patches run out
An Indiana state trooper stopped a car for a traffic violation. When a
passenger, Honesty Knight, asked if she could smoke, the officer said yes. She
proceeded, police say, to light up a marijuana joint.
You don't know when to write off a loss
John Opperman-Green robbed a Kissimmee, Florida 7-Eleven, then called the cops
to complain when he tried to hitch a ride with strangers, who, in ther, robbed
him.
Jensen Comment
The was a similar police report in NYC about a bank robber who went running down
the street and latter reported that he was mugged.
You harbor grudges
Joseph Goetz's alleged attempt to rob a York, Pennsylvania, bank met with some
snags. Cops say the first teller he tried to rob fainted and the next two
insisted they had no cash in their drawers. Fed up, Goetz stormed out,
threatening to write an angry letter to the bank.
You can't let go of your friends
Two New Zealand prisoners had the brilliant idea of fleeing the courthouse while
tethered together by handcuffs. They might have escaped had a light pole not
gotten between them. Like a pare of click-an-clacks, they slammed into each
other and were arrested trying to get back to their feet.
Forward by Auntie Bev
Mujibar was trying to get a job in India .
The Personnel Manager said, “Mujibar, you have passed all the tests, except
one. Unless you pass it , you cannot qualify for this job.”
Mujibar said, ”I am ready.”
The manager said, “Make a sentence using the words Yellow, Pink, and Green.”
Mujibar thought for a few minutes and said, “Mister manager, I am ready.”
The manager said, “Go ahead.”
Mujibar said, “The telephone goes green, green, and I pink it up, and say,
Yellow, this is Mujibar.”
Mujibar now works at a call center.
No doubt you have spoken to him. I know I have.
Jensen Lament
Although I took three years of Russian in college years and years ago, I can't
speak any language other than English. I hesitate to criticize anybody who can
speak more than one language.
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
On the sixth day God turned to the Archangel Gabriel and said: 'Today I am
going to create a land called Iowa. It will be a land of outstanding natural
beauty. It shall have tall majestic landscapes full of buffalo, tall grass, and
hawks, beautiful skies, forests full of elk and deer, rich farmland and fair
skinned people and beautiful Churches with God loving people. God continued, 'I
shall make the land rich in resources so as to make the inhabitants prosper, I
shall call these inhabitants Hawkeyes, Cyclones and Panthers. They shall be
known as a most friendly people.
"But Lord,' asked Gabriel, 'don't you think you are being too generous to
these Iowans?
'Not really,' replied God. 'Just wait and see the winters I am going to give
them.'
Forwarded by David Albrecht
![[]](book09Q4_files/image004.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image005.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image006.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image007.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image008.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image009.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image010.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image011.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image012.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image013.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image014.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image015.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image016.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image017.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image018.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image019.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image020.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image021.jpg)
![[]](book09Q4_files/image022.jpg)
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Enjoy a rare glimpse back to our childhood, youth and young adult
days! How much has changed!!!!!
How's This For Nostalgia?
All the girls had ugly gym uniforms?

It took three minutes for the TV to warm up?

Nobody owned a purebred dog?

When a quarter was a decent allowance?

You'd reach into a muddy gutter for a penny? (I still
pick-up pennies)

Your Mom wore nylons that came in two pieces?

You got your windshield cleaned, oil checked, and gas pumped,
without asking, all for free, every time? And you didn't pay for air? And, you
got trading stamps to boot?

Laundry detergent had free glasses, dishes or towels hidden inside the box?

It was considered a great privilege to be taken out to dinner at a real
restaurant with your parents?

They threatened to keep kids back a grade if they failed. . and they did it!

When a 57 Chevy was everyone's dream car...to cruise, peel out, lay rubber or
watch submarine races, and people went steady?

No one ever asked where the car keys were because they were always in the car,
in the ignition, and the doors were never locked?

Lying on your back in the grass with your friends?
and saying things like, 'That cloud looks like a... '?

Playing baseball with no adults to help kids with the rules of the game?

Stuff from the store came without safety caps and hermetic seals because no one
had yet tried to poison a perfect stranger?

And with all our progress, don't you just wish, just once, you could slip back
in time and savor the slower pace, and share it with the children of today.

When being sent to the principal's office was nothing compared to the fate that
awaited the student at home?

Basically we were in fear for our lives, but it wasn't because of drive-by
shootings, drugs, gangs, etc. Our parents and grandparents were a much bigger
threat! But we survived because their love was greater than the threat.
. .as well as summers filled with bike rides, Hula Hoops, and visits
to the pool, and eating Kool-Aid powder with sugar.
Didn't that feel good, just to go back and say, 'Yeah, I remember that'?

I am sharing this with you today because it ended with a Double Dog Dare to pass
it on. To remember what a Double Dog Dare is, read on. And remember that the
perfect age is somewhere between old enough to know better and too young to
care.
Send this on to someone who can still remember Howdy
Doody and The Peanut
Gallery, the Lone Ranger, The Shadow knows, Nellie Bell , Roy and Dale, Trigger and Buttermilk.

How Many Of These Do You Remember?
Candy cigarettes

Wax Coke-shaped bottles with colored sugar water inside.

Soda pop machines that dispensed glass bottles.

Coffee shops with Table Side Jukeboxes.

Blackjack, Clove and Teaberry chewing gum.

Home milk delivery in glass bottles with cardboard stoppers.

Newsreels before the movie.
Telephone numbers with a word prefix...( Yukon 2-601). Party lines.

Peashooters.
Howdy Doody.
Hi-Fi's & 45 RPM records.

78 RPM records!

Green Stamps.

Mimeograph paper.
The Fort Apache Play Set.
Do You Remember a Time When..
Decisions were made by going 'eeny-meeny-miney-moe'?
Mistakes were corrected by simply exclaiming, 'Do Over!'?
'Race issue' meant arguing about who ran the fastest?

Catching The Fireflies Could Happily Occupy An Entire Evening?

It wasn't odd to have two or three 'Best Friends'?

Having a Weapon in School meant being caught with a Slingshot?

Saturday morning cartoons weren't 30-minute commercials for action figures?

'Oly-oly-oxen-free' made perfect sense?
Spinning around, getting dizzy, and falling down was cause for giggles?
The Worst Embarrassment was being picked last for a team?
War was a card game?

Baseball cards in the spokes transformed any bike into a motorcycle?
Taking drugs meant orange - flavored chewable aspirin?

Water balloons were the ultimate weapon?

If you can remember most or all of these, Then You Have
Lived!!!!!!!
Pass this on to anyone who may need a break from their 'Grown-Up' Life . .
I Double-Dog-Dare-Ya!
Humor Between December 1 and December 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor123109
Humor Between November 1 and November 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor113009
Humor Between October 1 and October 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor103109
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor093009
Humor Between August 1 and August 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor083109
Humor Between July 1 and July 31. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor073109
Humor Between June 1 and June 30. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor063009
Humor Between May 1 and May 31, 2009 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor053109
Humor Between April 1 and April 30, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor043009
Humor Between March 1 and March 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor033109
Humor Between February 1 and February 28, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor022809
Humor Between January 1 and January 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor01310
And that's the way it was on December 31, 2009 with
a little help from my friends.
Bob Jensen's gateway to millions of
other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New
Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud
Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch
With Realit
I think leading academic
researchers avoid applied research for the profession because making
seminal and creative discoveries that practitioners have not already
discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence
increasingly developed out of the internal dynamics of esoteric
disciplines rather than within the context of shared perceptions
of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to say that
professionalized disciplines or the modern service professions
that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But their
contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative –
as there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft
to Gesellschaft. Yet it
is also clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter
and procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were
greatly confused. The new professionalism also promised
guarantees of competence — certification — in an era when
criteria of intellectual authority were vague and professional
performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The
risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and
scholasticism (of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical
chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to
be the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of
professional communities that have come to share too much and
that have become too self-referential.”
What went wrong in
accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting
research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Bob Jensen's Personal History in Pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
November 30, 2009
Bob Jensen's New Bookmarks on
November 30, 2009
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have key words to enter ---
Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Cool Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Accounting program news items for colleges are posted at
http://www.accountingweb.com/news/college_news.html
Sometimes the news items provide links to teaching resources for accounting
educators.
Any college may post a news item.
How to author books and other materials for
online delivery
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
How Web Pages Work ---
http://computer.howstuffworks.com/web-page.htm
Bob Jensen's essay on the financial crisis bailout's aftermath and an alphabet soup of
appendices can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Federal Revenue and Spending Book of Charts (Great Charts on Bad Budgeting)
---
http://www.heritage.org/research/features/BudgetChartBook/index.html
The Master List of Free
Online College Courses ---
http://universitiesandcolleges.org/
Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
The Master List of Free
Online College Courses ---
http://universitiesandcolleges.org/
Bob Jensen's threads for online worldwide education and training
alternatives ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm
"U. of Manitoba
Researchers Publish Open-Source Handbook on Educational Technology,"
by Steve Kolowich, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 19, 2009 ---
http://chronicle.com/wiredcampus/index.php?id=3671&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Social Networking for Education: The Beautiful and the Ugly
(including Google's Wave and Orcut for Social Networking and some education uses
of Twitter)
Updates will be at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Humor Between November 1 and November 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor113009
Humor Between October 1 and October 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor103109
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor093009
Humor Between August 1 and August 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor083109
Humor Between July 1 and July 31. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor073109
Humor Between June 1 and June 30. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor063009
Humor Between May 1 and May 31, 2009 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor053109
Humor Between April 1 and April 30, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor043009
Humor Between March 1 and March 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor033109
Humor Between February 1 and February 28, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor022809
Humor Between January 1 and January 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor01310
AccountingWeb's Tax Software Review for Professionals, November 2009
Featured Tax
Software
Bob Jensen's accounting software helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#AccountingSoftware
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Bernie's Dream --- 1,000 and Growing
Program to Fund and Otherwise Support Minority Business and Accounting Doctoral
Students
2008 Annual Report ---
http://www.kpmgfoundation.org/pdfs/080427_FoundAR08_POST2.pdf
VIDEO: Bernie Milano, President - The PhD Project & KPMG Foundation ---
Click Here
http://www.diversityinc.com/content/1757/article/3151/?VIDEO_Bernie_Milano_President__The_PhD_Project__KPMG_Foundation
The PhD Project ---
http://www.phdproject.org/
Since 1994, The PhD
Project has more than tripled the number of minority business school
professors...from 294 to over 960. These individuals are inspiring and
encouraging a new generation of business professionals. Click here to learn more
about our fifteen years of achievements, real insights on the journey to a PhD
degree and the professors who are making a big impact.
Are you ready to be the
next role model? Currently, The PhD Project has 400 minority doctoral student
members pursuing their dream. Like you, they were professionals or recent grads
satisfying their quest for a high level of achievement and answering the call to
mentor. With an expansive network of support, The PhD Project is now helping
them prepare for success in academia.
Whether you become
involved as a doctoral student, professor, participating university, or
supporting organization...just become involved. Learn more by visiting the links
on the left.
Participation in The PhD
Project is available to anyone of African-American, Hispanic American and Native
American descent who is interested in business doctoral studies.
Jensen Comment
The PhD Project commenced in the KPMG Foundation under the guidance of Executive
Partner Bernie Milano who increasingly devoted more time, money, and sweat to
raise money from other accounting firms and from corporations. It has since
expanded beyond accounting doctoral programs into other business disciplines.
Above and beyond helping minority students get into selected doctoral
programs, Bernie has been dogged about trying every which way to see them to the
graduation day endings when a wide array colleges in literally every part of the
world are eager to hire them. These students have many more hurdles to cross
than most other doctoral students, and Bernie's Dream is to help them across the
biggest hurdles without making it any easier for them then all other doctoral
students.
Most importantly, the salting of these graduates around the world as role
models is increasingly vital to inspiring undergraduate and even K12 minority
students to aspire to become practicing professionals and/or doctoral students
themselves. These role models are living proof that Berne's Dream can become
their dream.
Thank you Bernie, KPMG, and the many other accounting firms and corporations
have made Bernie's Dream come true.
How doctoral programs can help minority candidates
Video on the PhD Completion Program ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zWtUTZk1w4Q
Also read about the efforts of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation ---
Click Here
Added Jensen Rant
Often potential minority candidates for accounting doctoral programs are CPAs.
They are strong accounting candidates that are attracted to accounting and
turned off by the heavy mathematics, statistics, and econometrics years of study
in accountancy doctoral programs that have almost no accountancy. It would help
greatly if some of our leading doctoral programs would open up paths of study
other than "accountics."
Alternative study and research paths could include paths of case method and
field research. Those graduates may never publish in The Accounting Review
(which now publishes zero case and field research studies according to the
latest report of the TAR Editor), but there are research journals that will
publish case and field research studies.
My rants ad nauseum on the narrow mindedness of present accountics
doctoral programs are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
How well
can free computer software do language translations?
Especially note Paul Pacter’s test runs described below.
Paul helped set U.S. accounting standards at the FASB, international accounting
standards at the IASB, and now works very closely helping to set accounting
standards in China. He’s headquartered in Deloitte’s office in Hong Kong.
Keep in mind that accounting or other technical
translations are difficult even for language professors since there are often
technical terms that they’ve never encountered. Also note that the tests given
below by Paul are not really very technical.
Incidentally, Paul has about 100,000 pictures from China,
Tibet, and elsewhere, many of which are posted at
http://www.whencanyou.com/index.htm
One thing nice about a picture is that it can say a
lot that doesn’t require language translation.
Not new,
but a useful reminder
"Google Translate (to a foreign language) Adds As-You-Type Translations,
Phonetic Pronunciation," LifeHacker, November 2009 ---
Click Here
What
bothers me is that if I send off a message translated into Chinese I can’t be
certain what is really being sent to my Chinese friend. It’s a little bit like
instrument landing in the dark and in a fog so dense you can’t see for three
feet ahead. However, someday I might try this for fun in a message to my good
friend Paul Pacter in Hong Kong.
November
24, 2009 reply from Jim McKinney
[jim@MCKINNEYCPA.COM]
I used to have to send letters to Japanese business partners. For formal
communications, I hired a translator. However for informal communications I used
translation software. To see if I made sense, I would have my letter translated
to Japanese by the software. I would then have the software translate the letter
back to English. I would then adjust phrases and words until the
English-Japanese-English letter made sense.
November
25, 2009 reply from Hong Kong's Paul Pacter ---
Pacter, Paul (CN - Hong Kong)
[paupacter@DELOITTE.COM.HK]
After
reading these emails, I did a little test:
I
took this sentence:
On
the balance sheet, assets are on the left and liabilities are on the right.
And translated it into French using 3 on-line free translators:
Free Translation
http://www.freetranslation.com/
Sur le bilan, les biens sont sur la gauche et les responsabilités sont sur la
droite.
And translating the French back to English:
Using Google: On balance, the property is on the left and responsibilities are
on the right.
Using Babelfish: On the assessment, the goods are on the left and the
responsibilities are on the line.
Using Free Translation: On the report, the well being on the left and the
responsibilities are on the right.
Babelfish
http://babelfish.yahoo.com/
Sur le bilan, les capitaux sont du côté gauche et les responsabilités sont du
côté droit.
And translating the French back to English:
Using Google: On balance, capital is on the left and responsibilities are on
the right.
Using Babelfish: On the assessment, the capital is left side and the
responsibilities are right-sided.
Using Free Translation:: On the report, the capitals are left side and the
responsibilities are straight side.
Google
http://translate.google.com
Au
bilan, les actifs sont sur la gauche et les passifs sont à droite.
And translating the French back to English:
Using Google: On the balance sheet, assets are on the left and liabilities are
right.
Using Babelfish: With the assessment, the credits are on the left and the
passive ones are on the right.
Using Free Translation: To the report, the active ones are on the left and the
passive ones are at right.
I am ok (no more) at speaking and writing French. To me clearly in translating
from English to French, Google did the best job (it got the words for assets,
liabilities, and balance sheet right). But in going back from French to
English, none did well except for Google translating its own French back to
English. (The ‘on balance’ and ‘on assessment’ and ‘on the report’ problem was
caused when both Free Translation and Babelfish used “sur le bilan” rather than
“au bilan”.)
As one would expect, at Deloitte in Hong Kong there is a huge amount of
translating written text between English and both traditional (HK/TW/ML/SG) and
simplified (PRC) Chinese text. Most is done manually because the clean-up
effort required is even more costly. For fun I have sent automated translations
of text from English to Chinese to Chinese friends, and usually they understand
the message.
Paul
Mac OS versus Windows OS
I’d be
interested in hearing success stories about the Windows emulators on the Mac.
Increasingly with the greatly reduced prices of computers, most Mac users have a
Windows machine that will run software available only for the Windows OS.
Supposedly these
have gotten better for emulating Windows on a Mac.
Fusion 3 (not
free) is a popular add on ---
http://www.vmware.com/products/fusion/
Unlike the Windows emulator available from Apple, Fusion 3 allows split screens
where one screen is Max OS and the other is Windows OS. However, it will also
run in a single-screen Windows view.
I doubt whether
Fusion 3 is updated for the latest Windows 7 views of Windows
November 21, 2009 message from Richard.Sansing
[Richard.C.Sansing@TUCK.DARTMOUTH.EDU]
I have had success using "Parallels Desktop" on my
Mac to run Scientific Workplace and the Solver function on Excel.
Richard Sansing
"Mac Browser Camino 2 Gets A Release Candidate,"
MJ Siegler, Tech Crunch
via The Washington Post, October 27, 2009 ---
Click Here
When it was revealed that
Mike
Pinkerton, the lead developer for the
Mozilla's Mac-based
Camino web browser was moving over to Google
to take charge of building Chrome for Mac, there was some concern that
Camino would be neglected. Pinkerton assured development on Camino would
continue, and sure enough it has. Today brings the first release candidate
for Camino 2, the new version of the browser.
Camino, though much less prevalent than its
Mozilla sibling, Firefox, has a solid following among Mac users who
appreciate its speed. It has long been my browser of choice as it's
relatively lightweight and very fast compared to Firefox. And compatibility
with various sites seems better than
Apple's own Safari.
We've been beta testing Camino 2 for several
months now, and it's solid. It offers several improvements over the first
iterations of Camino, notably in speed and the way it looks. Mozilla notes
that this Release Candidate 1 could become the final, first official build
of Camino 2 if there are no critical issue found.
So it looks like despite Pinkerton's Chrome
time commitments, Camino 2 will beat Chrome for Mac even reaching beta
status.
The anticipation for Chrome for Mac continues
to build. Even Google co-founder Sergey Brin admits that he's
disappointed
with how long it has taken to develop. But, as we noted the other day,
Chrome for Mac ? not Chromium, the open source browser on which Chrome is
based ? looks like
it's getting closer to a beta release.
November 22, 2009 reply from David Fordham, James Madison University
[fordhadr@JMU.EDU]
Due to the number of people requesting elaboration
on my comment about the "myths of the Mac", here are my experiences:
Let me preface these by saying I've been told these
myths over and over by Mac fans who enthusiastically tried for years to get
me to ditch my Windows machines for a Mac by using these arguments on me. I
don't say that all Mac users hold these beliefs, but enough of my Mac-fan
acquaintances claim they are true for me to label them "myths" rather than
simply a mistaken error coming from a single uninformed or naive Mac user.)
Myth 1: "The Mac isn't affected by viruses". False.
Even though I very, very rarely use my Mac on the Internet, my iMac
contracted a virus. I don't know where it came from, but our Tech Support
people found it while troubleshooting a problem it caused. And it was darned
hard for them to find me any Anti-virus software that really works on a Mac
without gumming up the works bigtime. They installed three different
Mac-based anti-virus programs before they got one that didn't make at least
one of my standard Mac apps stop working. If Macs aren't affected by
viruses, why are there anti-virus programs for Macs? My tech support people
reluctantly agreed that the myth is false when I asked them that question.
Myth 2: "The Mac OS-X doesn't crash." False. I've
had at least four crashes, none of which can be explained by anyone,
including our tech support people, who repeated the myth to me until they
sat in my office and watched it happen. Yes, the whole shebang, not just one
program (or app, as the Mac users calls them).
Myth 3: "Mac-based programs don't crash." False.
I've gotten used to saving my work every five minutes on the iMac (I usually
go 10-15 minutes on the Windows machines) because I'm tired of seeing the
little pop-up window: "Adobe Premiere Pro (or some other program) has
unexpectedly quit working. You have lost any data that was not recently
saved. You can try opening the program again." This happens regularly in my
Adobe Creative Suite 3 for Mac programs, as well as two native
iMac-'included' apps that came pre-loaded on the machine.
Myth 4: "The Mac doesn't just freeze-up suddenly
like Windows programs do from time to time." False. I've let Adobe
Photoshop, Premiere Pro, iDVD, Safari, and several other programs sit
overnight in a "hung" state before Tech Support comes over and unplugs the
machine -- unlike Windows machines, even holding the button on the back
doesn't seem to reboot a Mac when it's frozen.
Myth 5: "The Mac is a lot easier to learn." Maybe
True for some, but not for me. Then again, I was 53 years old when I started
learning the Mac, whereas I was only 33 when I learned Windows 3.0, which
was built upon the DOS which I learned when I was in my mid-20's, which was
similar to CP/M which I learned when ... so I'll chalk up my learning curve
to age and curmudgeonliness.
Myth 6: "Everything you can do on a Windows machine
you can do on a Mac by using a Windows emulator." False. I have at least
four programs which run fine on Windows which refuse to run at all on my
iMac... out of about a dozen I tried. This was the first myth that our Tech
Support people readily admitted was false without me having to demonstrate
it to them. They recommended de-installing the emulators (which I have,
eagerly) and sticking with running all Windows programs on Windows machines,
and using only Mac programs on the Mac. (Note that this does not solve the
problems I have with the Mac programs noted in the myths above.)
Myth 7: "You can run Windows programs on a Mac, but
they run a little slower than on a Windows machine." Maybe True for some
programs, but not all... Some of my programs were not a little slow, they
were agonizingly slow, taking MINUTES instead of seconds to respond. This
was the second myth that our Tech Support agreed was false without my having
to convince them. I now run Windows programs only on Windows machines.
Myth 8: "Mac's have no trouble with Firewire."
False. Every single time I try to capture video from my Canon ZR-960
videocam, it takes eight or ten plug-ins and unplugs before the machine
finally recognizes it. Once it recognizes it, however, everything is good
from there on out. The Adobe Premiere people say its the iMac, not their
program. The camera works fine on Windows machines. The problem is
indigenous to certain individual iMacs, not all. It works fine first time on
about half of the iMacs tech support tried, but failed on the other half.
The camera works fine first time every time on all Windows Vista machines,
including my Vista Home Edition at home, even using the exact same cable.
(My office WinXP doesn't have a firewire card so I haven't tried it on XP.)
Myth 9: "Mac's have no trouble with USB devices
like outboard disk drives." False. For some reason, my iMac will not
recognize one of my Western Digital outboard disk drives... ever, even
though it has the NTFS partition created on another identical iMac!. The
disk simply doesn't show up on the desktop when plugged in. Either
partition! The disk works perfectly on every Windows machine I've plugged it
into. Both partitions (NTFS and FAT32) show up on XP and Vista machines
without problem. My three other disk drives work okay on my Mac, and even my
thumb drives (FAT32 only!) work fine on the iMac. But this one doesn't. I've
never had a Windows machine that refused to recognize ANY outboard disk
drive. Yes, it's a USB 2.0 compliant disk drive, purchased in 2008. The disk
works on some of CIT's Macs, but not others, and no one can explain why.
Myth 10: "It's just your individual machine, not
Macs in general. You must have a bad machine." FALSE. I've used up a lot of
brownie points with our tech support and CIT people by taking my stuff over
to their iMacs and duplicating the problems on THEIR machines when they try
to tell me it's just my individual machine. In fact, in two instances, I've
succeeded in "stumping the chumps" by making their machine fail in front of
their eyes in new ways that MY machine has never done before. In one of
those two, the tech support guy was actually running the machine, not me. So
it's not just the way I'm holding my mouth or blinking my eyes or doing
covert things with the command keys.
Now in all fairness, I have to admit that I'm
something of a power user, meaning that I probably use about 15-20% of an
application's capabilities, compared to the average user who uses probably
5-10% of the capabilities. I exercise the programs and explore recesses and
features and use the intermediate capabilities (the textbooks call them
"advanced" features, but in reality, even I don't even begin to touch some
of the real advanced capabilities of most mature modern software
applications! So I may be bumping into some unexplored territory with my
attempts to get the real performance out of some of these programs. So I
won't criticize the average Mac user who claims these myths are true,
because his/her experience might never have led him/her into the situations
where I encounter the problems.
Most Mac tech support people will admit that these
myths are myths. The few who still don't admit they are myths seem to
believe I'm bringing bad karma into their offices and machines. If I am, it
is unintentional. But they may be right, given the large number of Mac users
who still insist the above statements are gospel truth.
SUMMARY: I'm not dissing the Macs in favor of
Windows machines. Macs do have a lot going for them. My iMac flies like
lightning compared to Windows when it comes to video editing, video
rendering, audio conversions, photo editing en masse, and other A/V
applications (on those occasions that it doesn't hang, crash, or
automatically reboot without me doing anything!). So I'm relatively happy
with the Mac for those applications. And I can't even complain too much
about the operation or learning curves of some of the Mac apps -- like
Safari, etc. But I don't find those apps any EASIER, however, especially
since the interface's logic is so different from what I'm used to on Windows
machines.
But I must say that I'm not yet convinced that the
Mac is in any way superior (or even comparable) to a Windows machine for any
of the office-related (lower-case o) applications like word-processing,
spreadsheets that I've tried on it, especially for the features that I use,
nor do I believe a Mac is anywhere near as safe and reliable as all of my
Mac-fan friends had led me to believe. In fact, I would dare say that my
iMac has actually been just as unreliable and prone to problems as any
Windows machine I've ever had. Not necessarily worse, but every bit as bad.
I know Mac users who will disagree, and I know
Windows users who will also disagree, believing that nothing can be as
problematic as Microsoft software. I'm going ONLY on my own personal
experience. As my doctor told me only 29 hours ago, as his test diagnosed me
with H1N1 with no symptoms whatsoever but a previously-unexplained fever,
"hey, everybody is different... everybody is different."
David Fordham James Madison University
Bob Jensen's technology bookmarks are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob4.htm
SEC's expansion of Sarbanes-Oxley Act could mean big costs for smaller
companies
I thought the SEC was moving in the opposite direction. Even though I've long
thought that SOX helped save capital markets after the accounting scandals of
Enron, WorldCom, and many corporations with lousy internal controls, the timing
of this SEC ruling could discourage small business at a time when we
increasingly need new and stronger small business hiring.
As large companies like Kodak reported that SOX rules help them discover
internal control weaknesses, there are purported benefits admitted by top CEOs
who otherwise bemoan SOX. But I've not heard much support for benefits over
costs to smaller companies.
"SEC's expansion of Sarbanes-Oxley Act could mean big costs for smaller
companies," by Will Deener, Dallas News, November 23, 2009 ---
Click Here
This was a newsy little
tidbit affecting thousands of small public companies, but it was mostly
relegated to the back pages of newspapers, if it was covered at all.
The Securities and
Exchange Commission announced recently that small public companies will no
longer get a reprieve from complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Next year, they will have
to hire auditors to attest to the adequacy of their companies' internal control
systems, and that means heavy additional expense. Internal control basically
refers to the way a company tracks inventory, accounts payable and cash.
If there are cracks in
the internal control system, the data used to compile the financial statements
could be flawed. Before Sarbanes-Oxley, only the company's financial statements
had to be audited, but under Section 404 of the law, a second report is required
on the adequacy of internal controls.
Until now, companies with
market capitalization below $75 million did not have to comply with Section 404.
In fact, the SEC delayed their compliance four times over the years.
Business groups have
intensely argued that they would have to pay disproportionately high costs for
these audits because of the fixed-cost nature of compliance. As it turns out,
they are right.
Reliable data on the cost
of Section 404 compliance for small companies has been slow in coming, but a
Pennsylvania State University finance professor said his research shows that
small firms are in fact taking a big hit.
Big hit for small firms
Professor Peter Iliev
said he nailed down the cost of Section 404 compliance by examining companies
with market caps just above $75 million and those just below it. Those below
that cap have not had to comply until now.
"We needed a control
group that didn't have to comply," Iliev said. "This allowed us to look at those
who did comply and attribute any differences to the new regulation."
What he found was that
there were some rim-rocking costs associated with auditing internal controls.
These smaller firms had to pay an additional $697,890 in audit fees in 2004 –
the year he examined – which amounted to a 98 percent increase over the
companies not in compliance.
These companies had a
median market cap of just over $110 million, which is not very big. Many
companies have market caps of $100 billion or more.
As it turned out, the
average earnings for these firms were negative $1.4 million in that year,
meaning a good chunk of the loss could be attributed to the additional audit
expense.
"Small firms pay
disproportionately. The burden was large, and this is a recurring cost," Iliev
said.
Does law go too far?
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act
was passed in 2002 in response to the high-profile scandals at Enron Corp.,
WorldCom Inc. and other companies that used accounting tricks to vastly
overstate their profits. The law's purpose was to improve the quality of
financial reports and to give investors more confidence in what companies
report.
Perhaps the act has done
that, but the question is whether the costs of compliance at smaller firms are
worth the benefit.
Or more specifically,
does the burden of Sarbanes-Oxley go beyond what Congress intended? I put that
question to Iliev, and his response was, "For small companies, yes."
Also see the video at
http://retheauditors.com/2009/11/24/sarbanes-oxley-for-everyone-to-be-or-not-to-be/
Bob Jensen's threads on SOX are interspersed at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm
Accounting Professors Who Blog
(this list was prepared by David Albrecht)
To David's list we should possibly add
Jerry Trites in Canada writes:
I run several
blogs in addition to the one for XBRL Canada. The oldest is The Trites
E-Business Blog at
http://www.zorba.ca/blog.html. Besides being of general interest, this blog
is used as additional reading for the text book E-Business - A Canadian
Perspective, that Efrim Boritz and I authored. I also do a blog for the
University of Waterloo Centre for Information Systems Assurance (UWCISA) called
IS Assurance at
http://uwcisa.uwaterloo.ca/blog/ISAssurance/. Finally, I have a blog which
is maintained as a course pack for an online course I do for people wanting to
start an online business called E-Commerce in Canada at
http://gtrites.wordpress.com/.
November 21, reply from Rick Lillie
[rlillie@CSUSB.EDU]
Hi Bob,
Since everyone seems to have a blog, I will share
my "2 cents" worth. My research and writing focus is accounting education
and the teaching-learning process. I am a technologist. My blog shares
information about technology tools to use for developing course materials,
sharing them with students, and enabling collaborative activities.
Link to blog:
http://iaed.wordpress.com/
Currently, I am working on ways to create
instructor presence in face-to-face, blended, and online courses. I combine
asynchronous tools to obtain synchronous-like outcomes. For example, I
developed an interaction-grading-feedback technique for my online classes. I
also use it with my face-to-face and blended classes. Students tell me the
technique gives them what they would get by going to live office hours,
while being far more convenient.
I am writing a paper about using technology to
create instructor presence in the teaching-learning experience. With a
little luck, it may get published.
Best wishes,
Rick Lillie
Rick Lillie, MAS, Ed.D., CPA Assistant Professor of
Accounting Coordinator - Master of Science in Accountancy (MSA) Program
Department of Accounting and Finance College of Business and Public
Administration CSU San Bernardino 5500 University Pkwy, JB-547 San
Bernardino, CA. 92407-2397
Telephone Numbers: San Bernardino Campus: (909)
537-5726 Palm Desert Campus: (760) 341-2883, Ext. 78158
Other accountancy, tax, fraud, and related blogs and news sites ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Also see accountancy listserv, blog, and social networking sites at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Congratulations to Adam Brandenburger and Dan Gode for Excellence in
Teaching. I do not know Professor Brandenburger, but I go back a long ways with
Dan Gode when he used to show me some of the finer dining places on Wall Street.
Dan's major advisor was Shyam Sunder when Shyam was till at Carnegie Mellon ---
http://w4.stern.nyu.edu/news/news.cfm?doc_id=100162
What Dan and I had in common years back was that we we both developed courses
in ToolBook back when you really had to use (Open Script) code to creatively
write multimedia ToolBooks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/290wp/290wp.htm
Question
Are auditors Watchdogs and Lapdogs?
See Burton Malkiel, Editorial in The Wall Street Journal (quoted
below)
Dr. Malkiel, professor of economics at Princeton, is author of A Random Walk
Down Wall Street, 7th ed. (W.W. Norton, 2000).
The UK has nearly 2.5 million limited liability
companies and most require an audit. Between 2002 and 2008, FTSE-100 companies
alone paid £2142 million in audit fees. The auditors collected another £2159m
for consultancy services to their audit clients. They advised banks on the
formation of special purpose vehicles, tax avoidance schemes, securitisation and
structuring of transactions, all of which are central to the crisis. They then
audited the results of their own advice and inevitably said that all was well.
When a whistleblower at HBOS drew attention to concerns about the risk profile
of the bank, the auditors said all was well. The auditing firm received £23m in
fees from the bank for audits and consultancy work. In 2007, around 100 US
mortgage companies succumbed to the deepening financial crisis and were either
closed or sold. In April, New Century Financial Corporation, America’s
second-biggest subprime mortgage lender, filed for bankruptcy.
"The audit industry should serve society ... not themselves," by Prem Sikka,
The Herald Scotland, November 23, 2009 ---
Click Here
Question
Is the audit model Broken because auditors are increasingly dependent, once
again for consulting as well as financial statement auditing, upon larger and
larger clients that are too large to lose?
Tom Selling's answer that the audit model is broken ---
Click Here
http://accountingonion.typepad.com/theaccountingonion/2008/06/toward-a-new-big-eight-a-deal-the-big-fours-cant-refuse.html
Jensen Comment
THE MAIN PROBLEM WITH OUR BROKEN AUDITING MODEL IS THAT IT ENCOURAGES CLIENTS TO
BECOME BULLIES JUST TO HAVE THEIR OWN WAYS!
The most serious problem in the U.S. audit model is that clients are becoming
bigger and bigger due to non-enforcement of anti-trust laws. For example, the
merger of Mobile and Exxon created an even larger single client. The merger of
Bear Stearns and JP Morgan created a much larger client. The number of potential
clients is shrinking while the size of the clients is exploding.
As these giants merge to become bigger giants, it gets to a point where their
auditors cannot afford to lose a giant client producing upwards of $100 million
in audit revenue each year. Real independence of audits breaks down because a
giant client can become a bully with its audit firm fearful of losing giant
clients.
Enron was an extreme but not necessarily an outlier. It will most likely be
alleged in court over the next few years that giant Wall Street banks bullied
their auditors into going along with understating financial risk before the 2008
banking meltdown. We certainly witnessed the understating of financial risk in
2007 and 2008.
I think we need an Accounting Court to deal with clients who become bullies
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm#Professionalism
Bob Jensen's threads on the litigation woes of the large auditing firms are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Watchdogs and Lapdogs,"
by Burton Malkiel, Editorial in The Wall Street Journal, January 16, 2002
---
http://interactive.wsj.com/articles/SB1011145236418110120.htm
Dr. Malkiel, professor of economics at Princeton, is author of "A Random Walk
Down Wall Street," 7th ed. (W.W. Norton, 2000).
The bankruptcy of Enron
-- at one time the seventh-largest company in the U.S. -- has underscored the
need to reassess not only the adequacy of our financial reporting systems but
also the public watchdog mission of the accounting industry, Wall Street
security analysts, and corporate boards of directors. While the full story of
what caused Enron to collapse has yet to be revealed, what is clear is that its
accounting statements failed to give investors a complete picture of the firm's
operations as well as a fair assessment of the risks involved in Enron's
business model and financing structure.
Enron is not unique.
Incidents of accounting irregularities at large companies such as Sunbeam and
Cendant have proliferated. As Joe Berardino, CEO of Arthur Andersen, said on
these pages, "Our financial reporting model is broken. It is out of date and
unresponsive to today's new business models, complex financial structures, and
associated business risks."
Blind Faith
It is important to
recognize that losses suffered by Enron's shareholders took place in the context
of an enormous bubble in the "new economy" part of the stock market during 1999
and early 2000. Stocks of Internet-related companies were doubling, then
doubling again. Past standards of valuation like "buy stocks priced at
reasonable multiples of earnings" had given way to blind faith that any company
associated with the Internet was bound to go up. Enron was seen as the perfect
"new economy" stock that could dominate the market for energy, communications,
and electronic trading and commerce.
I have sympathy for the
Enron workers who came before Congress to tell of how their retirement savings
were wiped out as Enron's stock collapsed and how they were constrained from
selling. I have long argued for broad diversification in retirement portfolios.
But many of those who suffered were more than happy to concentrate their
portfolios in Enron stock when it appeared that the sky was the ceiling.
Moreover, for all their
problems, our financial reporting systems are still the world's gold standard,
and our financial markets are the fairest and most transparent. But the dramatic
collapse of Enron and the rapid destruction of $60 billion of market value has
shaken public trust in the safeguards that exist to protect the interests of
individual investors. Restoring that confidence, which our capital markets rely
on, is an urgent priority.
In my view, the root
systemic problem is a series of conflicts of interest that have spread through
our financial system. If there is one reliable principle of economics, it is
that individual behavior is strongly influenced by incentives. Unfortunately,
often the incentives facing accounting firms, security analysts, and even in
some circumstances boards of directors militate against their functioning as
effective guardians of shareholders' interests.
While I will concentrate
on the conflicts facing the accounting profession, perverse incentives also
compromise the integrity of much of the research product of Wall Street security
analysts. Many of the most successful research analysts are compensated largely
on their ability to attract investment banking clients. In turn, corporations
select underwriters partly on their ability to present positive analyst coverage
of their businesses. Security analysts can get fired if they write unambiguously
negative reports that might damage an existing investment banking relationship
or discourage a prospective one.
Small wonder that only
about 1% of all stocks covered by street analysts have "sell" recommendations.
Even in October 2001, 16 out of 17 securities analysts covering Enron had "buy"
or "strong buy" ratings on the stock. As long as the incentives of analysts are
misaligned with the needs of investors, Wall Street cannot perform an effective
watchdog function.
In some cases, boards of
directors have their own conflicts. Too often, board members have personal,
business, or consulting relationships with the corporations on whose boards they
sit. For some "professional directors," large fees and other perks may militate
against performing their proper function as a sometime thorn in management's
side. Our watchdogs often behave like lapdogs.
But it is on the
independent accounting profession that we most rely for assurance that a
corporation's financial statements accurately reflect the firm's condition.
While we cannot expect independent auditors to detect all fraud, we should
expect we can rely on them for integrity of financial reporting. While public
accounting firms do have reputations to maintain and legal liability to avoid,
the incentives of these firms and general auditing practices can sometimes
combine to cloud the transparency of financial statements.
In my own experience on
several audit committees of public companies, the audit fee was only part of the
total compensation paid to the public accounting firm hired to examine the
financial statements. Even after the divestiture of their consulting units,
revenues from tax and management advisory services comprise a large share of the
revenues of the "Big Five" accounting firms. In some cases auditing services may
be priced as a "loss leader" to allow the accounting firm to gain access to more
lucrative non-audit business.
In such a situation, the
audit partner may be loath to make too much of a fuss about some gray area of
accounting if the intransigence is likely to jeopardize a profitable
relationship for the accounting firm. Indeed, audit partners are often
compensated by how much non-audit business they can capture. They may be
incentivized, then, to overlook some particularly aggressive accounting
treatment suggested by their clients.
Outside auditors also
frequently perform and review the inside audit function within the corporation,
as was the case with Andersen and Enron. Such a situation may weaken the
safeguards that exist when two independent organizations examine complicated
transactions. It's as if a professor let students grade their own papers and
then had the responsibility to hear any appeals. Auditors may also be influenced
by the prospect of future employment with their clients.
Unfortunately, our
existing self-regulatory and standard-setting organizations fall short. The
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants has neither the resources nor
the power to be fully effective. The institute may even have contributed to the
problem by encouraging auditors to "leverage the audit" into advising and
consulting services.
The Financial Accounting
Standards Board has often emphasized the correct form by which individual
transactions should be reported rather than the substantive way in which the
true risk of the firm may be obscured. Take "Special Purpose Entities," for
example, the financing vehicles that permit companies such as Enron to access
capital and increase leverage without adding debt to the balance sheet. Even if
all of Enron's SPEs had met the narrow test for balance sheet exclusion (which,
in fact, they did not), our accounting standard would not have illuminated the
effective leverage Enron had undertaken and the true risks of the enterprise.
Given the complexity of
modern business and the way it is financed, we need to develop a new set of
accounting standards that can give an accurate picture of the business as a
whole. FASB may have helped us measure the individual trees but it has not
developed a way to give us a clear picture of the forest. The continued
integrity of the financial reporting system and our capital markets must be
insured. We need to modernize our accounting system so financial statements give
a clearer picture of what assets and liabilities on the balance sheet are at
risk. And we must find ways to lessen the conflicts facing auditors, security
analysts, and even boards of directors that undermine checks and balances our
capital markets rely on.
Change Auditors
One possibility is to
require that auditing firms be changed periodically the way audit partners
within each firm are rotated. This would incentivize auditors to be particularly
careful in approving accounting transactions for fear that leniency would be
exposed by later auditors.
I think we need an Accounting Court to deal with clients who become bullies
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm#Professionalism
Bob Jensen's threads on the litigation woes of the large auditing firms are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
The Mother of Future Lawsuits Directly Against Credit Rating Agencies and
Ultimately Against Auditing Firms
It has been shown how Moody's and some other credit rating agencies sold AAA
ratings for securities and tranches that did not deserve such ratings ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
My friend Larry sent me the following link indicating that a lawsuit in Ohio
may shake up the credit rating fraudsters.
Will 49 other states and thousands of pension funds follow suit?
Already facing a spate of private lawsuits, the
legal troubles of the country’s largest credit rating agencies deepened on
Friday when the attorney general of Ohio sued
Moody’s Investors Service,
Standard & Poor’s and
Fitch, claiming that they had cost state
retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving high-risk Wall
Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/11/21/business/21ratings.html?em
Jensen Comment
The credit raters will rely heavily on the claim that they relied on the
external auditors who, in turn, are being sued for playing along with fraudulent
banks that grossly underestimated loan loss reserves on poisoned subprime loan
portfolios and poisoned tranches sold to investors ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Bad things happen in court where three or more parties start blaming each other
for billions of dollars of losses that in many cases led to total bank failures
and the wiping out of all the shareholders in those banks, including the pension
funds that invested in those banks. A real test is the massive lawsuit against
Deloitte's auditors in the huge Washington Mutual (WaMu) shareholder lawsuit.
"Ohio Sues Rating Firms for Losses in Funds," by David Segal, The New York
Times, November
Already
facing a spate of private lawsuits, the legal troubles of the country’s largest
credit rating agencies deepened on Friday when the attorney general of Ohio sued
Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, claiming that they had
cost state retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving high-risk
Wall Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
Already
facing a spate of private lawsuits, the legal troubles of the country’s largest
credit rating agencies deepened on Friday when the attorney general of Ohio sued
Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, claiming that they had
cost state retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving high-risk
Wall Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
The case
could test whether the agencies’ ratings are constitutionally protected as a
form of free speech.
The
lawsuit asserts that Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch were in league with
the banks and other issuers, helping to create an assortment of exotic financial
instruments that led to a disastrous bubble in the housing market.
“We
believe that the credit rating agencies, in exchange for fees, departed from
their objective, neutral role as arbiters,” the attorney general, Richard
Cordray, said at a news conference. “At minimum, they were aiding and abetting
misconduct by issuers.”
He
accused the companies of selling their integrity to the highest bidder.
Steven
Weiss, a spokesman for McGraw-Hill, which owns S.& P., said that the lawsuit had
no merit and that the company would vigorously defend itself.
“A
recent Securities and Exchange Commission examination of our business practices
found no evidence that decisions about rating methodologies or models were based
on attracting market share,” he said.
Michael
Adler, a spokesman for Moody’s, also disputed the claims. “It is unfortunate
that the state attorney general, rather than engaging in an objective review and
constructive dialogue regarding credit ratings, instead appears to be seeking
new scapegoats for investment losses incurred during an unprecedented global
market disruption,” he said.
A
spokesman for Fitch said the company would not comment because it had not seen
the lawsuit.
The
litigation adds to a growing stack of lawsuits against the three largest credit
rating agencies, which together command an 85 percent share of the market. Since
the credit crisis began last year, dozens of investors have sought to recover
billions of dollars from worthless or nearly worthless bonds on which the rating
agencies had conferred their highest grades.
One of
those groups is largest pension fund in the country, the California Public
Employees Retirement System, which filed a lawsuit in state court in California
in July, claiming that “wildly inaccurate ratings” had led to roughly $1 billion
in losses.
And more
litigation is likely. As part of a broader financial reform, Congress is
considering provisions that make it easier for plaintiffs to sue rating
agencies. And the Ohio attorney general’s action raises the possibility of
similar filings from other states. California’s attorney general, Jerry Brown,
said in September that his office was investigating the rating agencies, with an
eye toward determining “how these agencies could get it so wrong and whether
they violated California law in the process.”
As a
group, the attorneys general have proved formidable opponents, most notably in
the landmark litigation and multibillion-dollar settlement against tobacco
makers in 1998.
To date,
however, the rating agencies are undefeated in court, and aside from one modest
settlement in a case 10 years ago, no one has forced them to hand over any
money. Moody’s, S.& P. and Fitch have successfully argued that their ratings are
essentially opinions about the future, and therefore subject to First Amendment
protections identical to those of journalists.
But that
was before billions of dollars in triple-A rated bonds went bad in the financial
crisis that started last year, and before Congress extracted a number of
internal e-mail messages from the companies, suggesting that employees were
aware they were giving their blessing to bonds that were all but doomed. In one
of those messages, an S.& P. analyst said that a deal “could be structured by
cows and we’d rate it.”
Recent
cases, like the suit filed Friday, are founded on the premise that the companies
were aware that investments they said were sturdy were dangerously unsafe. And
if analysts knew that they were overstating the quality of the products they
rated, and did so because it was a path to profits, the ratings could forfeit
First Amendment protections, legal experts say.
“If they
hold themselves out to the marketplace as objective when in fact they are
influenced by the fees they are receiving, then they are perpetrating a
falsehood on the marketplace,” said Rodney A. Smolla, dean of the Washington and
Lee University School of Law. “The First Amendment doesn’t extend to the
deliberate manipulation of financial markets.”
The
73-page complaint, filed on behalf of Ohio Police and Fire Pension Fund, the
Ohio Public Employees Retirement System and other groups, claims that in recent
years the rating agencies abandoned their role as impartial referees as they
began binging on fees from deals involving mortgage-backed securities.
At the
root of the problem, according to the complaint, is the business model of rating
agencies, which are paid by the issuers of the securities they are paid to
appraise. The lawsuit, and many critics of the companies, have described that
arrangement as a glaring conflict of interest.
“Given
that the rating agencies did not receive their full fees for a deal unless the
deal was completed and the requested rating was provided,” the attorney
general’s suit maintains, “they had an acute financial incentive to relax their
stated standards of ‘integrity’ and ‘objectivity’ to placate their clients.”
To
complicate problems in the system of incentives, the lawsuit states, the
methodologies used by the rating agencies were outdated and flawed. By the time
those flaws were obvious, nearly half a billion dollars in pension and
retirement funds had evaporated in Ohio, revealing the bonds to be “high-risk
securities that both issuers and rating agencies knew to be little more than a
house of cards,” the complaint states.
"Rating agencies lose free-speech claim," by Jonathon Stempel,
Reuters, September 3, 2009 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/GCA-CreditCrisis/idUSTRE5824KN20090903
There are two superpowers in the world today in
my opinion. There’s the United States and there’s Moody’s Bond Rating Service.
The United States can destroy you by dropping bombs, and Moody’s can destroy you
by down grading your bonds. And believe me, it’s not clear sometimes who’s more
powerful. The most that we can safely assert about the evolutionary process
underlying market equilibrium is that harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations
in nature, will die out.
Martin Miller, Debt and Taxes as quoted by Frank Partnoy, "The Siskel and Ebert
of Financial Matters: Two Thumbs Down for Credit Reporting Agencies,"
Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3, 1999 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongressPartnoyWULawReview.htm
Credit rating agencies gave AAA ratings to
mortgage-backed securities that didn't deserve them. "These ratings not only
gave false comfort to investors, but also skewed the computer risk models and
regulatory capital computations," Cox said in written testimony.
SEC Chairman Christopher Cox as quoted on October 23, 2008 at
http://www.nytimes.com/external/idg/2008/10/23/23idg-Greenspan-Bad.html
"How Moody's sold its ratings - and sold out investors," by Kevin G.
Hall, McClatchy Newspapers, October 18, 2009 ---
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/homepage/story/77244.html
I think Professor Ketz misses the point --- See Exhibit A below.
"Capping Exec. Comp: Good and Bad Concerns," by J. Edward Ketz,
SmartPros, November 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x67977.xml
President Barack Obama recently established a cap
on executive pay at those firms which received taxpayer bailout funds -- a
cap on one's annual salary of $500,000. It also proposes to curb bonuses to
managers. Various individuals have raised concerns about this governmental
intervention. As it turns out, some of these concerns are legitimate and
need to be addressed, but others seem more self-serving.
One area of concern pertains to economic issues.
Does the government really have the information by which it makes good
decisions that regulate labor markets? More importantly, does it have the
moral integrity and fortitude to legislate matters and limit executive pay
fairly for the good of all? Clearly, there are doubts on both fronts so that
it is hard, if not impossible, to answer either of these questions with an
unqualified yes.
A related area of concern pertains to the
encroachment on individual liberties, especially property rights. For some
time the United States has seen limits imposed on the freedoms of the
individual, and these infringements have been speeding up. Even if one
believes that the caps imposed on these executives are proper and fair,
where will government interventions end? It is by no means clear that this
behemoth has the discipline to respect any property rights of the
individual. And it puzzles the imagination to figure out what institutions
exist to rein in this beast if it continues to malign human freedoms. The
United States is clearly on the road to greater socialism.
And these two concerns lead to the most
frightening: the increased power of the central administration. Does the
U.S. government really have the authority to intervene in the way it has
with respect to banks and other institutions that have received bailout
funds? If so, where does the power end and what countervailing forces exist
to keep the current and future presidents from abusing their power?
One small comfort is that more Americans are
thinking about such issues. A Gallup Poll in September found that 57% of the
respondents felt that the government is “doing too much” while only 38% said
that it “should do more.” Of course, these thoughts need to translate into
actions before it is too late to restrain Washington politicians and
bureaucrats.
Having said this, I find it amusing to hear the
arguments of bank managers and directors. Their major complaint is that the
administration’s cap on executive salaries will drive talent away. That is
such a self-centered argument! If they cannot live comfortably on $500,000
per year, then I really feel sorry for them.
But wait—aren’t these the same guys who
misunderstood the nature of the derivative instruments that their firms were
dealing in? And didn’t these managers make faulty decisions with respect to
the housing market and counter-party risk? In short, didn’t these executives
bring their own firms to the brink of destruction? Given the foolish and
reckless behaviors of these managers, one has to ask what talent they are
talking about. If this is talent, let’s given some untalented people the
chance the run these companies. They couldn’t do worse.
Besides, where would these executives go? Before
these talented people leave their firms, they would desire other positions
with salaries greater than $500,000. I doubt that there are enough open
positions that pay that much for so many executives. The labor market is
slim for this end of the pay spectrum.
And there are other people who could easily replace
these businessmen and who could do a credible job. For example, competent
university presidents must have great managerial skills. With a median
salary of $427,400, some of them might be willing to accept the new
challenges of running a bank. And take a pay boost.
There are several legitimate concerns about Obama’s
intervention into the pay of bank managers and others who accepted
government bailouts. But, concern over the flight of talent is not one of
them.
Jensen Comment
The hardest part in the executive rip offs of their own companies is the fact
that most of them that failed miserably still made millions. They appointed
boards of directors who then gave them generous golden parachutes. Pride gave
them reasons to bet big on drawing to inside straits since they were not
gambling with their own money. They took high financial risks knowing full well
that they'd never be anything other than gloriously rich.
Exhibit A
Exhibit A is Stanley O'Neal who resigned is disgrace at Merrill Lynch
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stanley_O%27Neal
During August and September 2007, as the sub-prime
crisis swept through the global financial market, Merrill Lynch announced
losses of $8 billion. O'Neal is largely credited with having steered Merrill
Lynch into the disastrous sub-prime arena, and responsible for the losses.
As the crisis worsened, O'Neal approached Wachovia Bank without the approval
of Merrill's Board of Directors, which led to his ouster. O'Neal walked away
with a golden parachute compensation package that included Merrill stock and
options valued at $161.5 million at the time.
White Collar Crime Pays Even If You Get Caught
Protecting outrageous golden parachutes is not protecting capitalism. It's
protecting members of the corporate executive club and ensures that no member of
the club will ever be less than a multi-millionaire except in the case of
spending time in prison (read that Club Fed) in which case the millions lie in
wait until being released from prison.
Bob Jensen's threads on why white collar crime pays are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Bob Jensen's threads on outrageous executive compensation are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#OutrageousCompensation
Lexis Nexis Fraud Prevention Site ---
http://risk.lexisnexis.com/prevent-fraud
Financial Statement Fraud: Prevention and
Detection, 2nd Edition Zabihollah Rezaee, Richard Riley ISBN:
978-0-470-45570-8 Hardcover 332 pages September 2009
Bob Jensen's fraud prevention and reporting site
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm
"Keeping Derivatives in the Dark," Floyd Norris, The New York Times,
November 26, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/11/27/business/27norris.html?_r=2&emc=tnt&tntemail1=y
Opaque markets breed insider profits and abuse of
investors. Sunshine can bring competition and lower costs even if regulators
do little beyond letting the sunlight shine.
You might think that as Congress considers just how
much regulation is needed for the shadow financial system — the one that
largely escaped regulation in the past — letting in such light would be an
easy and uncontroversial move.
But it is not proving to be easy at all, and is one
part of the Obama administration’s financial reform package that is most in
jeopardy.
Timothy Geithner, the secretary of the Treasury,
will testify before the Senate Agriculture Committee next week in an effort
to hold on to important provisions of the proposal that have come under
attack by banks fearful of losing one of their most profitable franchises —
the selling of customized derivatives to corporate customers. Remarkably,
the banks have persuaded customers that keeping the market for those
products secret is in their interest.
Last week, Gary Gensler, the chairman of the
Commodities Futures Trading Commission, faced the same panel, and ran into
questions that indicated at least some senators were sympathetic to efforts
to keep large parts of the derivatives market in the dark.
Those markets allow companies to bet on — or, if
you prefer, hedge themselves against losses from — changing interest rates
and commodity prices. They also allow investors to use credit-default swaps
to bet on whether a company will go broke. The administration wants to
standardize those products when possible, and force the trading of them onto
exchanges when possible.
Banks want to whittle away the reforms if they can,
and to minimize the roles of the C.F.T.C. and the Securities and Exchange
Commission, experienced market regulators who have been generally kept away
from over-the-counter derivatives in the past. Instead, the banks would like
to leave it to banking regulators to oversee the dealers, something
regulators totally failed to do in the past. Unless Mr. Geithner can
persuade legislators otherwise, one of the great bank lobbying campaigns
will have succeeded, in large part because some companies that buy
derivatives from banks have been persuaded that their costs will rise if
needed reforms were made.
The opposite is probably true. The history of
nearly all markets is that customers suffer if dealers are able to keep them
ignorant of what is actually going on.
Until the beginning of this decade, that was true
in the corporate bond market, where actual trades were kept confidential.
That made it easy for bond dealers to charge big markups when they sold
bonds to customers.
After regulators forced timely disclosures, the
bid-ask spreads — the difference between what customers paid when they
bought bonds and what they could get when selling them — declined
significantly. The result was smaller profits for bond dealers, and better
returns for bond investors.
“It is now time,” Mr. Gensler testified, “to
promote similar transparency in the relatively new marketplace” for
derivatives traded over the counter.
“Lack of regulation in these markets,” he added,
“has created significant information deficits.”
He listed “information deficits for market
participants who cannot observe transactions as they occur and, thus, cannot
benefit from the transparent price discovery function of the marketplace;
information deficits for the public who cannot see the aggregate scope and
scale of the markets; and information deficits for regulators who cannot see
and police the markets.”
In the listed markets for derivative securities,
like futures, there are margins that must be posted every day if markets
move against the buyer of the derivative. Corporate customers of
over-the-counter derivatives fear that they might face similar margin
requirements if their contracts were to be traded on exchanges, and have
persuaded some legislators that would be horrible.
Of course, because prices aren’t made public, we
can only hope that the banks currently are pricing the credit at reasonable
levels. The banks say they are. Robert Pickel, the chief executive of the
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, an industry group, assured
me this week that “the cost of credit is taken into account in the
collateral relationship and in the bid-ask spread.”
In layman’s terms, that means that customers with
worse credit would face different prices than customers with excellent
credit, which Mr. Pickel argued would make price disclosure of limited
value.
Mr. Gensler, the C.F.T.C. chairman, argues that
customers would be better off if the two markets — for the derivatives and
for the credit — were separated and had clear pricing. “How else,” he asked
in an interview, “can customers know if they are getting fair prices?”
Remarkably, big corporations like Boeing,
Caterpillar and many others that use derivatives to hedge risk have been
persuaded by bankers that they should not worry about that.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's timeline on derivatives financial instruments frauds are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Bob Jensen's free tutorials on accounting for derivative financial
instruments are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
"Is It Possible To Invent An Investment Product (purely fake satire) Too
Stupid To Find Buyers?" by Jim Carney, Business Insider, November 19,
2009 ---
Click Here
Jensen Comment
And as academics we question how Wall Street could get away with gimmicks all
these years.
"There's a sucker born every minute second ."
Makes you sort of wonder if auditors with their SOX on are just wasting time
and money.
More on the unfunded entitlements that Congress simply added to Social
Security and Medicare hemorrhages
This may well affect payroll tax increases in the future
"Determining which employees are disabled under the new ADA regulations,"
AccountingWeb, November 19, 2009 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/topic/cfo/determining-which-employees-are-disabled-under-new-ada-regulations
Wading into the depths of the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990 to determine who is disabled and who is not
has never been a simple task for employers or their employees. On January 1,
2009 amendments to the Act took effect but the new amendments left many
unanswered questions. Now, as instructed by Congress, the U.S. Equal
Employment Commission has proposed rules designed to bring some clarity to
both employers and employees.
Whether that actually occurs remains to be
seen, but it is imperative for companies to become familiar with the
proposed rules, which represent some significant departures from the past.
Why? Consider several scenarios and try to determine in which cases an
employee is considered disabled and must be offered a reasonable
accommodation:
A: An employee with post-traumatic stress
disorder; B: An employee with cancer who is currently in remission; C: An
employee with asthma that they treat with an inhaler; or D: An employee who
wears contact lenses.
According to the EEOC's proposed rules,
the answers are yes, yes, yes, and no. The rules are still being debated,
but employers must make sure they understand which impairments may qualify
as a disability, which may not and how to determine what falls into either
category.
The Revised ADA Regulations
When the ADA Amendments Act of 2008 (ADAAA)
took effect at the beginning of 2009, it brought some significant changes to
the way that disabilities could be interpreted, even though it made few
changes to the definition of a disability.
Under the ADAAA, a disability remains "an
impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, a
record of such an impairment, or being regarded as having such an
impairment."
However, the new law made several
important changes, which have spurred the EEOC's proposed rules. Those
changes include:
Expanding the definition of major life
activities to include walking, reading, and many major bodily functions,
such as the immune system, normal cell growth, digestive, bowel, bladder,
neurological, brain, respiratory, circulatory, endocrine, and reproductive
functions. Ordering employers to not consider mitigating measures other than
regular eyeglasses or contact lenses when determining whether an individual
has a disability. Clarifying that an impairment that is episodic or in
remission is a disability if it would substantially limit a major life
activity when the impairment is active – that is, employees are disabled
even if they are not showing symptoms of their disease, if the disease would
qualify as a disability when the employee is experiencing symptoms.
The EEOC Weighs In
When the law was passed, the EEOC was
directed to evaluate how employers should interpret the changes in the ADAAA,
employees, and job applicants. In September, the commission did so when it
issued its Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. According to the commission, the
proposed rules – like the amended ADA – are meant to offer broad coverage to
disabled individuals to the maximum extent allowed. The intent of the EEOC
seems clear – the issue should be less about whether an employee or job
applicant has a disability and more about whether discrimination has
occurred.
The EEOC has also included a specific
laundry list of impairments that "consistently meet" the definition of a
disability – a list that is far more extensive than in the past. There are
several other important aspects of the proposed rules, which are still being
debated. Those aspects include:
Along with the list of impairments that
consistently meet the definition of a disability, the proposed rules include
examples of impairments that require more analysis to determine whether they
are, in fact, disabilities, since these impairments may cause more
difficulties for some than others. Impairments that are episodic or in
remission, including epilepsy, cancer, and many kinds of psychiatric
impairments, are disabilities if they would "substantially limit" major life
activities when active. "Major life activities" include caring for oneself,
performing manual tasks, seeing, hearing, eating, sleeping, walking,
standing, sitting, reaching, lifting, bending, speaking, breathing,
learning, reading, concentrating, thinking, communicating, interacting with
others, and working.
Three of these – reaching, interacting
with others, and sitting – are seen for the first time in the proposed rules
and are not listed in the ADAAA. This is not an exhaustive list, according
to the commission.
The proposed rules also include a
specific, non-exhaustive list of major bodily functions that constitute
major life activities, including several – special sense organs and skin,
genitourinary, cardiovascular, hemic, lymphatic, and musculoskeletal – that
are new under the EEOC proposed rules.
· The proposed rules change the definition
of "substantially limits." Under the new regulations, a person is regarded
as disabled if an impairment substantially limits his or her ability to
perform a major life activity compared to what "most people in the general
population" could perform. This is a change from the old regulations, which
define a disability as one that substantially limits how a person can
perform a major life activity compared to "average person in the general
population" can perform an activity.
According to the EEOC, an impairment
doesn't need to prevent or severely restrict an individual from performing a
major life activity. Those tests were too demanding, according to the
proposed rules. Now, employers should rely on a common-sense assessment,
based on how an employee's or applicant's ability to perform a major life
function compares with most people in the general population.
In good news for employers, the proposed
rules do say that temporary, non-chronic impairments that do not last long
and that leave little or no residual effects are usually not considered
disabilities. Prior factors for considering whether an impairment is
substantially limiting, such as the nature, severity and duration of the
impairment, as well as long-term and permanent effects, have been removed.
According to the EEOC, at most, an extra
one million workers may consider themselves to be disabled under the
proposed rules. While that may not seem like many to the commission,
businesses must prepare themselves.
Education and communication are the most
important steps employers can take to prevent discriminations lawsuits from
those claiming disabilities. Employers must educate themselves about the
proposed rules and how those may change when they are ultimately approved.
Employers must also educate their
employees about changes to the ADA and the EEOC's interpretation of the act.
Human resources personnel, managers, and supervisors should be trained to
respond to employees who seek a reasonable accommodation to their
impairment. Employees should receive training, so they know the correct
channels to go through if they believe an impairment qualifies as a
disability. Formalized training, with employee sign-offs, can help to
protect employers from discrimination claims.
They should be working with legal counsel
to update all of their training manuals and employee handbooks, in light of
the new regulations and proposed rules.
With the shift to a broader definition of
disability, employers must brace for the possibility of an increasing number
of claims. They must also work to ensure that they are not inadvertently
discriminating against anyone who now qualifies as disabled.
Bob Jensen's threads on unfunded entitlements ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/entitlements.htm
Consider the wide, wide choices of textbook options at GetTextbooks.com
Some of the used book prices for slightly older editions are less that $20
and are probably better deals than some of the much older free online textbook
options that have been obsolete for many years.
Question
Have you noticed the price of Ray Garrison's latest Managerial Accounting
Edition 13 textbook?
Hint:
Used book prices commence at $219.74 for this Edition 13 from Amazon.
But Edition 11 is available used for $1.85 from Amazon.
The more popular Garrison, Noreen, and Brewer 2009 edition is $155.80 new
But the Brewer, Garrison, and Noreen Edition 5 is $239.02 new.
What a bummer since all these versions feature virtually no accountics research
harvests.
What I find interesting about Amazon is that it accepts paid advertising from
outfits that compare prices like
www.GetTextbooks.com that, from a given book on Amazon, automatically
searches GetTextbooks for comparison values on that same book you were viewing
on the Amazon site.
I also noticed that GetTextbooks has 222 different managerial accounting
textbooks listed, but that list includes some customized editions for certain
universities. For example, the University of Central Florida has a customized
version of the 11th edition of Garrison at used book prices as low at $21.99.
The bottom line is that GetTextbooks lists far more choices of managerial
accounting textbooks than you will find listed at either the Amazon or the
Barnes & Noble online book sites.
Some of the used book prices for slightly older editions are less that $20
and are probably better deals than some of the much older free online textbook
options that have been obsolete for more years.
An Empirical Study of Practiced-Based Topics in Accounting Textbooks
AAA Commons ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/dbdf318cc4
I think you must contact one of the presenters for copies of the study.
author or authors:
Roberta J. Cable, Pace University
Patricia Healy, Pace University
Emil Mathew, Pace University
moderator:
Howard Lawrence, University of Mississippi
presentation session:
2C: Teaching Cost Accounting
date:
May 1, 2009 from 10:30am - 12:00pm
abstract:
Researchers have studied practitioners to determine the skills and abilities
necessary to prepare management accountants for their roles in business. We
believe that the role of the management accountant has changed and the
accounting curriculum should reflect this new role. The purpose of our research
is to determine the extent of coverage of specific practiced-based management
accounting topics in cost accounting courses. Seven popular cost/management
accounting textbooks were examined. The results indicated that the authors
devoted approximately one quarter of their textbooks to the fifteen highest
ranked practice-based management accounting topics. Conversely, approximately
seventy-five percent of these textbooks were devoted to other topics that were
of less importance to practitioners. It is important that accounting faculty
realize that advances in IT, globalization and a shift away from manufacturing
have impacted the core accounting knowledge.
Jensen Comment
Even though a topic is not widely popular in managerial accounting practice, it
was most likely included in a popular managerial accounting textbook because the
topic is covered on the CMA Examination.
The CPA, CMA, CA, and other certification examinations are probably the most
important drivers of accounting textbook content, including basic financial
accounting that is the prerequisite for intermediate accounting.
I really do try to keep politics out of my AAA Commons messages but not
necessarily a few of my Web pages where in total I truly cannot be branded as a
liberal or a conservative on all matters. I’m probably best viewed as a fiscal
conservative and a social liberal --- most certainly a split personality.
In any case, the purpose below is not to ignite an AAA Commons debate on the
pending cap and trade legislation passing through the halls of our Congress.
That’s most certainly off topic except on the very fringe where it might affect
governmental accountancy or liability/risk reporting in financial statements.
Instead the purpose below is to possibly ignite a debate on science itself
and especially as applied to academic accounting research. On these matters, the
AAA Commons does have experts much better than me in terms of grounding in
philosophy science and history.
My colleagues and I accept that some of the
published emails do not read well. I regret any upset or confusion caused as a
result. Some were clearly written in the heat of the moment, others use
colloquialisms frequently used between close colleagues.
Phil Jones, Head ("scientist") of
the Climatic Research Unit, University of East Anglia, November 24, 2009
http://www.uea.ac.uk/mac/comm/media/press/2009/nov/homepagenews/CRUupdate
Jensen Comment
"colloquialisms frequently used" = "only publish outcomes consistent with
funding and political goals"
Or in other words "accentuate the positive, eliminate the negative, and don't
mess with Mr. Inbetween."
A new scientific scandal Alert: Print If a peer review fails in the
woods...,
A scientific scandal is casting a shadow over a number
of recent peer-reviewed climate papers. At least eight papers purporting to
reconstruct the historical temperature record times may need to be revisited,
with significant implications for contemporary climate studies, the basis of the
IPCC's assessments. A number of these involve senior climatologists at the
British climate research centre CRU at the University East Anglia. In every
case, peer review failed to pick up the errors. At issue is the use of tree
rings as a temperature proxy, or dendrochronology.
Andrew Orlowski, "A new scientific
scandal Alert: Print If a peer review fails in the woods...," The
Register, September 29, 2009 ---
http://www.theregister.co.uk/2009/09/29/yamal_scandal/
Hackers
are revealing the moral hazards of climate science
However, we do now have hundreds of emails that give every appearance of
testifying to concerted and coordinated efforts by leading climatologists to fit
the data to their conclusions while attempting to silence and discredit their
critics. In the department of inconvenient truths, this one surely deserves a
closer look by the media, the U.S. Congress and other investigative bodies.
Scientists
have long endured the criticism that many of them cheat in their grant
applications, experiments, and in their race to be the first to publish findings
that ultimately do not stand the test of more deliberative replications. But the
open-minded willingness of journals and editors to publish contradictory
findings has always been viewed as saving the credibility of science. In the
natural sciences replication or other confirmation is the name of the game. In
the social sciences replication and confirmation is more problematic, but
increasingly attempts are being made to improve the credibility of social
science experimentation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Myths
This is
why it is very disheartening to see the politics of climate-change scientists
destroying the credibility of their journals and their editors who control the
gates of publication of climate change research.
Since
science funding in the United States has become largely a game of gaming for
grants, there are many other examples in virtually all branches of science where
scientists engage in fraud just for the money and the prestige. Politicians
have created enormous moral hazards in the world of science and medicine.
Climate Science Video ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nEiLgbBGKVk&feature=player_embedded
Leading British scientists at the University of East
Anglia, who were accused of manipulating climate change data - dubbed
Climategate - have agreed to publish their figures in full.The U-turn by the
university follows a week of controversy after the emergence of hundreds of
leaked emails, "stolen" by hackers and published online, triggered claims that
the academics had massaged statistics. In a statement welcomed by climate change
sceptics, the university said it would make all the data accessible as soon as
possible, once its Climatic Research Unit (CRU) had negotiated its release from
a range of non-publication agreements.
Robert Mendick, "Climategate:
University of East Anglia U-turn in climate change row Leading British
scientists at the University of East Anglia, who were accused of manipulating
climate change data - dubbed Climategate - have agreed to publish their figures
in full," London Telegraph, November 28, 2009 ---
Click Here
Oops! Scratch the Above Tidbit:
This is beginning to sound more like ACORN and the Houston Office of Arther
Andersen.
SCIENTISTS at the University of East Anglia (UEA) have admitted throwing away
much of the raw temperature data on which their predictions of global warming
are based. It means that other academics are not able to check basic
calculations said to show a long-term rise in temperature over the past 150
years....In a statement on its website, the CRU said:
“We do not hold the original raw data but only the
value-added (quality controlled and homogenised) data.”
Jonathan Leake, "Climate change data dumped," London Times, November 29, 2009
---
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/environment/article6936328.ece
Jensen Comment
Phil Jones was not in charge in the 1980s when the raw data were discarded.
The Economist believes that global warming is
a serious threat, and that the world needs to take steps to try to avert it.
That is the job of the politicians. But we do not believe that climate change is
a certainty. There are no certainties in science. Prevailing theories must be
constantly tested against evidence, and refined, and more evidence collected,
and the theories tested again. That is the job of the scientists. When they stop
questioning orthodoxy, mankind will have given up the search for truth. The
sceptics should not be silenced.
"A Heated Debate," The Economist, November 25, 2009, Page
15 ---
Click Here
A new scientific scandal Alert: If a peer review fails in the
woods...,
A scientific scandal is casting a shadow over a number
of recent peer-reviewed climate papers. At least eight papers purporting to
reconstruct the historical temperature record times may need to be revisited,
with significant implications for contemporary climate studies, the basis of the
IPCC's assessments. A number of these involve senior climatologists at the
British climate research centre CRU at the University East Anglia. In every
case, peer review failed to pick up the errors. At issue is the use of tree
rings as a temperature proxy, or dendrochronology.
Andrew Orlowski, "A new scientific
scandal Alert: Print If a peer review fails in the woods...," The
Register, September 29, 2009 ---
http://www.theregister.co.uk/2009/09/29/yamal_scandal/
Noted University of Arizona Scientist Caught Up in the Scandal
"Global warming fraud uncovered," by Kathy G. Boatman, London Times,
November 27, 2009 ---
http://www.eastvalleytribune.com/story/147725
The documents released make it clear that
this particular situation involved a notable University of Arizona climate
change scientist by the name of Jonathan Overpeck.
The university issued a press release
regarding Jonathan Overpeck in 2007 that seems to confirm his involvement,
“The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change was one of the winners of the
2007 Nobel Peace Prize, and a professor at The University of Arizona was one
of only 33 lead authors on an IPCC assessment report released earlier this
year.”
Overpeck, director of the University of
Arizona’s Institute for the Study of Planet Earth and professor of
geosciences and atmospheric sciences, was a coordinating lead author of a
chapter on Paleoclimate, for the IPCC’s fourth assessment report.
“This is pretty awesome,” Overpeck was
quoted as saying in the news release. “So much work went into this on the
part of so many scientists. The recognition is a reflection of the impact
that climate science is having. It’s also a reflection that society is
moving from questioning climate change to realizing that it’s happening and
discuss what to do about it.”
The fourth assessment report, which
focused on the science of climate change, presented expert consensus on
greenhouse gas levels, global land and ocean temperatures, sea level rising,
changes in sea ice and predictions of future change.
However, it now appears that Overpeck and
others have manipulated the science and the consensus they claim to have.
Perhaps congressional hearings will help to determine Overpeck’s role in
this situation.
In addition to these problems, the
attempts to brainwash the public are evident. CRU apparently utilized a
public relations firm to communicate its climate change message. Most
notable is the statement, “Changing attitudes toward climate change is not
like selling a particular brand of soap, it’s like convincing someone to use
soap in the first place.” Another one of the PR rules is, “Everyone must use
a clear and consistent explanation of climate change.”
Before you take start purchasing carbon
credits, I suggest you peruse the documents and e-mails that were leaked and
are available in a searchable database at
www.anelegantchaos.org/cru/search.php
Jensen Comment
Dr. Michael Mann of Penn State’s Earth System Science Center is also caught
up in the scandal and under some pressure to resign.
"Settled
Science? Computer hackers reveal corruption behind the global-warming
"consensus." by James Taranto, The Wall Street Journal, November 23,
2009, Best of the Web Wall Street Journal Newsletter
"Officials at the University of East Anglia confirmed in a statement on Friday
that files had been stolen from a university server and that the police had been
brought in to investigate the breach," the
New York Times
reports. "They added, however, that they could not
confirm that all the material circulating on the Internet was authentic." But
some scientists have confirmed that their emails were quoted accurately.
The files--which can be downloaded
here--surely
have not been fully plumbed. The ZIP archive weighs in at just under 62
megabytes, or more than 157 MB when uncompressed. But bits that have already
been analyzed, as the
Washington Post
reports, "reveal an intellectual circle
that appears to feel very much under attack, and eager to punish its enemies":
In one e-mail, the center's director, Phil Jones, writes Pennsylvania State
University's Michael E. Mann and questions whether the work of academics that
question the link between human activities and global warming deserve to make it
into the prestigious IPCC report, which represents the global consensus view on
climate science.
"I can't see either of these papers being in the next IPCC report," Jones
writes. "Kevin and I will keep them out somehow--even if we have to redefine
what the peer-review literature is!"
In another, Jones and Mann discuss how they can pressure an academic journal not
to accept the work of climate skeptics with whom they disagree. "Perhaps we
should encourage our colleagues in the climate research community to no longer
submit to, or cite papers in, this journal," Mann writes. . . .
Mann, who directs Penn State's Earth System Science Center, said the e-mails
reflected the sort of "vigorous debate" researchers engage in before reaching
scientific conclusions. "We shouldn't expect the sort of refined statements that
scientists make when they're speaking in public," he said.
This is downright Orwellian. What the Post describes is not a vigorous debate
but an attempt to suppress debate--to politicize the process of
scientific inquiry so that it yields a predetermined result. This does not, in
itself, prove the global warmists wrong. But it raises a glaring question: If
they have the facts on their side, why do they need to resort to tactics of
suppression and intimidation?
Continued
in article
"Global
Warming With the Lid Off The emails that reveal an effort to hide the truth
about climate science," The Wall Street Journal, November 245, 2009
---
Click Here
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704888404574547730924988354.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
'The two MMs have been after the CRU station data for years. If they ever hear
there is a Freedom of Information Act now in the U.K., I think I'll delete the
file rather than send to anyone. . . . We also have a data protection act, which
I will hide behind."
So apparently wrote Phil Jones, director of the University of East Anglia's
Climate Research Unit (CRU) and one of the world's leading climate scientists,
in a 2005 email to "Mike." Judging by the email thread, this refers to Michael
Mann, director of the Pennsylvania State University's Earth System Science
Center. We found this nugget among the more than 3,000 emails and documents
released last week after CRU's servers were hacked and messages among some of
the world's most influential climatologists were published on the Internet.
The "two MMs" are almost certainly Stephen McIntyre and Ross McKitrick, two
Canadians who have devoted years to seeking the raw data and codes used in
climate graphs and models, then fact-checking the published conclusions—a
painstaking task that strikes us as a public and scientific service. Mr. Jones
did not return requests for comment and the university said it could not confirm
that all the emails were authentic, though it acknowledged its servers were
hacked.
Yet even a partial review of the emails is highly illuminating. In them,
scientists appear to urge each other to present a "unified" view on the theory
of man-made climate change while discussing the importance of the "common
cause"; to advise each other on how to smooth over data so as not to compromise
the favored hypothesis; to discuss ways to keep opposing views out of leading
journals; and to give tips on how to "hide the decline" of temperature in
certain inconvenient data.
Some of those mentioned in the emails have responded to our requests for comment
by saying they must first chat with their lawyers. Others have offered legal
threats and personal invective. Still others have said nothing at all. Those who
have responded have insisted that the emails reveal nothing more than trivial
data discrepancies and procedural debates.
Yet all of these nonresponses manage to underscore what may be the most
revealing truth: That these scientists feel the public doesn't have a right to
know the basis for their climate-change predictions, even as their governments
prepare staggeringly expensive legislation in response to them.
Consider the following note that appears to have been sent by Mr. Jones to Mr.
Mann in May 2008: "Mike, Can you delete any emails you may have had with Keith
re AR4? Keith will do likewise. . . . Can you also email Gene and get him to do
the same?" AR4 is shorthand for the U.N.'s Intergovernmental Panel of Climate
Change's (IPCC) Fourth Assessment Report, presented in 2007 as the consensus
view on how bad man-made climate change has supposedly become.
In another email that seems to have been sent in September 2007 to Eugene Wahl
of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's Paleoclimatology
Program and to Caspar Ammann of the National Center for Atmospheric Research's
Climate and Global Dynamics Division, Mr. Jones writes: "[T]ry and change the
Received date! Don't give those skeptics something to amuse themselves with."
When deleting, doctoring or withholding information didn't work, Mr. Jones
suggested an alternative in an August 2008 email to Gavin Schmidt of NASA's
Goddard Institute for Space Studies, copied to Mr. Mann. "The FOI [Freedom of
Information] line we're all using is this," he wrote. "IPCC is exempt from any
countries FOI—the skeptics have been told this. Even though we . . . possibly
hold relevant info the IPCC is not part of our remit (mission statement, aims
etc) therefore we don't have an obligation to pass it on."
It also seems Mr. Mann and his friends weren't averse to blacklisting scientists
who disputed some of their contentions, or journals that published their work.
"I think we have to stop considering 'Climate Research' as a legitimate
peer-reviewed journal," goes one email, apparently written by Mr. Mann to
several recipients in March 2003. "Perhaps we should encourage our colleagues in
the climate research community to no longer submit to, or cite papers in, this
journal."
Mr. Mann's main beef was that the journal had published several articles
challenging aspects of the anthropogenic theory of global warming.
For the record, when we've asked Mr. Mann in the past about the charge that he
and his colleagues suppress opposing views, he has said he "won't dignify that
question with a response." Regarding our most recent queries about the hacked
emails, he says he "did not manipulate any data in any conceivable way," but he
otherwise refuses to answer specific questions. For the record, too, our purpose
isn't to gainsay the probity of Mr. Mann's work, much less his right to remain
silent.
However, we do now have hundreds of emails that give every appearance of
testifying to concerted and coordinated efforts by leading climatologists to fit
the data to their conclusions while attempting to silence and discredit their
critics. In the department of inconvenient truths, this one surely deserves a
closer look by the media, the U.S. Congress and other investigative bodies.
How did
academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
"Why Accounting
Matters," by Edith Orenstein, FEI Blog, November 27, 2009 ---
http://financialexecutives.blogspot.com/2009/11/why-accounting-matters.html
Last week, we reported that
two amendments
relating to the Financial Accounting Standards Board were approved by the
House Financial Services Committee (HFSC) during markup of its systemic risk
bill. The bill, more formally called the
Financial Stability Improvement Act
(FSIA), is part of a broader set of bills being introduced as part of
financial regulatory
reform,
aimed at preventing another credit crisis.
The first of the FASB-related amendments, the Perlmutter/Lucas amendment,
would require the systemic risk council created under the FSIA "to review
and submit comments to the Securities and Exchange Commission and any
standards setting body with respect to an existing or proposed accounting
principle, standard or procedure."
The second accounting-related amendment, the Garrett amendment, would
require the FASB to study the impact of the minimum credit risk retention
rules in the FSIA in combination with the new securitization accounting
rules under FAS 166 and FAS 167 (which eliminate off-balance sheet treatment
previously available under FAS 140 and FIN 46R), and that FASB "make
statutory and regulatory recommendations for eliminating any negative
impacts on the continued viability of the asset-backed securitization
markets and on the availability of credit for new lending," and report the
results within 90 days to the banking regulators and the SEC.
The ultimate fate of the FASB-related amendments approved by the HFSC is not
yet known, since the full House still has to consider the entire financial
regulatory reform package, as does the Senat
(See
Sen. Chris Dodd's (D-CT) earlier comments
on the initial version of the Perlmutter/Lucae.s amendment, which would have
transferred oversight of FASB from the SEC to the systemic risk council. The
amendment that eventually passed the HFSC was significantly softened, to
require review and comment of accounting standards, but did not change the
current oversight structure of FASB.) Continued focus on the financial
regulatory reform legislation will take place in December.
A Civil War Over Accounting?
The battle over the Perlmutter/Lucas amendment in particular -which, as
approved by the HFSC last week was significantly softened ('watered
down'
per CFO.com's Sarah Johnson;
'gutted'
per the Denver Post's Michael Riley) from its initial version proposed in
March - rose to the level of
Civil War in Corporate
America
(Ryan Grim, Huffington Post).
Some may have wondered how this level of agitation could occur in a
profession that still harbors, in the eyes of some, a
"milquetoast"
image (Michael Riley, Denver Post).
This post attempts to provide some insight into why emotions can run so high
in debates about accounting, by exploring the question of "why accounting
matters." I remind you of the disclaimer which appears on the right side of
this blog,
which applies to the entire content of the blog, including (but not limited
to) when posts have sections marked off as 'my observations' or 'my two
cents.'
Cent 1 : What Accounting Is Not About: Undue Influence (Undue Pressure)
In a
letter
dated Nov. 5, 2009 (during the heat of the debate over the original
Perlmutter/Lucas amendment, which as originally proposed in March, would
have removed the SEC's oversight power over FASB, and transferred that
oversight power to a Federal Accounting Oversight Board consisting of
banking regulators and the SEC), SEC Chairman Mary L. Schapiro told Rep.
Barney Frank (D-MA), chair of the HFSC:
I am deeply concerned about the possible consequences of changing [the
current] system to one that would subject accounting standard setters to the
supervision of entities with other regulatory missions. It is not that those
missions are any less vital to the public interest than the mission
entrusted to the SEC. It is just that they are different -- and I fear the
potential consequences for our capital markets if investors come to believe
that accounting standards serve any purpose other than to report the
unvarnished truth.
[Note: the reference to 'unvarnished truth is discussed separately later in
this post.]
In closing her letter, Schapiro said: "Accounting should be about
accounting, and nothing else." When I first read that closing statement, I
thought it was a very powerful statement, or sound bite, if you will, but
just as sound bites often convey a deeper meaning, I found myself thinking
there are other interpretations about what accounting is about, and what it
is not about.
Given the subject of the letter, I thought to myself, the sentence could be
read to imply, "Accounting should be about accounting, and not about
politics." Or, more precisely, substituting in language from the
IASCF Monitoring Board's Sept. 22 statement
on accounting standards and accounting standard-setting (the SEC is a member
of the Monitoring Board), one could end the sentence this way: "Accounting
should be about accounting, and not about undue pressures from political
and corporate interests."
The word "undue" (as in "undue pressures") as used by the Monitoring Board
is very significant: the group did not call for the total exclusion of
dialogue with political and corporate interests; on the contrary, the
Monitoring Board stated: "Interested parties must be afforded the
opportunity to provide input to inform the standard setter’s evaluation of
pertinent issues."
In fact, specific to the topic of fair value accounting (which some view as
the driving force behind the Perlmutter/Lucas amendment) the Monitoring
Board stated:
The IASB and FASB have benefitted from informative input into their
financial instruments and fair value measurement standard setting
initiatives from a broad range of stakeholders. The recommendations of some
constituencies often contradict the strongly held views of others,
reflecting the diversity of uses for and desired outcomes of financial
reporting... robust participation of interested parties is an essential
element of a standard setter’s transparent due process. Equipped with this
input, it is the responsibility of the standard setters to evaluate the
knowledge they have gained against the overarching objectives of financial
reporting and the principles that reinforce those objectives, in a manner
engendering independent decision-making.
Understanding the Role of Neutrality and Due Process
While we're on the subject of soundbites, some journalists over the past six
months have characterized comments made by FASB and IASB board members and
related advisory groups (such as the FASB-IASB Financial Crisis Advisory
Group) as calling for no "meddling" by politicians (see, e.g.
Politicians Accused of
Meddling in Bank Rules
(Floyd Norris, NYT, 7.28.09), and
Europe Must Stop Its
Meddling, Says FASB Chief
(Mario Christodoulou, Accountancy Age 10.15.09). More recently, I've seen
the word 'tinkering' used by some, in place of where 'meddling' was
previously the term du jour.
Although 'meddling' or 'tinkering' are not defined in FASB's Conceptual
Framework (which serves as the foundation for standard-setting), the term
'neutrality' is the operative term specified in
Concepts Statement No. 2;
i.e., the FASB is to exercise 'neutrality' in setting accounting standards.
The IASCF Monitoring Board's Sept. 22 statement repeats the importance of
neutrality.
In understanding the role of 'neutrality' and independence, of particular
note is that it does not require FASB to be walled off from dialogue with
outside parties, just that it act in a neutral fashion. See, e.g.
Volcker Heartened by Regulators Reaction to
Crisis Warns Against Isolation (Steven
Burkholder, BNA Daily Report for Executives. Reproduced with permission from
Daily Report for Executives, 208 DER I-4 (Oct. 30, 2009). Copyright 2009 by
The Bureau of National Affairs, Inc. (800-372-1033)
http://www.bna.com/)
More recently, BNA's Burkholder reported in,
FASB Members Warm to
Revised Perlmutter Amendment; SEC Supportive,
that FAF spokesman Neal McGarity stated after the revised Perlmutter/Lucas
amendment was approved by the HFSC:
The FAF recognizes and is respectful of the need for Congress to maintain
and advance the safety and soundness of this country's financial system...
The FAF does not oppose the recently adopted Perlmutter amendment because it
acknowledges the due process [of accounting standard-setting] which is the
backbone of the FAF mission.
The reference to 'due process' in the FAF spokesman's statement above is
key, as is transparency of that due process, in engendering confidence in
the process. The role of due process was also noted in the IASCF Monitoring
Board's Sept. 22 statement, and in the IASB-FASB Nov. 5 joint statement, as
follows:
IASCF Monitoring Board statement
Sept. 22, 2009: "Visibility into the standard setting process should be
sufficient to enable users to trace the evolution of the standard from
thoughtful consideration of alternatives to final positions".
IASB -FASB Joint statement
Nov. 5, 2009: "We aim to provide a high degree of accountability through
appropriate due process, including wide engagement with
stakeholders, and oversight conducted in the public interest. We are
consulting widely and will continue to draw on expertise from investors,
preparers, auditors, standard-setters, regulators, and others around the
world. ... We will set standards following our robust due process procedures
that provide visibility into the standard-setting process and require
proactive consultation to ensure communication of all points of view and the
expressions of opinion at all stages of the process".
If we all were to agree on what accounting should "not" be about (i.e., that
it should not be about undue influence or undue pressure), then what would
we say accounting "is" about?
Cent 2: What Accounting Is About: Decision-Useful Information
Consistent with
FASB's mission statement,
the
IASCF Monitoring Board's Sept. 22 statement
defined what accounting (more generally, financial reporting) is about as
follows:
We view the primary objective of financial reporting as being to provide
information on an entity’s financial performance in a way that is useful
for decision-making for present and potential investors. To be
considered decision-useful, information provided through the application
of the accounting standards must, at a minimum, be relevant, reliable,
understandable and comparable.
The operative words are that financial reporting information aims at being
decision-useful, by providing information that is relevant,
reliable, understandable and comparable. All of these terms are
longstanding fundamental concepts in FASB's Conceptual Framework
(specifically, in Concepts Statement No. 2). (Note: an amendment to CON 2
was previously proposed and is set to be issued in final form 4Q2009
according to
FASB's current technical plan.)
In considering the concepts noted above, people do not always agree on what
'decision-useful' means in particular contexts, and reasonable people may
not always agree on how an accounting standard should be constructed to
produce the most "relevant" and "reliable" information (and how to balance
those two sometimes opposing forces).
For example, some people may say that fair value information is always the
most relevant information ("measurement attribute"), period. Others,
however, may question if fair value information in an illiquid, inactive or
disorderly market, is any more relevant than information measured by some
other means, such as discounted cash flow, or how much emphasis to place on
'market' quotes (e.g. broker quotes) vs. internal cash flow models, in such
a market.
Thus, an 'inconvenient truth' in accounting is that, even if there were
agreement among reasonable people as to which measurement attribute (e.g.
'fair value' vs. 'historic cost') is more relevant, there is not necessarily
going to be universal agreement on which valuation method is most reliable
to arrive at 'fair value' for all financial instruments, or how to balance
relevance and reliability, in producing 'decision useful' information. You
will see such debates if you review the comment letter file on the original
proposal for FAS 157, and on current proposals out for comment by FASB and
the IASB. It is and always has been a natural and healthy debate across all
of standard-setting, as to how to develop standards that result in the most
relevant and reliable information.
Since relevance and reliability, as well as understandability and
comparability lead to decision usefulness, real world investing and
financing decisions take place based on accounting information provided. And
that is "why accounting matters."
Accounting Has Economic Consequences
Further on this topic of why accounting matters, Prof. David Albrecht
was the first person to write publicly during the heated debate over the
Perlmutter/Lucas amendment on the issue of why politics has historically had
some role (indirect if not direct) in accounting standard-setting.
Continued in article
"Going Concern Audit Opinions: Why So Few Warning Flares?" by Francine
McKenna, re: The Auditors, September 18, 2009 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/09/18/going-concern-audit-opinions-why-so-few-warning-flares/
Lehman Brothers. Bear Stearns. Washington Mutual.
AIG. Countrywide. New Century. American Home Mortgage. Citigroup. Merrill
Lynch. GE Capital. Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac. Fortis. Royal Bank of Scotland.
Lloyds TSB. HBOS. Northern Rock.
When each of the notorious “financial crisis”
institutions collapsed, were bailed out/nationalized by their governments or
were acquired/rescued by “healthier” institutions, they were all carrying in
their wallets non-qualified, clean opinions on their financial statements
from their auditors. In none of the cases had the auditors warned
shareholders and the markets that there was “ a substantial doubt about the
company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of
time, not to exceed one year beyond the date of the financial statements
being audited.”
Continued in a very good article by Francine (she talks with some major
players)
http://retheauditors.com/2009/09/18/going-concern-audit-opinions-why-so-few-warning-flares/
Francine maintains an outstanding auditing blog at
http://retheauditors.com/
Bob Jensen's threads on "Where Were the Auditors?" ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Some auditing firms are now being hauled into court in bank shareholder
and pension fund lawsuits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Auditors
"Lab
Experiments Are a Major Source of Knowledge in the Social Sciences," by
Armin Falk and James J. Heckman, IZA Discussion Paper No. 4540, October 2009
---
http://ftp.iza.org/dp4540.pdf
Laboratory experiments are a widely used methodology for advancing causal
knowledge in the physical and life sciences. With the exception of psychology,
the adoption of laboratory experiments has been much slower in the social
sciences, although during the last two decades, the use of lab experiments has
accelerated. Nonetheless, there remains considerable resistance among social
scientists who argue that lab experiments lack “realism” and “generalizability”.
In this article we discuss the advantages and limitations of laboratory social
science experiments by comparing them to research based on nonexperimental data
and to field experiments. We argue that many recent objections against lab
experiments are misguided and that even more lab experiments should be
conducted.
Jensen
Comment
It disappointed me that Falk and Heckman did not really discuss the issue of
replication and verifiability while claiming that "lab experiments are a major
source of knowledge in the social sciences." The might've given more examples
where studies were independently replicated, and there are such studies ---
especially lab experiments in psychology.
They do
mention in passing that lab experiments might support or run counter to
empirical studies, but here again it would've helped to provide some examples. I
did a bit of searching and found one example that they might've used for such
purposes ---
http://www.jsecjournal.com/JSEC_Mesoudi_1-2.pdf
I suspect there are hundreds of similar examples.
The
trade-offs between lab experiments versus field studies are discussed in the
following paper:
"Internal and External Validity in Economics Research: Tradeoffs between
Experiments, Field Experiments, Natural Experiments and Field Data," by Brian E.
Roe and David R. Just
,
2009 Proceedings Issue, American Journal of Agricultural Economics ---
http://aede.osu.edu/people/roe.30/Roe_Just_AJAE09.pdf
Abstract: In the realm of empirical research, investigators are first and
foremost concerned with the validity of their results, but validity is a
multi-dimensional ideal. In this article we discuss two key dimensions of
validity – internal and external validity – and underscore the natural tension
that arises in choosing a research approach to maximize both types of validity.
We propose that the most common approaches to empirical research – the use of
naturally-occurring field/market data and the use of laboratory experiments –
fall on the ends of a spectrum of research approaches, and that the interior of
this spectrum includes intermediary approaches such as field experiments and
natural experiments. Furthermore, we argue that choosing between lab experiments
and field data usually requires a tradeoff between the pursuit of internal and
external validity. Movements toward the interior of the spectrum can often ease
the tension between internal and external validity but are also accompanied by
other important limitations, such as less control over subject matter or topic
areas and a reduced ability for others to replicate research. Finally, we
highlight recent attempts to modify and mix research approaches in a way that
eases the natural conflict between internal and external validity and discuss if
employing multiple methods leads to economies of scope in research costs.
Lab
experiments, but not field studies, are quite popular in some of the leading
accounting research journals and are most commonly conducted on student
volunteers. The problem is the behavioral lab experiments findings are
apparently not important enough to verify and replicate, although the hypotheses
may have been generated from anecdotal observations in the real world or even,
on occasion, by related empirical studies.
I've
always contended that more experiments might be replicated if journal editors
encouraged replications by adopting policies of sending replication submissions
out for review with at least a chance of publication for studies that
corroborate findings as well as negate findings. The fact that behavioral
experiments published in TAR, JAR, and JAE are virtually never replicated sends
out signals that the findings are either too obvious or too unimportant or too
superficial to be of interest in and of themselves.
Unlike
some leading social science journals, the leading accounting journals tend not
to publish case and field research studies even if these sometimes indirectly
support the lab experimental outcomes.
Experimental Economics: Rethinking the Rules
by Nicholas Bardsley and others (Princeton University Press; 2009, 375 pages;
$55). Discusses the use of experimental methods in economic research and
examines controversies over the growing field.
November 24, 2009 reply from Paul Williams
[Paul_Williams@NCSU.EDU]
Jagdish, Bob, et al.
Relevant to this thread is an article by Jon Elster. Titled "Excessive
Ambitions" it was recently publishe in Capitalism and Society, Vol. 4, Issue
2, 2009 Article 1. In it he takes the whole social science enterprise to
task. A quote from page 9 gives a sense of what he is on about: "My claim is
that much work in economics and political science is devoid of empirical,
aesthetic or mathematical interest, which means that it has no value at all
(emphasis in original).
I cannot make any quantitative assessment of the
proportion of work in leading journals that fall in this category. I am
firmly convinced, however, that the proportion is non-negligible and
important enough to constitute something of a scandal. I also believe, more
tentatively, that the proportion may be higher in the leading journals than
in the non-leading ones."
The issue is not just replication (accounting is so
derivative we would merely be replicating other disciplines' experiments),
but whether the original experiments are at all meaningful.
Question
Why the bruha now since FSP 157-4 cleared up doubts that FAS 157 Level 3 leaves
everything up to how banks want to define broken markets?
Answer
Even if banks carry toxic assets at historical costs well above current market
values under FSP 157-4 leniency, both FASB domestic and IASB international
standards require realistic estimates of loan loss bad debt reserves. However,
CPA auditors have traditionally allowed banks to underestimate bad debt losses,
which of course why shareholders of many failed banks are now suing large
auditing firms with the Washington Mutual (WaMu) lawsuit against Deloitte being
Exhibit A ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
The current wave of audit firm lawsuits is tending to make
auditing firms more conservative about loan loss bad debt reserves. What banks
really want is to carry toxic assets at or near cost well above current values
and to continue to greatly underestimate loan loss bad debt reserves. They want
their cake and sweeteners too.
Three Former Directors of the SEC Weigh In Banker Requests to Get Out from
Under Accounting Standards
"Don't Let Banks Hide Bad Assets: In times of distress, there's always
pressure to change accounting standards," by Roderick M. Hills, Harvey L. Pitt,
and David S. Ruder," The Wall Street Journal, November 19, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704782304574542134264068424.html
Independent accounting standards have helped make
American capital markets the best in the world. In making financial
decisions, investors rely heavily upon the integrity of corporate financial
reports prepared in accordance with accounting standards established by the
independent Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). That board is
supervised by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Now, the Obama administration is on the verge of
transferring accounting standards responsibility from the SEC to a systemic
risk regulator. Such a radical move would have extremely negative
consequences for our capital markets.
Although there may be good reasons for establishing
different regulatory capital standards for financial services firms, those
reasons cannot justify dispensing with the FASB's accounting standards.
Acting in accord with powers given to it by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the SEC
has formally recognized the FASB as the definitive standard-setting body,
capable of "improving the accuracy and effectiveness of financial reporting
and the protection of investors."
The SEC treats accounting standards adopted by the
board as authoritative. If the SEC has concerns about, or disagrees with,
accounting standards promulgated by the FASB, it can refuse to give them
deference.
Today, the American Bankers Association, on behalf
of many commercial banks, is seeking to prevent disclosure of the fair value
of the financial instruments they own. It is attempting to persuade Congress
that the safety and soundness of the banking system will be protected if a
systemic risk regulator can prescribe accounting disclosures for financial
companies.
The government shouldn't follow their advice. This
change might well interfere with efforts by financial firms to raise
capital. Investors will assume that the accounting standards they employ are
designed to mask risks.
As former chairmen of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, we are well aware of the long-held desire of commercial
interests to avoid fully disclosing their finances. In the 1990s, business
interests opposed publicly disclosing their post-employment pension and
health obligations. Similarly, in 2000, efforts were made to prevent the
FASB from eliminating distortions that inflated the balance sheet values of
newly merged companies, because its elimination might make balance sheets
look less favorable to potential investors.
In 1994, the FASB considered requiring companies to
reflect the current value of their outstanding stock options. After intense
lobbying from certain business interests and pressure from Congress, the
FASB decided not to require use of the fair value method. In 2004, when the
FASB finally mandated it for valuing stock options, certain U.S. business
opponents continued to lobby Congress to overturn that decision.
During times of financial distress, there is always
pressure to change accounting standards in order to inflate the value of
assets. Under certain circumstances, there may be a legitimate need to
recognize that stresses on large financial institutions may threaten the
stability of the U.S. financial system. Banking regulators can ease such
stresses by reducing regulatory capital requirements. But it would be a
mistake to adopt legislation that would allow financial-services firms to
hide their true financial positions from investors.
If changes in accounting standards are used to bury
significant risks for one purpose, it will not be long before other purposes
are asserted to permit further deviations. This is a dangerous path that
will only hurt investors and our capital markets.
Messrs. Hills, Pitt and Ruder are former chairmen of the Securities
and Exchange Commission.
Fiction
Writer Rosie Scenario Heads Up the Accounting Division of Wells Fargo
(with the FASB's FSP 157-4 blessing)
Before
reading this note that Wells Fargo took over the toxic-asset laden Wachovia on
December 31, 2008. It was a government-forced sale of Wachovia to prevent the
total implosion of the poisoned Wachovia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wachovia
However, Wells Fargo stood to profit from the poison in the sweet deal offered
by Paulson.
The Motley Fool
is a very popular commercial Website about stocks, investing, and personal
finance ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Motley_Fool
Did you ever wonder about the “Fool” part of the company’s name?
The Gardner brothers considered themselves “fools” that were smarter than some
foxes. Although at many times the Gardners have shown that fools can fool
wannabe foxes, the Gardners brothers have at times also been out foxed.
My point here, Pat, is that people who buy Wells Fargo Bank shares just because
the price went up following an accounting change (accounting change from Level 1
to Level 3 covered up the smell of Wells Fargo’s enormous toxic loan portfolio)
may not be ignorant that accounting changes don’t really offset pending
toxic deaths in the long run.
Some “fools” buying Wells Fargo Bank shares just think there are many fools more
foolish than themselves.
Either way you look at it, investing is a bit of a fools game with fools trying
to out fool one another. The premise is, however, that sophisticated fools
ultimately win. That's most certainly the case with casinos.
"Time
to Call Out Wells Fargo's Balance Sheet," by Michael Shulman, Seeking
Alpha, September 22, 2009 ---
http://seekingalpha.com/article/162681-time-to-call-out-wells-fargo-s-balance-sheet
AIG Worships at the Alter of new FSP 157-4 rulings
Selling Hot Air to Investors While Still Begging for Hard TARP Cash
When should auditors insist on FAS 157 Level 1 (fair value adjustments of
poisonous loan portfolios) or allow Level 3 (essentially historical cost in
the name of a discounted cash flow model) on the grounds that the Level 1
and Level 2 requisite markets are broken? In FSP 157-4 the FASB essentially
opened to floodgates to Level 3 by simply stating to auditing firms that:
“Hey, Level 3 is O.K. with us as long as you think the markets are broken.”
The issue thus reduces to auditor judgment regarding if and when markets are
seriously broken.
"Asset Write-Ups Put AIG in Black," by Lavonne Kuykendall and Joan
E. Solsman, The Wall Street Journal, November 6, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125750911722533537.html
American International GroupInc. posted its
second consecutive profit in the third quarter, driven largely by asset
write-ups, while its core insurance operations continued to struggle
with a weak economy and lingering negative perceptions in the
marketplace.
Despite beating analyst estimates, AIG shares
were down Friday. The stock, which has risen nearly sixfold from an
all-time low in March, was up 25% for 2009 through Thursday.
In a news release, AIG Chief Executive Robert
H. Benmosche said that AIG's results "reflect continued stabilization in
performance and market trends," but said the company expects "continued
volatility in reported results in the coming quarters, due in part to
charges related to ongoing restructuring activities."
One coming expense will be an approximately $5
billion charge in the fourth quarter as it closes on the
special-purpose vehicles
(read
that SPEs) connected to its foreign life- insurance businesses
AIA and ALICO, to pay off $25 billion of its New York Fed credit line.
The outstanding balance of AIG's government
bailout, including government support of all types, was $120.6 billion
at the beginning of September, out of total authorized assistance of
$182 billion.
Financial markets have improved significantly
in the year since AIG's bailout and changes in how financial firms can
value assets (read
that FSP 157-4) have helped AIG recover
from the write-downs and charges that brought it near collapse. But
analysts say the company, while healthier, remains weak.
AIG posted a profit of $455 million, or 68
cents a share, compared with a year-earlier loss of $24.47 billion, or
$181.02 a share. The latest results included $1.8 billion in capital
losses, while the previous year's results included billions in
write-downs from credit-default swaps and $15.06 billion in capital
losses.
Excluding capital losses and hedging activities
that don't qualify for hedge-accounting treatment, the profit was $2.85
in the latest quarter. A survey of analysts by Thomson Reuters predicted
$1.98.
Operating income at AIG's general-insurance
business before capital gains rose more than sixfold, as net premiums
written fell 13%. The portion of premiums paid out on claims and
expenses climbed to 105.2% from 104.5%.
Profit at the life-insurance division more than
doubled as assets under management rose in an improving market.
Premiums, deposits and other considerations dropped 38.6% from last
year, to $13.7 billion on lingering negative perceptions of AIG events
and lower industry sales generally.
AIG, which has become more patient in selling
off units as it attempts to repay federal aid, last month sold
investment company Primus Financial Holdings Ltd. for $2.15 billion, its
biggest sale globally so far. The company will book a $1.4 billion
fourth-quarter loss on the sale.
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FairValue
November 19, 2009 message from Linda A Kidwell,
University of Wyoming [lkidwell@UWYO.EDU]
A very interesting filing from
Overstock.com includes their reason for filing an unreviewed 10-Q. It is a
great illustration of the judgment involved in auditing. ---
Click Here
http://snipurl.com/overstockgt [www_sec_gov]
Linda
Where’s Mary Mary Quite Contrary?
An SEC investigation of Overstock.com and Byrne seeking information as to the
company's accounting policies, targets, projections, and estimates relating to
its financial performance, continued but was dropped in June 2008.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Overstock.com
Here's the message from that overstocked "humble
servant:"
Question
What does “we agree with PwC mean?”
Would PwC have handled this differently?
Overstock.com Files Unreviewed Form 10-Q for Q3 2009
SALT LAKE CITY —
Overstock.com, Inc. (NASDAQ: OSTK) today filed an unreviewed Form 10-Q
for the period ending September 30, 2009. Below is a letter from
Patrick Byrne, the company’s Chairman and CEO.
“All
things are subject to interpretation; whichever interpretation prevails
at a given time is a function of power and not truth.”
— Friedrich Nietzsche
Dear
Owner:
We have
elected to file an unreviewed Form 10-Q for the period ending
September 30, 2009. Here is why:
1. |
In
February 2009, we were notified by a partner that we had
overpaid it approximately $700,000, but that the partner wanted
to reach a mutual solution to this overpayment and another open
issue (the partner has asserted that we might owe it in excess
of $400,000 regarding this other issue). At that time, we
doubted our ability to recover this overpayment and we could not
reasonably estimate what we might recover. |
|
|
2. |
Thus, we had to decide between either immediately recognizing as
income a sum whose magnitude, collection, and collectability was
in doubt (which we felt was an incorrect and aggressive
position, especially in light of the economic and retail
environment of the time), or whether we should take a more
conservative position of negotiating with this vendor who owed
whom, how much, and on what terms, including timing of payment,
and recognizing those sums only if and when we received the
payments. |
3. |
The accounting for this transaction required significant
judgment and interpretation of the facts and circumstances —
which others with 20/20 hindsight might later question.
Weighing all the facts and circumstances at the time, we decided
it would be a mistake to book this overpayment as an asset as of
December 31, 2008, deciding instead to recognize the sums as we
recovered the money (that is, we thought the conservative
position was the correct position). Our auditors at the time,
PricewaterhouseCoopers (“PwC”), agreed with this course of
action, and we prepared our 2008 Form 10-K on the basis of this
decision. |
|
|
4. |
Although PwC had given us eight years of fine service, after we
filed our 2008 Form 10-K, we ran a formal RFP process for
selecting our 2009 auditors as a reflection of my belief that
changing auditors every decade or so might be healthy. Grant
Thornton won that RFP, and the Audit Committee selected Grant
Thornton as our 2009 auditor. |
|
|
5. |
Before Grant Thornton took our audit engagement in Q1 2009, it
reviewed our filed 2008 Form 10-K and told us it was comfortable
with our past accounting practices. |
|
|
6. |
In
late Q1 2009, we received $785,000 relating to the partner
overpayment discussed in point 1 above (even though the other
issue with that partner remained unresolved). Thus, we
recognized $785,000 in our 2009 Q1 Form 10-Q financials, which
Grant Thornton reviewed as our auditors. In addition we
highlighted $1.9 million (of which the $785,000 was a part)
attributable to the collected overpayment, certain partner
under-billing collections, and a freight carrier’s refund of
overcharges in one-time, non-recurring income in that quarter’s
earnings release, earnings conference call and Form 10-Q. |
|
|
7. |
As
our auditors, Grant Thornton reviewed our financial statements
in Q1 and Q2 2009 before we filed Form 10-Q’s for those
quarters. Throughout 2009, our Audit Committee has repeatedly
asked Grant Thornton if there was any accounting that it would
do differently, and repeatedly received the answer, “No.” In
fact, as recently as late-October 2009, Grant Thornton confirmed
to us that it supported our accounting method for recognizing
the $785,000. |
|
|
8. |
In
early October and again in early November, the SEC sent us
comment letters asking us, among other things, to advise it on
and justify the accounting treatment we used regarding the
$785,000. |
|
|
9. |
Last week, Grant Thornton advised us that, on further
consultation and review within the firm, it had revised its
position and that it now believes that we should have recorded
the $785,000 as an asset in 2008. As a result of its accounting
position, Grant Thornton said it would be unable to complete its
review of the financial statements in our Q3 Form 10-Q unless we
amended our previous 2009 quarterly filings and restated our
2008 financial results. On November 13, Grant Thornton also
advised us that it believes that we should make disclosure or
take action to prevent future reliance on our March 31, 2009
financial statements and June 30, 2009 financial statements
filed in our Q1 and Q2 Form 10-Q’s, as a result of this issue. |
|
|
10. |
We
disagree with Grant Thornton. We, along with PwC, continue to
believe that we have accounted for the $785,000 correctly and
thus our Q1 and Q2 financial statements are correct. Both we
and PwC believe that it is not proper to reopen our 2008
Form 10-K, subject to resolution with the SEC of its comment
letters. |
11. |
Thus, we are in a quandary: one auditing firm won’t sign-off on
our Q3 Form 10-Q unless we restate our 2008 Form 10-K, while our
previous auditing firm believes that it is not proper to restate
our 2008 Form 10-K. Unfortunately, Grant Thornton’s
decision-making could not have been more ill-timed as we ran
into SEC filing deadlines. |
As a
result, we have elected to dismiss Grant Thornton, file an unreviewed Q3
Form 10-Q (as we have no current auditor), continue to work with the SEC
on the issues addressed in its comment letters, and engage another
independent audit firm. Once we have completed these last two items, we
will file a reviewed Q3 Form 10-Q/A.
In the
meantime, I will continue to focus on the business during this busiest
part of the year.
I will
hold a conference call to further explain and answer questions regarding
this matter on Wednesday afternoon at 5:00 p.m. EST (details below).
Until then, I remain,
Your
humble servant,
Patrick M.
Byrne
The WebCPA blurb on this is at
http://www.webcpa.com/news/Overstock-CEO-Objects-Grant-Thornton-Audit-52499-1.html
"S&P Removes "One Click" P/E," The Market Ticker, November
23, 2009 ---
http://market-ticker.denninger.net/archives/1656-SP-Removes-One-Click-PE.html
Gee, what are they trying to
hide?
As I have
repeatedly shown there was has been a "one click"
P/E available for the S&P 500 - from S&P - basically
forever.
Here's one (recent)
example.

Well that's no longer
"easily findable."
Indeed, now you have to
compute it yourself, although they
do make it somewhat easy - if you have Excel.
You have to sign up for a
(free) account now, and then you can download the
spreadsheets with quarterly numbers.
So I did.
The interesting part of
this exercise is that you get annualized P/Es doing
so for three years, and then you get the quarterlies
going into the current period.
They show P/E for 2006 was
18.09, 21.65 for 2007, and a whopping 56.80 for
2008.
What is it now? On a
12-month trailing basis, 82.25, with nearly all of
the S&P 500 now having reported third quarter (HP
reports this afternoon.)
The "outlier" if you will,
that is, Q4 of last year, rolls off after this
quarter. It is ($23.13) and will disappear after
the next quarterly report.
So let's assume a few
things. First, that the 4th Quarter will track
roughly with 3rd quarter, which has posted $15.24.
This would give us a P/E of 21 - still radically
expensive and roughly right where it was
annually in 2007 before the market blew up!
Hmmmm.....
Earnings will continue to
surprise to the upside eh? They better. I will
note that historically bear markets
have all bottomed with the P/E in single digits and
dividend yield approaching 10%. A bear market
bottoming with a P/E of 130 (as it was a couple
months ago) and dividend yield around 2%?
That has never happened
before.
You're free of course to
continue to believe that earnings will accelerate to
the upside. But one must ask - from where
will that come from? A look inside the sectors
shows that consumer discretionary is already
producing near-peak earnings from 2007, staples are
above (materially so) 2007 numbers,
health care is well above 2007 as are information
technology and utilities (the latter with one
exception - for one quarter.)
Indeed, the entire premise
of "accelerating earnings" appears to rest in three
places - financials, industrials and materials.
Oh, this also assumes those
sectors that have "achieved" their
already-extraordinary (above peak) results won't
lose any of their moxie either - that is, their
firing of employees won't translate back into weaker
purchasing power and thus lower sales (and profits.)
The more you look into
these figures and prognostications the more
unsustainable they appear.
|
Even though the neutrality-believing FASB is in a state
of denial about the impact of FSP 115-4 on decision making in the real world,
financial analysts and the Director of Corporate Governance at the Harvard Law
School are in no such state of denial,
"The Fall of the Toxic-Assets Plan," The Wall Street Journal, July
9, 2009 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/economics/2009/07/09/guest-contribution-the-fall-of-the-toxic-assets-plan/
The government
announced plans to move forward with its
Public-Private Investment Program yesterday.
Lucian Bebchuk, professor of law, economics, and finance and
director of the corporate governance program at Harvard Law
School, says that the program, which has been curtailed
significantly, hasn’t made the problem go away.
The plan for buying troubled assets — which was
earlier announced as the central element of the administration’s
financial stability plan — has been recently curtailed drastically. The
Treasury and the FDIC have attributed this development to banks’ new
ability to raise capital through stock sales without having to sell
toxic assets. But the program’s
inability to take off is in large part due to decisions by banking
regulators and accounting officials to allow banks to pretend that toxic
assets haven’t declined in value as long as they avoid selling them.
The toxic assets clogging banks’ balance sheets
have long been viewed — by both the Bush and the Obama administrations —
as being at the heart of the financial crisis. Secretary Geithner put
forward in March a “public-private investment program” (PPIP) to provide
up to $1 trillion to investment funds run by private managers and
dedicated to purchasing troubled assets. The plan aimed at “cleansing”
banks’ books of toxic assets and producing prices that would enable
valuing toxic assets still remaining on these books.
The program naturally attracted much attention,
and the Treasury and the FDIC have begun implementing it. Recently,
however, one half of the program, focused on buying toxic loans from
banks, was shelved. The other half, focused on buying toxic securities
from both banks and other financial institutions, is expected to begin
operating shortly but on a much more modest scale than initially
planned.
What happened? Banks’ balance sheets do remain
clogged with toxic assets, which are still difficult to value. But the
willingness of banks to sell toxic assets to investment funds has been
killed by decisions of accounting authorities and banking regulators.
Earlier in the crisis, banks’ reluctance to
sell toxic assets could have been attributed to inability to get prices
reflecting fair value due to the drying up of liquidity. If the PIPP
program began operating on a large scale, however, that would no longer
been the case.
Armed with ample government funding, the
private managers running funds set under the program would be expected
to offer fair value for banks’ assets. Indeed, because the government’s
funding would come in the form of non-recourse financing, many have
expressed worries that such fund managers would have incentives to pay
even more than fair value for banks’ assets. The problem, however, is
that banks now have strong incentives to avoid selling toxic assets at
any price below face value even when the price fully reflects fair
value.
A month after the PPIP program was announced,
under pressure from banks and Congress, the U.S. Financial Accounting
Standards Board watered down accounting rules and made it easier for
banks not to mark down the value of toxic assets. For many toxic assets
whose fundamental value fell below face value, banks may avoid
recognizing the loss as long as they don’t sell the assets.
Even if banks can avoid recognizing economic
losses on many toxic assets, it remained possible that bank regulators
will take such losses into account (as they should) in assessing whether
banks are adequately capitalized. In another blow to banks’ potential
willingness to sell toxic assets, however, bank supervisors conducting
stress tests decided to avoid assessing banks’ economic losses on toxic
assets that mature after 2010.
The stress tests focused on whether, by the end
of 2010, the accounting losses that a bank will have to recognize will
leave it with sufficient capital on its financial statements. The bank
supervisors explicitly didn’t take into account the decline in the
economic value of toxic loans and securities that mature after 2010 and
that the banks won’t have to recognize in financial statements until
then.
Together, the policies adopted by accounting
and banking authorities strongly discourage banks from selling any toxic
assets maturing after 2010 at prices that fairly reflect their lowered
value. As long as banks don’t sell, the policies enable them to pretend,
and operate as if, their toxic assets maturing after 2010 haven’t fallen
in value at all.
By contrast, selling would require recognizing
losses and might result in the regulators’ requiring the bank to raise
additional capital; such raising of additional capital would provide
depositors (and the government as their guarantor) with an extra cushion
but would dilute the value of shareholders’ and executives’ equity.
Thus, as long as the above policies are in place, we can expect banks
having any choice in the matter to hold on to toxic assets that mature
after 2010 and avoid selling them at any price, however fair, that falls
below face value.
While the market for banks’ toxic assets will
remain largely shut down, we are going to get a sense of their value
when the FDIC auctions off later this summer the toxic assets held by
failed banks taken over by the FDIC. If these auctions produce
substantial discounts to face value, they should ring the alarm bells.
In such a case, authorities should reconsider the policies that allow
banks to pretend that toxic assets haven’t fallen in value. In the
meantime, it must be recognized that the curtailing of the PIPP program
doesn’t imply that the toxic assets problem has largely gone away; it
has been merely swept under the carpet.
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FairValue
Top Accounting and Education Twitter Tweets
"Checkout Our “The Best Of “Twitter Lists – Love Your DM or RT," The Big
Four Blog, November 9, 2009 ---
http://www.bigfouralumni.blogspot.com/
Twitter just released its latest exciting
functionality - Twitter Lists, and we think it’s awesome and very timely.
It allows us to curate who we think are the most
appropriate Tweeters to follow in our niche space of The Big Four Firms,
accounting, finance, tax, jobs and related topics.
We have already created some list, which we are
calling “The Best Of”. We rather like this name, but we’ll evolve as lists
get more ingrained, and may change.
For example after our search, all the Twitterers we
think are most relevant to follow for Deloitte happenings in the Twitter
universe, we have added to our “The Best of Deloitte” list.
This is our subjective selection, and we think it's
a pretty good one. That’s not to say that we have completely covered all the
bases, so if there is someone that just needs to be on or off any of these
lists, please DM or shout out to us @big4alum. Thanks in advance.
Also, we’ll continue to refine and add/subtract to
this list over time, but our intent is to keep them highly relevant and
focused. We see that some of our list already have some followers and no
doubt this will pick up as Twitter Lists get more ingrained and Twitter
itself allows tweets and Twitter Lists to be retweeted.
So, here are our lists – follow us or follow the
lists, and keep that feedback going!!
All The Lists
---
http://twitter.com/big4alum/lists
Best of Accenture ---
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-
Best of Capgemini ***
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-capgemini
Best of Deloitte ---
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-deloitte
Best of Ernst & Young ---
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-ernst-young
Best of KPMG
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-kpmg
Best of PricewaterhouseCoopers ---
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-pwc
Best of Accounting ---
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-accounting
Best of Finance ---
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-finance
Best of Tax ---
http://twitter.com/big4alum/best-of-tax
Bob Jensen's threads on Twitter ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm#Twitter
Stocktwits ---
http://stocktwits.com/
Roger Debreceny Tweets ---
www.twitter.com/debreceny a
"CPAs
are Aflutter About Twitter," by Kristin Gentry, SmartPros, August 10,
2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x67355.xml
"CPAs
Embrace Twitter Brief messages leave powerful impressions," by Megan
Pinkston, The Journal of Accountancy, August 2009 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2009/Aug/20091828.htm
"50 Ways to Use Twitter in the College Classroom" Online Colleges,
June 6, 2009
http://www.onlinecolleges.net/2009/06/08/50-ways-to-use-twitter-in-the-college-classroom/
Top Ten Tweets to Date in Academe
Keep in mind that none of these hold a candle to such globally popular
twitterers such as Britney Spears
"10 High Fliers on Twitter: On the microblogging service, professors and
administrators find work tips and new ways to monitor the world ," by Jeff
Young, Chronicle of Higher Education, April 10, 2009 ---
http://chronicle.com/weekly/v55/i31/31a01001.htm?utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
"How Twitter Could Bring Search Up to Speed: Some say
that Twitter may be as important to real-time search as YouTube is to video," by
Kate Greene, MIT's Technology Review, March 11, 2009 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/web/22272/?nlid=1848&a=f
Bob Jensen's threads on blogs and listservs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Daily News Sites for Accountancy, Tax, Fraud, IFRS, XBRL,
Accounting History, and More ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
New and enhanced features in QuickBooks 2010 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/topic/technology/new-and-enhanced-features-quickbooks-2010
Harvard Law Professor Elizabeth Warren discusses her effort to change the
consumer protecting (including credit card company abuses), Video from
The New Yorker, November 16, 2009 ---
http://www.newyorker.com/online/blogs/jamessurowiecki/2009/11/video-elizabeth-warren.html
This video will only be online for a short while.
Hollywood Movies Featuring Accountants
From Jim Mahar's Blog on November 20, 2009 ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/
YouTube - Other People's Money speech by Danny DeVito:
"Other People's Money speech by Danny DeVito"
If you want to feel old, mention this movie in class,
virtually no one has heard of it. Fortunately some of it is still online.
Here is
Jorgy's speech, and here is Danny Devito's ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MfL7STmWZ1c
"Is It Possible To Invent An Investment Product (purely fake satire) Too
Stupid To Find Buyers?" by Jim Carney, Business Insider, November 19,
2009 ---
Click Here
Jensen Comment
And as academics we question how Wall Street could get away with gimmicks all
these years.
"There's a sucker born every minute second ."
Makes you sort of wonder if auditors with their SOX on are just wasting time
and money.
November 21, 2009 reply from David Albrecht
[albrecht@PROFALBRECHT.COM]
Other People's Money is my favorite business
movie. I've viewed it a dozen times or more. I think it is the best movie
for showing students what is involved with a proxy fight.
The Deal, starring Christian Slater, is my
recommendation for a movie focused on due diligence investigations.
The Devil Wears Prada is my recommendation
for a movie dealing with an ethical dilemma. Although The Contender
(Joan Allen), Dave, Working Girl (Melanie Griffith) aren't bad.
Only Devil will be familiar to today's
students. Doesn't mean they can't learn from an old movie.
Stranger Than Fiction might be the best
movie about an accountant. The Harold Crick character evolves through three
of the stereotypes discussed in Dimnik and Feldon.
Dave Albrecht
November 21, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Of course let's not forget Hollywood's Enron fraud documentary
Enron: The Smartest Guys in the Room.
And there's the best Enron movie in a sense that it's a home movie featuring
the real Enron bad guys ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/video/windowsmedia/enron3.wmv
Jeff Skilling plays himself when introducing
HFA --- Hypothetical Future Accounting
In Carnal Knowledge Jack Nicholson plays a deeply dysfunctional
CPA in this racy and depressing movie having zero accounting or business
education but some education about Ann Margaret's body.
And there's
Suze Orman's video The Laws of Money, The Lessons of Life (also a
2003 book)
Click on the category "Movies and TV" at Amazon.com and feed in the
search word "accounting."
It was at the above site that I stumbled on many non-Hollywood movies,
including
- Accountant with Jeff Gardner
- Enhanced April with Josie Lawrence, Miranda Richardson,
Alfred Molina, and Neville Phillips
- The Incredible Mr. Limpet with Don Knotts, Carole Cook, Jack
Weston, and Andrew Duggan
- The Producers with Zero Mostel, Gene Wilder, Christopher
Hewett, and William Hickey
- Midnight Run with Charles Grodin, Robert De Niro, Danielle
DuClos, and Dennis Farina
- Secretaries with Kelly Brown; Dale Rutter; Alana Evans
- Frontline: The Madoff Affair
- 1945 Financial Accounting & Bookkeeping Vocational Film DVD:
Accountant Career History
- Lean Accounting ($255 to buy so it's better to rent)
- Fair Value Accounting: A Critical New Skill for All CPAs
($379.95)
- Standard Deviants (multiple volume accounting education
modules)
- CBS News (multiple volumes somehow linked to accounting)
- Many others at Amazon under "accounting" Movies and DVDs
And of course there are Bob Jensen's exciting free accounting tutorials on
Excel, MS Access, Swap Valuations, XBRL. Camtasia, etc. ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/video/
Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Coach Bill Belichick's Lessons on Probability and Innovation
He took Robert Frost's path least taken near the end of a game on November 16,
2009
Interestingly, a rookie coach cannot get away with gambles like a veteran Super
Bowl coach can try
"What Innovators Can Learn from Bill Belichick," by Scott Anthony, Harvard
Business School, November 20, 2009 ---
Click Here
Even non-football fans probably heard about
Bill Belichick's "blunder" of a call on Sunday
night. Believe it or not, the call — and the firestorm that followed — has
important lessons for innovation managers.
A quick recap. The New England Patriots led the
Indianapolis Colts by six points with two minutes to go. It was fourth down,
the ball was on the New England 28 yard line, and the Patriots needed just
two yards for a first down that would almost certainly have sealed a
victory. Conventional wisdom called for a punt, but Coach Belichick decided
to go for it. After the Patriots fell just short of the first down, the
Colts marched into the end zone and won the game.
Reaction was swift and almost
universally negative.
But there's
statistical evidence that Belichick followed the
right approach, that his move marginally increased the odds that the
Patriots would win the game. Of course, the Patriots didn't win the game,
but had the situation played out hundreds of times, a coach using
Belichick's tactics would win more frequently than one who didn't.
What does this have to do with innovation?
First, the "Belichick incident" highlights the
challenges facing a leader who makes the hard, right choices.
If Belichick had punted and the Patriots
lost, no one would have complained. Following a seemingly
non-conventional approach opened Belichick up to criticism. Successful
innovation requires similar bravery. It isn't easy to go after non-existent
markets or follow non-obvious approaches when analysts and investors are
grilling you over minute-by-minute results. After all, naysayers tend not to
criticize risks you don't take.
The other important implication relates to rewards.
People moaned about Belichick's decision because the result was negative.
Just like companies reward people who hit their numbers and penalize those
who don't.
Getting world-class at innovation requires moving beyond rewarding results
to rewarding behaviors. Remember, the odds that an initial strategy
is right are very low. If a team learns quickly and cheaply that initial
assumptions won't pan out, they should be celebrated, not castigated. In the
long run, those behaviors will lead to more successes than failures.
No one said leading innovation was easy. Getting
uncommon results, however, sometimes requires following uncommon approaches.
Jensen Comment
I read somewhere that virtually all football teams punt way too often on fourth
down with less than two yards to go. Unfortunately I cannot recall the recent
reference to this. But often it's a bit like betting the farm --- our beloved
Bill Belichick with zero PR skills is Exhibit A.
Investment Clubs, Hedge Funds, and Tax Implications
Investment clubs commenced with friends in communities and/or work places
that sometimes made social events out of studying investments and pooling small
amounts of money in a fund that in turn was managed by the group as a whole ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special%3ASearch&redirs=0&search=Investment+club&fulltext=Search&ns0=1
I also think of an hedge fund as a much larger investment club where a
professional investor generally manages the investments for a group of
individuals who join that index fund. Hedge funds, like lower end investment
clubs, do not sell shares in the club to the public in general. An advantage and
a disadvantage of not going public is that such funds, until recently, are not
subject to state and Federal securities laws and SEC oversight, although since
the adverse publicity (read that Madoff Hedge Fund) of the failed attempts are
being made by lawmakers to rein in on hedge funds ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedge_fund
The Madoff Hedge Fund turned out to be the largest Ponzi Scheme in the World
(aside from the Social Security Fund of the U.S. which is a Ponzi scheme not yet
shut down).
Investment Club Software ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Investment_club_software
An Investment Club Helper Site ---
http://investmentclubsonline.com/result.php?Keywords=Investment%20Clubs
Note that investment clubs should understand state and local tax laws regarding
investment club returns and liquidations.
IRS Publication 550 (2008), Investment Income and Expenses
http://www.irs.gov/publications/p550/index.html
Abusive Tax Scheme Investigations - Fiscal Year 2009 ---
http://www.irs.gov/compliance/enforcement/article/0,,id=187267,00.html
Bob Jensen's investment helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#WebsitesForInvestors
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
RIP: The End of Microsoft Office
Accounting
Microsoft is formally backing away from the small
business accounting market after announcing that the Office Accounting program
will no longer be distributed after November 16, 2009. In addition, the
Microsoft Professional Accountant's Network (MPAN) will no longer accept new
members as of that date.
AccountingWeb, November 4, 2009 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/topic/technology/end-microsoft-office-accounting
Bob Jensen's accounting software threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#AccountingSoftware
"Business-School Professors Learn a Hard Lesson in Competition, Study
Finds," by Peter Schmidt, Chronicle of Higher Education, November 5,
2009 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Business-School-Professors/49052/?sid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Among faculty members at business schools in the
United States, the rich tend to be getting richer while others fall farther
behind, according to a paper being presented here Thursday at the annual
conference of the Association for the Study of Higher Education.
In recent years, business schools that were already
in the top fifth in terms of what they pay tenured and tenure-track faculty
members have been giving professors substantially larger pay raises than
those being offered by competing institutions, the paper says. The wealth is
not being shared equally, however. The faculties of the highest-paying
institutions are themselves becoming more stratified in terms of earnings,
with professors at the top of the heap enjoying much faster proportional
growth in their salaries than those on the bottom.
The authors of the paper are John J. Cheslock, an
associate professor of higher education at Pennsylvania State University at
University Park and senior research associate at its Center for the Study of
Higher Education, and Trina Callie, assistant dean of the University of
Arizona's Eller College of Management.
They based their analysis on salary data from
nearly every business school in the nation collected as part of an annual
survey by AACSB International-the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools
of Business. They restricted their analysis to the academic years from
1997-98 to 2004-5, and to full-time faculty members with the rank of
assistant, associate, or full professor at research/doctoral or master's
universities with at least 10 such faculty members on the business school's
payroll.
Contributing to the pay gaps between
business-school faculty members was a marked difference in how the
institutions approached disparities in what their professors earned, the
paper says. In contrast to the most generous business schools, those that
had been paying their faculty members the least tended to compress wages,
giving their highest-paid professors smaller raises than those who earned
less. As a result, the highest-paid faculty members at low-paying business
schools lost even more ground to their best-compensated counterparts at
business schools where salaries were the most generous.
The paper also describes a widening in the pay gap
between faculty members at private and public business schools. Full
professors, for example, earned an average annual salary of about $107,900
at private schools and $95,300 at public schools in 1997-98. By 2004-5,
those figures had risen to $120,900 and $105,400, respectively, meaning that
the private-public pay gap in average salaries at their rank grew by about
$3,000, or 24 percent, to just over $15,500. The study found an interesting
wrinkle in the trend, however, in that the lowest-paying private business
schools actually paid their professors less, on average, than the
lowest-paying public ones.
Among the factors the paper's authors cite as
likely to have driven the trends they chart was a decline in the number of
business Ph.D.'s granted annually. That decline, they say, has contributed
to a shortage of business-school faculty members that has caused entry-level
salaries to increase and prompted institutions to raid one another for
established professors.
Jensen Comment
When I contemplated leaving Florida State University (where pay raises had been
worse than disappointing for all faculty during my four years at FSU) to accept
the Jesse Jones Chair at Trinity University, one of the main questions I raised
with President Calgaard at Trinity University was whether highest-paid faculty
(officially designated as "Distinguished Professors") at Trinity ceteris
paribus would not be capped in the sense that an average raise of 10% would
not be capped off at a lower percentage to highest-paid faculty because the rate
was being multiplied by much higher base salaries. In other words. a faculty
member making $120,000 could get a $12,000 raise when faculty members earning
$40,000 got $4,000 raises.
President Calgaard truly lived up to his word. In all my 24 years at Trinity
I was not capped off a lower percentage raise because my base pay was among the
three highest paid professors on campus. Of course in most years we got raises
of less than 10%, but I always received what I considered more than my fair
share of the percentage raises that were given every year while I was at Trinity
even though my base salary made the dollar raises relatively high on campus each
year.
At the same time, President Calgaard strived to boost the pay levels of
faculty in humanities to a point where Trinity received an A-Level compensation
rating from the AAUP signifying that Trinity was paying all faculty very
competitive wages. In recent years the hardest thing for Trinity and most other
universities has been the compression problem in Business Administration where
starting salaries for new accounting, finance, and business faculty were soaring
at rates much higher than raises the university could give existing faculty.
Another problem area in this regard was Computer Science.
Is there any college that pays incoming newly-minted accounting PhDs the
lowest salaries in their Departments of Accounting? In most colleges these new
accounting assistant professor hires may be offered starting salaries higher
than salaries earned by all existing full professors of accounting. This is more
than a compression problem --- it's really an inversion problem.
Some comparative
nine-month academic year salaries recently released by the AACSB
Note that
major research university salaries considerably higher than average while
salaries in many private universities are much lower as are salaries in state
universities that are not flagship research universities. The results for
accounting and taxation new assistant professors primarily reflects the downward
trend of doctoral graduates in accounting, auditing, and taxation in the past
two decades ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
In the current budget crunches
many colleges have opted out of paying full price for newly minted PhDs in
accounting, finance, and business administration. Trinity paid dearly for two
new assistant professors of accounting to replace me and Petrea Sandlin as we
departed into the retirement sunset, but in most other areas of business more
reliance is being placed upon use of adjunct faculty to meet soaring preferences
among students to major in the Department of Business Administration.
From the
Financial Rounds Blog on February 16, 2009 ---
http://financialrounds.blogspot.com/
The Annual
AACSB
salary survey is the definitive source for business school faculty salaries.
Here's the most important table from the report - it shows the mean salaries for
new doctorates for the major business disciplines

The figures
above
are for 9-month salaries. At research schools, summer research support can add
another 10-20% to that, and there are also opportunities to pick up additional
$$ teaching over the summer. However, at teaching oriented schools, there
typically isn't summer
support, and summer teaching money is
also much lower.
For years, finance professors got the highest salaries across all business
disciplines. That's changed in the last few years, with accounting salaries
pulling ahead. The increase in accounting new-hire salaries is likely due to
smaller numbers of accounting
PhD's being graduated and a lot of
retirements in their field. But still, $120K isn't bad.
Click
here for the free
executive summary (you can also get the full report, but it'll cost you unless
your AACSB Dean can get it for you).
Bob Jensen's threads on salary compression and inversion problems in
academe are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#Salaries
I'm sorry David Friehling, when you say you were duped I don't believe a
single word of your plea for leniency!
Madoff's CPA only pleads guilty to one (wink, wink) professional failure
apart from the crimes to which he confessed.
He should get 150 years in the same cell as Bernie.
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 5,
2009
Madoff Auditor Says He Was Duped, Too
by Chad
Bray
Nov 04, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Audit
Quality, Auditing, Auditing Services, Auditor Independence, Fraudulent
Financial Reporting
SUMMARY: David
Friehling, former accountant for the Bernard L. Madoff Investment
Securities, LLC, pleaded guilty to fraud and other charges in connection
with his auditing work for the firm of convicted swindler Bernard Madoff.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The
article can be used in an auditing class to cover topics of collecting
sufficient competent evidential matter, auditor responsibilities for
detecting fraud, business risk associated with taking on personal tax work
associated with corporate clients, and overall ethical conduct of an
accounting practice.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
According to the article, what work did Mr. Friehling do for Bernard L.
Madoff Investment Securities LLC and for people related to those businesses?
List all work that you see identified in the article.
2. (Introductory)
Of what professional failure did Mr. Friehling plead guilty at a hearing
before U.S. District Judge in Manhattan?
3. (Advanced)
Mr. Friehling states that he "took the information given to him by Mr.
Madoff or Mr. Madoff's employees at 'face value.'" How does that statement
imply a failure to conduct adequate audit procedures?
4. (Advanced)
Is it evident from the results of the Madoff fraud case that the firm's
auditors must have been guilty of some audit failure? In your answer,
comment on an auditor's responsibility to detect fraud and on the likelihood
of detecting fraud in cases of collusion.
5. (Introductory)
How is the tax work done by Mr. Friehling for persons related to the Madoff
firm resulting in even greater violations of the law and ethical conduct of
his practice?
6. (Advanced)
Refer to the second related article. Is it a "GAAP rule" that prevents an
auditor or accountant from "just accepting what a client tells you about his
financial statements, without doing more..."?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Bernie Madoff's Small-Town CPA
by Thomas Coyle
Nov 04, 2009
Online Exclusive
Is Friehling's Guilty Plea A Warning Shot to Madoff's Family?
by Ashby Jones
Nov 04, 2009
Online Exclusive
"Madoff Auditor Says He Was Duped, Too: Friehling Pleads
Guilty, but Denies Knowing About the Scheme; 'Biggest Mistake of My Life',"
by Chad Bray, The Wall Street Journal, November 4, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125725853747925287.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
David Friehling, the former accountant to convicted
Ponzi-scheme operator Bernard Madoff, pleaded guilty to fraud and other
charges Tuesday in connection with his auditing work for Madoff's firm, but
denied knowing about the underlying Ponzi scheme.
Mr. Friehling pleaded guilty to securities fraud,
aiding or abetting investment advisor fraud, three counts of obstructing or
impeding the administration of Internal Revenue laws, and four counts of
making false filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission at a
hearing before U.S. District Judge Alvin K. Hellerstein in Manhattan.
Mr. Friehling, 49 years old, admitted that he
failed to conduct independent audits of Bernard L. Madoff Investment
Securities LLC's financial statements, saying he took the information given
to him by Mr. Madoff or Madoff's employees at "face value."
However, he denied any knowledge of Mr. Madoff's
Ponzi scheme and said he entrusted his own retirement and his family's
investments to Mr. Madoff, saying he had about $500,000 with the firm.
In what was "the biggest mistake of my life, I
placed my trust in Bernard Madoff," Mr. Friehling said.
Mr. Friehling, who is cooperating with prosecutors,
faces a statutory maximum of 114 years in prison on the charges.
He was previously charged in the matter in March.
Mr. Friehling will be allowed to remain free on $2.5 million bail pending
sentencing, which is tentatively set for February.
Separately, Mr. Friehling, without admitting or
denying wrongdoing, agreed to a partial settlement in the SEC's separate
civil case. Mr. Friehling, sole practitioner at Friehling & Horowitz CPAs
PC, agreed to a permanent injunction restraining him or his accounting firm
from violating securities laws.
Disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil
penalties will be determined at a later date. Mr. Friehling and his firm
will be precluded from arguing that they didn't violate federal securities
laws as alleged by the SEC for the purposes of determining disgorgement and
any penalties.
Prosecutors from the U.S. Attorney's office in
Manhattan alleged that Mr. Friehling, from 1991 to 2008, created false and
fraudulent certified financial statements for Madoff's firm.
Mr. Friehling, who is married and has three
children, said Tuesday that he was introduced to Mr. Madoff by Mr.
Friehling's father-in-law, Jerome Horowitz.
Mr. Friehling, a certified public accountant, said
Mr. Horowitz retired in 1991 but continued to assist him with Madoff's
audits until 1998. Mr. Horowitz, who served as Madoff's auditor until the
1990s, died in March.
Prosecutors also alleged that Mr. Friehling failed
to conduct independent audits of Madoff's firm that complied with generally
accepted auditing standards and conformed with generally accepted accounting
principles, and falsely certified that he had done so.
At the hearing, Assistant U.S. Attorney Lisa Baroni
said Mr. Friehling prepared false tax returns for Mr. Madoff and others, but
declined to say who those others are. "Just 'others' at this time," Ms.
Baroni said.
The court-appointed trustee in charge of
liquidating Madoff's firm said recently that he had identified $21.2 billion
in cash investor losses.
Mr. Friehling is the third person to plead guilty
to criminal charges in the case, including Mr. Madoff himself.
Mr. Madoff, 71, admitted in March to running a
decades-long Ponzi scheme that bilked thousands of investors out of billions
of dollars and is serving a 150-year sentence in a federal prison in North
Carolina.
Frank DiPascali Jr., a key lieutenant to Mr. Madoff,
pleaded guilty to criminal charges in August. Mr. DiPascali, who also is
cooperating with prosecutors, has been jailed pending sentencing.
Mr. Madoff ran the scam for years through the
investment advisory arm of his business by promising steady returns and by
presenting an air of exclusivity by not taking all comers and recruiting
investors via friends and associates.
Mr. Madoff claimed to have as much as $65 billion
in his firm's accounts at the end of last November, but prosecutors said the
accounts only held a small fraction of that.
Charles Ponzi (1882-1949) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charles_Ponzi
Ponzi Frauds ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ponzi_game
Bernard Madoff ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madoff
Ponzi Schemes Where Bernie Madoff Was King and the SEC was at best
negligent and at worst fraudulent ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi
Bob Jensen's threads on index and mutual fund frauds are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#MutualFunds
Peachtree Accounting Practice Sets ---
http://www.perdisco.com/peachtree/
Richard Campbell uses and likes these practice sets --- Richard Campbell
[campbell@RIO.EDU]
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting software for student learning ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#software
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting software ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#AccountingSoftware
How Online Vendors are
Changing CVP Analysis (behind our backs?)
I think modern-day novels
would make interesting empirical and case studies of cost-profit-volume
analysis. The focus could be the impact that the online book market should have
on CVP analysis for authors and publishers. For many novels there are so many
used copies available for sale (e.g., on Amazon) that a book costing $27.50 new
might have 200 used copies available for a penny each or at most less than a
quarter.
My good AECM friend Ed
Scribner recommended that, as a mystery buff, I try Michael McGarrity mystery
books. On Amazon I only had to pay $0.01 for one of his books and $.38 for
another, but the shipping costs were $8.31 for both books. I expect these are
very good books, but there are now hundreds upon hundreds of McGarrity books in
the used book market, many for less than a dime. If I really like McGarrity I
will order all the rest of his books (some in hard copy) that are available for
less than a buck.
What this shows is how the
online book market is destroying the long-term profitability of many novels that
people read and then decide to sell. Publishers and authors must meet their
fixed costs in the first year or two or take a hit.
The Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
"The Greatest Swindle Ever Sold," by Andy Kroll, The Nation, May 26,
2009 ---
http://www.thenation.com/doc/20090608/kroll/print
Taibbi vs. Goldman Sachs: Whose side are you on?
The Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
"The Greatest Swindle Ever Sold," by Andy Kroll, The Nation, May 26,
2009 ---
http://www.thenation.com/doc/20090608/kroll/print
Place a barf bag in your lap before watching
these videos!
But are they accurate?
In June and July Goldman Sachs put up a pretty good defense.
Now I'm not so sure.
Questions
Why is the SEC still hiding the names of these tremendously lucky naked short
sellers in Bear Sterns and Lehman Bros.?
Was it because these lucky speculators were such good friends of Hank Paulson
and Timothy Geithner?
Or is Matt Taibbi himself a fraud as suggested last summer by Wall Street media
such as
Business Insider?
Jensen Comment
Evidence suggests that the SEC may be protecting these Wall Street thieves!
Or was all of this stealing perfectly legal? If so why the continued secrecy on
the part of the SEC?
Suspicion: The stealing may have taken place in top investors needed by
the government for bailout (Goldman Sachs?)
"Wall Street's Naked Swindle" by Matt
Taibbi
Watch the Video at one of the following sites:
You Tube ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OqZUbe9KIMs
Google video ---
Click Here
Read the complete article ---
Click Here
Video Updates for Matt Taibbi
GRITtv: Matt Taibbi & Michael Lux: Goldman's Coup
---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nFWjXQLDkXg
"Matt Taibbi's Goldman Sachs Story Is A Joke,"
Joe Weisenthal, Business Insider, July 13, 2009 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/matt-taibbis-goldman-sachs-story-is-a-joke-2009-7
"Goldman Sachs responds to Taibbi Post," by:
Felix Salmon, Rueters, June 26, 2009 ---
Calls Taibbi "Hysterical" ---
http://blogs.reuters.com/felix-salmon/2009/06/26/goldman-sachs-responds-to-taibbi/
Others Now Argue it Is Not a Joke
"Taibbi's Naked-Shorting Rage: Goldman's Lobbying, SEC's Fail,"l by bobswern.
Daily Kohs, September 30, 2009 ---
http://www.dailykos.com/story/2009/9/30/787963/-Taibbis-Naked-Shorting-Rage:-Goldmans-Lobbying,-SECs-Fail
Now, off we go to Goldman Sachs' notorious lobbying
hubris, the historically-annotated, umpteenth oversight failure of the
Securities Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and what I'm quickly realizing may
well turnout to be the story with regard to it becoming the poster
child for regulatory capture and supervisory breakdown as far as our Wall
Street-based corporatocracy/oligarchy is concerned. Here's the link to
Taibbi's preview blog post: "An
Inside Look at How Goldman Sachs Lobbies the Senate."
Yesterday, as described in this lead-in piece from
the Wall Street Journal, the SEC held a public roundtable discussion
on "New Rules for Lending of Securities." (See link here: "SEC
Weighs New Rules for Lending of Securities.")
SEC Weighs New Rules for Lending of Securities
BY KARA SCANNELL AND CRAIG KARMIN
Wall Street Journal
Saturday, September 26th, 2009
Securities regulators are exploring new
regulations for the multitrillion-dollar securities-lending market, the
first major step regulators have taken in the area in decades.
Securities and Exchange Commission Chairman
Mary Schapiro said she wants to shine a light on the "opaque market."
After many large investors lost millions in last year's credit crunch,
she said, "we need to consider ways to enhance investor-oriented
oversight."
The SEC is holding a public round table Tuesday
to explore several issues around securities lending, which has expanded
into a big moneymaker for Wall Street firms and pension funds.
Regulation hasn't kept pace, some industry participants...
Enter Taibbi: "An
Inside Look at How Goldman Sachs Lobbies the Senate."
An Inside Look at How Goldman Sachs Lobbies the
Senate
Matt Taibbi
TruSlant.com
(very early) Tuesday, September 29th, 2009
The SEC is holding a public round table Tuesday
to explore several issues around securities lending, which has expanded
into a big moneymaker for Wall Street firms and pension funds.
Regulation hasn't kept pace, some industry participants contend.
Securities lending is central to the practice of short selling, in which
investors borrow shares and sell them in a bet that the price will
decline. Short sellers later hope to buy back the shares at a lower
price and return them to the securities lender, booking a profit.
Lending and borrowing also help market makers keep stock trading
functioning smoothly.
--SNIP--
Later on this week I have a story coming out in
Rolling Stone that looks at the history of the Bear Stearns and Lehman
Brothers collapses. The story ends up being more about naked
short-selling and the role it played in those incidents than I had
originally planned -- when I first started looking at the story months
ago, I had some other issues in mind, but it turns out that there's no
way to talk about Bear and Lehman without going into the weeds of naked
short-selling, and to do that takes up a lot of magazine inches. So
among other things, this issue takes up a lot of space in the upcoming
story.
Naked short-selling is a kind of counterfeiting
scheme in which short-sellers sell shares of stock they either don't
have or won't deliver to the buyer. The piece gets into all of this, so
I won't repeat the full description in this space now. But as this week
goes on I'm going to be putting up on this site information I had to
leave out of the magazine article, as well as some more timely material
that I'm only just getting now.
Included in that last category is some of the
fallout from this week's SEC "round table" on the naked short-selling
issue.
The real significance of the naked
short-selling issue isn't so much the actual volume of the behavior,
i.e. the concrete effect it has on the market and on individual
companies -- and that has been significant, don't get me wrong -- but
the fact that the practice is absurdly widespread and takes place right
under the noses of the regulators, and really nothing is ever done about
it.
It's the conspicuousness of the crime that is
the issue here, and the degree to which the SEC and the other financial
regulators have proven themselves completely incapable of addressing the
issue seriously, constantly giving in to the demands of the major banks
to pare back (or shelf altogether) planned regulatory actions. There
probably isn't a better example of "regulatory capture," i.e. the
phenomenon of regulators being captives of the industry they ostensibly
regulate, than this issue.
Taibbi continues on to inform us that none of the
invited speakers to this government-sponsored event represented stockholders
or companies that could, or have, become targets/victims of naked
short-selling. Also "...no activists of any kind in favor of tougher rules
against the practice. Instead, all of the invitees are (were) either banks,
financial firms, or companies that sell stuff to the first two groups."
Taibbi then informs us that there is only one
panelist invited that's in favor of what may be, perhaps, the most basic
level of regulatory control with regard to this industry practice: a "simple
reform" called "pre-borrowing." Pre-borrowing requires short-sellers to
actually possess the stock shares before they're sold.
It's been proven to work, as last summer the SEC,
concerned about predatory naked short-selling of big companies in the
wake of the Bear Stearns wipeout, instituted a temporary pre-borrow
requirement for the shares of 19 fat cat companies (no other companies
were worth protecting, apparently). Naked shorting of those firms
dropped off almost completely during that time.
The lack of pre-borrow voices invited to this
panel is analogous to the Max Baucus health care round table last
spring, when no single-payer advocates were invited. So who will get to
speak? Two guys from Goldman Sachs, plus reps from Citigroup, Citadel (a
hedge fund that has done the occasional short sale, to put it gently),
Credit Suisse, NYSE Euronext, and so on.
Taibbi then tells us of increased efforts by
industry players, specifically noting Goldman Sachs being at the forefront
of this effort, and having "their presence felt."
Taibbi mentioned that he'd received two completely
separate calls from two congressional staffers from different offices--folks
whom Taibbi never met before--who felt compelled to inform him of Goldman's
actions.
We learn that these folks both commented on how
these Goldman folks were lobbying against restrictions on naked
short-selling. One of the aides told Taibbi that they had passed out a "fact
sheet about the issue that was so ridiculous that one of the other staffers
immediately thought to send it to me. "
I would later hear that Senate aides between
themselves had discussed Goldman's lobbying efforts and concluded that
it was one of the most shameless performances they'd ever seen from any
group of lobbyists, and that the "fact sheet" the company had had the
balls to hand to sitting U.S. Senators was, to quote one person familiar
with the situation, "disgraceful" and "hilarious."
Checkout the whole story on his blog. Apparently,
in the upcoming Rolling Stone piece, he gets into the nitty gritty with
regard to how naked short-selling brought down both Bear Stearns and Lehman,
last year.
Should be pretty powerful stuff.
Meanwhile, getting back to the SEC roundtable,
noted above, strike up the fifth item that I've now documented in the past
48 hours where it's becoming self-evident that our elected representatives
and our government agencies aren't even bothering to author the new
regulations and legislation that's so needed to prevent a recurrence of
events such as those we witnessed through the economic/market catastrophes
of the past 24 months; these legislators and high-ranking government
officials are actually having the lobbyists navigate the discussion and
write the damn stuff, too!
How much worse can it get? I really don't want
to know the answer to that rhetorical question. But, with the inmates
running the asylum, we may just find out sooner than we think!
Bob Jensen's threads on noble and ignoble
agendas of the bailout machine ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#IgnobleAgendas
Low Income Home Owner Tax Credits: Were they really intended for
Goldie?
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 5,
2009
Goldman Looks to Buy Fannie Tax Credits
by Damian
Paletta
Nov 03, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Tax
Laws, Taxation
SUMMARY: "Goldman
Sachs Group Inc. is in talks to buy millions of dollars of tax credits
from...Fannie Mae....The tax credits are an incentive in federal law to spur
investments in low-income housing. The law allows investors to receive tax
credits for financing qualified housing developments." Therefore, they can
be sold by developers to financing entities. The related article, covering
Warren Buffett's interest in this transaction, clarifies the description of
the market for these credits with information from
Ernst & Young.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The
article can be used in a tax class to understand the finance reasons for
this tax law provision or in any financial analysis class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
What is a tax credit? Why must a company holding tax credits be profitable
in order to take advantage of them?
2. (Introductory)
What is the purpose of the particular tax credits discussed in these
articles? Why did Fannie Mae "load up" on these credits during the housing
boom? In your answer, comment on the purpose of Fannie Mae (Hint: you may
find this information on Fannie Mae's web site at
http://www.fanniemae.com/index.html; the formal name is the Federal
National Mortgage Association, abbreviated FNMA).
3. (Advanced)
Refer to the related article, which states, "The credits are virtually
worthless to Fannie Mae and require the company to take losses each quarter
as their value declines." Why are these credits worthless to Fannie Mae?
4. (Advanced)
Again, refer to the related article and to the information provided by Ernst
& Young on "the median price of a dollar of low-income housing tax credit."
What is the amount? Why is $1 of tax credit selling for less than its face
amount of $1?
5. (Advanced)
How can investment in these tax credits provide annualized returns of 30% or
more? How does that rate of return depend upon the buyer's own results of
operations?
6. (Introductory)
How is Fannie Mae now being managed? How does that management influence
decisions on the sale of these tax credits beyond a purely financial
perspective?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Buffett Joins Goldman in Bid for Fannie Mae Tax Credits
by Susanne Craig, Christina S.N. Lewis, and Damian Paletta
Nov 05, 2009
Page: A23
"Goldman Looks to Buy Fannie Tax Credits: Treasury Lurks as Spoiler as
Political Climate Favors Main Street's Benefit Over Wall Street's," by Damian
Paletta, The Wall Street Journal, November 3, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125712159288021753.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. is in talks to buy
millions of dollars of tax credits from government-controlled mortgage giant
Fannie Mae, but the potential deal is running into opposition from the U.S.
Treasury, which could block the deal.
A sale would bring some needed financial respite to
Fannie Mae. But the administration is leery about approving a deal that
would help Goldman reduce its tax bill, given the animus held by many
lawmakers toward big Wall Street firms in general and Goldman in particular.
The Obama administration is looking at the deal
with a critical eye and could block it. Goldman, meanwhile, is hopeful it
could win approval this week.
"Treasury is reviewing and will not let it proceed
unless it is clearly in the taxpayers' interest," spokesman Andrew Williams
said.
Fannie Mae and its regulator, the Federal Housing
Finance Agency, declined to comment.
"Fannie Mae is owned and controlled by the federal
government," said Goldman Sachs spokesman Michael DuVally, who wouldn't
confirm the company was in talks with Fannie about the credits. "The only
basis on which approval for any transaction would be given would be if it
was clearly in the taxpayers' best interest."
Precise details of the deal couldn't be learned.
Some on Wall Street think Goldman could buy $1 billion of the tax credits,
which would allow the bank to offset a portion of its profit. It is unclear
how much of a discount Goldman is offering to pay. One person familiar with
the potential transaction said Goldman could line up other investors for the
deal as well.
Nearly every major business decision at Fannie Mae
and Freddie Mac is vetted or directed by the government. Officials at both
firms have complained about their contradictory missions -- they are at once
private companies and tools of public policy.
The Goldman talks are emblematic of these
conflicts: A deal that could help Fannie Mae might also be politically
unpalatable.
The Treasury Department has purchased $45.9 billion
in preferred stock in Fannie Mae since it took over the company last year to
pump money into the firm, giving taxpayers a substantial stake in the firm.
The tax credits are an incentive in federal law to
spur investments in low-income housing. The law allows investors to receive
tax credits for financing qualified housing developments. These credits tend
to be drawn out over periods such as 10 years, and are attractive to
companies that know they will be profitable during that span.
Both Fannie Mae and its rival Freddie Mac loaded up
on low-income housing tax credits during the real-estate boom. But the
credits have lost considerable value in the past 18 months. Fannie Mae has
lost tens of billions of dollars and, like many other financial firms, has
been unable to use them. Fannie Mae had $5.8 billion in such partnership
investments as of June 30.
"There is decreased market demand for [such]
investments because there are fewer tax benefits derived from these
investments by traditional investors, as these investors are currently
projecting much lower levels of future profits than in previous years,"
Fannie Mae said in an August filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
Fannie Mae, for its part, would be able to unload
credits that are weighing on its balance sheet and forcing it to take
losses. Selling them would bring earnings into the firm that might offset
the amount of money Fannie Mae has to borrow from the Treasury Department.
It could also help free up Fannie Mae's balance sheet so the company can
finance more housing loans.
A key issue will be how much of a discount Goldman
plans to pay for the tax credits, especially if the terms are seen as
generous to the bank.
Washington officials are likely to look at the deal
with a skeptical eye. One reason: Approving it could further the perception
that policy makers have taken steps in the last year that aided Goldman
above other banks. For many in Washington still in the grip of populist
fervor, Goldman has become a symbol of how Wall Street's recovery has
outpaced that of Main Street, at taxpayer expense.
The Federal Reserve waived normal rules to allow
Goldman and Morgan Stanley to quickly become bank holding companies last
year, protecting them from some of the financial-market trauma that befell
Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers. The government injected $10 billion into
Goldman through the Troubled Asset Relief Program. The bank was also helped
by the bailout of American International Group Inc., through contracts
Goldman had with the giant insurer.
Goldman was one of the first Wall Street banks to
pay back its government cash and has either paid or set aside $16.7 billion
in compensation and benefits for employees through the first nine months of
2009.
"As we see American workers' dreams of retirement
being delayed and postponed and vanquished, and we see them losing their
homes, as we see them losing their small businesses, we see record profits
over at Goldman Sachs," Rep. Luis Gutierrez (D., Ill.) told Treasury
Secretary Timothy Geithner at a congressional hearing Thursday.
Fannie Mae hasn't sold tax credits in at least a
year. Citigroup Inc.'s bank division bought a $676 million portfolio from
Fannie Mae in 2007, consisting of funds owning 382 properties with 31,050
rental units.
The Treasury has invested a combined $96 billion in
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac since the companies were taken over in September
2008, and it is unclear when either company might be able to repay any of
the money. Fannie Mae lost $37.9 billion in the first six months of 2009.
Jensen Comment
My tidbit (and teaching case) above was forwarded by Richard Sansing to a
colleague named Leslie Robinson at Dartmouth.
Leslie sent me a paper that
will soon be published in TAR. I found the paper to be extremely informative
about how companies are willing to buy these tax credits just to show a better
classification on the balance sheet. To get the gist of the reasoning behind
this strategy. Leslie provides the very simple following example:
"Do Firms Incur Costs to Avoid Reducing Pre-Tax Earnings?
Evidence from the Accounting for Low-Income Housing Tax Credits?"
by Leslie A. Robinson
Email:
leslie.a.robinson@tuck.dartmouth.edu
Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth
Hanover, NH 03755
Consider an example to illustrate the
intra-period affect of EITF 94-1 on the
income statements of three hypothetical firms. Suppose 100 LIHTCs
are available for $80, and three firms have $1,000 in sales revenue
and a marginal tax rate of 35 percent. Firm A does not buy any
LIHTCs. Firm B buys unguaranteed LIHTCs. Firm C buys guaranteed
LIHTCs. Consistent with EITF 94-1, Firm B uses the equity method and
Firm C uses the effective yield method of accounting. The cumulative
effect on net income is as follows: Firm A |
Firm B
Equity Method:
Operating Expense Classification |
Firm C
Effective Yield Method:
Tax Expense Classification |
Sales
revenue |
1,000 |
1,000 |
1,000 |
Operating expense |
0 |
(80) |
0
|
Pre-tax earnings |
1,000 |
920 |
1,000 |
Tax
expense |
350 |
222a |
302b
|
Net
income
ETRc |
650
35.00% |
698
24.13%
.24.24.24 |
698
30.02% |
Firm C shows higher pre-tax earnings than Firm B,
but the same net income. By netting the after-tax cost of the LIHTCs against
the tax savings they provide, Firm C realizes a smaller decrease to tax
expense (relative to Firm A) than does Firm B. The accounting methods also
affect the firms‟ effective tax rates (ETRs). Investing in LIHTCs lowers the
ETR of both Firm B.
and Firm C relative to Firm A. Firm B shows a lower
ETR relative to Firm C because the tax expense of Firm B reflects
all
of the tax benefits from the investment at the gross amount.
In general, however, since the tax credits are received pro-rata over a
ten-year period, Firm B‟s ETR will be more volatile.9
If in the following year Firm B and C both experience
a 5 percent increase in sales, this will induce a 2.27 percent change in
Firm B‟s ETR and only a 0.75 percent change in Firm C‟s ETR (Firm A‟s ETR
will not change).10
The
inter-period
effect of EITF 94-1 on accounting earnings is more
nuanced. Under the equity method of accounting, investors reduce the
carrying value of (e.g., amortize) their investment as they receive
operating loss allocations from the partnership. Under the effective yield
method of accounting, investors reduce that carrying value at a rate that
produces a constant effective yield.11
Under both accounting methods, the investor reduces the
carrying value of the investment to zero. The cumulative effect on net
income is the same over the ten-year period; annual differences in net
income occur if the partnership loss allocations used in the equity method
are higher or lower than the book amortization used in the effective yield
method. From the investor‟s perspective, an important outcome of the
inter-period effect is that partnership loss allocations produce cash flows
from tax savings because they reduce taxable income, while book amortization
– which may or may not occur at the same rate as the
underlying loss allocations – reduces earnings. Thus, the equity method
amortizes the investment at the same rate for book and tax purposes, while
the effective yield method does not.
The Market for LIHTCs
Investors buy LIHTCs from developers through
intermediaries called syndicators, experts in the administrative and
compliance issues associated with investing in these real estate
partnerships. The system matches an estimated 10,000-plus developers with
more than 400 corporate investors and thousands of individual investors
Continued in article
ABSTRACT:
Examining corporate investment in low-income housing tax credits reveals that
firms are willing to incur costs in order to manage the income statement
classification of an expense. Accounting rules allow investors who purchase a
tax benefit guarantee to amortize their equity in a real estate partnership as a
tax expense, rather than as an operating expense, thus avoiding a reduction in
pre-tax earnings. Using confidential data from tax credit syndicators, I model
the market price of a tax credit as a function of the existence of the
guarantee, controlling for foreclosure risk on the underlying real estate. The
results are consistent with the hypothesis that an economically significant
amount of the guarantee fee is paid by corporate investors for the right to use
an accounting method that avoids reductions in pre-tax earnings.
Keywords:
expense classification; pre-tax earnings; tax credit; earnings management
Data Availability:
The data used in this
study include private survey data (redacted) from Ernst & Young LLP Tax Credit
Investment Advisory Services, private (redacted) data from tax credit
syndicators as well as publicly available data from the Department of Housing &
Urban Development and the U.S. Census Bureau. A detailed data appendix is
available from the author upon request.
Jensen Comment
This is a typical TAR paper that, in my viewpoint, adds more value in the
background discussion than in the hypothesis testing itself. In any case, if you
are at all interested in the purchase and sale of these LIHTC tax credits, then
Leslie's forthcoming TAR paper is a must read to supplement the case above..
New undergraduate business or finance certificate programs added on to arts
colleges at Princeton, Northwestern, and Columbia
New undergraduate courses (but not degrees) are being offered at colleges
like Dartmouth
Some like the University of Pennsylvania have long-standing undergraduate
business degree programs
"Business: The New Liberal Art: Interest in business is surging at
elite liberal arts colleges, and schools that once shunned the business major
are now offering coursework," Business Week, October 22, 2009 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/oct2009/bs20091022_146227.htm?link_position=link1
Ever since fleeing Europe's tyranny for the New
World, Americans have established a collegiate system which emphasizes a
broad, liberal arts education. Even as larger state schools mimicked
European universities and offered undergraduate majors in vocational fields,
the Ivy League schools and their peers, for the most part, resisted. "In
America, we think more in terms of a broad undergraduate education," says
Paul Danos, dean of Dartmouth's
Tuck School of Business (Tuck
Full-Time MBA Profile). "Other parts of the world
are much more specific. They believe in the benefit of students going
directly into their major and taking several years of very narrow, technical
work. We don't think of it that way."
But as the financial industry becomes an
increasingly sought-after destination for talented undergraduates, some
top schools are reconsidering that age-old bias.
In the last three years, liberal arts
colleges that once shunned the business major have begun making business
courses available to undergrads. And with
the job market in turmoil, interest in these programs has surged. At Tuck,
growing demand has led the school to triple the number of business classes
it offers. Columbia, which has seen increased interest among undergrads for
the business courses in its catalog, is considering a program similar to one
at Northwestern's
Kellogg School of Management that yields a
business certificate upon completion. That program itself has been so
popular that it expanded just a year after its inception.
Once wholly committed to their vision of students
well-versed in philosophy, history, and science, these schools appear to be
changing course. According to Amir Ziv, vice-dean at
Columbia
Business School (Columbia
Full-Time MBA Profile), behind this shift in
attitude is "a lot of demand from the undergrads to know something about
business."
For liberal arts students, a little bit of business
knowhow is a powerful thing, giving them the confidence they need to work in
a business setting. "It's hard for students coming from a liberal arts
education not to feel disadvantaged when they're up against students from,
say, the
Wharton
(Wharton
Undergraduate Business Profile) undergraduate
program," says Charles Friedland, a senior majoring in economics at
Dartmouth. Friedland, 21, accepted a summer internship offer last spring
from Bank of America (BAC)
without a single credit in business to his name. But as one of the students
to enroll in financial accounting, the first Tuck business class ever
offered to undergraduate students, he had the credit by his first day of
work. "After the first or second day of the internship, it was already
evident how much taking the class helped in terms of being comfortable in
the atmosphere of a large finance firm," he says.
The last thing highly ranked schools want is for a
large number of students to be at a perceived disadvantage when vying for
full-time jobs. "Students realize that when they go to their first job they
want to know something about business," says Ziv. "If you've had an
accounting class, that gives you an advantage. You understand what
profit-and-loss sheets are and what balance sheets are. And that helps."
The overwhelming popularity and growing necessity
of the finance offerings is forcing schools to expand their assortment of
classes. Dartmouth initially introduced just two sections of accounting to
undergraduates and already has plans to add two more sections of marketing
and eventually two sections of management. Meanwhile, Columbia is
considering parlaying its selection of undergraduate courses into a more
formalized concentration that upon completion would be recognized on
students' transcripts, a program similar to one already offered by Kellogg.
Northwestern Succumbs In 2007, 41 years after it
terminated its once well-regarded undergraduate program to focus on building
a prestigious graduate business school, Kellogg responded to the unyielding
demand for its business classes on the undergraduate level by reopening its
doors to college-age students. Many undergrads wanted something formal,
perhaps a major to put on their résumés. Kellogg compromised. It began
offering an undergraduate certificate to students who fulfill a set of
business pre-requisites and earn a B average in four advanced-level business
classes.
"We wanted to build on the breadth of the
undergraduate program," says Janice Eberly, a Kellogg professor with a hand
in establishing the business certificate. "So we made the decision to layer
business skills, in the form of a certificate program, on that existing,
strong educational foundation that Northwestern students already have." As
the economy collapsed, interest in the program has surged—not only are
applications up sharply, but a second certificate in engineering and
business has been added.
At Kellogg, undergraduate students can access the
certificate program classes only via an extensive application process. Once
accepted, undergrads have access to many of the same resources that their
graduate counterparts do. Classes are taught by Kellogg professors, and a
career services counselor is dedicated solely to the undergraduate job
search. Among top private schools now offering some business education, it's
the closest any have come to an actual business major.
Holding the Line The new and expanding business
programs like those at Columbia and Kellogg are valuable for students like
Tom Evans. A senior at Kellogg's certificate program, Evans entered
Northwestern with a fleeting interest in physics, but within a year came to
realize that finance was his calling. He majored in mathematical methods in
social science & economics, and applied for the certificate program during
the first year of its existence, hoping to get a grounding in the way
economic theories play out in the world of business. His only regret: not
being able to major in business. "It's very limiting and restricting for
schools to stay stuck in their ways," he says. "They should be more
conscious of the necessity to accommodate people of varying interests."
While undergraduate business offerings at liberal
arts schools are gaining traction, no one expects them to morph into
full-blown business majors any time soon. Danos believes that a basic
understanding of finance is crucial to any learned young man or woman; from
the English majors who aspire to law to the future doctors sitting in an
organic chemistry class. And in spite of the steadily rising interest in
business at these schools, the intellectual breadth that liberal arts
schools aim to offer is as dear to them now as it was when Harvard was
founded in 1636.
"The trend is to get some exposure of business,"
Danos says. "But I don't think that we're going to go the route of the big
schools with full, two year majors in business—certainly Dartmouth won't."
Jensen Comment
One of the prestige-university holdouts that resisted a cash cow MBA program
(unlike Harvard, Yale, MIT, Penn, Cornell, Dartmouth, Columbia, Stanford, Rice,
and others) is Princeton University. However, I found that
Princeton now offers and undergraduate certificate program in finance ---
http://www.princeton.edu/bcf/undergraduate/
The certificate program in finance has four major requirements at
Princeton University:
- First, there are prerequisites in mathematics,
economics, and probability and statistics, as necessary for the study of
finance at a sophisticated level. Advance planning is essential as these
courses should be completed prior to the junior year.
- Second, two required core courses provide an
integrated overview and background in modern finance.
- Third, students are required to take three
elective courses.
- Fourth, a significant piece of independent
work must relate to issues or methods of finance. This takes the form of
a senior thesis, or for non-ECO or ORF majors only, if there is no
possibility of finance content in their senior thesis or junior paper, a
separate, shorter piece of independent work is required instead.
Brown University offers a wide range of finance courses coupled with the
ability to customized undergraduate majors at Brown ---
http://www.brown.edu/Departments/Economics/undergraduate.php
In 2006, several
finance related course underwent renumbering. The following list
shows you the old and current numbers of the courses in this area.
Current Course Number.
Name |
Pre-1996 Course
Number. Name |
1710. Investments |
1770. Financial Markets I
|
1720. Corporate Finance
|
1790. Corporate Finance
|
1750. Options and Derivatives
(Investments II) |
1780. Financial Markets II
|
1760. Financial Institutions
|
1760. Financial Institutions
|
1770. Fixed Income Securities
|
1710. Fixed Income Securities
|
1780. Corporate Strategy
|
1330. Econ. Competitive Strategy
|
1790. Corp. Govern. and Manag. |
1340. Econ. Corp. Governance |
|
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
"How Moody's sold its ratings - and sold out investors," by Kevin G.
Hall, McClatchy Newspapers, October 18, 2009 ---
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/homepage/story/77244.html
As the housing market collapsed in late
2007, Moody's Investors Service, whose investment ratings were widely
trusted, responded by purging analysts and executives who warned of trouble
and promoting those who helped Wall Street plunge the country into its worst
financial crisis since the Great Depression.
A McClatchy investigation has found that
Moody's punished executives who questioned why the company was risking its
reputation by putting its profits ahead of providing trustworthy ratings for
investment offerings.
Instead, Moody's promoted executives who
headed its "structured finance" division, which assisted Wall Street in
packaging loans into securities for sale to investors. It also stacked its
compliance department with the people who awarded the highest ratings to
pools of mortgages that soon were downgraded to junk. Such products have
another name now: "toxic assets."
As Congress tackles the broadest proposed
overhaul of financial regulation since the 1930s, however, lawmakers still
aren't fully aware of what went wrong at the bond rating agencies, and so
they may fail to address misaligned incentives such as granting stock
options to mid-level employees, which can be an incentive to issue positive
ratings rather than honest ones.
The Securities and Exchange Commission
issued a blistering report on how profit motives had undermined the
integrity of ratings at Moody's and its main competitors, Fitch Ratings and
Standard & Poor's, in July 2008, but the full extent of Moody's internal
strife never has been publicly revealed.
Moody's, which rates McClatchy's debt and
assigns it quite low value, disputes every allegation against it. "Moody's
has rigorous standards in place to protect the integrity of ratings from
commercial considerations," said Michael Adler, Moody's vice president for
corporate communications, in an e-mail response to McClatchy.
Insiders, however, say that wasn't true
before the financial meltdown.
"The story at Moody's doesn't start in
2007; it starts in 2000," said Mark Froeba, a Harvard-educated lawyer and
senior vice president who joined Moody's structured finance group in 1997.
"This was a systematic and aggressive
strategy to replace a culture that was very conservative, an
accuracy-and-quality oriented (culture), a getting-the-rating-right kind of
culture, with a culture that was supposed to be 'business-friendly,' but was
consistently less likely to assign a rating that was tougher than our
competitors," Froeba said.
After Froeba and others raised concerns
that the methodology Moody's was using to rate investment offerings allowed
the firm's profit interests to trump honest ratings, he and nine other
outspoken critics in his group were "downsized" in December 2007.
"As a matter of policy, Moody's does not
comment on personnel matters, but no employee has ever been let go for
trying to strengthen our compliance function," Adler said.
Moody's was spun off from Dun & Bradstreet
in 2000, and the first company shares began trading on Oct. 31 that year at
$12.57. Executives set out to erase a conservative corporate culture.
To promote competition, in the 1970s
ratings agencies were allowed to switch from having investors pay for
ratings to having the issuers of debt pay for them. That led the ratings
agencies to compete for business by currying favor with investment banks
that would pay handsomely for the ratings they wanted.
Wall Street paid as much as $1 million for
some ratings, and ratings agency profits soared. This new revenue stream
swamped earnings from ordinary ratings.
"In 2001, Moody's had revenues of $800.7
million; in 2005, they were up to $1.73 billion; and in 2006, $2.037
billion. The exploding profits were fees from packaging . . . and for
granting the top-class AAA ratings, which were supposed to mean they were as
safe as U.S. government securities," said Lawrence McDonald in his recent
book, "A Colossal Failure of Common Sense."
He's a former vice president at now
defunct Lehman Brothers, one of the highflying investment banks that helped
create the global crisis.
From late 2006 through early last year,
however, the housing market unraveled, poisoning first mortgage finance,
then global finance. More than 60 percent of the bonds backed by mortgages
have had their ratings downgraded.
"How on earth could a bond issue be AAA
one day and junk the next unless something spectacularly stupid has taken
place? But maybe it was something spectacularly dishonest, like taking that
colossal amount of fees in return for doing what Lehman and the rest
wanted," McDonald wrote.
Ratings agencies thrived on the profits
that came from giving the investment banks what they wanted, and investors
worldwide gorged themselves on bonds backed by U.S. car loans, credit card
debt, student loans and, especially, mortgages.
Before granting AAA ratings to bonds that
pension funds, university endowments and other institutional investors
trusted, the ratings agencies didn't bother to scrutinize the loans that
were being pooled into the bonds. Instead, they relied on malleable
mathematical models that proved worthless.
"Everyone else goes out and does factual
verification or due diligence. The credit rating agencies state that they
are just assuming the facts that they are given," said John Coffee, a
finance expert at Columbia University. "This system will not get fixed until
someone credible does the necessary due diligence."
Nobody cared about due diligence so long
as the money kept pouring in during the housing boom. Moody's stock peaked
in February 2007 at more than $72 a share.
Billionaire investor Warren Buffett's firm
Berkshire Hathaway owned 15 percent of Moody's stock by the end of 2001,
company reports show. That stake, largely still intact, meant that the
Oracle from Omaha reaped huge financial rewards while Moody's overlooked the
glaring problems in pools of subprime mortgages.
A Berkshire spokeswoman had no comment.
One Moody's executive who soared through
the ranks during the boom years was Brian Clarkson, the guru of structured
finance. He was promoted to company president just as the bottom fell out of
the housing market.
Several former Moody's executives said he
made subordinates fear they'd be fired if they didn't issue ratings that
matched competitors' and helped preserve Moody's market share.
Froeba said his Moody's team manager would
tell his team that he, the manager, would be fired if Moody's lost a single
deal. "If your manager is saying that at meetings, what is he trying to tell
you?" Froeba asked.
In the 1990s, Sylvain Raynes helped
pioneer the rating of so-called exotic assets. He worked for Clarkson.
"In my days, I was pressured to do
nothing, to not do my job," said Raynes, who left Moody's in 1997. "I saw in
two instances -- two deals and a rental car deal -- manipulation of the
rating process to the detriment of investors."
When Moody's went public in 2000,
mid-level executives were given stock options. That gave them an incentive
to consider not just the accuracy of their ratings, but the effect they'd
have on Moody's -- and their own -- bottom lines.
"It didn't force you into a corrupt
decision, but none of us thought we were going to make money working there,
and suddenly you look at a statement online and it's (worth) hundreds and
hundreds of thousands (of dollars). And it's beyond your wildest dreams
working there that you could make that kind of money," said one former
mid-level manager, who requested anonymity to protect his current Wall
Street job.
Moody's spokesman Adler insisted that
compensation of Moody's analysts and senior managers "is not linked to the
financial performance of their business unit."
Clarkson couldn't be reached to comment.
Clarkson's own net worth was tied up in
Moody's market share. By the time he was pushed out in May 2008, his
compensation approached $3 million a year.
Clarkson rose to the top in August 2007,
just as the subprime crisis was claiming its first victims. Soon afterward,
a number of analysts and compliance officials who'd raised concerns about
the soundness of the ratings process were purged and replaced with people
from structured finance.
"The CEO is from a structured finance
background, most of the people in the leadership were from a structured
finance background, and it was putting their people in the right places,"
said Eric Kolchinsky, a managing director in Moody's structured finance
division from January 2007 to November 2007, when he was purged, he said,
for questioning some of the ratings. "If they were serious about compliance,
they wouldn't have done that, because it isn't about having friends in the
right places, but doing the right job."
Another mid-level Moody's executive,
speaking on the condition of anonymity for fear of retribution, recalls
being horrified by the purge.
"It is just something unthinkable, putting
business people in the compliance department. It's not acceptable. I was
very upset, frustrated," the executive said. "I think they corrupted the
compliance department."
One of the new top executives was Michael
Kanef, who was experienced in assembling pools of residential
mortgage-backed securities, but not in compliance, the division that was
supposed to protect investors.
"What signal does it send when you put
someone who ran the group that assigned some of the worst ratings in Moody's
history in charge of preventing it from happening again," Froeba said of
Kanef. Clarkson and Kanef, who remains at Moody's, were named in a
class-action lawsuit alleging that Moody's misled investors about its
independence from companies that paid it for ratings.
Kanef went after Scott McCleskey, the vice
president of compliance at Moody's from the spring of 2006 until September
2008, and the man that Moody's said was the one to see for all compliance
matters.
"It's speculation, but I think Scott was
trying to get people to follow some rules and people weren't ready to accept
that there should be rules," Kolchinsky said.
McCleskey testified before the House of
Representatives Oversight and Government Reform Committee on Sept. 30 and
described how he was pushed out on the heels of the people he'd hired.
"One hour after my departure, it was
announced that I would be replaced by an individual from the structured
finance department who had no compliance experience and who, to my
recollection, had been responsible previously for rating mortgage-backed
securities," McCleskey testified.
His replacement, David Teicher, had no
compliance background. SEC documents describe him as a former team director
for mortgage-backed securities from 2006 to 2008.
McCleskey had raised concerns about the
integrity of the ratings process, and Moody's had excluded him from meetings
in January 2008 with the Securities and Exchange Commission about the
eroding quality of pools of subprime loans that Moody's had blessed with top
ratings.
SEC officials, however, didn't bother to
seek out McCleskey, even though he was the "designated compliance officer"
in company filings with the agency. The SEC maintains that its officials met
with Kanef because he was McCleskey's superior.
SEC spokesman Erik Hotmire said that
officials met with Kanef because "we ask to interview whomever we determine
is appropriate."
Another former Moody's executive,
requesting anonymity for fear of legal action by the company, said the
agency might've understood what was going wrong better if it had talked to
the hands-on compliance officials.
"If they had known he'd (Kanef) come from
structured finance, the conflict of having him in that position should have
been evident from the start," the former executive said.
Others who worked at Moody's at the time
described a culture of willful ignorance in which executives knew how far
lending standards had fallen and that they were giving top ratings to risky
products.
"I could see it coming at the tail end of
2006, but it was too late. You knew it was just insane," said one former
Moody's manager. "They certainly weren't going to do anything to mess with
the revenue machine."
Moody's wasn't alone in ignoring the
mounting problems. It wasn't even first among competitors. The financial
industry newsletter Asset-Backed Alert found that Standard & Poor's
participated in 1,962 deals in 2006 involving pools of loans, while Moody's
did 1,697. In 2005, Standard & Poor's did 1,754 deals to Moody's 1,120.
Fitch was well behind both.
"S&P is deeply disappointed in the
performance of its ratings on certain securities tied to the U.S.
residential real estate market. As far back as April of 2005, S&P warned
investors about increased risks in the residential mortgage market," said
Edward Sweeney, a company spokesman. S&P revised criteria and demanded
greater buffers against default risks before rating pools of mortgages, he
said.
Still, S&P continued to give top ratings
to products that analysts from all three ratings agencies knew were of
increasingly poor quality. To guard against defaults, they threw more bad
loans into the loan pools, telling investors they were reducing risk.
The ratings agencies were under no legal
obligation since technically their job is only to give an opinion, protected
as free speech, in the form of ratings.
"As an analyst, I wouldn't have known
there was a compliance function. There was an attitude of carelessness, or
careless ignorance of the law. I think it is a result of the mentality that
what we do is just an opinion, and so the law doesn't apply to us,"
Kolchinsky said.
Experts such as Columbia University's
Coffee think that Congress must impose some legal liability on credit rating
agencies. Otherwise, they'll remain "just one more conflicted gatekeeper,"
and the process of pooling loans — essential to the flow of credit — will
remain paralyzed and economic recovery restrained.
"If (credit) remains paralyzed, small
banks cannot finance the housing demand. They have to take them (investment
banks) these mortgages and move them to a global audience," said Coffee.
"That can't happen unless the world trusts the gatekeeper."
Bob Jensen's threads on the scandals of credit rating companies (corrupt
to the core) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
Big Four uditors who live in glass houses should not throw stones ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Here’s an expanded view of questions raised about which
constituencies credit rating agencies (and by analogy auditing firms) really
serve.
A message
forwarded by my anonymous friend Larry on October 18, 2009
How Moody's sold its ratings -- and sold out investors | McClatchy ---
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/politics/story/77244.html
Instead, Moody's promoted executives who headed
its "structured finance" division, which assisted Wall Street in packaging
loans into securities for sale to investors. It also stacked its compliance
department with the people who awarded the highest ratings to pools of
mortgages that soon were downgraded to junk. Such products have another name
now: "toxic assets."
"In 2001, Moody's had revenues of $800.7 million; in 2005, they were up
to $1.73 billion; and in 2006, $2.037 billion. The exploding profits were
fees from packaging . . . and for granting the top-class AAA ratings, which
were supposed to mean they were as safe as U.S. government securities," said
Lawrence McDonald in his recent book, "A Colossal Failure of Common Sense."
Nobody cared about due diligence so long as the
money kept pouring in during the housing boom. Moody's stock peaked in
February 2007 at more than $72 a share.
Billionaire investor Warren Buffett's firm
Berkshire Hathaway owned 15 percent of Moody's
stock by the end of 2001, company reports show. That stake, largely still
intact, meant that the Oracle from Omaha reaped huge financial rewards while
Moody's overlooked the glaring problems in pools of subprime mortgages.
A Berkshire spokeswoman had no comment.
Moody's wasn't alone in ignoring the mounting problems. It wasn't even
first among competitors. The financial industry newsletter Asset-Backed
Alert found that Standard & Poor's participated in 1,962 deals in 2006
involving pools of loans, while Moody's did 1,697. In 2005, Standard &
Poor's did 1,754 deals to Moody's 1,120. Fitch was well behind both.
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/politics/story/77244.html
Jensen Comment
I’m frantically searching the writings of my very technical hero, Janet Tavakoli,
to discover that all this is not true about my other hero, Warren Buffett. Of
course there are huge and unknown, at this points, degrees of culpability.
Janet is pretty rough on the ratings agencies in her
writings. However, she’s always kind to Warren. One of my all-time favorite
books is her Dear Mr. Buffet book. On Page 107, Janet writes as follows:
At
the end of 2007, Berkshire Hathaway owned 78 million shares of Moody’s
Corporation, one of the top three rating agencies (the same shares owned when I
first met Warren Buffett in 2005), representing just over 19 percent of the
capital stock. The cot basis of the shares is $499 million. At the end of 200,
the value was just under $1 billion. By the end of 2006, the value was around
$3.3 billion, but it dropped to $1.7 billion at the end of 2007. The sharp
increase in revenues is due chiefly to revenues generated from rating structured
financial products, and the sharp decrease was due to the disillusionment of the
market with the integrity of the ratings.
On Page 109, Janet continues to berate the rating agency
cartel (where I think it might be possible to substitute auditors for rating
agencies interchangeably):
The
rating agencies seem to not care about the market’s forgiveness since not
only have they not apologized --- a necessary but not sufficient condition ---
they seem to feel the market should change. Specifically, the market
should change its point of view about what it expects from the rating agencies.
Yet it seems that the market has the right to expect rating agencies to follow
the basic principles of statistics.
The
tactic has mainly been successful because the rating agencies act as a cartel,
leveraging their joint power to have fees magically converge and have ratings so
similar that they have participated overrating AAA structured products backed by
dodgy loans in 2007 that took substantial principal losses. Meanwhile, many
market professionals, including me, pointed out in print that the AAA ratings
were maeaningless. The rating agencies presented a farily united front in
defending their methods (except for Fitch, which also participated on overrated
CDOs and later seemed more responsive to downgrading structured products.
. . .
“Ma
and pa” retail investors found that AAA product ended up in their pension funds
and mutual funds because their money managers gave too much credence to an AAA
rating.
But nowhere have I yet found where Janet alludes to any
insider profiteering on the part of Warren Buffett who also lost billions of
dollars in the crash The difference between “ma and pa” and Mr. Buffet is that a
billion dollars is pocket change to Warren Buffet. He can easily recoup his
losses legitimately in trades with stupid hedge fund managers and bankers that
rely too much on fallible models (at least that’s what mathematician Janet
Tavakoli tells us in a very enlightening way).
Expert Financial Predictions (John Stewart's hindsight video
scrapbook) ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/blog/post.aspx?bid=354&bpid=23077&nlid=1840
You have to watch the first third of this video before it gets into the
scrapbook itself
The problem unmentioned here is one faced by auditors and credit rating agencies
of risky clients every day: Predictions are often self fulfilling
If an auditor issues going concern exceptions in audit reports, the exceptions
themselves will probably contribute to the downfall of the clients
The same can be said by financial analysts who elect to trash a company's
financial outlook
Hence we have the age-old conflict between holding back on what you really
secretly predict versus pulling the fire alarm on a troubled company
There are no easy answers here except to conclude that it auditors and
credit rating agencies appeared to not reveal many of their inner secret
predictions in 2008
Auditing firms and credit rating agencies lost a lot of credibility in this
economic crisis, but they've survived many such stains on their reputations in
the past
By now we're used to the fact that the public is generally aware of the fire
before the auditors and credit rating agencies pull the alarm lever
On the other hand, financial wizards who pull the alarm lever on nearly every
company all the time lose their credibility in a hurry
Bob Jensen's
threads on credit rating agencies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
Bob Jensen's threads on
auditor professionalism are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#Professionalism
The Winner's Curse: Business Firm Valuation Errors by the Pros
Large-scale mergers often plague the "winning" bidder
with what academics call the "Winner's Curse." The winner's curse takes place
when a bidder does indeed win the object for which he or she was bidding, but
the value of that object turns out to be less than what was bid for it. What's a
recipe for a winner's curse in an M&A situation? Take one part highly visible
transaction for a highly motivated, deep-pocketed acquirer.
"Kraft, Cadbury, and Hershey: A Not-So-Sweet Deal," by Rita McGrath, Harvard
Business Review, November 19, 2009 ---
Click Here
Large-scale mergers often plague the "winning"
bidder with what academics call the "Winner's
Curse." The winner's curse takes place when a
bidder does indeed win the object for which he or she was bidding, but the
value of that object turns out to be less than what was bid for it. What's a
recipe for a winner's curse in an M&A situation? Take one part highly
visible transaction for a highly motivated, deep-pocketed acquirer. Add a
bit of reluctant bride (or outright naysaying bride) on the part of the
target firm. Add a potential white knight, preferably one that is despised
by the original bidder. Throw in a couple (or more) hard-charging CEOs who
view the deal as crucial to their company's good fortunes (or to their own
reputations — either will do). Finally, entrust the whole mixture to a bunch
of sophisticated deal packagers on Wall Street. Then, make it front-page
news on the publications that "everybody" reads.
The announcement on Tuesday morning that chocolate
maker Hershey (with a possible assist from Italy's Ferrero) might make a
counter-offer to the deal broached by Kraft Foods for the United Kingdom's
beloved Cadbury has exactly this flavor to it. According to the
Wall Street Journal, Kraft Foods of
Northfield, IL, formally offered to purchase Cadbury for about $16 billion
on November 9, after publicly making its intentions known in September.
Cadbury rejected the initial offer, reports the Journal, as "derisory." But
with no other bidders on the horizon at the time that Kraft was required by
the UK to make its proposal official or to abandon the deal, it didn't
increase the bid, commenting that the offer is "fair and attractive." If
Hershey successfully figures out how to get in the game with a superior
offer (and its bankers seem quite keen on enabling them to do that), a
bidding war of attrition could well break out, as both sides seek to gain
the upper hand. In such situations, emotions run high, spreadsheets are more
often used to justify decisions than to inform them, and the individuals
involved tend to get personal.
Something similar (with 3 bidders and a fourth who
was enabling it) took place with Boston Scientific's recent acquisition of
Guidant, a merger that was dubbed by Fortune magazine to be the "second
worst deal ever" right behind the AOL-Time Warner
merger (which is being unwound even as I write this). The stage for that
merger was set when Guidant, a spinoff from Eli Lilly, was entering its
tenth year of major success. Without much of a succession plan and a failed
attempt to lure a new CEO from GE, the company was a perfect target, with a
market cap of about $20 billion. Johnson & Johnson, in 2004, offered to buy
the company for $68/share and, much as Kraft was snubbed by Cadbury, was
turned down. Eventually, J&J was persuaded to increase its offer to
$76/share, or $25.4 billion. In March of 2005, a patient equipped with a
Guidant pacemaker died and a public furor broke out when it was revealed
that the company had known about the flaw in the pacemaker for three years,
but had not informed doctors about it.
What happens? First, the stock tanks, dropping to
the mid-$50 range by 2005, amid a recall of over 290,000 devices. J&J's CEO
Bill Weldon drops his offer by $6 billion to $58/share. Guidant rejects that
offer. Weldon eventually goes a little higher, to $63/share, an offer which
Guidant, seeing no other bidder, grudgingly accepts. In November of 2005,
however, a new player emerges on the scene — Boston Scientific. They
leverage a deal with a third party (Abbott Labs) to make a $72/share offer.
Guidant, smelling opportunity, uses the presence of two eager bidders to
ignite a bidding war. On January 11, 2006, J&J goes to $68/share — and even
though it's $4 under Boston's bid, Guidant sticks with J&J. Provoked, Boston
bids $73 on January 12. J&J comes back with $71. On January 17, Boston
Scientific makes a "bid to end this" of $80/share, a total of $27 billion.
To his credit, J&J's Weldon says that they "won't chase this deal to a price
that doesn't make sense for the company" and J&J makes no further offer.
The acquisition of Guidant is widely regarded as a
winners' curse situation for Boston Scientific; yes, they won the prize, but
their stock has shown a steady downward trend since the time of the
merger and they bought a host of quality and other
problems along with the high-flying group.
Smells a bit like the Hershey-Cadbury-Ferrero-Kraft
recipe, no? What do you think? Is this another war of attrition in the
making? It certainly has all the necessary ingredients.
Bob Jensen's threads on valuation are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
Nerds' Singles' Bar Conversation Starter:
"How
soon will you be EBITDA positive?"
During the
dot-com boom, EBITDA became a popular way to measure how healthy a business was.
EBITDA scores became the talk of Silicon Valley cocktail parties, where party
goers would ask each other, "How soon will you be EBITDA positive?" Today EBITDA
remains a valuable, if controversial, number for evaluating a company's
earnings. After all, the WorldCom meltdown was facilitated by financial fraud
related to EBITDA. Before we examine why EBITDA is favored by some...
"How
EBITDA Can Mislead,"
by Karen Berman and Joe Knight, Harvard Business School Publishing, November 19,
2009 ---
Click Here
Note the reference to Andersen's disastrous and fraudulent client named Waste
Management!
During the dot-com boom,
EBITDA became a popular way to measure how healthy
a business was. EBITDA scores became the talk of Silicon Valley cocktail
parties, where party goers would ask each other, "How soon will you be
EBITDA positive?"
Today EBITDA remains a valuable, if controversial,
number for evaluating a company's earnings. After all,
the WorldCom meltdown was facilitated by financial
fraud related to EBITDA.
Before we examine why EBITDA is favored by some and
scorned by others, we need to consider EBIT (Earnings Before Interest and
Taxes). As you might know, EBIT is synonymous with Operating Income, and is
the profit or loss that is generated by operations of a business before
interest expenses and taxes. In essence, it's the number that tells you how
much profit or loss your operation is generating.
EBITDA is a form of EBIT. Actually, Joe likes to
say it's an obvious form of EBIT — EBIT "DUH" (sorry...it's hard to make
jokes about EBITDA). It stands for Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
Depreciation, and
Amortization.
Depreciation and amortization are unique expenses.
First, they are non-cash expenses — they are expenses related to assets that
have already been purchased, so no cash is changing hands. Second, they are
expenses that are subject to judgment or estimates — the charges are based
on how long the underlying assets are projected to last, and are adjusted
based on experience, projections, or, as some would argue, fraud.
EBITDA is a number often used in the financial
industry as a loan covenant. Borrowing limits for businesses often are set
as percentages of EBITDA. One of the most common methods to value small
businesses being acquired is by using multiples of EBITDA. For example if
you own a business that generated $1 million dollars of EBITDA last year and
companies in your industry typically sell for 7 times EBITDA, then the sale
price of your business will probably be in the $7 million dollar range.
Bankers like EBITDA because it will eventually
represent operating cash flow (since the non-cash expenses are added back
in). That helps to explains why bankers like the ratio in loan covenants. If
EBITDA is good, the thinking is, operating cash flow will not be far behind.
EBITDA can also be misused. In the mid-nineties
when Waste Management was struggling with earnings, they changed their
depreciation schedule on their thousands of garbage trucks from 5 years to 8
years. This made profit jump in the current period because less depreciation
was charged in the current period. Another example is the airline industry,
where depreciation schedules were extended on the 737 to make profits appear
better. When WorldCom started trending toward negative EBITDA, they began to
change regular period expenses to assets so they could depreciate them. This
removed the expense and increased depreciation, which inflated their EBITDA.
This kept the bankers happy and protected WorldCom's stock.
Because EBITDA can be manipulated like this, some
analysts argue that a it doesn't truly reflect what is happening in
companies. Most now realize that EBITDA must be compared to cash flow to
insure that EBITDA does actually convert to cash as expected.
In our
Financial Intelligence Test one of the questions
people miss most often involves EBITDA (even senior finance people missed
the EBITDA-based question). Many of us can define what the term EBITDA
means, but we also should know why it's important and how it is should be
used.
Does your company measure EBITDA? How helpful have
you found it to be?
November 20, 2009 reply from Rick Lillie
[rlillie@CSUSB.EDU]
Question about EBITDA: The metric does not adjust
for unrealized gains and losses that arise from fair value adjustments. Why
not? If EBITDA is supposed to estimate operating cash flow, why are these
noncash items not removed? Am I missing something, or is this metric being
“selective” in what it includes/excludes?
November 21, 2009 reply from Harry Howe, SUNY Geneseo
[howeh@GENESEO.EDU]
EBITDA has been described as "earnings without the
bad stuff". On that theory, one would want to leave in as much of the good
stuff as possible, such as gains.
EBITDA was a widely used deal-maker metric during
the roll-up consolidation phase of the cable TV industry, when highly
leveraged transactions were structured around the reliable cash flow of
cable systems that reported GAAP losses because of massive amortization
charges. On the then-current belief that cable plant would not require
significant, ongoing upgrades, EBITDA approximated the amount of cashflow
that could be used to pay interest on debt secured by an appreciating asset
(the cable franchise). 'Times EBITDA" was a common way of reporting and
analyzing deals.
As a metric, EBITDA never made much sense for
businesses like WM which owned a lot of hard assets susceptible to wear and
tear. The lack of any theoretical basis was not a compelling
counterargument, however, and it's pretty common to see EBITDA and other pro
forma measures in all kinds of places . . .
Harry
Bob Jensen's threads on the dot.com economic
bust are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Bob Jensen's threads on financial statement
analysis and firm valuation are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
Forensic Accounting Course Materials
November 3, 2009 message from Eileen Taylor
[eileen_taylor@NCSU.EDU]
Need advice on choosing a textbook for an MBA class
on fraud (to be taken mostly by Master of Accounting students).
I am deciding between Albrecht's Fraud Examination
and Hopwood's Forensic Accounting. I also plan to have students read Cynthia
Cooper's book, Journey of a Corporate Whistleblower.
I will be teaching a three-week version of the
course this summer as a study abroad, but also will be converting it into a
16 week semester-long 3 hour course.
Any suggestions would be helpful -
Thank you,
Eileen
November 3, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Eileen,
I'm really not able to give you an opinion on either
choice for a textbook. But before making a decision I always compared the
end-of-chapter material and the solutions manual to accompany that material.
If the publisher did not pay for good end-of-chapter material I always view
the textbook to be a cheap shot. The end-of-chapter material is much harder
to write than the chapter material itself.
I also look for real world cases and illustrations.
Don't forget the wealth of material, some free, at
the site of the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners ---
http://www.acfe.com/
I would most certainly consider using some of this material on homework and
examinations.
Instead of a textbook you might use the ACFE online
self-study materials ($79) ---
Click Here
There is a wonderful range of topics covered ---
http://snipurl.com/acleselfstudy [eweb_acfe_com]
Accounting
and Auditing
Computers
and Technology
Criminology and Ethics
Fraud
Investigation
Fraud
Schemes
Interviewing and Reporting
Legal
Elements of Fraud
Spanish
Titles
Bob Jensen
"A Model Curriculum for Education in Fraud and Forensic Accounting,"
by Mary-Jo Kranacher, Bonnie W. Morris, Timothy A. Pearson, and Richard A.
Riley, Jr., Issues in Accounting Education, November 2008. pp. 505-518
(Not Free) ---
Click Here
There are other articles on fraud and forensic accounting in this November
edition of IAE:
Incorporating Forensic Accounting and Litigation Advisory Services Into
the Classroom Lester E. Heitger and Dan L. Heitger, Issues in Accounting
Education 23(4), 561 (2008) (12 pages)]
West Virginia University: Forensic Accounting and Fraud Investigation (FAFI)
A. Scott Fleming, Timothy A. Pearson, and Richard A. Riley, Jr., Issues
in Accounting Education 23(4), 573 (2008) (8 pages)
The Model Curriculum in Fraud and Forensic Accounting and Economic Crime
Programs at Utica College George E. Curtis, Issues in Accounting
Education 23(4), 581 (2008) (12 pages)
Forensic Accounting and FAU: An Executive Graduate Program George R.
Young, Issues in Accounting Education 23(4), 593 (2008) (7 pages)
The Saint Xavier University Graduate Program in Financial Fraud
Examination and Management William J. Kresse, Issues in Accounting
Education 23(4), 601 (2008) (8 pages)
Also see
"Strain, Differential Association, and Coercion: Insights from the Criminology
Literature on Causes of Accountant's Misconduct," by James J. Donegan and
Michele W. Ganon, Accounting and the Public Interest 8(1), 1 (2008) (20
pages)
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
FBI Corporate Fraud Chart in August 2008 ---
http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/jofa/aug2008/ataglance.htm#Chart1.htm
A great blog on securities and accounting fraud ---
http://lawprofessors.typepad.com/securities/
November 3, 2009 reply from Jagdish Gangolly
[gangolly@GMAIL.COM]
Eileen,
I have used the following book as text in a
graduate course. It was excellent.
A Guide to Forensic Accounting Investigation,
Thomas Golden, Steven L. Skalak, and Mona M. Clayton. (Wiley, 2006)
Jagdish S. Gangolly Department of Informatics
College of Computing & Information State University of New York at Albany
Harriman Campus, Building 7A, Suite 220 Albany, NY 12222
Phone: 518-956-8251, Fax: 518-956-8247
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud and forensic accounting
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 12,
2009
3. (Advanced)
Focusing on accounting issues, state why cutting R&D operations quickly impact
any company's financial performance in a current accounting period. In you
answer, first address the question considering U.S. accounting standards.
4. (Advanced)
Does your answer to the question above change when considering reporting
practices under IFRS?
Pfizer Shuts Six R&D Sites After Takeover
by Jonathan
D. Rockoff
Nov 10, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Consolidation,
GAAP, International Accounting, Mergers and Acquisitions, Research &
Development
SUMMARY: "Pfizer
Inc., digesting its $68 billion takeover of rival Wyeth last month, said
Monday it will close six of its 20 research sites, in the latest round of
cost cutting by retrenching drug makers....Pfizer executives wanted to cut
costs quickly so the integration didn't stall research....'When we acquired
Warner-Lambert, it took us almost two years to get into the position we will
be in 30 to 60 days' after closing the Wyeth deal, Martin Mackay, one of
Pfizer's two R&D chiefs, said in an interview."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Questions
relate to understanding the immediate implications of reducing R&D
expenditures for current period profit under both U.S. GAAP and IFRS as well
as to understanding pharmaceutical industry consolidation and restructuring.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
What are the business issues within the pharmaceuticals industry in
particular that are driving the need to reduce costs rapidly? In your
answer, comment on industry consolidations and restructuring, including
definitions of each of these terms.
2. (Introductory)
What business reasons specific to Pfizer did their executives offer as
reasons to cut R&D costs quickly?
3. (Advanced)
Focusing on accounting issues, state why cutting R&D operations quickly
impact any company's financial performance in a current accounting period.
In you answer, first address the question considering U.S. accounting
standards.
4. (Advanced)
Does your answer to the question above change when considering reporting
practices under IFRS?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Pfizer to Pay $68 Billion for Wyeth
by Matthew Karnitschnig
Jan 26, 2009
Page: A1
The Wall Street Journal, November 10, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703808904574525644154101608.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
Pfizer Inc., digesting its $68 billion takeover of
rival Wyeth last month, said Monday it will close six of its 20 research
sites, in the latest round of cost cutting by retrenching drug makers.
Pfizer was expected to cut costs as part of its
consolidation with Wyeth, and research and development was considered a
prime target because the two companies' combined R&D budgets totaled $11
billion. In announcing the laboratory shutdowns Monday, Pfizer didn't say
how many R&D jobs it would cut or how much it hoped to save from the
shutdowns.
For much of this decade, pharmaceutical companies
have been closing labs, laying off researchers and outsourcing more work
from their once-sacrosanct R&D units. Pfizer previously closed several labs,
including the Ann Arbor, Mich., facility where its blockbuster cholesterol
fighter Lipitor was developed. In January, before the Wyeth deal was
announced, Pfizer said it would lay off as many as 800 researchers.
But analysts say Pfizer Chief Executive Jeffrey
Kindler and other industry leaders haven't done enough. A major reason for
the industry consolidation this year is the opportunity to slash spending
further.
Pfizer previously said it expects $4 billion in
savings from its combination with Wyeth. It plans to eliminate about 19,500
jobs, or 15% of the combined company's total.
Merck & Co., which completed its $41.1 billion
acquisition of Schering-Plough last week, is expected to cut 15,930 jobs, or
about 15% of its work force. In September, Eli Lilly & Co. said it will
eliminate 5,500 jobs, or nearly 14% of its total. Johnson & Johnson said
last week that it will pare as many as 8,200 jobs, or 7%.
Drug makers are restructuring in anticipation of
losing tens of billions of dollars in revenues as blockbuster products, such
as Lipitor, start facing competition from generic versions. Setbacks
developing new treatments have made the need to reduce spending all the more
urgent, analysts say, and have reduced resistance to closing labs. The
economic slump has only worsened the pharmaceutical industry's plight,
pressuring sales.
The sites Pfizer is set to close include Wyeth's
facility in Princeton, N.J., which has been working on promising therapies
for Alzheimer's disease, including one called bapineuzumab under development
by several companies. The Alzheimer's work will move to Pfizer's lab in
Groton, Conn., which will be the combined company's largest site. The
consolidation of Alzheimer's work "allows us to fully focus on that, rather
than have to coordinate activities," said Mikael Dolsten, a former Wyeth
official and one of two R&D chiefs at the combined company.
Besides Princeton, Pfizer said research also is
scheduled to end at R&D sites in Chazy, Rouses Point and Plattsburgh, N.Y.;
Gosport, Slough and Taplow in the U.K.; and Sanford and Research Triangle
Park, N.C. Pfizer is counting as a single site labs close to each other,
such as the facilities in Rouses Point and Plattsburgh, Slough and Taplow,
and Sanford and Research Triangle Park. Along with the Princeton facility,
those in Chazy, Rouses Point and Sanford had belonged to Wyeth.
The company is also planning to move work from its
Collegeville, Pa.; Pearl River, N.Y., and St. Louis sites to other
locations.
Pfizer executives wanted to cut costs quickly after
the Wyeth deal's completion so the integration doesn't stall research. That
was a problem with Pfizer's acquisition of Warner-Lambert in 2000 and its
merger with Pharmacia in 2003. As a result, critics say the deals destroyed
billions of dollars in shareholder value. Pfizer says it has learned from
its past acquisitions.
"When we acquired Warner-Lambert, it took us almost
two years to get into the position we will be in 30 to 60 days" after
closing the Wyeth deal, Martin Mackay, one of Pfizer's two R&D chiefs, said
in an interview. Up next, he said, the newly combined company will
prioritize its R&D work and decide which potential therapies to abandon.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting for R&D are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FAS02
Differences between FASB and IASB standards ---
http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf
"SEC Ignorance to Lead to Folly," by David Albrecht, The Summa,
November 18, 2009 ---
http://profalbrecht.wordpress.com/2009/11/18/sec-ignorance-to-lead-to-folly/
Yesterday, a
third Commissioner of the Securities and Exchange Commission spoke out, decrying
(1) the politicization of the accounting standard setting process, and (2) the
need for a single set of global accounting standards. By so speaking she aired
her ignorance for all to see.
As reported
in a Reuters update, “SEC’s
Casey: Accounting Convergence Must Continue,”
Kathleen Casey
“warned against the over politicization of accounting rules, or attempts to
pressure accounting rule makers to write rules that would favor a specific goal
sought by a particular industry.” Earlier this week, another SEC Commissioner,
Elisse Walter,
said the same thing. SEC chair Mary
Schapiro has been saying it since her confirmation hearings Not
to be left in the cold, FASB Chair Robert Herz chimed in with a
similar sentiment. Of course, they all
chant the mantra of global accounting standards.
They are
wrong. I hope everyone in the world knows it.
Here’s why
they are wrong.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen’s threads on the soon-to-be announced IFRS tickertape parade on Wall
Street can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Note especially the last paragraph in the article below concerning alleged
frauds of accountants he employed!
"Joe Francis free: Was he a victim of accountants gone wild?"
AccountingWeb, November 11, 2009 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/topic/watchdog/joe-francis-free-was-he-victim-accountants-gone-wild
In spite of a future that looked pretty dismal,
“Girls Gone Wild” producer Joe Francis will not serve another day of jail
time for tax evasion. The charges against him included underreporting his
income by about $20 million, and later, bribing jail workers in Nevada while
he was being held on the tax charges. For awhile it looked like he might end
up with ten years in prison. Now, he's free, having been sentenced by U.S.
District Judge James Otero to 301 days in jail -- which happens to be the
amount of time he has already served -- plus a year of probation, and a
quarter million dollar fine. In an unusual twist, just as Francis has worked
out his IRS problems, the official spotlight has turned on the guy who blew
the whistle on him.
Francis's trouble started in 2005 when the Internal
Revenue Service began looking into his tax returns for 2002 and 2003. His
accountant, Michael Barrett, turned Francis into the IRS under the
Whistleblower program, hoping to collect a multi-million dollar reward.
Oddly enough, the information Barrett gave the IRS related to tax returns
which he himself prepared, signed, and filed, without showing them to
Francis. Barrett said the tax returns showed $20 million in bogus business
expenses, including $3.78 million used to build a home in Mexico, $10.4
million in false consulting expenses, and a half million dollar phony
insurance claim. In addition, Francis is accused of transferring $15 million
from an offshore bank account to a California brokerage account in the name
of a Cayman Islands Company under his control.
At first the video producer denied the charges and
claimed the IRS was targeting him because they were jealous of his youth and
enormous success. His defense attorney, Robert Bernhoff, told the Los
Angeles Times, "This ain't 'Girls Gone Wild.' This is the IRS gone wild. The
American taxpayers should be outraged that an IRS program is being abused
like this."
Then, after years of fighting the charges, Francis
appeared in a Los Angeles court on September 23, 2009 to plead guilty to two
misdemeanors, agreeing to pay $249,705. Judge Otero accepted the plea
bargain on the misdemeanor charges after it was learned that a key witness
withheld information from prosecutors.
As part of the plea, Francis agreed to admit that
he underreported income by about $563,000 and also that he gave more than
$5,000 worth of items to two jail workers in exchange for food during his
incarceration at Washoe County, Nevada.
Brad Brian, Francis's lead trial attorney, said in
a statement, "It took us seven months, but in the end we demonstrated that
the felony tax charges never should have been brought in the first place."
After the hearing, Francis kissed his mother and
told reporters simply, "I think we won that one."
His tax woes may be over. But in recent weeks, the
IRS is turning up the heat on his accountant, Michael Barrett. For a long
time, Francis maintained that his tax failures were caused not by his own
wrongdoing, but by Barrett. Barrett, in fact, was scheduled to be a key
witness for the prosecution against Francis. But as the IRS delved more
deeply into the case against Francis, some of the scrutiny turned on Barrett
himself and two other employees of Francis's production company, Mantra
Films. The accountant is accused - among other things - of setting up shadow
corporations and then using them to bilk Mantra out of hundreds of thousands
of dollars. No arrests have yet been made.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Question
Can a clever cost accountant save Intel from Attorney General of New York State?
"N.Y. files antitrust lawsuit against Intel: Chipmaker used bribes,
coercion to get PC makers to shun its rivals, Cuomo says," by Tomoeh
Murakami Tse and Cecilia Kang, The Washington Post, November 5, 2009 ---
Click Here
New York Attorney General Andrew M. Cuomo filed an
antitrust suit against Intel on Wednesday, accusing the world's largest
chipmaker of illegally threatening computer makers and paying them billions
of dollars in kickbacks to stop using chips made by rivals.
The lawsuit comes amid increased scrutiny of the
company's business practices and adds to a growing chorus of complaints by
overseas regulators who have accused the chipmaker of anti-competitive
behavior.
Intel has repeatedly denied wrongdoing, and a
company spokesman did so again Wednesday. "We disagree with the New York
attorney general," Chuck Mulloy said. "Neither consumers who have
consistently benefited from lower prices and increased innovation nor
justice are being served by the decision to file a case now. Intel will
defend itself."
Cuomo's suit, filed in the U.S. District Court of
Delaware, claims that Intel violated state and federal antitrust laws by
"engaging in a worldwide, systematic campaign of illegal conduct" that
involved threatening and bribing executives at firms with such household
names as Hewlett-Packard, Dell and IBM.
According to the lawsuit, Intel persuaded computer
makers to use its chips in exchange for billions of dollars of payments
masked as "rebates." The company also threatened to retaliate against
manufacturers that worked with Intel's competitors, in a particular Advanced
Micro Devices.
For example, Cuomo said, Intel paid nearly $2
billion in 2006 to Dell, which agreed to refrain from marketing AMD
products. Intel also paid IBM $130 million not to launch a product using AMD
chips and threatened to derail a joint development project with
Hewlett-Packard if the computer maker promoted AMD products, Cuomo said.
A history of scrutiny
"Rather than compete fairly, Intel used bribery and
coercion to maintain a stranglehold on the market," Cuomo said in a
statement. "Intel's actions not only unfairly restricted potential
competitors, but also hurt average consumers who were robbed of better
products and lower prices."
As part of the lawsuit, Cuomo presented internal
e-mails between Intel executives as well as between Intel executives and
those at computer makers.
According to Cuomo, for example, Intel chief
executive Paul S. Otellini wrote a 2005 e-mail to Dell chief executive
Michael S. Dell, who had complained that his company's business performance
was suffering. Otellini reminded him that Intel had paid more than $1
billion to Dell. " This was judged by your team to be more than sufficient
to compensate for the competitive issues," Otellini allegedly wrote.
Hewlett Packard, Dell and IBM either declined to
comment or did not return phone calls and e-mail.
While numerous foreign regulators have filed
lawsuits against Intel, which is based in Santa Clara, Calif., Cuomo's is
the first formal antitrust action against Intel by U.S. regulators in more
than a decade. In 1998, the Federal Trade Commission filed an administrative
complaint, which was later settled.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
One gray zone in such lawsuits is where the "bribes" in reality are volume
discount pricings. Accountants often teach cost-volume-profit decision making
with one of the decision variables being how to set prices on the basis of
expected sales volumes at each of the various pricing alternatives (that affect
contribution margins over variable costs). We seldom, however, bring into the
CVP equation the possibility that certain types of discount pricing restrains
competition. Also giving a $2 billion "bribe" is not quite the same as setting a
lower price per unit that can be justified on the basis of economies of scale in
production. A fixed $2 billion bribe falls more into the realm of a "fixed
cost." Fixed costs are included in CVP analysis, but they're usually assumed, in
our courses, to be legitimate fixed costs and not illegal bribes. It will be
interesting to see how Intel (an Dell) presents a defense to this lawsuit. Ken
Lay (at Enron) personally paid over a million dollars for an accounting
professor from USC to be his expert witness. It did not do any good in Ken's
trial where Lay was found guilty.
In the testimony below, defense witnesses for Skilling and Lay (Walter Rush
and Jerry Arnold) "attribute Enron's descent into bankruptcy proceedings to a
combination of bad publicity and lost market confidence" rather than accounting
fraud. This places the Professor Arnold's opinion in conflict with that of
Professors Hartgraves and Benston earlier analyses based upon the lengthy Powers
Report commissioned by the former Chairman of the Board of Enron ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"GE's $19 Billion (And Increasing) Toxic Asset Sink Hole," by Tyler
Durden, Zero Hedge, November 3, 2009 ---
http://www.zerohedge.com/article/ges-19-billion-and-increasing-toxic-asset-sink-hole
One, and maybe the only, of the recent benefits
of the FASB's meager attempts at providing balance sheet transparency
has been the requirement for banks and financial companies to disclose
the difference between the Fair Market Value and the Carrying (Book)
value of their assets, especially as pertains to loans held on the
balance sheet. And while even the FMV calculation leaves much to be
desired, it does demonstrate which companies take abnormal liberties
with their balance sheets, instead of performing needed asset
write-downs as more and more loans turn toxic. A good example of just
such optimism appears when one evaluates the disclosure by "banking"
company General Electric. On page 38 of the firm's just released 10-Q,
the firm indicates that the delta between its loan portfolio FMV and
Book Value continues increasing, and as of September 30, hit an all time
(disclosed) high of $18.8 billion. In other words, General Electric,
whose market cap is about $150 billion at last check, is likely impaired
by at least $19 billion if it were forced to access the market today and
sell off its loans. The $19 billion is 13% of its entire market cap. And
the real number is likely much, much worse.
The delta between the Carrying and Fair Market
Value of GECC's loans can be seen on the chart below:

A reminder of how GE calculates loan FMV is
taken from the company's 10-K:
Based on quoted market prices, recent
transactions and/or discounted future cash flows, using rates we
would charge to similar borrowers with similar maturities.
In other words FMV uses the traditional Level
III evaluation methodology. And even when using DCF (we assume that was
used as it will always give the firm the "best", most palatable value
reading), GE is still seeing a nearly $20 billion balance sheet
shortfall?
What is more troubling, is that even as GECC
has been collapsing its balance sheet, with book value of loans dropping
from $305 billion to $292 billion from FYE 2009 to Q3 2008, the FMV-Book
delta has increased from $12.6 to $18.8 billion. And this is occurring
in a time when the credit market is presumably surging? Is there
something wrong with this picture? As we pointed out, the $18.8 billion
is likely a gross underestimation of the real valuation shortfall, if
one were to really mark all of GE's myriads of illiquid loans to market.
Yet if nothing else, this shortfall should
explain GE's urgent desire to sell NBCU and to use the ~$30 billion in
proceeds to plug what is becoming an ever growing hole.
More on the greatest swindles of the world
General Electric, the world's largest industrial company, has quietly become the
biggest beneficiary of one of the government's key rescue programs for banks. At
the same time, GE has avoided many of the restrictions facing other financial
giants getting help from the government. The company did not initially qualify
for the program, under which the government sought to unfreeze credit markets by
guaranteeing debt sold by banking firms. But regulators soon loosened the
eligibility requirements, in part because of behind-the-scenes appeals from GE.
As a result, GE has joined major banks collectively saving billions of dollars
by raising money for...
Jeff Gerth and Brady Dennis, "How a Loophole Benefits GE in Bank Rescue
Industrial Giant Becomes Top Recipient in Debt-Guarantee Program," The
Washington Post, June 29, 2009 ---
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2009/06/28/AR2009062802955.html?hpid=topnews
Jensen Comment
GE thus becomes the biggest winner under both the TARP and the Cap-and-Trade
give away legislation. It is a major producer of wind turbines and other
machinery for generating electricity under alternative forms of energy. The
government will pay GE billions for this equipment. GE Capital is also "Top
Recipient in Debt-Guarantee Program." Sort of makes you wonder why GE's NBC
network never criticizes liberal spending in Congress.
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FairValue
Jensen's threads on the bank rescue swindle
are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm z
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"SEC Sues Value Line Inc. and Two Senior Officers for $24 Million
Fraudulent Scheme," SEC Press Release, November 4. 2009 ---
http://www.sec.gov/news/press/2009/2009-234.htm
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE 2009-234 Washington,
D.C., Nov. 4, 2009 — The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged
New York City-based investment adviser Value Line Inc., its CEO, its former
Chief Compliance Officer and its affiliated broker-dealer with defrauding
the Value Line family of mutual funds by charging over $24 million in bogus
brokerage commissions on mutual fund trades funneled through Value Line's
affiliated broker-dealer, Value Line Securities, Inc. (VLS).
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's Security Analyst Frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking
"The Financial Crisis as a Symbol of the Failure of Academic Finance?
(A Methodological Digression)," by Hans J. Blommestein, SSRN, September 23, 2009
---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1477399
The failure of academic finance can be considered
one of the symbols of the financial crisis. Two important underlying reasons
why academic finance models systematically fail to account for real-world
phenomena follow directly from two conventions: (a) treating economics not
as a 'true' social science (but as a branch of applied mathematics inspired
by the methodology of classical physics); and (b) using economic models as
if the empirical content of economic theories is not very low. Failure to
understand and appreciate the inherent weaknesses of these 'conventions' had
fatal consequences for the use and interpretation of key academic finance
concepts and models by market practitioners and policymakers. Theoretical
constructs such as the efficient markets hypothesis, rational expectations,
and market completeness were too often treated as intellectual dogmas
instead of (parts of) falsifiable hypotheses. The situation of capture via
dominant intellectual dogmas of policymakers, investors, and business
managers was made worse by sins of omission - the failure of academics to
communicate the limitations of their models and to warn against (potential)
misuses of their research - and sins of commission - introducing (often
implicitly) ideological or biased features in research programs Hence, the
deeper problem with finance concepts such as the 'efficient markets
hypothesis' and 'ratex theory' is not that they are based on assumptions
that are considered as not being 'realistic'. The real issue at stake with
academic finance is not a quarrel about the validity of the assumption of
rational behavior but the inherent semantical insufficiency of economic
theories that implies a low empirical content (and a high degree of
specification uncertainty). This perspective makes the scientific approach
advocated by Friedman and others less straightforward. In addition, there is
wide-spread failure to incorporate the key implications of economics as a
social science. As response to these 'weaknesses' and challenges, five
suggested principles or guidelines for future research programmes are
outlined.
Economics and Finance Videos of Possible Interest
Great PBS Video on the Crash of 1929 ---
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/americanexperience/crash/
Video: Yale School of Management Cosponsors NYC Roundtable Discussion on
the Financial Crisis (Full Video Now Available)
http://mba.yale.edu/news_events/CMS/Articles/6608.shtml
Video: "Advice for President Obama" from the Department of Economics at
Cornell University ---
http://www.cornell.edu/video/?VideoID=410
Evan Davis talks to Warren Buffett ---
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/business/8322957.stm
Video: Fora.Tv on Institutional Corruption & The Economy Of Influence ---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/video-foratv-on-institutional-corruption-the-economy-of-influence/
Bob Jensen's threads on the economic crisis are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Humor Between November 1-30, 2009
Fox in SOX (Sarbanes-Oxley) Greeting Card ---
http://rk2blog.com/2009/11/02/fox-in-sox-a-sarbanes-oxley-greeting-card/
Happy Halloween from Auntie Bev ---
http://terrisfp.com/hallo1/ghost1.swf
Comedy: American Style by Jessie Redmon Fauset, edited by
Cherene Sherrard-Johnson (Rutgers University Press; 2009, 270 pages; $72
hardcover, $27.95 paperback). Edition of the Harlem Renaissance writer's fourth
and final novel, which was originally published in 1933.
Funny Toyota Commercial ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zOkKCeZPw0g
Video: German Coast Guard Trainee ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yR0lWICH3rY
United Airlines has flying guitars after the planes have landed ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5YGc4zOqozo&NR=1
The Power of YouTube
Dave spent over 9 months trying to get United to
pay for damages caused by baggage handlers to his custom Taylor guitar.
During his final exchange with the United Customer Relations Manager, he
stated that he was left with no choice other than to create a music video
for Youtube exposing their lack of cooperation. The Manager responded :
"Good luck with that one, pal".
So Dave posted a retaliatory video on Youtube. The
video has since received over 5.5 million hits. United Airlines contacted
the musician and attempted settlement in exchange for pulling the video.
Naturally his response was: "Good luck with that one, pal". Taylor Guitars
sent the musician 2 new custom guitars in appreciation for the product
recognition from the video that has lead to a sharp increase in orders.
Forwarded by Paula
DIFFERENT WAYS OF LOOKING AT THINGS
Two guys were
discussing popular family trends on sex, marriage, and family
values.
Stu said, 'I didn't sleep with my wife before we got married, did
you?'
Leroy replied, 'I'm not sure, what was her
maiden name?'
|
A little boy went up to
his father and asked: 'Dad, where did my intelligence come from?'
The father replied. 'Well, son, you must have got it from your
mother, cause I still have mine.'
---------------------------------------------------------
The Divorce Court
'Mr. Clark, I have reviewed this case very carefully,'
Judge said, 'And I've decided to give your wife $775 a week,'
'That's very fair, your honor,' the husband said.
'And every now and then
I'll try to send her a few bucks myself.'
---------------------------------------------------------
A doctor examining a
woman who had been
rushed to the Emergency Room, took
the husband aside, and said, 'I don't like the looks of your wife at
all.'
'Me neither doc,' said the husband.
'But she's a great cook and really good with the kids.'
-----------------------------------------------------------
An old man goes to
the Wizard to ask him if
he can remove a curse he has been living with for the
last 40 years.
The
Wizard
says, 'Maybe, but you will have to tell me the exact words that
were used to put the curse on you.'
The old man says without hesitation, 'I now pronounce you man and
wife.'
----------------------------------------------------------
Two
Reasons Why It's So Hard
To Solve A
Redneck Murder:
1. The DNA all matches.
2. There are no dental records.
----------------------------------------------------------
A blonde calls Delta
Airlines and asks,
'Can you tell me how long it'll take
to fly from
San Francisco to
New York City?'
The agent replies, 'Just a minute.'
'Thank you,' the blonde says, and hangs up.
----------------------------------------------------------
Two Mexican
detectives were investigating the murder of
Juan Gonzalez.
'How was he killed?' asked one detective.
'With a golf gun,' the other detective replied.
'A golf gun! What is a golf gun?'
'I don't know. But it sure made a hole in Juan.'
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moe: 'My wife got
me to believe in religion.'
Joe: 'Really?'
Moe: 'Yeah. Until I married her I didn't
believe in Hell.'
----------------------------------------------------------
A man is recovering
from surgery when the
Surgical Nurse
appears and asks
him how he is feeling.
'I'm OK but I didn't like the four letter-words the doctor used in
surgery,' he answered.
'What did he say,' asked the nurse.
'Oops!'
------------------------------------------------------------
While shopping for
vacation clothes, my
husband and I passed a
display of bathing suits. It had been at least ten years and
twentypounds since I had even considered buying a bathing suit, so
sought my husband's advice. 'What do you think?' I asked. 'Should
I get a bikini or an all-in-one?'
'Better get a bikini,' he replied. 'You'd never get it all in
one.'
He's still in intensive care.
..........................................................................
The graveside service just
barely finished, when there was massive clap of thunder, followed by
a tremendous bolt of lightning, accompanied by even
more thunder rumbling in
the distance.
The little old man looked at the pastor and calmly said, 'Well,
she's there.' |
The
following are all replies that Manchester (England) women have written on Child
Support Agency Forms in the section for listing "father's details;" or putting
it another way....
Who's the Daddy?
These are genuine excerpts from
the forms. Be sure to checkout #10. It takes 1st prize and #3 is runner up.
1. Regarding
the identity of the father of my twins,
Makeeshia was fathered by Maclearndon McKinley I am
unsure as to the identity of the father of Marlinda, but
I believe that she was conceived on the same night.
2. I am unsure,
as to the identity of the father of my
child as I was being sick out of a window when taken
unexpectedly from behind. I can provide you with a list
of names of men that I think were at the party if this helps.
3. I do not know
the name of the father of my little
girl. She was conceived at a party at 360 East Bolton Avenue where I had sex
with a man I met that night. I do
remember that the sex was so good that I fainted. If you
do manage20to track down the father, can you please send me
his phone number? Thanks
.
4. I don't know
the identity of the father of my
daughter. He drives a BMW that now has a hole made by my
stiletto in one of the door panels. Perhaps you can contact BMW
service stations in this area and see if he's had it replaced
.
5. I have never
had sex with a man. I am still a
Virginian. I am awaiting a letter from the Pope
confirming that my son's conception was ejaculate
and that he is the Saver risen again.
6. I cannot tell
you the name of Alleshia dad as he
informs me that to do so would blow his cover and that
w ould have cataclysmic implications for the economy. I am torn
between doing right by you and right by the country . Please advise...
7.Tyrone Hairston
is the father of child A If you do
catch up with him, can you ask him what he did with my
AC/DC CDs? Child B who was also borned at the same time....
well, I don't have clue.
8. From the dates
it seems that my daughter was conceived at Euro-Disney World; maybe it really is
the Magic Kingdom
.
9. So much
about that night is a blur. The only thing
that I remember for sure is Gordo Ramsey did a programme
about eggs earlier in the evening. If I had stayed in and
watched more TV rather than going to the party at 56
Miller St , mine might have remained unfertilized
.
10. I am
unsure as to the identity of the father of my
baby, after all, like when you eat a can of beans you
can't be sure which one made you fart.
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Cleveland, OH (AP) - A seven-year old boy was at the center of a Cuyahoga
County courtroom drama yesterday when he challenged a court ruling over who
should have custody of him.. The boy has a history of being beaten by his
parents and the judge initially awarded custody to his aunt, in keeping with
child custody law and regulation requiring that family unity be maintained to
the highest degree possible..
The boy surprised the court when he proclaimed that his aunt beat him more
than his parents and he adamantly refused to live with her. When the judge then
suggested that he live with his grandparents, the boy cried and said that they
also beat him.
After considering the remainder of the immediate family and learning that
domestic violence was apparently a way of life among them, the judge took the
unprecedented step of allowing the boy to propose who should have custody of
him.
After two recesses to check legal references and confer with the child
welfare officials, the judge granted temporary custody to the Cleveland Browns,
whom the boy firmly believes are not capable of beating anyone.
I FELL FOR IT!! DON'T FEEL BAD IF YOU DID TOO!!!
Old Blonde Joke forwarded by Doug Jenson
A guy took his blonde girlfriend to her first football game. They had great
seats right behind
their team's bench. After the game, he asked her how she liked the experience.
"Oh, I really liked it," she replied, "especially the tight pants and all the
big muscles, but I
just couldn't understand why they were killing each other over 25 cents."
Dumbfounded,
her date asked, "What do you mean?" "Well, they flipped a coin, one team got it
and then
for the rest of the game, all they kept screaming was: 'Get the quarterback! Get
the
quarterback!' I'm like....Helloooooo? It's only 25 cents!!!!
An old one forwarded by Maureen
Until a child tells you what they are thinking, we can't even begin to
imagine how their mind is working.... Little Zachary was doing very badly in
math. His parents had tried everything...tutors, mentors, flash cards, special
learning centers. In short, everything they could think of to help his math.
Finally, in a last ditch effort, they took Zachary down and enrolled him In
the local Catholic school. After the first day, little Zachary came home with a
very serious look on his face. He didn't even kiss his mother hello. Instead, he
went straight to his room and started studying.
Books and papers were spread out all over the room and little Zachary was
hard at work. His mother was amazed. She called him down to dinner...
To her shock, the minute he was done, he marched back to his room without a
word, and in no time, he was back hitting the books as hard as before.
This went on for some time, day after day, while the mother tried to
understand what made all the difference.
Finally, little Zachary brought home his report Card.. He quietly laid it on
the table, went up to his room and hit the books. With great trepidation, His
Mom looked at it and to her great surprise, Little Zachary got an 'A' in math.
She could no longer hold her curiosity.. She went to his room and said, 'Son,
what was it? Was it the nuns?' Little Zachary looked at her and shook his head,
no.. 'Well, then,' she replied, Was it the books, the discipline, the structure,
the uniforms? WHAT WAS IT?'
Little Zachary looked at her and said, 'Well, on the first day of school when
I saw that guy nailed to the plus sign, I knew they weren't fooling around.'
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
Choose your partners, one and all, Aspirin, Advil, or Tylenol!
Now fling those covers with all you've got, One minute cold, the next minute
hot,
Circle right to the side of the bed, Grab the tissues and Sudafed.
Back to the middle and don't goof off; Hold your stomach and cough, cough,
cough.
Forget about slippers, dash down the hall, Toss your cookies in the shower
stall.
Remember others on the brink; Wash your hands; wash the sink.
Wipe the doorknob, light switch too, By George, you've got the it, you're
doing the Flu!
Some like it cold, some like it hot; If you like neither, get the shot.
Humor Between November 1 and November 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor113009
Humor Between October 1 and October 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor103109
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor093009
Humor Between August 1 and August 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor083109
Humor Between July 1 and July 31. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor073109
Humor Between June 1 and June 30. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor063009
Humor Between May 1 and May 31, 2009 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor053109
Humor Between April 1 and April 30, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor043009
Humor Between March 1 and March 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor033109
Humor Between February 1 and February 28, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor022809
Humor Between January 1 and January 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor01310
And that's the way it was on November 30, 2009 with
a little help from my friends.
Bob Jensen's gateway to millions of
other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New
Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud
Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch
With Realit
I think leading academic
researchers avoid applied research for the profession because making
seminal and creative discoveries that practitioners have not already
discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence
increasingly developed out of the internal dynamics of esoteric
disciplines rather than within the context of shared perceptions
of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to say that
professionalized disciplines or the modern service professions
that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But their
contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative –
as there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft
to Gesellschaft. Yet it
is also clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter
and procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were
greatly confused. The new professionalism also promised
guarantees of competence — certification — in an era when
criteria of intellectual authority were vague and professional
performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The
risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and
scholasticism (of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical
chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to
be the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of
professional communities that have come to share too much and
that have become too self-referential.”
What went wrong in
accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting
research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Bob Jensen's Personal History in Pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
October 31, 2009
Bob Jensen's New Bookmarks on
October 31, 2009
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University

For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have key words to enter ---
Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Accounting
and Taxation News Sites ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Fraud News
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
XBRL
News ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Selected International Accounting Standards (IFRS) Tutorial Sites ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Selected Accounting History Sites ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Some of Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Free
Tutorials, Videos, and Other Helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Cool Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Accounting program news items for colleges are posted at
http://www.accountingweb.com/news/college_news.html
Sometimes the news items provide links to teaching resources for accounting
educators.
Any college may post a news item.
How to author books and other materials for
online delivery
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
How Web Pages Work ---
http://computer.howstuffworks.com/web-page.htm
Bob Jensen's essay on the financial crisis bailout's aftermath and an alphabet soup of
appendices can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Federal Revenue and Spending Book of Charts (Great Charts on Bad Budgeting)
---
http://www.heritage.org/research/features/BudgetChartBook/index.html
The Master List of Free
Online College Courses ---
http://universitiesandcolleges.org/
Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
The Master List of Free
Online College Courses ---
http://universitiesandcolleges.org/
Bob Jensen's threads for online worldwide education and training
alternatives ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm
"U. of Manitoba
Researchers Publish Open-Source Handbook on Educational Technology,"
by Steve Kolowich, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 19, 2009 ---
http://chronicle.com/wiredcampus/index.php?id=3671&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Social Networking for Education: The Beautiful and the Ugly
(including Google's Wave and Orcut for Social Networking and some education uses
of Twitter)
Updates will be at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob Jensen's Sort-of Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New
Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud
Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
I found from the UK that might be helpful for IFRS learning resources ---
Click Here
http://www.icaew.com/index.cfm/route/150551/icaew_ga/en/Library/Links/Accounting_standards/IAS_IFRS/Sources_for_International_Financial_Reporting_Standards_IFRS_and_International_Accounting_Standards_IAS
A Special Tribute to My Open Sharing Friend Will Yancey ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Yancey.htm
Giving Stuff Away Free on the Internet ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm#Free
50 Most Common Mistakes Made by Traders and Investors ---
http://www.ratiotrading.com/2009/09/50-common-mistakes-most-traders-make/
CPA Exam to Undergo Transformation ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Web/20092194.htm
Humor Between October 1 and October 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor103109
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor093009
Humor Between August 1 and August 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor083109
Humor Between July 1 and July 31. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor073109
Humor Between June 1 and June 30. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor063009
Humor Between May 1 and May 31, 2009 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor053109
Humor Between April 1 and April 30, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor043009
Humor Between March 1 and March 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor033109
Humor Between February 1 and February 28, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor022809
Humor Between January 1 and January 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor01310
Although this tidbit may seem off topic, one of my goals in life is to
stimulate applied research on how to visualize multivariate financial data and
other performance data (including qualitative data). I’m hoping other
researchers can find success where I’ve failed ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm
"A New Graphical Representation of the Periodic Table: But is the
latest redrawing of Mendeleev's masterpiece an improvement?" MIT's Technology
Review, October 6, 2009 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/blog/arxiv/24204/?nlid=2410

The periodic table has been stamped into the minds
of countless generations of schoolchildren. Immediately recognised and
universally adopted, it has long since achieved iconic status.
So why change it? According to Mohd Abubakr from
Microsoft Research in Hyderabad, the table can be improved by arranging it
in circular form. He says this gives a sense of the relative size of
atoms--the closer to the centre, the smaller they are--something that is
missing from the current form of the table. It preserves the periods and
groups that make Mendeleev's table so useful. And by placing hydrogen and
helium near the centre, Abubakr says this solves the problem of whether to
put hydrogen with the halogens or alkali metals and of whther to put helium
in the 2nd group or with the inert gases.
That's worthy but flawed. Unfortunately, Abubakr's
arrangement means that the table can only be read by rotating it. That's
tricky with a textbook and impossible with most computer screens.
The great utility of Mendeleev's arrangements was
its predictive power: the gaps in his table allowed him to predict the
properties of undiscovered elements. It's worth preserving in its current
form for that reaosn alone.
However, there's another relatively new way of
arranging the elements developed by Maurice Kibler at Institut de Physique
Nucleaire de Lyon in France that may have new predictive power.
Kibler says the symmetries of the periodic table
can be captured by a group theory, specifically the composition of the
special orthogonal group in 4 + 2 dimensions with the special unitary group
of degree 2 (ie SO (4,2) x SU(2)).
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on visualization of data ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm
October 7, 2009 reply from Jagdish Gangolly
[gangolly@GMAIL.COM]
Bob,
You may like to add these sites
to your data visualisation page.
My favourite, which I require my
students in Statistics to read, is:
http://www.math.yorku.ca/SCS/Gallery/).
http://www.webdesignerdepot.com/2009/06/50-great-examples-of-data-visualization/
http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2007/08/02/data-visualization-modern-approaches/
http://images.businessweek.com/ss/09/08/0812_data_visualization_heroes/index.htm
http://mashable.com/2007/05/15/16-awesome-data-visualization-tools/
http://www.datavisualization.ch/
http://www.tableausoftware.com/data-visualization-software
http://reference.wolfram.com/mathematica/guide/DataVisualization.html
Jagdish S. Gangolly
Department of Informatics
College of Computing & Information
State University of New York at Albany
Harriman Campus, Building 7A, Suite 220
Albany, NY 12222
Phone: 518-956-8251, Fax: 518-956-8247
myMISlab is a
web-based tutorial tool
I
generally avoid posting advertisements unless I think a large number of readers
have a particular interest in the product or service.
Pearson's
myMISlab is a web-based tutorial tool that integrates business applications
with Microsoft Office—including Excel, Access, and SharePoint —
http://www.mymislab.com/tt_training.asp
Jensen
Comment
When I taught AIS or MIS, I always insisted that student learn how to use MS
Access so they better understand relational database systems. myMISlab could be
greatly improved with tutorials for MS Access, although such tutorials are
widely available elsewhere, including in the MS Access software itself. I
provide ree video helpers for MS Access at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/video/acct5342/
PQQ
stands for Possible Quiz Question material.
Bob Jensen's
helpers on Excel, JavaScript, and Other Helpers and Videos ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HelpersVideos.htm
"All aboard the insolvency gravy train: Insolvency practitioners are
making vast sums out of the recession ... and leaving creditors with pennies,"
by Prem Sikka, The Guardian, October 23, 2009 ---
http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2009/oct/23/insolvency-administration-industry-fees
"Insolvency:
a licence to print money: Chapter 11 is not all it's cracked up," by Prim
Sikka, "The Guardian," July 17, 2008 ---
http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2008/jul/17/conservatives
Bob Jensen's threads on Insolvent Vultures Feeding on Insolvency ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Vultures
Question
When might you want to run Linux on your Windows computer?
"E-Banking on a Locked Down (Non-Microsoft) PC," by Brian Krebs
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#IdentityTheft
Part II ---
http://voices.washingtonpost.com/securityfix/2009/10/e-banking_on_a_locked_down_pc.html?wprss=securityfix
FIN 48
October 21, 2009 message from Dennis Beresford
[dberesfo@TERRY.UGA.EDU]
IRS Commissioner Doug Shulman spoke at a conference
of the National Association of Corporate Directors that I attended earlier
this week. He covered the income tax risk issues that directors should be
concerned about. I thought this was a very good summary of both what
auditors and tax accountants should be interested in and I refer interested
parties to his posted remarks at:
http://media-newswire.com/release_1103133.html
Denny Beresford
Bob Jensen's threads on FIN 48, 2009 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FIN48
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#010304Taxation
Raise Your Guinness Glasses
It may not be the first company to offer pensions and health care benefits to
employees, but it was one of the first companies to do so in history.
"Guinness celebrates 250 years: In 1759, Arthur Guinness signed a
9,000-year lease on a brewery. Centuries later, his eponymous dark stout is one
of Ireland's best-known exports" by Julianne Pepitone, CNN Money, September 24,
2009 ---
http://money.cnn.com/2009/09/24/news/companies/guinness_250_anniversary/
But 250 years later, it's clearly
worked out well. The brewery at St. James's Gate has helped make Guinness
stout one of the most successful beer brands worldwide.
To celebrate what the company has
dubbed "Arthur's Day," stout-lovers around the world lifted a glass of the
foamy black brew to Arthur Thursday at 17:59 Greenwich Mean Time, or 1:59
ET. (See correction, below.)
Guinness parent Diageo PLC expects
thousands to attend an invitation-only party tonight at the Dublin brewery,
where musical acts Tom Jones, Kasabian and Estelle will play. Additionally,
other artists will perform at events being held at four major music venues
and 28 smaller pubs across the city.
Guinness may be distinctly Irish,
but the celebration of its birth is happening all over the world; parties
are being hosted in more than 150 different countries, according to the
beermaker's website.
To mark the occasion, Diageo PLC
has pledged to give €2.5 million this year from the Arthur Guinness Fund to
entrepreneurs.
The company says its founder was
one of the first employers in Ireland to provide pensions and health care
for workers, and the foundation aims to preserve that legacy.
Why single out capitalism for immorality and ethics misbehavior?
Making capitalism ethical is a tough task – and
possibly a hopeless one.
Prem Sikka (see below)
The
global code of conduct of Ernst & Young, another
global accountancy firm, claims that "no client or external relationship is
more important than the ethics, integrity and reputation of Ernst & Young".
Partners and former partners of the firm have also been found
guilty of promoting tax evasion.
Prem Sikka (see below)
Jensen Comment
Yeah right Prem, as if making the public sector and socialism ethical is an
easier task. The least ethical nations where bribery, crime, and immorality are
the worst are likely to be the more government (dictator) controlled and lower
on the capitalism scale. And in the so-called capitalist nations, the lowest
ethics are more apt to be found in the public sector that works hand in hand
with bribes from large and small businesses.
Rotten Fraud in General ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Rotten Fraud in the Public Sector (The Most Criminal Class Writes the Laws) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
We hang the petty thieves and appoint the great ones to public office.
Aesop
Congress is our only native criminal class.
Mark Twain ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mark_Twain
Why should
members of Congress be allowed to profit from insider trading?
Amid broad congressional concern about ethics scandals, some lawmakers are
poised to expand the battle for reform: They want to enact legislation that
would prohibit members of Congress and their aides from trading stocks based on
nonpublic information gathered on Capitol Hill. Two Democrat lawmakers plan to
introduce today a bill that would block trading on such inside information.
Current securities law and congressional ethics rules don't prohibit lawmakers
or their staff members from buying and selling securities based on information
learned in the halls of Congress.
Brody Mullins, "Bill Seeks to Ban Insider Trading By Lawmakers and Their Aides,"
The Wall Street Journal, March 28, 2006; Page A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB114351554851509761.html?mod=todays_us_page_one
The
Culture of Corruption Runs Deep and Wide in Both U.S. Political Parties: Few if
any are uncorrupted
Committee members have shown no appetite for
taking up all those cases and are considering an amnesty for reporting
violations, although not for serious matters such as accepting a trip from a
lobbyist, which House rules forbid. The data firm PoliticalMoneyLine calculates
that members of Congress have received more than $18 million in travel from
private organizations in the past five years, with Democrats taking 3,458 trips
and Republicans taking 2,666. . . But of course, there are those who deem the
American People dumb as stones and will approach this bi-partisan scandal
accordingly. Enter Democrat Leader Nancy Pelosi, complete with talking points
for her minion, that are sure to come back and bite her .... “House Minority
Leader Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) filed delinquent reports Friday for three trips
she accepted from outside sponsors that were worth $8,580 and occurred as long
as seven years ago, according to copies of the documents.
Bob Parks, "Will Nancy Pelosi's Words Come Back to Bite Her?" The National
Ledger, January 6, 2006 ---
http://www.nationalledger.com/artman/publish/article_27262498.shtml
And when
they aren't stealing directly, lawmakers are caving in to lobbying crooks
Drivers can send their thank-you notes to Capitol
Hill, which created the conditions for this mess last summer with its latest
energy bill. That legislation contained a sop to Midwest corn farmers in the
form of a huge new ethanol mandate that began this year and requires drivers to
consume 7.5 billion gallons a year by 2012. At the same time, Congress refused
to include liability protection for producers of MTBE, a rival oxygen
fuel-additive that has become a tort lawyer target. So MTBE makers are pulling
out, ethanol makers can't make up the difference quickly enough, and gas
supplies are getting squeezed.
"The Gasoline Follies," The Wall Street Journal, March 28, 2006; Page
A20 ---
Click Here
Once again, the power of pork to sustain incumbents gets its best demonstration
in the person of John Murtha (D-PA). The acknowledged king of earmarks in the
House gains the attention of the New York Times editorial board today, which
notes the cozy and lucrative relationship between more than two dozen
contractors in Murtha's district and the hundreds of millions of dollars in pork
he provided them. It also highlights what roughly amounts to a commission on the
sale of Murtha's power as an appropriator: Mr. Murtha led all House members this
year, securing $162 million in district favors, according to the watchdog group
Taxpayers for Common Sense. ... In 1991, Mr. Murtha used a $5 million earmark to
create the National Defense Center for Environmental Excellence in Johnstown to
develop anti-pollution technology for the military. Since then, it has garnered
more than $670 million in contracts and earmarks. Meanwhile it is managed by
another contractor Mr. Murtha helped create, Concurrent Technologies, a research
operation that somehow was allowed to be set up as a tax-exempt charity,
according to The Washington Post. Thanks to Mr. Murtha, Concurrent has boomed;
the annual salary for its top three executives averages $462,000.
Edward Morrissey, Captain's Quarters, January 14, 2008 ---
http://www.captainsquartersblog.com/mt/archives/016617.php
"Several Democrats, including some closed allied to Speaker Nancy Pelosi, are
the subject of ethics complaints," by Holly Bailey, Newsweek Magazine,
October 3, 2009 ---
http://www.newsweek.com/id/216687
Nancy Pelosi likes to brag that she's
"drained the swamp" when it comes to corruption in the House, but ethics
problems could come back to haunt Democrats in 2010. Democrats are currently
the subject of 12 of the 16 complaints pending before the House ethics
committee. Two of the lawmakers under scrutiny—Reps. Jack Murtha and Charlie
Rangel—have close ties to Pelosi, who has come under criticism for not
asking them to resign their committee posts. Murtha, chairman of a key
defense-appropriations subcommittee, is is not formally under investigation
but the ethics committee is reviewing political contributions he and other
House lawmakers received from lobbying firm whose clients received millions
of dollars in Defense earmarks. Rangel, chairman of the Ways and Means
Committee, is facing scrutiny for not fully disclosing assets. The ethics
committee is also looking into ties between Rangel and a developer who
leased rent-controlled apartments to the congressman, and whether Rangel
improperly used his House office to raise funds for a public policy
institute in his name. Rangel and Murtha deny any wrongdoing. (Another
lawmaker under investigation: Rep. Jesse Jackson Jr., who, according to the
committee, "may have offered to raise funds" for then–Illinois governor Rod
Blagojevich in exchange for the president's Senate seat—a charge Jackson
denies. The panel deferred its probe at the request of the Justice
Department, which is conducting its own inquiry.)
Pelosi has said little about Rangel's
ethics problems, or those involving other Democrats; a Pelosi spokesman,
Brendan Daly, e-mails NEWSWEEK, "The speaker has said that [Rangel] should
not step aside while the independent, bipartisan ethics committee is
investigating."
But watchdog groups, not to mention
Republicans, are calling Pelosi hypocritical (as if
they weren't equally hypocritical)
since Democrats won back control of the House by, in part, trashing the
GOP's ethics lapses. Republicans already plan to use the ethics issue
against Democrats in 2010. Though Rangel and Murtha aren't as known as Tom
DeLay, the GOP poster boy for scandal in 2006, the party aims to change
that: this week the House GOP plans to introduce a resolution calling on
Rangel to resign his committee post.
Pelosi "promised to run the most ethical
Congress in history," says Ken Spain, a spokesman for the National
Republican Congressional Committee,
"and instead of cracking down on corruption, she
promotes it (to garner votes in Congress)."
Daly responds, "Since Democrats
took control of Congress, we have strengthened the ethics process." (Daly
has some magnificent ocean front property for sale in Arizona.)
"Can morality be brought to market?" by Prem Sikka, The Guardian,
October 7, 2009 ---
http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2009/oct/07/bae-business-ethics-morality-markets
The
BAE bribery scandal has once again brought
discussions of business ethics to the fore. Politicians also claim to be
interested in promoting
morality in markets, but have not explained how
this can be achieved.
There is no shortage of
companies wrapping themselves in claims of ethical conduct to disarm
critics. BAE boasts a global
code of conduct, which claims that "its leaders
will act ethically, promote ethical conduct both within the company and in
the markets in which we operate". In the light of the revelations about the
way the company secured its business contracts, such claims must be doubted.
BAE is not alone. There is
a huge gap between corporate talk and action, and a few illustrations would
help to highlight this gap. KPMG is one of the world's biggest accountancy
firms. Its
global code of conduct states that the firm is
committed to "acting lawfully and ethically, and encouraging this behaviour
in the marketplace … maintaining independence and objectivity, and avoiding
conflicts of interest". Yet the firm created an extensive organisational
structure to devise
tax avoidance and tax evasion schemes. Former
managers have been
found guilty of tax evasion and the firm was fined
$456m for "criminal
wrongdoing".
The
global code of conduct of Ernst & Young, another
global accountancy firm, claims that "no client or external relationship is
more important than the ethics, integrity and reputation of Ernst & Young".
Partners and former partners of the firm have also been found
guilty of promoting tax evasion.
UBS, a leading bank, has
been fined $780m by the US authorities for
facilitating tax evasion, but it told the world
that "UBS upholds the law, respects regulations and behaves in a principled
way. UBS is self-aware and has the courage to face the truth. UBS maintains
the highest ethical standards."
British Airways paid a
fine of £270m after admitting
price fixing on fuel surcharges on its long-haul
flights while its
code of conduct promised that it would behave
responsibly and ethically towards its customers.
These are just a tiny sample that shows that
corporations say one thing but do something completely different. This
hypocrisy is manufactured by corporate culture, and unless that process is
changed there is no prospect of securing moral corporations or markets.
The key issue is that companies cannot buck the
systemic pressures to produce ever higher profits. Capitalism is not
accompanied by any moral guidance on how high these profits have to be, but
shareholders always demand more. Markets do not ask any questions about the
quality of profits or the human consequences of ever-rising returns. Behind
a wall of secrecy, company directors devise plans to fleece taxpayers and
customers to increase profits, and are rewarded through profit-related
remuneration schemes. The social system provides incentives for unethical
behaviour.
Within companies, daily routines encourage
employees to prioritise profit-making even if that is unethical. For
example, tax departments within major accountancy firms operate as profit
centres. The performance of their employees is assessed at regular
intervals, and those generating profits are rewarded with salary increases
and career advancements. In time, the routines of devising tax avoidance
schemes and other financial dodges become firmly established norms, and
employees are desensitised to the consequences.
With increasing public scepticism, and pressure
from consumer groups and non-governmental organisations (NGOs), companies
manage their image by publishing high-sounding statements. Ethics itself has
become big business, and armies of consultants and advisers are available
for hire to enable companies to manage their image. No questions are raised
about the internal culture or the economic incentives for misbehaviour. It
is far cheaper for companies to publish glossy brochures than to pay taxes
or improve customer and public welfare. The payment of fines has become just
another business cost.
Making capitalism ethical is a tough task – and
possibly a hopeless one. Any policy for
encouraging ethical corporate conduct has to change the nature of capitalism
and corporations so that companies are run for the benefit of all
stakeholders, rather than just shareholders. Pressures to change corporate
culture could be facilitated by closing down persistently offending
companies, imposing personal penalties on offending executives and offering
bounties to whistleblowers.
Rotten Fraud in General ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Rotten Fraud in the Public Sector (The Most Criminal Class Writes the Laws) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
Among Friends
FBI Arrest in What Appears to Be the World's Largest Case Involving
Insider Information
More and more keeps coming out, including revelations of wiretapping
"8 trades the insiders allegedly made The government's case against the
Galleon crew includes transactions in companies like Google, AMD, Hilton and
Sun," by Michael Copeland, Fortune, October 19, 2009 ---
Click Here
http://money.cnn.com/2009/10/19/markets/insider_trading_arrests.fortune/?postversion=2009101912
The government's case in what it is calling the
largest insider trading case involving a U.S. hedge fund contains a detailed
list of trades involving household-name companies.
Investigators have pieced together a case that
alleges more than $25 million in illegal gains based on trading in 2006-09
on companies including Advanced Micro Devices (AMD, Fortune 500), Akamai (AKAM),
Clearwire (CLWR), Google (GOOG, Fortune 500), Hilton, Polycom (PLCM) and Sun
Microsystems (JAVA, Fortune 500), among others.
The six people charged include hedge fund
billionaire Raj Rajaratnam, founder of Galleon Group; Robert Moffat, IBM's
(IBM, Fortune 500) top hardware executive and an oft-discussed CEO
candidate; Mark Curland and Danielle Chiesi, executives of the hedge fund
New Castle Partners; Anil Kumar, a director at consulting firm McKinsey &
Co.; and Rajiv Goel, an executive in Intel's treasury department.
Just what did they allegedly do? Using information
gleaned from wiretapped conversations between the accused and others, along
with the statements of an apparent informant, SEC investigators have pieced
together a series of episodes alleging to show how the defendants used
inside information and well-timed trades to turn million-dollar profits.
Those charged have yet to enter pleas in the case.
Jim Waldman, a lawyer for Rajaratman, told the Wall Street Journal that the
hedge fund chief "is innocent. We're going to fight the charges." Lawyers
for some of the other accused said their clients are shocked by the charges
and deny wrongdoing.
What follows is a condensed account of eight major
trades the suspects made and the inside information they capitalized on,
according to the the SEC investigation and complaint. At the center of some
of the trades is an unnamed "Tipper A," a person who gathered a great deal
of information on companies for Rajaratnam, and whose identity presumably
will be made public as the case unfolds in court.
Polycom beats the Street
On Jan. 10, 2006, the
unnamed source identified in the SEC's complaint as "Tipper A" told
Galleon's Rajaratnam that, based on information received from a Polycom
insider, revenues at the video-conferencing company for the fourth-quarter
of 2005 were about to beat Wall Street estimates. Polycom was set to
announce its earnings more than two weeks later.
Rajaratnam sent an
instant message to his trader instructing him to "buy 60 [thousand shares]
PLCM" for certain Galleon Tech funds. All told, from Jan. 10 through Jan.
25, the date of the Polycom earnings release, Rajaratnam and Galleon bought
245,000 shares of Polycom and 500 Polycom call-option contracts. Polycom did
beat the Street, and collectively, the Galleon Tech funds made over $570,000
in connection with their Polycom trades based on Tipper A's tip.
The same scenario was
repeated for Polycom's first-quarter 2006 earnings, the complaint says.
Galleon made $165,000 on the information. Tipper A made $22,000.
The Hilton takeover
Tipper A allegedly
obtained confidential information in advance of a July 3, 2007, announcement
that a private equity group would be buying Hilton for $47.50 per share, a
premium of $11.45 over the July 3 closing price. Tipper A obtained the
information from an analyst who, at the time, was working at Moody's, a
rating agency that was evaluating Hilton's debt in connection with the
planned buyout. Tipper A bought call option contracts based on the
information, and passed on the tip to Rajaratnam.
On July 3, Rajaratnam and
Galleon bought 400,000 shares of Hilton in the Galleon Tech funds. That
evening, the Hilton transaction was announced. Tipper A sold all of the
Hilton call option contracts for a profit of more than $630,000, the
complaint says. To compensate the source for the Hilton tip, Tipper A paid
the source $10,000. The Galleon Tech funds sold their Hilton shares after
the July 3 announcement for a profit of more than $4 million.
Google Misses
Around July 10, 2007, a
PR consultant to Google allegedly told Tipper A that Google's second-quarter
earnings per share would be down about 25 cents. The Street had estimated
yet another strong quarter for the search giant, which was scheduled to
report earnings July 19.
Two days later Tipper A
bought put options in Google and passed along details of the pending Google
miss to Rajaratnam. He and Galleon began buying Google put options for the
Galleon Tech funds, and continued buying them through July 19. In addition,
Galleon funds bought other options betting on a fall in Google shares and
sold short Google stock beginning July 17.
On July 19, Google
announced its earnings results, disclosing that its earnings-per-share was
indeed 25 cents lower than the prior quarter. Google's share price fell from
over $548 per share to almost $520 per share. The Galleon Tech funds'
profits from the Google tip were almost $8 million. Tipper A sold all of the
put options the day after the July 19 announcement for a profit of over
$500,000.
Trading in Intel
Rajaratnam allegedly tapped former Wharton classmate
and Intel executive Rajiv Goel just before Intel's (INTL)
scheduled fourth-quarter 2006 earnings announcement to get inside
information on the world's largest chipmaker. On Jan. 8, 2007, Rajaratnam
contacted Intel's Goel. The next day, Rajaratnam bought 1 million shares of
Intel at $21.08 per share. On Jan, 11, he bought 500,000 more at $21.65 per
share.
Goel and Rajaratnam
communicated again multiple times over the Martin Luther King Day weekend
that followed. On Tuesday, Jan. 16, the day the markets reopened, Rajaratnam
reversed course, selling the Galleon Tech funds' entire 1.5 million share
long position in Intel at $22.03 per share, and making a profit of a little
over $1 million
Later that day, after the
markets closed, Intel released its fourth-quarter 2006 earnings. Although
the company's earnings beat analysts' projections, its guidance was below
expectations. Intel's stock price fell nearly 5% on the news, but Rajaratnam
was already out of the stock.
According to Intel
officials, Goel has been placed on administrative leave pending the court
case.
Clearwire Gets a Partner
In early February 2008, Goel allegedly tipped
Rajaratnam that there was a pending joint venture between wireless broadband
company Clearwire and Sprint (S,
Fortune 500). Intel
was a huge shareholder in Clearwire. Over the next three months, Galleon
Tech funds bought and sold Clearwire shares on three occasions. Each time,
the Galleon Tech funds traded in advance of news reports relating to the
deal between Clearwire and Sprint, and shortly after calls between Goel and
Rajaratnam. Overall, the Galleon Tech funds realized gains of about $780,000
on their Clearwire trading between February and May 2008. On May 8, the
joint venture between Sprint and Clearwire was publicly announced.
As payback for Goel's
tips, Rajaratnam (or someone acting on his behalf) executed trades in Goel's
personal brokerage account based on inside information concerning Hilton and
PeopleSupport (the government notes that a Galleon director sits on the
PeopleSupport's board of directors though no charges of wrongdoing have been
brought against that person), which resulted in nearly $250,000 in profits
for Goel.
Shorting Akamai
Another hedge fund
executive, New Castle's Danielle Chiesi, is an acquaintance of Rajaratnam.
When an Akamai executive told her that the Internet infrastructure company
would trend lower in the company's second-quarter 2008 guidance to
investors, the government claims she passed along the information to
Rajaratnam. The consensus among Akamai's management was that Akamai's stock
price would decline in the wake of the lowered guidance scheduled for July
30.
Chiesi and the Akamai
source spoke multiple times between July 2 and July 24. Chiesi told what she
had learned from the Akamai source to her colleague at New Castle, Mark
Kurland. On July 25, several New Castle funds took short positions in Akamai
shares. The positions grew through July 30. Rajaratnam's Galleon funds also
built up a short position during the same period.
In its second-quarter
2008 earnings announcement on July 30, Akamai's results disappointed
investors. The stock fell nearly 20% following the announcement. New Castle
made $2.4 million. The Galleon Tech funds took home more than $3.2 million.
IBM knows Sun
In January 2009, IBM was conducting due diligence on Sun Microsystems in
preparation for an offer to buy it (Sun was ultimately bought by Oracle (ORCL,
Fortune 500)).
As part of that process, Sun opened its books to IBM, providing its
second-quarter 2009 results in advance of the scheduled Jan. 27
announcement.
Because much of Sun's
business is hardware, IBM's top hardware executive Robert Moffat was
involved in the evaluation of Sun. Moffat allegedly had access to Sun's
earnings results. He and Chiesi were also friends and contacted each other
repeatedly during January 2009. The frequency of contact between the two
increased just prior to the Sun earnings release, investigators say.
On Jan. 26, New Castle
began acquiring a substantial long position in Sun. On Jan. 27, after the
market close, Sun reported earnings that exceeded Wall Street's estimates,
posting a two-cent per-share profit when analysts had expected a loss. Sun
shares soared 21% on the news. New Castle made almost $1 million.
AMD gets out of manufacturing
On June 1, 2008, McKinsey
& Co. began advising Advanced Micro Devices over its negotiations with two
Abu Dhabi sovereign entities. One, a joint venture with the Abu Dhabi
government, Advanced Technology Investment Co., would take over AMD's chip
manufacturing. The other, an Abu Dhabi sovereign wealth fund, Mubadala
Investment Co., would provide a large investment in AMD (in the end, it
would total $314 million). According to the SEC, Anil Kumar was one of the
McKinsey team briefed on the negotiations. Kumar also knew Rajaratnam.
On Aug. 14, Kumar learned
that the two deals were finally getting done. The next day he told
Rajaratnam, investigators say. Almost immediately, Rajaratnam and Galleon
increased their long position in AMD by buying more than 2.5 million shares
in Galleon funds and continuing to build their long position until just
before the announcement of the AMD transactions. Rajaratnam and Galleon
bought 4 million AMD shares on Sept. 25 and 26, and 1.65 million more on
Oct. 3. On Oct. 8, the deals were announced publicly. AMD's stock price
increased by about 25%. All told, the value of Galleon's entire position in
AMD increased approximately $9.5 million in Oct. 6-7.
However, the allegedly ill-gotten gain was wiped out by the financial crisis
of the time. Because the Galleon Tech funds had accumulated much of their
AMD position beginning in August, before the crisis sent stock prices,
including AMD's, tumbling in September and October, the funds lost money on
the overall trade
"Billionaire among 6 nabbed in inside trading case: Wall Street wake-up
call: Hedge fund boss, 5 others charged in $25M-plus insider trading case,"
by Larry Neumeister and Candice Choi, Yahoo News, October 16, 2009
---
Click Here
One of America's wealthiest men was among
six hedge fund managers and corporate executives arrested Friday in a hedge
fund insider trading case that authorities say generated more than $25
million in illegal profits and was a wake-up call for Wall Street.
Raj Rajaratnam, a portfolio manager for
Galleon Group, a hedge fund with up to $7 billion in assets under
management, was accused of conspiring with others to use insider information
to trade securities in several publicly traded companies, including Google
Inc.
U.S. Magistrate Judge Douglas F. Eaton set
bail at $100 million to be secured by $20 million in collateral despite a
request by prosecutors to deny bail. He also ordered Rajaratnam, who has
both U.S. and Sri Lankan citizenship, to stay within 110 miles of New York
City.
U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara told a news
conference it was the largest hedge fund case ever prosecuted and marked the
first use of court-authorized wiretaps to capture conversations by suspects
in an insider trading case.
He said the case should cause financial
professionals considering insider trades in the future to wonder whether law
enforcement is listening.
"Greed is not good," Bharara said. "This
case should be a wake-up call for Wall Street."
Joseph Demarest Jr., the head of the New
York FBI office, said it was clear that "the $20 million in illicit profits
come at the expense of the average public investor."
The Securities and Exchange Commission,
which brought separate civil charges, said the scheme generated more than
$25 million in illegal profits.
Robert Khuzami, director of enforcement at
the SEC, said the charges show Rajaratnam's "secret of success was not
genius trading strategies."
"He is not the master of the universe. He
is a master of the Rolodex," Khuzami said.
Galleon Group LLP said in a statement it
was shocked to learn of Rajaratnam's arrest at his apartment. "We had no
knowledge of the investigation before it was made public and we intend to
cooperate fully with the relevant authorities," the statement said.
The firm added that Galleon "continues to
operate and is highly liquid."
Rajaratnam, 52, was ranked No. 559 by
Forbes magazine this year among the world's wealthiest billionaires, with a
$1.3 billion net worth.
According to the Federal Election
Commission, he is a generous contributor to Democratic candidates and
causes. The FEC said he made over $87,000 in contributions to President
Barack Obama's campaign, the Democratic National Committee and various
campaigns on behalf of Hillary Rodham Clinton, U.S. Sen. Charles Schumer and
New Jersey U.S. Sen. Robert Menendez in the past five years. The Center for
Responsive Politics, a watchdog group, said he has given a total of $118,000
since 2004 -- all but one contribution, for $5,000, to Democrats.
The Associated Press has learned that even
before his arrest, Rajaratnam was under scrutiny for helping bankroll Sri
Lankan militants notorious for suicide bombings.
Papers filed in U.S. District Court in
Brooklyn allege that Rajaratnam worked closely with a phony charity that
channeled funds to the Tamil Tiger terrorist organization. Those papers
refer to him only as "Individual B." But U.S. law enforcement and government
officials familiar with the case have confirmed that the individual is
Rajaratnam.
At an initial court appearance in U.S.
District Court in Manhattan, Assistant U.S. Attorney Josh Klein sought
detention for Rajaratnam, saying there was "a grave concern about flight
risk" given Rajaratnam's wealth and his frequent travels around the world.
His lawyer, Jim Walden, called his client
a "citizen of the world," who has made more than $20 million in charitable
donations in the last five years and had risen from humble beginnings in the
finance profession to oversee hedge funds responsible for nearly $8 billion.
Walden promised "there's a lot more to
this case" and his client was ready to prepare for it from home. Rajaratnam
lives in a $10 million condominium with his wife of 20 years, their three
children and two elderly parents. Walden noted that many of his employees
were in court ready to sign a bail package on his behalf.
Rajaratnam -- born in Sri Lanka and a
graduate of University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School of Business -- has
been described as a savvy manager of billions of dollars in technology and
health care hedge funds at Galleon, which he started in 1996. The firm is
based in New York City with offices in California, China, Taiwan and India.
He lives in New York.
According to a criminal complaint filed in
U.S. District Court in Manhattan, Rajaratnam obtained insider information
and then caused the Galleon Technology Funds to execute trades that earned a
profit of more than $12.7 million between January 2006 and July 2007. Other
schemes garnered millions more and continued into this year, authorities
said.
Bharara said the defendants benefited from
tips about the earnings, earnings guidance and acquisition plans of various
companies. Sometimes, those who provided tips received financial benefits
and sometimes they just traded tips for more inside information, he added.
The timing of the arrests might be
explained by a footnote in the complaint against Rajaratnam. In it, an FBI
agent said he had learned that Rajaratnam had been warned to be careful and
that Rajaratnam, in response, had said that a former employee of the Galleon
Group was likely to be wearing a "wire."
The agent said he learned from federal
authorities that Rajaratnam had a ticket to fly from Kennedy International
Airport to London on Friday and to return to New York from Geneva,
Switzerland next Thursday.
Also charged in the scheme are Rajiv Goel,
51, of Los Altos, Calif., a director of strategic investments at Intel
Capital, the investment arm of Intel Corp., Anil Kumar, 51, of Santa Clara,
Calif., a director at McKinsey & Co. Inc., a global management consulting
firm, and Robert Moffat, 53, of Ridgefield, Conn., senior vice president and
group executive at International Business Machines Corp.'s Systems and
Technology Group.
The others charged in the case were
identified as Danielle Chiesi, 43, of New York City, and Mark Kurland, 60,
also of New York City.
According to court papers, Chiesi worked
for New Castle, the equity hedge fund group of Bear Stearns Asset Management
Inc. that had assets worth about $1 billion under management. Kurland is a
top executive at New Castle.
Kumar's lawyer, Isabelle Kirshner, said of
her client: "He's distraught." He was freed on $5 million bail, secured in
part by his $2.5 million California home.
Kerry Lawrence, an attorney representing
Moffat, said: "He's shocked by the charges."
Bail for Kurland was set at $3 million
while bail for Moffat and Chiesi was set at $2 million each. Lawyers for
Moffat and Chiesi said their clients will plead not guilty. The law firm
representing Kurland did not immediately return a phone call for comment.
A message left at Goel's residence was not
immediately returned. He was released on bail after an appearance in
California.
A criminal complaint filed in the case
shows that an unidentified person involved in the insider trading scheme
began cooperating and authorities obtained wiretaps of conversations between
the defendants.
In one conversation about a pending deal
that was described in a criminal complaint, Chiesi is quoted as saying: "I'm
dead if this leaks. I really am. ... and my career is over. I'll be like
Martha (expletive) Stewart."
Stewart, the homemaking maven, was
convicted in 2004 of lying to the government about the sale of her shares in
a friend's company whose stock plummeted after a negative public
announcement. She served five months in prison and five months of home
confinement.
Prosecutors charged those arrested Friday
with conspiracy and securities fraud.
A separate criminal complaint in the case
said Chiesi and Moffat conspired to engage in insider trading in the
securities of International Business Machines Corp.
According to another criminal complaint in
the case, Chiesi and Rajaratnam were heard on a government wiretap of a
Sept. 26, 2008, phone conversation discussing whether Chiesi's friend Moffat
should move from IBM to a different technology company to aid the scheme.
"Put him in some company where we can
trade well," Rajaratnam was quoted in the court papers as saying.
The complaint said Chiesi replied: "I
know, I know. I'm thinking that too. Or just keep him at IBM, you know,
because this guy is giving me more information. ... I'd like to keep him at
IBM right now because that's a very powerful place for him. For us, too."
According to the court papers, Rajaratnam
replied: "Only if he becomes CEO." And Chiesi was quoted as replying: "Well,
not really. I mean, come on. ... you know, we nailed it."
Continued in article
"Arrest of Hedge Fund Chief Unsettles the Industry," by Michael J. de la
Merced and Zachery Kouwe, The New York Times, October 18, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/10/19/business/19insider.html?_r=1
The firm made no secret that its investors included
technology executives. Among them was Anil Kumar, a McKinsey director who
did consulting work for Advanced Micro Devices and was charged in the
scheme. Another defendant, Rajiv Goel, is an Intel executive who is accused
of leaking information about the chip maker’s earnings and an investment in
Clearwire.
Prosecutors also say that a Galleon executive on
the board of PeopleSupport, an outsourcing company, regularly tipped off Mr.
Rajaratnam about merger negotiations with a subsidiary of Essar Group of
India. Regulatory filings by PeopleSupport last year identified the director
as Krish Panu, a former technology executive. He was not charged on Friday.
Galleon has previously been accused of wrongdoing
by regulators. In 2005, it paid more than $2 million to settle an S.E.C.
lawsuit claiming it had conducted an illegal form of short-selling.
The Deep Shah Insiders Leak at Moody's: What $10,000 Bought
Leaks such as this are probably impossible to stop
What disturbs me is that the Blackstone Group would exploit investors based up
such leaks
"Moody's Analysts Are Warned to Keep Secrets," by Serena Ing, The Wall
Street Journal, October 20, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125599951161895543.html?mod=article-outset-box
From their first day at Moody's Investors
Service, junior analysts are warned against sharing confidential information
with outsiders. They are even told not to mention company names in the
elevators at the credit-rating firm's Lower Manhattan headquarters.
Federal prosecutors now allege that a
former junior analyst, identified by a person familiar with the matter as
Deep Shah, breached that trust in July 2007 when he passed on inside
information about Blackstone Group's pending $26 billion takeover of Hilton
Hotels.
Mr. Shah and other employees of the
ratings firm, owned by publicly traded Moody's Corp., had advance notice
about the takeover as part of a standing practice to prebrief credit
analysts about planned deals. Prosecutors allege that the junior analyst
shared the Hilton information with an unidentified third party, who in turn
passed the tip to Galleon Group's Raj Rajaratnam. The tip enabled Mr.
Rajaratnam to reap $4 million in profits from trading Hilton shares, a
federal complaint alleges.
While Mr. Shah's role in the alleged
insider-trading affair is small, his link to the third party -- now a key
cooperating witness in the probe -- could shed light on how investigators
uncovered the trading ring. Unusual trading in Hilton's shares was one of
the first events that attracted scrutiny from regulators in 2007. The same
cooperating witness was friends with an executive at Polycom Inc. and also
passed on information about Google Inc.
The complaint said the cooperating witness
arranged to pay $10,000 to the Moody's associate analyst, a title that
describes staffers who aren't considered full analysts but assist them in
analyzing data. Mr. Shah hasn't been charged with a crime. It isn't known if
he is under investigation or if he will face charges.
Mr. Shah couldn't be reached for comment.
A Moody's spokesman declined to comment on the alleged role of Mr. Shah. He
reiterated the company's statement last week, saying that the alleged
wrongdoing by one of its employees "would be an egregious violation" of the
rating firm's policies.
Moody's has drawn flak in the past year
for inaccurate credit ratings on mortgage securities and has had to battle
recent accusations from a former employee that it still issues inflated
ratings on complex securities. Throughout the financial crisis, however,
Moody's credit ratings on corporate bonds have largely conformed to
expectations.
Still, critics say the Hilton incident may
raise questions about whether ratings firms should be privy to inside
information. Companies often inform rating analysts about mergers,
acquisitions or other transactions ahead of time, to let analysts digest and
analyze the information and announce rating actions soon after the deals
become public.
Like law firms and investment banks,
credit-rating agencies have policies and controls to limit the number of
people privy to inside information. "But you can't watch everyone all the
time, and if someone is determined to violate the law they will do so," said
Scott McCleskey, a former Moody's compliance officer who is now U.S.
managing editor of Complinet Inc.
Mr. Shah, who is in his mid-20s, left
Moody's more than a year ago and is believed to have returned to his home
country of India, according to former colleagues. One ex-colleague described
him as "mellow."
He joined the ratings firm in an
entry-level position, and worked with analysts who rated companies in the
technology, lodging and gaming sectors, according to Moody's reports that
listed Mr. Shah's name from 2005 to early 2008.
According to the U.S. attorney's
complaint, Hilton executives contacted a Moody's lead analyst by phone on
the afternoon of July 2, the day before Blackstone Group announced it would
acquire Hilton. The complaint said that, shortly afterward, an associate
analyst "involved" in the rating called the unidentified third party three
times from a cellphone with information that Hilton was to be taken private.
The information was passed to Mr. Rajaratnam who traded Hilton's stock,
according to the complaint.
As an associate analyst, Mr. Shah would
have been paid roughly $90,000 in annual salary, plus a bonus that could
reach $30,000, according to former Moody's employees.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
"SEC Proposes Changes for 'Dark Pools'," SmartPros, October 21,
2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x67909.xml
Federal regulators are proposing tighter oversight
for so-called "dark pools," trading systems that don't publicly provide
price quotes and compete with major stock exchanges.
The Securities and Exchange Commission voted
Wednesday to propose new rules that would require more stock quotes in the
"dark pool" systems to be publicly displayed. The changes could be adopted
sometime after a 90-day public comment period.
The alternative trading systems, private networks
matching buyers and sellers of large blocks of stocks, have grown
explosively in recent years and now account for an estimated 7.2 percent of
all share volume. SEC officials have identified them as a potential emerging
risk to markets and investors.
The SEC initiative is the latest action by the
agency seeking to bring tighter oversight to the markets amid questions
about transparency and fairness on Wall Street. The SEC has floated a
proposal restricting short-selling - or betting against a stock - in down
markets.
Last month, the agency proposed banning "flash
orders," which give traders a split-second edge in buying or selling stocks.
A flash order refers to certain members of exchanges - often large
institutions - buying and selling information about ongoing stock trades
milliseconds before that information is made public.
Institutional investors like pension funds may use
dark pools to sell big blocks of stock away from the public scrutiny of an
exchange like the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Stock Market that could
drive the share price lower.
"Given the growth of dark pools, this lack of
transparency could create a two-tiered market that deprives the public of
information about stock prices," SEC Chairman Mary Schapiro said before the
vote at the agency's public meeting.
Republican Commissioners Kathleen Casey and Troy
Paredes, while voting to put out the proposed new rules for public comment,
cautioned against rushing to overly broad regulation that could have a
negative impact on market innovation and competition.
Dark pools might decide to maintain stock trading
at levels below those that trigger required public display under the
proposed rules, Paredes said. "Darker dark pools" could be worse than the
current situation, he suggested.
When investors place an order to buy or sell a
stock on an exchange, the order is normally displayed for the public to
view. With some dark pools, investors can signal their interest in buying or
selling a stock but that indication of interest is communicated only to a
group of market participants.
That means investors who operate within the dark
pool have access to information about potential trades which other investors
using public quotes do not, the SEC says.
The SEC proposal would require indications of
interest to be treated like other stock quotes and subject to the same
disclosure rules.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on mutual fund and index fund and insurance company
scandals are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#MutualFunds
Bob Jensen's threads on the Efficient Markets Hypothesis (EMH) are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EMH
This tutorial includes how to edit video in Windows 7
"Manage All Your Media in Windows 7 From online streaming to all-new library
controls, here's how to get more out of Windows 7's new multimedia features,"
by Zack Stem, PC World via The Washington Post, October 22, 2009
---
Click Here
http://snipurl.com/windows7multimedia [www_washingtonpost_com]
Whether you're leaping directly from
Windows XP to Windows 7 or you stopped in Vista territory along the way,
you'll find that the latest version of Microsoft's operating system handles
media files in several new ways. The methods for photo and video importing,
editing, and exporting have been all updated. You have new options for
sharing and streaming files between computers. And media libraries become
more-versatile vessels for finding and managing media files. I'll explain
how to get started with these and other entertainment features of Windows 7
Check Out the Libraries
Windows 7 manages media files differently
than previous Windows OSs did. It retains the familiar Pictures, Videos,
Music, and Documents folders, but you can assign additional library
locations in order to collect your media files more dynamically.
The libraries in Windows 7 organize file
types to help applications find media more easily. By default, programs look
to the Pictures, Videos, Music, and Documents folders instead of having to
scrutinize your whole disk. Windows XP and Vista tied media libraries to
those specific folder locations. For example, Windows Media Player watched
vigilantly over C:\Users\[username]\Music. Then, anytime you added new audio
files to that folder, Media Player showed them in your music library. If you
wanted Media Player to look for media in other areas--say, in the iTunes
music folder or in another user's music library--you had to add the new
locations manually within the program.
In Windows 7, the Pictures, Videos, Music,
and Documents folders are not the only doors into those libraries; you can
add any other disk location you like, and library-savvy applications will
automatically pool media wherever it's stored.
Add Libraries
Instead of manually curating media in the
traditional user folders, you can turn any folder into a library.
Applications will know where to find media, and you can keep your computer
organized in whatever way you want.
For example, you can turn a networked
folder into an auxiliary library, or even pool music files from a different
user on the same PC. Or transform your Downloads folder into a library,
instantly putting MP3 and video downloads into media applications. Here's
how (the process is the same for any of these situations).
Open the Start Menu, and click your
username. Open the Downloads folder, and pick Include in library, Music.
Then select Include in library, Movies. Henceforth, without your having to
open them immediately after downloading them, your PC will automatically
slurp music and movie files into Windows Media Player.
To remove the library status of a folder,
open a window in the desktop and then navigate to that library folder in the
left pane. In our case, the menu path is Libraries, Music, Downloads.
Right-click the library-enabled folder--Downloads--and choose Remove
location from library.
Get Windows Live Essentials
Windows 7's standard installation omits
some previously bundled Windows software, including Photo Gallery and Movie
Maker, but you can still download these apps at the Windows Live Essentials
download page. Click Download on the right side, and save and run the file.
In the installer, mark the checkbox for
each piece of software you want to add. If you're on the prowl for useful
multimedia options, check Photo Gallery, Movie Maker Beta, and Silverlight.
(You're likely to encounter Silverlight video-streaming sites such as
Netflix, so you might as well add it to Windows 7 now.) Click Install, and
after several minutes, okay the final prompts to exit the installation. (I
skipped changing my default home page and other needy-relationship-style
requests.)
You can sign up
Use these groupings to your advantage.
Click Next and then click Add tags next to any of the groups. Enter a few
keywords from that particular photo session, separating them with
semicolons. Click Import.
If you shot RAW files, the program may
prompt you to download and install an additional codec. I had to go through
that process to accommodate photos from my digital SLR camera; but once
you've installed the extra piece of software, Windows 7 can display the
higher-end RAW files in the same manner as it does JPEGs.
Publish a Photo Gallery Online
Your friends and family can view your
photos through the Windows Live site. After importing and arranging an
album, you can upload the images within Windows Live Photo Gallery.
Within that application, right-click My
Pictures, and pick Create new folder. Name the new folder. Drag in pictures
that you want to publish online. Click the name of the folder within the
main window near the top to select all of the pictures. Choose Publish,
Online album. Sign into your Windows Live account if needed.
Give the album a title and in the pop-up
menu choose who can view the pictures. Change the value for 'Upload size' in
the pop-up menu if you wish; Medium gives enough detail for Web viewing;
Large and Original allow ample size for displaying on a big TV, printing,
and otherwise downloading. Then click Publish.
After the photos have finished uploading,
the program will prompt you with the option to view them. Click View Album
to open the page in your Web browser. If you miss that option, click your
account name in the upper right corner of Windows Live Photo Gallery, and
select View your photos. Copy the link from the Web page, and share it with
your friends.
If you decide to limit who can see one of
your albums, visit that album's Web page, and click Shared with: Everyone
(public) at the bottom of the page. Click Edit Permissions on the following
page, and uncheck the Everyone (public) box. If you've made friends through
the Network area of Windows Live, pick the My network box instead.
Otherwise, you can add individual e-mail contacts at the bottom. (Press the
spacebar to speed up entry of the next address.)
Back in Photo Gallery, you can add more
photos to a published group by selecting the new pictures and choosing
Publish, [gallery name]. Hold Shift and click the first and last images to
select pictures in sequence, or hold down Ctrl and click pictures to group
them in any order you like.
Import Photos and Videos Into Windows
Live Movie Maker
Windows Live Movie Maker eschews video
capture tools in favor of relying on the rest of Windows 7. If you connect a
DV camcorder to a Win 7 PC, the capture process should automatically launch
outside Movie Maker.
Click the Import the entire video radio
button, enter a name, and click Next. Click the Import videos as multiple
files checkbox, and the tool will splice the tape into your individual
shots. Approve the next windows to import the tape; the importing process
will take exactly as much time as your footage does to play.
Once your PC has captured your media, you
have some options for adding clips to a video in Windows Live Movie Maker.
From the desktop, drag your photos and videos into the right pane in that
program. If that area is blocked, drag the files over the Movie Maker icon
in the Taskbar, continue to hold the mouse down, and then drop them into the
right pane. Alternatively, select Add above Videos and photos in the
software, select the media, and click Open.
You'll want to rearrange and trim various
clips during the editing process, but at this point all of them are part of
your movie. If you added too many clips or images, delete them from the
storyboard by clicking the files and then clicking Remove.
Edit Your Movie
Windows Live Movie Maker cuts the timeline
view, focusing instead on arranging clips in a storyboard. Just drag and
drop each clip and each image to place them in the desired order within the
right pane. Since some video clips run too long, you'll need to trim them
into shape.
Click a video clip to select it; then
click the Edit tab at the top of the window, and click Trim. At this point,
you can adjust the in- and out-point sliders (which govern the length of the
clip, by trimming from one or both extremities) at the beginning and end of
the timeline. Press the spacebar or click the Play icon to view a sample
from the full clip, playing only between the edited points.
If you're satisfied, click Save and close
to finish. You'll make the edit here, but the original video file will stay
the same, in case you want to reimport it later.
Continued in this long article
Bob Jensen's tools and tricks of the trade are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
"Saturn (Now Defunct Automobile): A Wealth of Lessons from Failure,"
University of Pennsylvania's Knowledge@Wharton, October 28, 2009 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=2366
Another one from that Ketz guy
He knows about Altman’s Z-score model for non-manufacturers
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bankruptcy_prediction
"Hertz Diverts and Subverts (Where Are You, Mary?)," by: J. Edward
Ketz, SmartPros, October 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x67864.xml
In a recent perversion, Hertz Global Holdings (HTZ)
sued Audit Integrity because it had the audacity to predict that Hertz was
in danger of bankruptcy. This is another example of issuer retaliation and
it must stop. The Congress and the SEC need to rein in corporate America
when it attempts to enforce censorship against anybody that criticizes them.
The facts in the case are simple. Earlier this
year Audit Integrity moved Hertz on to its watch list for companies in
financial distress. Hertz demanded a retraction and sent a copy of the
letter to 19 other firms that made the list, encouraging them to join Hertz
in “protecting the investing public.” Then Hertz sued Audit Integrity for
defamation. (See Sue Reisinger, “Hertz
GC Sues Analyst Who Said Company Could Go Bankrupt”)
Audit Integrity responded with an
open letter to the SEC. James Kaplan, Chairman of
Audit Integrity, wrote “As Hertz’s ultimate goal was to silence an
independent research firm calling regulatory and investor attention to the
company’s real and material financial risk, the matter warrants an
investigation by the Securities and Exchange Commission.”
Quite frankly, the court should just toss out the
case. Any introductory student of mine can compute the Altman Z-score and
indeed discover that Hertz is in financial distress. Its 2008 10-K is quite
revealing, with net income a negative $1.2 billion and EBIT a negative $164
million. Retained earnings has a deficit of almost one billion dollars.
And its capital structure is heavily tilted on the debt side as its
debt-equity ratio exceeds 10. Any neophyte would agree with Audit
Integrity.
Altman’s Z-score model for non-manufacturers is:
Z = 6.56 * WC/TA + 3.26 * RE/TA + 6.72 * EBIT/TA +
1.05 * BVE/TD
where WC = working capital
TA= total assets
RE = retained earnings
EBIT = earnings before interest and taxes
BVE = book value of equity and
TD = total debts.
One interprets the Z-score as follows. If Z>2.6,
then we predict the firm is healthy and relatively free from financial
distress. If 1.1<Z<2.6, the company is in the indeterminate zone. It faces
some financial distress, but more investigation is needed to determine how
serious it is. But, if Z<1.1, then the model predicts that the firm faces a
serious chance of going into bankruptcy.
When I plug Hertz’s 2008 numbers into the model, I
obtain a Z-score of 0.417. Altman’s model therefore predicts bankruptcy. I
guess Hertz should sue Professor Altman for inventing such a model. After
all, if the firm goes under, it must be his fault.
A few years ago Senator Wyden expressed concerns
about corporate managers who attempt to intimidate those who issue research
reports critical of them and their operations. He correctly stated that the
impact of such retaliation could have an adverse reaction on the publication
of objective research, which in turn could have a negative impact on the
quality of information that is employed by the investment community and
could lead to an inefficient allocation of resources.
Chairman Cox responded to the Senator on September
1, 2005. He stated that he shared Sen. Wyden’s concerns about issuer
retaliation and its adverse impact on the investment community. He promised
to tackle the issue, but never did.
Mary Schapiro, it is your turn. Are you going to
embrace the mission statement of the SEC and be an advocate for investors or
are you going to be like your predecessor and say one thing but behind the
scenes enable managers and directors to defraud the investment community?
Issuer retaliation is an incredible problem in this
country. If it isn’t stopped, independent investors will stop performing
independent research analyses. And there will be more and more Enrons
bursting on the scene.
Mary, where are you? Where do you stand on the
issues of the day?
Jensen Comment
An enormous problem faced by security analysts, credit rating agencies, and
auditors is that when a company is on the edge of bankruptcy, these
professionals are no longer confined to professionalism in evaluation. They
become decision makers to the extent that "yelling fire" greatly increases the
odds of helping to cause a fire.
Bob Jensen's threads on difficulties security analysts encounter when
trying (or not trying) to issue negative reports on companies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Here’s an expanded view of questions raised about which
constituencies credit rating agencies (and by analogy auditing firms) really
serve.
A message
forwarded by my anonymous friend Larry on October 18, 2009
How Moody's sold its ratings -- and sold out investors | McClatchy ---
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/politics/story/77244.html
Instead, Moody's promoted executives who headed
its "structured finance" division, which assisted Wall Street in packaging
loans into securities for sale to investors. It also stacked its compliance
department with the people who awarded the highest ratings to pools of
mortgages that soon were downgraded to junk. Such products have another name
now: "toxic assets."
"In 2001, Moody's had revenues of $800.7 million; in 2005, they were up
to $1.73 billion; and in 2006, $2.037 billion. The exploding profits were
fees from packaging . . . and for granting the top-class AAA ratings, which
were supposed to mean they were as safe as U.S. government securities," said
Lawrence McDonald in his recent book, "A Colossal Failure of Common Sense."
Nobody cared about due diligence so long as the
money kept pouring in during the housing boom. Moody's stock peaked in
February 2007 at more than $72 a share.
Billionaire investor Warren Buffett's firm
Berkshire Hathaway owned 15 percent of Moody's
stock by the end of 2001, company reports show. That stake, largely still
intact, meant that the Oracle from Omaha reaped huge financial rewards while
Moody's overlooked the glaring problems in pools of subprime mortgages.
A Berkshire spokeswoman had no comment.
Moody's wasn't alone in ignoring the mounting problems. It wasn't even
first among competitors. The financial industry newsletter Asset-Backed
Alert found that Standard & Poor's participated in 1,962 deals in 2006
involving pools of loans, while Moody's did 1,697. In 2005, Standard &
Poor's did 1,754 deals to Moody's 1,120. Fitch was well behind both.
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/politics/story/77244.html
Jensen Comment
I’m frantically searching the writings of my very technical hero, Janet Tavakoli,
to discover that all this is not true about my other hero, Warren Buffett. Of
course there are huge and unknown, at this points, degrees of culpability.
Janet is pretty rough on the ratings agencies in her
writings. However, she’s always kind to Warren. One of my all-time favorite
books is her Dear Mr. Buffet book. On Page 107, Janet writes as follows:
At
the end of 2007, Berkshire Hathaway owned 78 million shares of Moody’s
Corporation, one of the top three rating agencies (the same shares owned when I
first met Warren Buffett in 2005), representing just over 19 percent of the
capital stock. The cot basis of the shares is $499 million. At the end of 200,
the value was just under $1 billion. By the end of 2006, the value was around
$3.3 billion, but it dropped to $1.7 billion at the end of 2007. The sharp
increase in revenues is due chiefly to revenues generated from rating structured
financial products, and the sharp decrease was due to the disillusionment of the
market with the integrity of the ratings.
On Page 109, Janet continues to berate the rating agency
cartel (where I think it might be possible to substitute auditors for rating
agencies interchangeably):
The
rating agencies seem to not care about the market’s forgiveness since not
only have they not apologized --- a necessary but not sufficient condition ---
they seem to feel the market should change. Specifically, the market
should change its point of view about what it expects from the rating agencies.
Yet it seems that the market has the right to expect rating agencies to follow
the basic principles of statistics.
The
tactic has mainly been successful because the rating agencies act as a cartel,
leveraging their joint power to have fees magically converge and have ratings so
similar that they have participated overrating AAA structured products backed by
dodgy loans in 2007 that took substantial principal losses. Meanwhile, many
market professionals, including me, pointed out in print that the AAA ratings
were maeaningless. The rating agencies presented a farily united front in
defending their methods (except for Fitch, which also participated on overrated
CDOs and later seemed more responsive to downgrading structured products.
. . .
“Ma
and pa” retail investors found that AAA product ended up in their pension funds
and mutual funds because their money managers gave too much credence to an AAA
rating.
But nowhere have I yet found where Janet alludes to any
insider profiteering on the part of Warren Buffett who also lost billions of
dollars in the crash The difference between “ma and pa” and Mr. Buffet is that a
billion dollars is pocket change to Warren Buffet. He can easily recoup his
losses legitimately in trades with stupid hedge fund managers and bankers that
rely too much on fallible models (at least that’s what mathematician Janet
Tavakoli tells us in a very enlightening way).
Expert Financial Predictions (Jon Stewart's hindsight video
scrapbook) ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/blog/post.aspx?bid=354&bpid=23077&nlid=1840
You have to watch the first third of this video before it gets into the
scrapbook itself
The problem unmentioned here is one faced by auditors and credit rating agencies
of risky clients every day: Predictions are often self fulfilling
If an auditor issues going concern exceptions in audit reports, the exceptions
themselves will probably contribute to the downfall of the clients
The same can be said by financial analysts who elect to trash a company's
financial outlook
Hence we have the age-old conflict between holding back on what you really
secretly predict versus pulling the fire alarm on a troubled company
There are no easy answers here except to conclude that it auditors and
credit rating agencies appeared to not reveal many of their inner secret
predictions in 2008
Auditing firms and credit rating agencies lost a lot of credibility in this
economic crisis, but they've survived many such stains on their reputations in
the past
By now we're used to the fact that the public is generally aware of the fire
before the auditors and credit rating agencies pull the alarm lever
On the other hand, financial wizards who pull the alarm lever on nearly every
company all the time lose their credibility in a hurry
Bob Jensen's
threads on credit rating agencies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
Bob Jensen's threads on
auditor professionalism are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#Professionalism
Question
At this juncture why would IBM spend almost $10 billion for its own shares?
Hint
The wildly-popular eps ratio has a denominator.
"IBM to spend $5 billion more on stock buyback," MIT's Technology Review,
October 27, 2009 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/wire/23815/?nlid=2465
IBM Corp. has boosted its stock buyback program by
$5 billion, a sign of the company's ability to spit out cash despite the
fact the recession has choked off revenue growth.
The announcement Tuesday brings IBM's pot for stock
repurchases to $9.2 billion, and the company, based in Armonk, N.Y., plans
to ask for more at a board meeting in April 2010. IBM said it has spent $73
billion on dividends and buybacks since 2003.
Buybacks are one lever companies pull to meet
earnings targets, since they increase earnings per share by reducing the
number of shares outstanding. IBM has set aggressive earnings targets, and
twice this year raised its profit forecast for 2009, surprising investors
since revenue has fallen since last year. IBM has said it sees corporate
spending on technology "stabilizing." One way IBM wrings more profit despite
lower sales is by using software to automate certain tasks done by humans
and focusing on projects like the "smart" power grid that can carry higher
profit margins than other services work.
IBM's current forecasts call for earnings per share
of at least $9.85 this year, and the company has maintained that it is "well
ahead" of its pace for 2010 earnings of $10 to $11 per share.
IBM ended the third quarter with $11.5 billion in
cash. Free cash flow, a sign of a company's ability to generate more cash,
was $3.4 billion, up $1.3 billion from a year ago. Revenue in the past nine
months is down nearly 11 percent from a year ago.
Certainly it’s
widely viewed in the financial analyst community that IBM is trying to prop up
eps with share buy backs:
“Jul 16, 2009 ... (As if anyone except
Wall Street cared about EPS, which
IBM largely makes ... of dollars it
expends buying up mountains of its own shares.”
...
www.theregister.co.uk/2009/07/16/ibm_q2_2009_numbers
/
Time and time
again executives manage earnings in demonstration that many (most?) do not
believe in efficient markets and strongly believe PT Barnum’s famous quote: “A
sucker is born every minute.”
Earnings Management Ploys ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Manipulation
Quality of Earnings Disputes ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#CoreEarnings
Return on Investment Controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
"Learning To Love Insider Trading Here's a hot tip: Want to keep
companies honest, make the markets work more efficiently and encourage
investors to diversify? Let insiders buy and sell, argues Donald J.
Boudreaux," The Wall Street Journal, October 24, 2009 ---
Click Here
It's Halloween season, and the scariest
demons in the world of business are insider traders, lurking behind every
stockbroker's desk and four-star restaurant banquette. They whisper dark
corporate secrets into the ears of venal speculators, and inflict pain and
agony upon ordinary investors.
Time to stop telling horror stories.
Federal agents are wasting their time slapping handcuffs on hedge fund
traders like Raj Rajaratnam, the financier charged last week with trading on
nonpublic information involving IBM, Google and other big companies. The
reassuring truth: Insider trading is impossible to police and helpful to
markets and investors. Parsing the difference between legal and illegal
insider trading is futile—and a disservice to all investors. Far from being
so injurious to the economy that its practice must be criminalized, insiders
buying and selling stocks based on their knowledge play a critical role in
keeping asset prices honest—in keeping prices from lying to the public about
corporate realities.
Prohibitions on insider trading prevent
the market from adjusting as quickly as possible to changes in the demand
for, and supply of, corporate assets. The result is prices that lie.
And when prices lie, market participants
are misled into behaving in ways that harm not only themselves but also the
economy writ large.
Remember the 1970s-era price ceiling on
gasoline? By causing prices at the pump to lie about the scarcity of oil,
that price ceiling led Americans to waste untold hours waiting in lines to
fuel their cars. Similar wastes occur when corporate assets are mispriced.
Suppose that unscrupulous management
drives Acme Inc. to the verge of bankruptcy. Being unscrupulous, Acme's
managers succeed for a time in hiding its perilous financial condition from
the public. During this lying time, Acme's share price will be too high.
Investors will buy Acme shares at prices that conceal the company's imminent
doom. Creditors will extend financing to Acme on terms that do not
compensate those creditors for the true risks that they are unknowingly
undertaking. Perhaps some of Acme's employees will turn down good job offers
at other firms in order to remain at what they are misled to believe is a
financially solid Acme Inc.
Eventually, of course, those misled
investors, creditors and workers will suffer financial losses. But the
economy as a whole loses, too. Capital that would otherwise have been
invested in firms more productive than Acme Inc. never gets to those firms.
So compared with what would have happened had people not been misled by
Acme's deceitfully high share price, those better-run firms don't enhance
their efficiencies as much. They don't expand their operations as much. They
don't create as many good jobs. Consumers don't enjoy the increased outputs,
improved product qualities and lower prices that would otherwise have
resulted.
In short, overall economic efficiency is
reduced.
It's in the public interest, therefore,
that prices adjust as quickly and as completely as possible to underlying
economic realities—that prices adjust to convey to market participants as
clearly as possible the true state of those realities.
As argued forcefully by Henry Manne in his
1966 book "Insider Trading and the Stock Market," prohibitions on insider
trading prevent asset prices from adjusting in this way. Mr. Manne, dean
emeritus at George Mason University School of Law, pointed out that when
insiders trade on their nonpublic, nonproprietary information, they cause
asset prices to reflect that information sooner than otherwise and therefore
prompt other market participants to make better decisions.
This achievement can have ramifications
beyond a few percentage-point increases in productivity growth.
According to Mr. Manne, corporate scandals
such as Enron and Global Crossing would occur much less frequently and
impose fewer costs if the government didn't prohibit insider trading. As Mr.
Manne said a few years ago in a radio interview, "I don't think the scandals
would ever have erupted if we had allowed insider trading because there
would be plenty of people in those companies who would know exactly what was
going on, and who couldn't resist the temptation to get rich by trading on
the information, and the stock market would have reflected those problems
months and months earlier than they did under this cockamamie regulatory
system we have."
Another potential benefit of lifting the
ban on insider trading is explained by Harvard University economist Jeffrey
Miron: "In a world with no ban, small investors might fear to trade
individual stocks and would face a greater incentive to diversify; that is
also a good thing."
Not only do insider-trading prohibitions
slow economic growth, promote corporate mismanagement and discourage
investment diversification, their application also is unavoidably biased.
These prohibitions are meant to prevent
all insiders with non-public information from profiting from the use of such
information before it becomes public. It follows that unbiased application
of these prohibitions should target not only traders whose inside
information prompts them to actively buy or sell assets, but also traders
whose inside information prompts them not to make asset purchases or sales
that they would have made were it not for their inside information.
The insider who learns that the Food and
Drug Administration will approve a new blockbuster drug developed by a major
drug company, for example, obviously profits from this information if it
prompts him to buy 1,000 shares of the company that he otherwise wouldn't
have bought. So, too, though, does the insider profit who, upon learning the
same information, abandons her plans to sell 1,000 shares of the company.
But because insider "nontrading" is undetectable, only the former insider is
practically subject to prosecution and punishment.
And because opportunities to profit
through insider "non-trading" might well occur with the same frequency as
opportunities to profit through insider trading, as many as half of those
investment decisions influenced by inside information might be undetectable.
This bias is not only a source of
prosecutorial unfairness; its existence casts doubt on the assumption that
insider trading is so harmful that it must be treated as a criminal offense.
After all, if capital markets continue to function as well as they do given
that many investment decisions potentially influenced by inside information
are unstoppable because they are undetectable, why believe that the
detectable portion of investment decisions influenced by inside information
would be harmful if they were legal?
There are, of course, situations in which
it is in the interest of both a company and the public for that company to
delay the release of information. Such information should be protected as
company property.
If, say, a big software firm plans to
acquire a small, publicly traded software firm because such a merger would
create greater production efficiencies, then an early leak of this
information could undermine its merger efforts—and, hence, jeopardize the
prospect of achieving greater efficiencies. With the public knowing that the
big firm is seeking a controlling interest in the smaller firm, the price of
that smaller firm's shares might well rise so high that it is no longer
profitable for the big company to acquire a controlling share.
The big company, therefore, has a
legitimate interest in preventing insiders from trading on the knowledge
that it plans to acquire the smaller firm. And the general public has an
interest in permitting the company (and other firms in similar
circumstances) to prevent trading on such inside information.
As University of Michigan law professor
Adam Pritchard emphasizes, the challenge is to distinguish information that
should be treated as proprietary from information that does not warrant such
treatment. While this challenge is theoretically easy—protect only that
information whose revelation to the public through insider trading would
likely reduce overall economic efficiency—practically it is devilishly
difficult.
Fortunately, neither elected officials nor
government bureaucrats need to bother themselves with solving this
challenge.
Discovering what types of inside
information are proprietary and which are not proprietary—and, hence, which
types of information are appropriate to protect and which not to protect
from insider trading—can be left to corporations themselves.
Each corporation should be free to specify
in its by-laws the types of information that insiders may not trade on. Any
insiders who trade on such information would violate that firm's by-laws
and, hence, subject themselves to suit by that firm. Corporations whose
by-laws prohibit all or some insider trading will have standing to sue
anyone who violates their by-laws. People who trade on inside information
not protected by corporate by-laws would be acting perfectly legally.
Won't corporations simply make all of
their inside information off-limits to inside trading?
No. The reason is that corporations must
compete for that most demanding and vigilant of all clients: capital. Shares
in a corporation whose by-laws prevent insiders from trading on, say,
knowledge of executive malfeasance will be a riskier—and a less
attractive—investment than shares in a corporation that doesn't proscribe
such insider trading. Corporations that allow trading on inside knowledge
will enjoy a lower cost of capital than will corporations that prevent such
trading.
Competition is a beautiful thing: It will
punish firms that are either overly inclusive or under-inclusive in the
sorts of information that they shield from inside trading.
This decentralized competitive method for
selecting information that is proprietary, and thus off-limits to inside
traders, isn't perfect. But the relevant comparison isn't with an ideal,
perfectly working world. The relevant comparison is with the existing
approach: Government officials have decided that all insider trading is
unlawful and that anyone accused of insider trading is subject to criminal
prosecution.
A less heavy-handed, less bureaucratic,
less politicized, and more decentralized method for determining when inside
information should, and when it shouldn't, be traded on is preferable to
Uncle Sam's blanket proscription.
In addition to taking the responsibility
of defining insider trading from political agencies that are inevitably
political, allowing proscriptions on insider trading to be defined
exclusively by companies permits corporations to customize their
insider-trading proscriptions.
Different corporations have different
mixes of investments in physical, human, financial and intellectual capital.
Corporations also differ in their business plans. Companies whose successes
depend heavily upon their financial-investment strategies will be more
likely to have stronger and broader prohibitions on insider trading than
will companies whose successes depend upon the development of new consumer
products.
Or not. The above is simply my best guess.
Perhaps there's something I'm missing about companies whose successes depend
upon the development of new consumer products that makes them especially
vulnerable to insider trading. And that's the point. My "best guess" isn't
very reliable, and nor are those of politicians and bureaucrats.
By allowing companies as they compete for
capital to experiment with different ways of dealing with insider trading,
we would discover which proscriptions work best for some kinds of firms and
which proscriptions work best for other kinds of firms.
Relying upon competition and the
self-interest of shareholders and creditors (both actual and potential) to
discover which types of information are proprietary—and, hence, protected
from insider trading—and which types of information are not proprietary
removes politics from this vital task. Importantly, it also replaces the
unreliable judgments and "best guesses" of political officials with the much
more reliable determinations of competition.
Here's a comment that that I sent to the WSJ and is now
online among the other comments posted by the WSJ for this article.
Bob Jensen
Hi John,
Surely you jest or have not read about "the market for
lemons" in which the market is only left with lemons that nobody will buy.
And do you want to buy and sell securities knowing that
insiders are selling secret information to the counterparty to your trades that
remains hidden on your side of the table?
Do you want to buy new shares of Phizer not knowing what
a big seller knows about the huge new cancer prevention drug that Phizer counted
on causes brain damage?
Do you want to sell your shares in Exxon without knowing
what a big buyer knows about a new slant drilling discovery that allows tapping
of the second largest natural gas field in the world (in Pennsylvania and
upstate NY).
Yeah its really fair to allow fat cats and drug dealers
to buy inside information kept secret from you.
The bottom line is that you and millions of other
investors will pull out of the asymmetrical information trading markets.
The Market for Lemons ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Market_for_Lemons
"The Market for Lemons: Quality Uncertainty and the Market Mechanism"
is a 1970 paper by the economist
George Akerlof. It discusses
information asymmetry, which occurs when the seller knows more about a
product than the buyer. Akerlof,
Michael Spence, and
Joseph Stiglitz jointly received the
Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences in 2001 for their research
related to asymmetric information. Akerlof's paper uses the
market for used
cars as an example of the problem of quality uncertainty. There are good
used cars and defective used cars ("lemons"), but because of asymmetric
information about the car (the seller knows much more about the problems of
the car than the buyer), the buyer of a car does not know beforehand whether
it is a good car or a lemon. So the buyer's best guess for a given car is
that the car is of average quality; accordingly, he/she will be willing to
pay for it only the price of a car of known average quality. This means that
the owner of a good used car will be unable to get a high enough price to
make selling that car worthwhile. Therefore, owners of good cars will not
place their cars on the used car market. This is sometimes summarized as
"the bad driving out the good" in the market. "Lemon market" effects have
also been noted in other markets, such as used computers and the online
dating "market" . There are also parallels in the insurance market, where,
unless a mandate for insurance is in place, it is those most likely to need
insurance compensation (i.e., those most likely to get in accidents) who
tend most to buy insurance, eliminating the advantage of diffusing risk that
insurance is supposed to provide (adverse
selection).
1 Asymmetric information
2 Used cars
3 Criteria
4 Impact on markets
5 Laws in the United States
6 Criticism
7 See also
8 References
9 Further reading
10 External links
Bob Jensen's rotten to the core threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Foreign Currency Complications in Valuation Analysis
Big Mac Index of Purchasing Power Parity ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Big_Mac_Index
"CHART OF THE DAY: The iPod And Big Mac Indexes Just Don't Work," by John
Carney and Kamelia Angelova, Business Insider, October 20, 2009 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/chart-of-the-day-ipod-vs-big-mac-2009-10
The Economist's Big Mac Index and the
new
iPod Nano Index from CommSec are
both cute ways of getting attention for the organizations that produce them.
But do they really measure anything economically significant?
The idea is that the indexes are supposed to expose the relative under- or
over-valuation of various currencies. In theory, the same good should trade
at broadly the same price across the globe if
exchange
rates are adjusting properly. When
goods wind up priced very differently in different locations, it suggests
something is out of whack.
But a side-by-side comparison of the Big Mac Index and the iPod Nano Index
suggests that these might not really be good metrics for measuring
currency valuations. As you can see,
the two indexes result in wildly uncorrelated results. If it were really a
matter of currency valuation, you’d expect both to show similar valuation
problems. Instead, the pattern just seems random.

Quality of Earnings, Restatements, and Core Earnings
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review, September 25, 2009
Investors, It Pays to Mind the GAAP Gaps
by Mark
Gongloff
Sep 18, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Earning
Announcements, Earnings Per Share, Earnings Quality, Generally accepted
accounting principles, Impairment, Income from Continuing Operations, Income
Statement, Operating Income, SEC, Securities and Exchange Commission
SUMMARY: The
article analyzes the historical differences between operating earnings and
net income, or "GAAP earnings" since the first quarter of 2000 and relates
the earnings per share to current stock prices via P/E ratios. In the
second-quarter of 2009, "so-called operating earnings, which exclude
one-time items such as credit-market write-downs, nearly matched earnings
conforming to...GAAP....Companies in the Standard & Poor's 500-stock index
earned an estimated $13.81 a share in the quarter on an operating basis,
compared with $13.51 in GAAP earnings."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The
article is useful for discussing quality of earnings disclosures in any
financial accounting class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
What do you think the author is referring to when he uses the term "GAAP
earnings"? According to the article, how may GAAP earnings differ from
operating earnings as reported by publicly-traded companies?
2. (Introductory)
What are the implications for stock market prices of the relationship, or
differences, between reported GAAP earnings and operating earnings as
disclosed by the companies analyzed for this article (those in the S&P 500)?
3. (Introductory)
What other implications are highlighted by analysts as stemming from this
difference in reported earnings numbers?
4. (Advanced)
What does it mean to say that GAAP earnings "...get reported to the
government but get less attention on earnings day"? To whom in the
government are these earnings reported?
5. (Advanced)
What is the difference between operating earnings and net income? Do you
think that the operating earnings described in this article agree with
operating earnings as presented on an income statement prepared in
accordance with GAAP? In your answer, specifically consider treatment
required for impairment charges for goodwill or other long-lived assets.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Investors, It Pays to Mind the GAAP Gaps," by Mark Gongloff, The Wall
Street Journal, September 18, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125322419751520977.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
Two earnings data points that tend to coexist in
parallel universes have lately come notably close to colliding.
In the second-quarter earnings season, so-called
operating earnings, which exclude one-time items such as credit-market
write-downs, nearly matched earnings conforming to Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles, or GAAP, which get reported to the government but get
less attention on earnings day.
Companies in the Standard & Poor's 500-stock index
earned an estimated $13.81 a share in the quarter on an operating basis,
compared with $13.51 in GAAP earnings.
That is the closest those two earnings measures
have been since the first quarter of 2000. The gap widens in recessions and
did so significantly in the latest downturn. That they nearly matched last
quarter offers another sign of market stability.
Still, the relative harmony of the second quarter
seems a fluke. For the past 14 years, the gap between the two measures has
grown persistently, with operating earnings topping GAAP earnings by an
average of $2.47 a share per quarter.
When using a 10-year trailing average of earnings
to erase cyclical gyrations, operating earnings are nearly 24% higher than
GAAP earnings, the highest ever.
It isn't clear why the difference has grown so
wide. One inescapable conclusion is that, since 1995, either by happy
accident or accounting shenanigans, one-time losses have grown more quickly
than one-time gains, elevating the operating earnings that Wall Street
watches.
The investment implications are many. For one
thing, two earnings measures produce two market valuations. The S&P 500
trades at 21 times the past 10 years' GAAP earnings and 17 times operating
earnings. Neither is exactly cheap, but one is much pricier than the other.
Operating earnings help investors get a feel for a
company's long-term profitability, but companies pay dividends out of GAAP
earnings, notes Capital Economics market economist John Higgins.
Investors are well advised to watch both figures
for another reason: Some companies have bigger differences between GAAP and
operating earnings than others. According to research by Société Générale
quantitative strategist Andrew Lapthorne, those with bigger gaps tend to
underperform in the long run.
S&P Core Earnings
For years Standard and Poors has recognized that GAAP earnings can be
misleading to investors relative to what are called the S&P Core Earnings that
adjust for some "deficiencies" in GAAP. Sometimes the adjustments are for
disclosures that are not booked. For example, for years the S&P Core earnings
adjusted for unbooked employee stock options that, prior to revision of FAS 123,
were not expensed by most companies (only one of the Fortune 500 companies
expensed employee stock options before FAS 123 was revised).
"Beyond The Balance Sheet Earnings Quality,"
by Kurt Badanhausen, Jack Gage,
Cecily Hall, Michael K. Ozanian, Forbes, January 28, 2005 ---
http://www.forbes.com/home/business/2005/01/26/bbsearnings.html
It's not how much money a company is making that
counts, it's how it makes its money. The earnings quality scores from
RateFinancials aim to evaluate how closely reported earnings reflect the
cash that the companies' businesses are generating and how well their
balance sheets reflect their true economic position. Companies in the
winners table have the best earnings quality (they are generating a lot of
sustainable cash from their operations), while companies in the losers table
have been boosting their reported earnings with such tricks as unexpensed
stock options, low tax rates, asset sales, off-balance-sheet financing and
deferred maintenance of the pension fund.
Krispy kreme doughnuts is the latest illustration
of the fact that stunning earnings growth can mask a lot of trouble. Not
long ago the doughnut maker was a glamour stock with a 60%
earnings-per-share growth rate and a multiple to match-70 times trailing
earnings. Now the stock is at $9.61, down 72% from May, when the company
first issued an earnings warning. Turns out Krispy Kreme may have leavened
profits in the way it accounted for the purchase of franchised stores and by
failing to book adequate reserves for doubtful accounts. So claims a
shareholder lawsuit against the company. Krispy Kreme would not comment on
the suit.
Investors are not auditors, they don't have
subpoena power, and they can't know about such disasters in advance. But
sometimes they can get hints that the quality of a company's earnings is a
little shaky. In Krispy's case an indication that it was straining to
deliver its growth story came three years ago in its use of synthetic leases
to finance expansion. Forbes described these leases in a Feb. 18, 2002 story
that did not please the company. Another straw in the wind: weak free cash
flow from operations. You get that number by taking the "cash flow from
operations" reported on the "consolidated statement of cash flows," then
subtracting capital expenditures. Solid earners usually throw off lots of
positive free cash flow. At Krispy the figure was negative.
Is there a Krispy Kreme lurking in your portfolio?
For this, the fifth installment in our Beyond the Balance Sheet series, we
asked the experts at RateFinancials of New York City (
www.ratefinancials.com ) to look into earnings quality among the
companies included in the S&P 500 Index. The tables at right display the
outfits that RateFinancials puts at the top and at the bottom of the quality
scale. The ratings are to a degree subjective and, not surprisingly, some of
the companies at the bottom take exception. General Motors feels that
RateFinancials understates its cash flow. But at minimum RateFinancials'
work warns investors to look closely at the financial statements of the
suspect companies.
A lot of factors went into the ratings produced by
cofounders Victor Germack and Harold Paumgarten, research director Allan
Young and ten analysts. A company that expenses stock options is probably
not straining to meet earnings forecasts, so it gets a plus. Overoptimistic
assumptions about future earnings on a pension fund artificially prop up
earnings and thus rate a minus. A low tax rate is a potential indicator of
trouble: Maybe the low profit reported to the Internal Revenue Service is
all too true and the high profit reported to shareholders an exaggeration.
Other factors relate to discontinued operations (booking a one-time gain
from selling a business is bad), corporate governance (companies get black
marks for having poison pills), inventory (if it piles up faster than sales,
then business may be weakening) and free cash flow (a declining number is
bad).
Continued in this section of Forbes
Included in
Standard & Poor's definition of Core Earnings are
- employee stock options
grant expenses,
- restructuring charges
from on-going operations,
- write-downs of
depreciable or amortizable operating assets,
- pensions costs
- purchased research and
development.
Excluded
from this definition are
- impairment of goodwill
charges,
- gains or losses from
asset sales, pension gains,
- unrealized gains or
losses from hedging activities, merger and acquisition related
fees
- litigation settlements
|
For more on S&P Core Earnings see Quality of Earnings, Restatements, and
Core Earnings ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#CoreEarnings
Oil and Gas Accounting Under IFRS
October 16, 2009 message from Ed Scribner
Does anyone know where U.S. oil companies stand on
adoption of IFRS? Presumably their current accounting methods fall within
“the overall accounting framework established by the IASB,” so they would be
able to continue to use those methods for at least awhile.
Ed Scribner
New Mexico State University
Las Cruces, NM, USA
October 18, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Ed,
Exxon-Mobil and other large multinational companies
want badly to bury U.S. GAAP in favor of IFRS. They are the wind beneath the
wings of the Big Four auditing firms’ advocacy of IFRS. They are also active
behind the scenes in setting IFRS they way they want IFRS. (see the
quotation below)
Actually, the large companies were not a problem when
the SEC caved in to the “oil industry” when it dropped the requirement that
dry holes be fully expensed when declared hopeless. The political heat came
from smaller wildcatting operators who would see their earnings fluctuate
from enormous losses to enormous gains year-to-year because of the impact of
one or two dry holes in some years and no dry holes in other years. A few
dry holes have negligible impact on Exxon year in and year out.
Also the big oil companies benefit when small
operations go bankrupt, because the big players can then buy up the drilling
rights of small players in the industry.
"Powerful players: How constituents captured the
setting of IFRS 6, an accounting standard for the extractive industries," by
Corinne L. Cortesea, Helen J. Irvineb and Mary A. Kaidonisa,
ScienceDirect, 2008 ---
Click Here
Abstract
This paper illustrates the influence of powerful players in the
setting of IFRS 6, a new International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS)
for the extractive industries. A critical investigative inquiry of the
international accounting standard setting process, using Critical Discourse
Analysis (CDA), reveals some of the key players, analyses the surrounding
discourse and its implications, and assesses the outcomes. An analysis of
small cross-section of comment letters submitted to the International
Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) by one international accounting firm,
one global mining corporation and one industry group reveal the hidden
coalitions between powerful players. These coalitions indicate that the
regulatory process of setting IFRS 6 has been captured by powerful
extractive industries constituents so that it merely codifies existing
industry practice.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
"71% of senior financial executives say that FASB should set U.S. accounting
standards, not IASB or U.S. Congress," by Kristi Grgeta, Grant Thornton, October
29, 2009
October 30m 2009 message from Tom Selling
[tom.selling@GROVESITE.COM]
For Immediate Release
For more information, please contact:
Kristi Grgeta
T
312.602.8720
E
Kristi.Grgeta@gt.com
71% of senior financial executives say that FASB should set U.S. accounting
standards, not IASB or U.S. Congress
More than half of public companies still have no plans to use XBRL even
after SEC mandate
CHICAGO, October 29, 2009 – In a national survey of U.S. CFOs and senior
comptrollers conducted by Grant Thornton LLP, the U.S. member firm of Grant
Thornton International Ltd, the majority (71%) believe that the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) should set U.S. accounting standards, not
the SEC, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) or the U.S.
Congress.
EXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) usage has picked up some
among public companies, increasing to 17 percent in September 2009 from 12
percent in March 2009; however, this increase is not as significant as one
might expect given the SEC mandate that public companies use XBRL as early
as June 2009 and no later than 2011. Even more surprising is that more than
half (52%) of public companies still report that they have no plans to use
XBRL.
Fifty-nine percent of the survey respondents report that their companies
would continue to use leases more or less in the same manner as they
currently do, even though the FASB has tentatively decided that all lease
obligations should be recognized as liabilities on the statement of
financial position with a corresponding “right of use” asset. CFOs also feel
that companies should report their own debt on their financial statements at
amortized historical cost (43%), rather than at fair value (38%) or at the
discounted amount of the expected future payments (18%).
Ideally, who should set U.S. accounting standards?
|
All |
Public |
Private |
A national independent board supervised by a national regulator
(e.g., the Financial Accounting Standards Board) |
71% |
70% |
71% |
An international independent board supervised by international
entities such as the International Organization of Securities
Regulators, the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund
(e.g., the International Accounting Standards Board) |
24% |
23% |
25% |
The global accounting profession (e.g., the International Federation
of Accountants) |
20% |
16% |
21% |
A national regulator (e.g., the SEC) |
16% |
18% |
16% |
A body designated by an international entity such as the United
Nations Council on Trade and Development or the World Trade
Organization |
3% |
2% |
3% |
National legislatures (e.g., the U.S. Congress) |
3% |
4% |
2% |
Does your company currently report financial results using eXtensible
Business Reporting Language (XBRL)?
|
All |
Public |
Private |
Yes |
6% |
17% |
3% |
No |
94% |
83% |
97% |
If no, when do you plan to report using XBRL?
|
All |
Public |
Private |
Before 2010 |
1% |
6% |
1% |
Before 2011 |
8% |
25% |
5% |
After 2011 |
6% |
18% |
3% |
No plans at this time |
84% |
52% |
92% |
The FASB has tentatively decided that all lease obligations should be
recognized as liabilities on the statement of financial position with a
corresponding “right of use” asset. Would a requirement to recognize lease
obligations on the statement of financial position cause you to change the
way in which you finance operations?
|
All |
Public |
Private |
Yes, we would continue to use leases or lease financing, but
possibly with significant changes in the provisions of the
agreements. |
12% |
13% |
12% |
Yes, we would be less inclined to make use of lease financing. |
14% |
16% |
13% |
No, we would continue to use leases more or less in the same manner
as we currently do. |
59% |
57% |
61% |
Don’t know |
15% |
14% |
14% |
How
should firms report their own debt on their financial statements?
|
All |
Public |
Private |
At amortized historical cost |
43% |
47% |
42% |
At fair value |
38% |
33% |
38% |
At the discounted amount of the expected future payments |
18% |
19% |
18% |
Other |
2% |
2% |
2% |
- ends -
About the Survey
Grant Thornton LLP conducted the biannual national survey from Sept. 21
through Oct. 2, 2009, with 846 U.S. CFOs and senior comptrollers
participating.
About Grant Thornton LLP
The people in the independent firms of Grant Thornton International Ltd
provide personalized attention and the highest quality service to public and
private clients in more than 100 countries. Grant Thornton LLP is the U.S.
member firm of Grant Thornton International Ltd, one of the six global
audit, tax and advisory organizations. Grant Thornton International Ltd and
its member firms are not a worldwide partnership, as each member firm is a
separate and distinct legal entity.
In the U.S., visit Grant Thornton LLP at
www.GrantThornton.com
Bob Jensen's threads on the movement to replace U.S. GAAP in favor of IASB
international standards ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Case: Multinational Tax Controversies
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 15,
2009
Business Fends Off Tax Hit
by Neil
King Jr. and Elizabeth Williamson
Oct 13, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Tax
Laws, Tax Policy, Taxation, Treasury Department
SUMMARY: "The
Obama Administration has shelved a plan to raise more than $200 billion in
new taxes on multinational companies following a blitz of complaints from
businesses." Obama met with business leaders over the summer of 2009 and
each time discussed a proposal to end the exception to U.S. taxation of
worldwide corporate earnings in cases in which the earnings are retained
overseas and not repatriated. Repatriation typically occurs by subsidiaries
paying dividends to parent corporations. "Lurking behind the tax debate was
the administration's need for new sources of revenue to fund
its...spending..." and the deficit.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The
article can be used to introduce taxation of multinational corporations and
the influence of politics on setting tax law.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
How are U.S. companies earnings from foreign operations taxed in the U.S.?
According to the article, how does that compare to taxation policies in the
rest of the world?
2. (Advanced)
What exception to this policy is currently a part of U.S. tax law? How does
this exception result in the "counterintuitive" result that " businesses
investing here are paying a higher tax rate than if they're investing
overseas"?
3. (Advanced)
What does it mean to repatriate earnings?
4. (Introductory)
What is the reason that President Obama has proposed eliminating the
exception from taxation for earnings by foreign operations that are not
repatriated, at least according to some?
5. (Introductory)
How did leaders of corporate America manage to stave off this tax change?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Business Fends Off Tax Hit," by Neil King Jr. and Elizabeth Williamson,
The Wall Street Journal, October 13, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125539099758581443.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
The Obama administration has shelved a
plan to raise more than $200 billion in new taxes on multinational companies
following a blitz of complaints from businesses.
A contingent of Silicon Valley chief
executives, for example, traveled to Washington in late September to speak
out against the proposal to change how the federal government taxes overseas
profits. They came away from meetings with key congressmen relieved.
Obama aides say the administration has set
the idea aside for now, but may return to it as part of a broader tax
overhaul sometime next year. The White House had billed the proposed change
as an overdue fix to the tax code and potentially a key revenue-raiser.
"This has gone all of a sudden from
red-hot to white-cold," says Michael Klayko, chief executive of Brocade
Communications Systems Inc., a large data-storage company. But he says he is
concerned that if the proposed tax changes get entangled in the health-care
overhaul, "it could go back to red-hot again."
The story of the business community's
campaign against the tax changes and the Obama administration's eventual
retreat offers a window into the often uneasy relations between the White
House and the corporate world. It suggests that an administration that was
critical of business at the height of the financial crisis is becoming more
accommodating. The White House, through a series of presidential lunches and
other outreach, is trying to soothe tensions with multinational companies.
Lurking behind the tax debate was the
administration's need for new sources of revenue to fund its increased
spending. Jason Furman, a White House economic adviser, made that point
clear at the end of a session with a dozen or so lobbyists in March.
Catherine Schultz, head of tax policy at the National Foreign Trade Council,
who was at the meeting, says Mr. Furman basically told the group: "We need
the money."
Critics long have complained that the
provision encourages companies to avoid U.S. taxes by expanding production
on foreign soil. On the campaign trail last year, President Barack Obama
promised repeatedly to "end tax breaks for companies that ship jobs
overseas."
U.S. businesses counter that the deferral
provision allows them to better compete globally, which in turn allows them
to expand their U.S. operations, too. If the deferral were eliminated, they
contend, the financial damage to their businesses would require them to cut
jobs in the U.S.
The issue has drawn little public
attention, having been overshadowed by debates on health care, climate
change and financial regulation. But it may have colored relations between
the White House and the business community as much as any issue.
Companies ranging from Microsoft Corp. to
General Electric Co. to International Business Machines Corp. put the topic
at the top of their Washington agendas. Many CEOs and business lobbyists say
the proposal -- and the rhetoric used to push it -- betrayed a tone-deafness
on business issues among the president and his advisers. White House
officials say the issue has often dominated discussions during meetings with
CEOs.
The first sign that Mr. Obama planned to
make good on his campaign promise came Feb. 26, when he released his
proposed $3.6 trillion budget for fiscal 2010. The 134-page blueprint
included revisions to the tax rules for U.S. companies operating overseas,
which it said would raise $210 billion over 10 years.
The proposal sent tremors through the
business community. Two weeks later, semiconductor chief executives and
chairmen gathered in Washington. The group included Craig Barrett, then
chairman of Intel Corp., and John Daane, chief executive of high-tech
company Altera Corp. At a round-table discussion with reporters, the
executives slammed the administration for seeking tax changes that would
"punish" companies with offshore operations. They said they resented
suggestions from the Obama campaign that their practices were somehow
unpatriotic.
Dozens of other CEOs, from some of the
country's largest companies, raised similar complaints in interviews and
opinion pieces. Brian Ferguson, then-chief executive of Eastman Chemical
Co., told an industry trade publication that Mr. Obama's tax plans posed
"potentially devastating" challenges to those parts of the U.S.
manufacturing sector that rely heavily on foreign sales.
When Mr. Obama addressed a gathering of
CEOs at a Washington hotel on March 12, IBM Chief Executive Samuel Palmisano
asked the president about the deferral issue. The provision, Mr. Palmisano
said, "has been very, very important" in helping U.S. companies compete
abroad. "So what we really are asking for," he said, "is just an open
dialogue."
Mr. Obama said he would seek "the right
balance," but showed little inclination to budge. Most Americans found it
"counterintuitive," he said, that "businesses investing here are paying a
higher tax rate than if they're investing overseas." It was important to
have a tax code "that reflects those values," he told the CEOs.
Within days, the Business Roundtable, the
U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the National Association of Manufacturers began
releasing studies intended to show that scrapping the deferral would hurt
U.S. competitiveness, spurring companies to shift jobs overseas to save
money or giving a leg up to foreign competitors. One study looked at the
gradual elimination of the deferral allowance for U.S. shipping companies
between 1975 and 1986, and the sector's subsequent rapid contraction as
foreign operators gained the upper hand. The groups also sent letters to
leaders of the House and Senate, signed by nearly 200 companies, that
criticized the proposal.
Hoping to clear the air, Treasury
Secretary Timothy Geithner hosted a conference call March 25 with top
executives from a dozen companies, including IBM, Citigroup Inc., GE, Google
Inc. and Honeywell International Inc. Also on the call were Lawrence
Summers, the White House economic adviser, and Valerie Jarrett, Mr. Obama's
top aide for corporate outreach. The Obama aides said they were open to
discussing the provision, and insisted that it wouldn't hit companies as
hard as some CEOs thought, participants recall.
Tensions flared in May when Mr. Obama said
in a speech he intended to push ahead with revamping the overseas tax rules.
The president said the existing tax code "makes it perfectly legal for
companies to avoid paying their fair share." He blasted tax cheats who were
"shirking" their responsibilities and vowed to clean up "a tax code that
says you should pay lower taxes if you create a job in Bangalore, India,
than if you create one in Buffalo, New York."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the budget crisis ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/entitlements.htm
Ford Outfoxes the Chicken Tax
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 1,
2009
To Outfox the Chicken Tax, Ford Strips Its Own
Vans
by: Matthew
Dolan
Date: Sep 23, 2009
SUMMARY: Ford goes to unusual lengths to dodge U.S. restrictions on
importing trucks into America.
DISCUSSION:
1.
What is the "chicken tax"? When did it originate? What was the reason
for its implementation? Why does it continue to be in force?
2.
What does Ford do to work around the chicken tax? Do these actions
comply with the law? Why or why not? What are Ford's other options? What are
the pros and cons of each of these alternatives? Which do you think is the
best alternative for Ford in this situation?
3.
Why does the U.S. government make these types of distinctions for
similar categories of products or components? Argue a case to support that
assertion that rules applying to similar categories be more consistent. What
is the case to support the current situation in which different tariffs
apply for similar categories?
"To Outfox the Chicken Tax, Ford Strips Its Own Vans Logic Takes a Back Seat
-- and Windows, as Auto Maker Plays Tariff Games," by Matthew Dolan, The Wall
Street Journal, September 23, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125357990638429655.html?mod=djem_jie_360
Several times a month, Transit Connect
vans from a Ford Motor Co. factory in Turkey roll off a ship here shiny and
new, rear side windows gleaming, back seats firmly bolted to the floor.
Their first stop in America is a
low-slung, brick warehouse where those same windows, never squeegeed at a
gas station, and seats, never touched by human backsides, are promptly
ripped out.
The fabric is shredded, the steel parts
are broken down, and everything is sent off along with the glass to be
recycled.
Why all the fuss and feathers? Blame the
"chicken tax."
The seats and windows are but dressing to
help Ford navigate the wreckage of a 46-year-old trade spat. In the early
1960s, Europe put high tariffs on imported chicken, taking aim at rising
U.S. sales to West Germany. President Johnson retaliated in 1963, in part by
targeting German-made Volkswagens with a tax on imports of foreign-made
trucks and commercial vans.
The 1960s went the way of love beads and
sitar records, but the chicken tax never died. Europe still has a tariff on
imports of U.S. chicken, and the U.S. still hits delivery vans imported from
overseas with a 25% tariff. American companies have to pay, too, which puts
Ford in the weird position of circumventing U.S. trade rules that for years
have protected U.S. auto makers' market for trucks.
The company's wiggle room comes from the
process of defining a delivery van. Customs officials check a bunch of
features to determine whether a vehicle's primary purpose might be to move
people instead. Since cargo doesn't need seats with seat belts or to look
out the window, those items are on the list. So Ford ships all its Transit
Connects with both, calls them "wagons" instead of "commercial vans."
Installing and removing unneeded seats and windows costs the company
hundreds of dollars per van, but the import tax falls dramatically, to 2.5
percent, saving thousands.
Customs officials won't discuss individual
company's strategies, but Stephen Biegun, Ford's vice president for
international governmental affairs, says the practice complies with the
letter of the law. "We are free-traders, full stop," he says.
Foreign auto makers have long crossed
swords with the chicken tax. Toyota Motor Corp., Nissan Motor Co. and Honda
Motor Co. took the straightforward route and built plants in the U.S.
Subaru, owned by Fuji Heavy Industries
Ltd. of Japan, imported a small pickup in the 1980s called the Bi-drive
Recreational All-terrain Transporter, or BRAT. But it wasn't a taxable
truck, because it had two lawn-chair-like seats bolted to the open bed.
(President Reagan owned a red one, according to Subaru.)
With the globalization of the auto
industry, American companies have joined the game. Until recently, Chrysler
Group LLC imported Dodge Sprinter vans made in Düsseldorf, Germany, by
former owner Daimler AG. The engine, transmission, axles and wheels were
removed, allowing the truck bodies to cross the border as auto components,
which aren't subject to the tax. Daimler then reassembled the vehicles at a
factory in Ladson, S.C.
Ford launched the Transit Connect in 2002.
The compact commercial van with a distinctive raised roof was designed to
haul goods through urban areas with tight streets. Since then, more than
600,000 of the vehicles have been sold.
When gas prices spiked, Ford saw a market
among small-business owners in the U.S. Prices start at $20,780, much lower
than would have been possible if Ford had to cover the chicken tax. Sales
are off to a fast start. In August, Ford sold more than 2,200 in the U.S.
"It's great for city driving," said Duff
Goldman, owner of Charm City Cakes in Baltimore and star of Ace of Cakes on
the Food Network. "It's shorter, smaller and has really good fuel economy."
He bought a black Transit Connect last month. Since he doesn't carry
passengers, his van has no windows or seats in the back.
The vans leave Turkey on cargo ships owned
by Wallenius Wilhelmsen Logistics. Once they arrive in Baltimore, they are
driven into a warehouse, where 65 workers from the shipping company's WWL
Vehicle Services Americas Inc. convert them into commercial vehicles amid
the blare of rock music and the whirring of industrial fans.
On a recent afternoon, a handful of vans
passed through the warehouse unmolested as passenger wagons. But the vast
majority were lined up to have windows pulled out, and they all had their
rear seats removed.
In one lane, supervisor Robert Dowdy
watched as two workers removed the rear side windows. They cut out the
rubber seal with a special knife and popped out the glass using suction
cups. The space is plugged with a metal panel that cures for 15 minutes
before being tested outside for waterproofing.
At the start of that same lane, Mayso
Lawrence unhooked a rear seat belt as easily as he would pop the top off a
soda bottle. Using a drill, he quickly unscrewed six bolts to free the
seats. Workers at the other end dump the seats into cardboard boxes, which
are hoisted onto an open tractor-trailer and shipped to Ohio. Ford says the
shredded seat fabric and foam become landfill cover, while the steel is
processed for other uses.
"I never thought about why we take out the
seats, but if that's what the customer wants, that's what we'll give them,"
Mr. Lawrence said.
With the seat removed, Mr. Lawrence puts
in a new floor panel to cover the holes, toots the horn to signal he's
finished, then gets to work on another van. The whole process takes him less
than five minutes.
Rob Stevens, chief engineer for Ford's
commercial vehicles, says the auto maker decided against shipping the seats
back to Turkey for use in the next wave of vans for the U.S.
"We thought going through the recycling
process was best," he said. "The steel is valuable."
As Bastiat showed 150 years ago, you don't create
wealth by destruction.
"Clunker Cash Is Anything But Smart Money," by Randall Forsyth, Barron's, August
4, 2009 ---
http://online.barrons.com/article/SB124931671451601915.html
Eugene Fama Lecture: Masters of Finance, Oct 2, 2009
Videos Fama Lecture: Masters of Finance From the American Finance Association's
"Masters in Finance" video series, Eugene F. Fama presents a brief history of
the efficient market theory. The lecture was recorded at the University of
Chicago in October 2008 with an introduction by John Cochrane.
http://www.dimensional.com/famafrench/2009/10/fama-lecture-masters-of-finance.html#more
Bob Jensen's threads on the EMH ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EMH
Fama Video on Market Efficiency in a Volatile Market
Widely cited as the father of the efficient market hypothesis and one of its
strongest advocates, Professor Eugene Fama examines his groundbreaking idea in
the context of the 2008 and 2009 markets. He outlines the benefits and
limitations of efficient markets for everyday investors and is interviewed by
the Chairman of Dimensional Fund Advisors in Europe, David Salisbury.
http://www.dimensional.com/famafrench/2009/08/fama-on-market-efficiency-in-a-volatile-market.html#more
Other Fama and French Videos ---
http://www.dimensional.com/famafrench/videos/
Video: Interesting look at 8 common investment mistakes that uses Big
Brown (the horse, not the delivery company). ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/2009/10/video-on-common-mistakes.html
Last night's (October 7, 2009) PBS NewsHour took a look at the bearish
obsession du jour, the commercial real estate market. Real estate analyst Bob
White took them around to show some of the ugliest cases out there. (via
Square Feet)
http://www.businessinsider.com/a-guided-tour-of-nyc-commercial-real-estate-wreckage-video-2009-10
Bob Jensen's investment helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Way out there on (or beyond) the leading edge
"Caltech Scientists Develop Novel Use of Neurotechnology to Solve Classic
Social Problem, September 10, 2009 ---
http://media.caltech.edu/press_releases/13288
Jim Mahar clued me into this link
Economists and neuroscientists from the California Institute of Technology
(Caltech) have shown that they can use information obtained through functional
magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) measurements of whole-brain activity to create
feasible, efficient, and fair solutions to one of the stickiest dilemmas in
economics, the public goods free-rider problem—long thought to be unsolvable.
This is
one of the first-ever applications of neurotechnology to real-life economic
problems, the researchers note. "We have shown that by applying tools from
neuroscience to the public-goods problem, we can get solutions that are
significantly better than those that can be obtained without brain data," says
Antonio Rangel, associate professor of economics at Caltech and the paper's
principal investigator.
The
paper describing their work was published today in the online edition of the
journal Science, called Science Express.
Examples
of public goods range from healthcare, education, and national defense to the
weight room or heated pool that your condominium board decides to purchase. But
how does the government or your condo board decide which public goods to spend
its limited resources on? And how do these powers decide the best way to share
the costs?
"In
order to make the decision optimally and fairly," says Rangel, "a group needs to
know how much everybody is willing to pay for the public good. This information
is needed to know if the public good should be purchased and, in an ideal
arrangement, how to split the costs in a fair way."
In such
an ideal arrangement, someone who swims every day should be willing to pay more
for a pool than someone who hardly ever swims. Likewise, someone who has kids in
public school should have more of her taxes put toward education.
But
providing public goods optimally and fairly is difficult, Rangel notes, because
the group leadership doesn't have the necessary information. And when people are
asked how much they value a particular public good—with that value measured in
terms of how many of their own tax dollars, for instance, they’d be willing to
put into it—their tendency is to lowball.
Why?
“People can enjoy the good even if they don’t pay for it,” explains Rangel.
"Underreporting its value to you will have a small effect on the final decision
by the group on whether to buy the good, but it can have a large effect on how
much you pay for it."
In other
words, he says, “There’s an incentive for you to lie about how much the good is
worth to you.”
That
incentive to lie is at the heart of the free-rider problem, a fundamental
quandary in economics, political science, law, and sociology. It's a problem
that professionals in these fields have long assumed has no solution that is
both efficient and fair.
In fact,
for decades it's been assumed that there is no way to give people an incentive
to be honest about the value they place on public goods while maintaining the
fairness of the arrangement.
“But
this result assumed that the group's leadership does not have direct information
about people's valuations,” says Rangel. “That's something that neurotechnology
has now made feasible.”
And so
Rangel, along with Caltech graduate student Ian Krajbich and their colleagues,
set out to apply neurotechnology to the public-goods problem.
In their
series of experiments, the scientists tried to determine whether functional
magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) could allow them to construct informative
measures of the value a person assigns to one or another public good. Once
they’d determined that fMRI images—analyzed using pattern-classification
techniques—can confer at least some information (albeit "noisy" and imprecise)
about what a person values, they went on to test whether that information could
help them solve the free-rider problem.
They did
this by setting up a classic economic experiment, in which subjects would be
rewarded (paid) based on the values they were assigned for an abstract public
good.
As part
of this experiment, volunteers were divided up into groups. “The entire group
had to decide whether or not to spend their money purchasing a good from us,”
Rangel explains. “The good would cost a fixed amount of money to the group, but
everybody would have a different benefit from it.”
The
subjects were asked to reveal how much they valued the good. The twist? Their
brains were being imaged via fMRI as they made their decision. If there was a
match between their decision and the value detected by the fMRI, they paid a
lower tax than if there was a mismatch. It was, therefore, in all subjects' best
interest to reveal how they truly valued a good; by doing so, they would on
average pay a lower tax than if they lied.
“The
rules of the experiment are such that if you tell the truth,” notes Krajbich,
who is the first author on the Science paper, “your expected tax will never
exceed your benefit from the good.”
In fact,
the more cooperative subjects are when undergoing this entirely voluntary
scanning procedure, “the more accurate the signal is,” Krajbich says. “And that
means the less likely they are to pay an inappropriate tax.”
This
changes the whole free-rider scenario, notes Rangel. “Now, given what we can do
with the fMRI,” he says, “everybody’s best strategy in assigning value to a
public good is to tell the truth, regardless of what you think everyone else in
the group is doing.”
And tell
the truth they did—98 percent of the time, once the rules of the game had been
established and participants realized what would happen if they lied. In this
experiment, there is no free ride, and thus no free-rider problem.
“If I
know something about your values, I can give you an incentive to be truthful by
penalizing you when I think you are lying,” says Rangel.
While
the readings do give the researchers insight into the value subjects might
assign to a particular public good, thus allowing them to know when those
subjects are being dishonest about the amount they'd be willing to pay toward
that good, Krajbich emphasizes that this is not actually a lie-detector test.
“It’s
not about detecting lies,” he says. “It’s about detecting values—and then
comparing them to what the subjects say their values are.”
“It’s a
socially desirable arrangement,” adds Rangel. “No one is hurt by it, and we give
people an incentive to cooperate with it and reveal the truth.”
“There
is mind reading going on here that can be put to good use,” he says. “In the
end, you get a good produced that has a high value for you.”
From a
scientific point of view, says Rangel, these experiments break new ground. “This
is a powerful proof of concept of this technology; it shows that this is
feasible and that it could have significant social gains.”
And this
is only the beginning. “The application of neural technologies to these sorts of
problems can generate a quantum leap improvement in the solutions we can bring
to them,” he says.
Indeed,
Rangel says, it is possible to imagine a future in which, instead of a vote on a
proposition to fund a new highway, this technology is used to scan a random
sample of the people who would benefit from the highway to see whether it's
really worth the investment. "It would be an interesting alternative way to
decide where to spend the government's money," he notes.
In
addition to Rangel and Krajbich, other authors on the Science paper, “Using
neural measures of economic value to solve the public goods free-rider problem,”
include Caltech's Colin Camerer, the Robert Kirby Professor of Behavioral
Economics, and John Ledyard, the Allen and Lenabelle Davis Professor of
Economics and Social Sciences. Their work was funded by grants from the National
Science Foundation, the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation, and the Human
Frontier Science Program.
Jensen Comment
Are Rangel and Kribich overlooking a fundamental problem in economic theory or
are they overcoming that problem?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EconomicTheoryErrors
In particular note Economic Theory Errors. Simoleon Sense, September 23, 2009
It would seem to me that the pattern recognition approach suggested by Rangel
and Kribich is a far out way of overcoming the scaling problem of utility
models.
Can We Go Back to the Good Old Days?
October 2, 2009 message from PwC's CFOdirect Network
[CFOdirect_Network@PWC_Assurance.messages1.com]
Today the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
provided many smaller companies with additional time to comply with the
SEC's internal control audit requirements. Under the final extension,
non-accelerated filers (generally companies with a public float below $75
million) will be required to comply with the SEC's internal control audit
requirements beginning with annual reports for fiscal years ending on or
after June 15, 2010. The additional extension does not affect companies with
fiscal year-ends between June 15 and December 14.
October 2,
2009 message from Glen L Gray
[glen.gray@CSUN.EDU]
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/banksandfinance/6252501/KPMG-and-PwC-Reykjavik-offices-are-raided-by-Icelandic-police.html
Police raid KPMG, PwC offices regarding failure of Icelandic banks Icelandic
offices of accounting firms KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers were raided by
police during an investigation into the failure of Iceland's three biggest
banks. Police seized documents and computer data related to banks Kaupthing,
Glitnir and Landsbanki. Officials are looking into allegations that accounting
and reporting requirements were violated at those banks, the failure of which
drove the country into a financial crisis. Telegraph (London) (10/1)
Glen L. Gray, PhD, CPA
Accounting & Information Systems, COBAE
California State University, Northridge
18111 Nordhoff ST
Northridge, CA 91330-8372
818.677.3948
818.677.2461 (messages)
http://www.csun.edu/~vcact00f
"Can We Go Back to the Good Old Days?" by Dennis R. Beresford, The
CPA Journal ---
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2004/1204/perspectives/p6.htm
Note the section on Internal Controls
Recently I visited my
pharmacy to pick up eyedrops for my two golden retrievers. Before he would give
me the prescription, the pharmacist insisted I sign a form on behalf of Murphy
and Millie, representing that they had been apprised of their rights under the
new medical privacy rules. This ludicrous situation is a good illustration of
how complicated life has gotten.
I was still shaking my
head later that same day when I was clicking mindlessly through the 150 or so
channels that my local cable TV service makes available to me. I happened to
land on The Andy Griffith Show, and the few minutes I spent with Andy, Barney,
Opie, and Aunt Bea got me thinking about the Good Old Days. Wouldn’t it be nice,
I thought, to go back to the Good Old Days of the profession in the early 1960s
when I graduated from college?
Back then, accounting was
really simple. The Accounting Principles Board hadn’t issued any standards yet,
and FASB didn’t exist. So we didn’t have 880 pages listing all of the current
rules and guidance on derivative financial instruments, for example. The
totality of authoritative GAAP at that time fit in one softbound booklet about
one-third the size of the new derivatives guidance.
In those Good Old Days,
the SEC had been around for quite a while but it rarely got excited about
accounting matters. Neither mandatory quarterly reporting nor management’s
discussion and analysis (MD&A) had yet come into being, for example. And annual
report footnotes could actually be read in an hour or so.
The country had eight
major accounting firms, and becoming a partner in one was a truly big deal.
Lawsuits against accounting firms were rare, and almost none of them resulted in
substantial damages against the accountants.
In short, accounting
seemed more like a true profession, with good judgment and experience key
requirements for success.
Of course, however much
we might like to return to simpler times, it’s easier said than done. And most
of us would never give up the many benefits of progress, such as photocopiers,
personal computers, e-mail, the Internet, and cellphones. But I think that
accounting rules may have become more complicated than necessary.
Let me start with a mea
culpa. You may remember the famous line from the comic strip Pogo: “We have met
the enemy, and he is us!” Well, you may be tempted to rephrase that quote to “We
have met the enemy, and he is … Beresford!”
I plead guilty to having
led the development of 40 or so new accounting standards over my time at FASB. A
number of them had pervasive effects on financial statements, and some have been
costly to apply. I always tried to be as practical as possible, however,
although probably few would say that I was 100% successful in meeting that
objective.
In any event, more-recent
accounting standards and proposals seem to be getting increasingly complicated
and harder to apply. Even the best-intentioned accountants have difficulty
keeping up with all of the changes from FASB, the AICPA, the SEC, the EITF, and
the IASB. And some individual standards, such as those on derivatives and
variable-interest entities, are almost impossible for professionals, let alone
laypeople, to decipher.
Furthermore, these days,
companies are subject to what I’ll call quadruple jeopardy. They have to apply
GAAP as best they can, but they are then subject to as many as four levels of
possible second-guessing of their judgments.
First, the external
auditors must weigh in. Second, the SEC will now be reviewing all public
companies’ reports at least once every three years. Third, the PCAOB will be
looking at a sample of accounting firms’ audits, and that could include any
given company’s reports. Finally, the plaintiff’s bar is always looking for
opportunities to challenge accounting judgments and extort settlements. Broad
Principles Versus Detailed Rules
I suspect that all this
second-guessing is what leads many companies and auditors to ask for
more-detailed accounting rules. But we may have reached the point of diminishing
returns. In response to the complexity and sheer volume of many current
standards, some have suggested that accounting standards should be broad
principles rather than detailed rules. FASB and the SEC have expressed support
for the general notion of a principles-based approach to accounting standards.
(It’s kind of like apple pie and motherhood: Who can object to broad
principles?) Of course, implementing such an approach is problematic.
In 2002, FASB issued a
proposal on this matter. And last year the SEC reported to Congress on the same
topic. Specific things that FASB suggested could happen include the following:
Standards should always
state very clear objectives. Standards should have a clearly defined scope and
there should be few, if any, exceptions (e.g., for certain industries).
Standards should contain fewer alternative accounting treatments (e.g.,
unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities could all be run through
income rather than the various approaches used at present). FASB also said that
a principles-based approach probably would include less in the way of detailed
interpretive and implementation guidance. Thus, companies and auditors would be
expected to rely more on professional judgment in applying the standards.
The SEC prefers to call
this approach “objectives-based” rather than “principles-based.” SEC Chief
Accountant Donald Nicolaisen recently repeated the SEC’s support for such an
approach, agreeing with the notion of clearly identifying and articulating the
objective for each standard. Although he also suggested that objectives-based
standards should avoid bright-line tests such as lease capitalization rules, he
called for “sufficiently detailed” implementation guidance, including real-world
examples.
Although FASB and the SEC
may have reached a meeting of the minds on the overall notion of more general
principles, they may disagree on the key point of how much implementation
guidance to provide. FASB thinks that a principles-based approach should include
less implementation guidance and rely more on judgment, while the SEC thinks
that “sufficiently detailed” guidance is needed, and I suspect that would make
it difficult to significantly reduce complexity in some cases.
In any event, FASB
recently said that it may take “several years or more” for preparers and
auditors to adjust to a change to less detail. Meantime, little has changed with
respect to individual standards, which if anything are becoming even harder to
understand and apply.
I’ve heard FASB board
members say that FASB Interpretation (FIN) 46, on variable-interest entities
(VIE), is an example of a principles-based standard. I assume they say this
because FIN 46 states an objective of requiring consolidation when control over
a VIE exists. But the definition of a VIE and the rules for determining when
control exists are extremely difficult to understand.
FASB recently described
what it meant by the operationality of an accounting standard. The first
condition was that standards have to be comprehensible to readers with a
reasonable level of knowledge and sophistication. This doesn’t seem to be the
case for FIN 46. Many auditors and financial executives have told me that only a
few individuals in the country truly know how to apply FIN 46. And those few
individuals often disagree among themselves!
Such complications make
it difficult to get decisions on many accounting matters from an audit
engagement team. Decisions on VIEs, derivatives, and securitization
transactions, to name a few, must routinely be cleared by an accounting firm’s
national experts. And with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOA) and new
concerns about auditor independence, getting answers is now even harder. For
example, in the past, companies would commonly consult with their auditors on
difficult accounting matters. But now the PCAOB may view this as a control
weakness, under the assumption that the company lacks adequate internal
expertise. And if auditors get too involved in technical decisions before a
complex transaction is completed, the SEC or the PCAOB might decide that the
auditors aren’t independent, because they’re auditing their own decisions.
When things become this
complicated, I wonder whether it’s time for a new approach. Maybe we do need to
go back to the Good Old Days.
Internal Controls
Today, financial
executives are probably more concerned about internal controls than new
accounting requirements. For the first time, all public companies must report on
the adequacy of their internal controls over financial reporting, and outside
auditors must express their opinion on the company’s controls. Many people have
questioned whether this incredibly expensive activity is worth the presumed
benefit to investors. While one might argue that the section 404 rules are a
regulatory overreaction, shareholders should expect good internal controls. And
audit committees, as shareholders’ representatives, must demand those good
controls. So this has been by far the most time-consuming topic at all audit
committee meetings I’ve attended in the past couple of years.
Companies and auditors
are spending huge sums this year to ensure that transactions are properly
processed and controlled. Yet the most perfect system of internal controls and
the best audit of them might not catch an incorrect interpretation of GAAP. A
good example of this was contained in the PCAOB’s August 2004 report on its
initial reviews of the Big Four’s audit practices. The report noted that all
four firms had missed the fact that some clients had misapplied EITF Issue
95-22. As the New York Times (August 27, 2004) noted, “The fact that all of the
top firms had been misapplying it raised issues of just how well they know the
sometimes complicated rules.”
Responding to a different
criticism in that same PCAOB report, KPMG noted, “Three knowledgeable informed
bodies—the firm, the PCAOB, and the SEC—had reached three different conclusions
on proper accounting, illustrating the complex accounting issues registrants,
auditors and regulators all face.”
Fair Value Accounting
Even those who are very
confident about their understanding of the current accounting rules shouldn’t
get complacent: Fair value accounting is right around the corner, making things
even harder. In fact, it is already required in several recent standards.
Continued in article
You can read more about Section 404 at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SOX_404
European bankers don't want FASB-like approach to impairment adjustments
Tweedie noted that the IASB had heard from banks in
Europe that they did not want to adopt the U.S. approach on accounting for
impaired assets. “I want to emphasize that the alternative of adopting a portion
of the FASB approach to impairment, promulgated in April, would not bring about
a level playing field,” he said. “Furthermore, on many issues, EU financial
institutions would not want us to adopt the U.S. approach on impairment. As I
said in June, given the urgency of the fundamental issues surrounding IAS 39,
none of us can afford the potential protracted back-and-forth resulting from
piecemeal changes in international and U.S. standards that would undermine the
comprehensive and desperately needed reform that is under way.”
"IASB Not Waiting for FASB," WebCPA, October 20, 2009 ---
http://www.webcpa.com/news/IASB-Not-Waiting-FASB-52087-1.html
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FairValue
"The Myth of Regulation," by J. Edward Ketz, SmartPros, October
2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x67705.xml
Mark Twain remarked that "There is no distinctively
native American criminal class except Congress." He was wrong. He should
have included presidents and the SEC.
On August 4 the SEC accused General Electric of
accounting fraud (Litigation
Release No. 21166), but it chose not to disclose
who committed the frauds and it did not punish the criminals. Instead, the
SEC fined the victims—the shareholders—$50 million. Worse, the SEC
protracted the so-called investigation so long that even if the felons were
indicted, the case likely would get tossed out of court because of the
statute of limitations. This is just one example of many injustices by the
SEC during the last decade that reveals how this agency has supported the
efforts of some managers and directors to defraud the investing public.
I infer that Congress and recent presidents have
approved these activities, for Congress, Bush, and Obama have done nothing
to improve matters. They have given the appearance of caring, but thwarted
any real, effective measures.
Congress enacted Sarbanes-Oxley and President Bush signed the legislation.
But Sarbanes-Oxley did little to dampen the activities of criminally-minded
managers and directors. This was because it did so little to improve
enforcement activities. Sarbanes-Oxley merely required a variety of studies
and increased penalties and required auditors to report on the firm’s
internal controls. But these actions have not lessened securities fraud or
accounting shenanigans.
More recently President Obama claims to fight the
problems that caused the financial crisis by advocating a new agency. “The
Consumer Financial Protection Agency will have the power to ensure that
consumers get information that is clear and concise, and to prevent the
worst kinds of abuses.” Many business writers have critiqued this proposal
for a variety of reasons. I agree with them, but I think there is a deeper
problem and that is the myth of regulation.
What Obama is really trying to do is give American
voters the impression that he is in charge, that he cares about them, and
that he is improving matters so that the chances of another financial
meltdown is infinitesimal. It is political legerdemain.
As long as managers have perverse incentives to
cheat investors and as long as the SEC goes after only the little guys and
ignores managers at Enron, WorldCom, Madoff Investments Securities, and GE,
nothing is going to change. If the Congress and if the President want to
improve matters—and I have no idea if they really do—then they must change
the set of incentives and disincentives. To effect real change, the system
must punish managers and directors who lie and steal and cover it up with
scandalous financial reporting.
More regulation might make society feel better, but
that just is an indication that most Americans have little understanding of
economics. They will continue to lose in the stock markets until they
insist elected officials do something substantive.
My fear is that Democrats will rally around Obama
while Republicans vilify him, similar to the previous administration when
Republicans rallied around Bush and Democrats denigrated him. There is too
much partisanship in this country and not enough rational analysis.
Americans need to understand that both presidents have failed us by
supporting new legislation and by crippling better enforcement. (For
whatever it is worth, this is one of the reasons I am an Independent.)
Jensen Comment
The problem of regulation is that the industries being regulated end up owning
the regulators until the next big scandal makes headlines. Bob Jensen's threads
on the need for better regulation and enforcement are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Madoff Accountant to Plead Guilty
The former accountant to convicted Ponzi-scheme
operator Bernard Madoff is expected to plead guilty to fraud and other charges
at a hearing next week, prosecutors said Friday. In a letter to U.S. District
Judge Alvin K. Hellerstein, prosecutors from the U.S. Attorney's office in
Manhattan said they expect David G. Friehling to plead guilty at a hearing Nov.
3 under a cooperation agreement with the government. Assistant U.S. Attorney
Lisa Baroni, in her letter, said the charges Mr. Friehling is expected to plead
guilty to are securities fraud, investment advisor fraud, obstructing or
impeding the administration of Internal Revenue laws, and four counts of making
false filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Chad Bray, The Wall Street Journal, October 30, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125691406152218719.html?mod=WSJ_hps_LEFTWhatsNews
"Audit firms left unprotected against claims of negligence," by Alex
Spence, London Times, September 28, 2009 ---
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/support_services/article6851623.ece
Britain’s big four auditing firms have been left
exposed to a surge in negligence claims after the Government refused to
limit further the damages they could face.
Deloitte, Ernst & Young, KPMG and
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) lobbied hard for a cap on payouts. Senior
figures involved in the discussions said that Lord Mandelson, the Business
Secretary, appeared receptive to their concerns but stopped short of
changing the law.
The decision is a huge blow to the firms — some
face lawsuits relating to Bernard Madoff’s $65 billion fraud — which believe
there may not be another chance for a change in the law for at least two
years. They fear that they will be targeted by investors and liquidators
seeking to recover losses from Madoff-style frauds and big company failures.
At present, auditors can be held liable for the
full amount of losses in the event of a collapse, even if they are found to
be only partly to blame.
In April, representatives of the companies met Lord
Mandelson to plead for new measures to cap their liability. They warned that
British business could be plunged into chaos if one of them were bankrupted
by a blockbuster lawsuit.
However, an official of the Department for
Business, Innovation and Skills said: “The 2006 Companies Act already allows
auditor liability limitation where companies and their auditors want to take
this course.”
Under present company law, directors can agree to
restrict their auditors’ liability if shareholders approve; however, to
date, no blue-chip company has done so. Directors have seen little advantage
in limiting their auditors’ liability, and objections by the US Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC) have also been a significant obstacle.
The SEC opposes caps on the ground that their
introduction could lead to secret deals whereby directors agree to restrict
liability in return for auditors compromising on their oversight of a
company’s accounts. The SEC could attempt to block caps put in place by
British companies that have operations in the United States.
The big four auditors had hoped to persuade Lord
Mandelson to amend the legislation to address the SEC’s concerns and to
encourage companies to limit their auditors’ liability.
Peter Wyman, a senior PwC partner, who was involved
in the discussions, said that the Government’s lack of action was
disappointing. He said: “The Government, having legislated to allow
proportionate liability for auditors, is apparently content to have its
policy frustrated by a foreign regulator.”
Auditors are often hit with negligence claims in
the aftermath of a company failure because they are perceived as having deep
pockets and remain standing while other parties may have disappeared or been
declared insolvent.
In 2005 Ernst & Young was sued for £700 million by
Equitable Life, its former audit client, after the insurance company almost
collapsed. The claim was dropped but could have bankrupted the firm’s UK arm
if it had succeeded.
This year KPMG was sued for $1 billion by creditors
of New Century, a failed sub-prime lender, and PwC has faced questions over
its audit of Satyam, the Indian outsourcing company that was hit by a long-
running accounting fraud.
Three of the big four are also facing numerous
lawsuits relating to their auditing of the feeder funds that channelled
investors into Madoff’s Ponzi scheme.
Investors and accounting regulators worry that the
big four’s dominance of the audit market is so great that British business
would be thrown into disarray if one of the four were put out of business by
a huge court action. All but two FTSE 100 companies are audited by the four.
Mr Wyman said: “The failure of a large audit firm
would be very damaging to the capital markets at a time when they are
already fragile.”
Arthur Andersen, formerly one of the world’s five
biggest accounting firms, collapsed in 2002 as a result of its role in the
Enron scandal.
Suits you
KPMG A defendant in a class-action lawsuit
in the Southern District of New York against Tremont, a Bernard Madoff
feeder fund
Ernst & Young Sued by investors in a
Luxembourg court with UBS for oversight of a European Madoff feeder fund
PwC Included in several lawsuits in Canada
claiming damages of up to $2 billion against Fairfield Sentry, a big Madoff
feeder fund
KPMG Sued in the US for at least $1 billion
by creditors of New Century Financial, a failed sub-prime mortgage lender,
which claimed that KPMG’s auditing was “recklessly and grossly negligent”
Deloitte Sued by the liquidators of two Bear
Stearns-related hedge funds that collapsed at the start of the credit crunch
Jensen Comment
After the
Enron, Worldcom, and other scandals there was serious doubt as to whether
private investors would abandon equity capital markets. SOX was enacted to save
Wall Street. It is doubtful that we, as accountants and auditors, will ever be
able to return to "the good old days."
When the banks greatly underestimated loan losses, where were the
auditors?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Bob Jensen's threads on CPA firm litigation losses are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm
Will the large international auditing firms survive?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Auditors
Banks Still Cannot Resist Understating Loan Loss Reserves
BB&T Net Falls 58% as Bad Loans Surge
by Matthias
Rieker and Joan E. Solsman
Oct 20, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Allowance
For Doubtful Accounts, Bad Debts, Banking, Loan Loss Allowance
SUMMARY: BB&T
Corp. is a Winston-Salem, N.C., bank that has been "...considered among the
best-run regional banks." The bank has "...reported a continued rise in
delinquent loans in states hit by the recession, such as North Carolina,
rather than those known more for being clobbered by the mortgage
meltdown....BB&T Chief Executive Kelly King said during a conference call
with investors that the company added $263 million to its loan-loss reserve,
which he called 'a significant number.' Some investors hoped BB&T would
write off bad loans more decisively than it did and build its loan-loss
reserve more aggressively, analysts said."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Questions
relate to loan loss reserve process and understanding the implications of
types of loan losses-those on delinquent loans from states hit hard by
recession, rather than from states with significant real estate value
losses.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
Describe the process of creating reserves against losses for loans and
writing off bad loans. Specifically describe when the expense for bad debts
impacts a bank's-or a company's-income calculation.
2. (Introductory)
How do trends in loan write-offs and loan delinquencies inform the process
of creating reserves for loan losses?
3. (Advanced)
What is the significance for future profits of not creating a sufficient
reserve for loan losses?
4. (Advanced)
Analysts following BB&T stated that they wished the bank would write off bad
loans "decisively" and build its loan-loss reserve "aggressively" even as
the bank's chief executive described the balance in the loan-loss reserve as
a "significant number." Why would analysts and investors prefer a "more
aggressive approach." Include in your answer a comment on the notion of
conservatism in accounting.
5. (Advanced)
What is the significance of the source of loans going bad-that is, loans
made in states hit hard by recession versus the real estate market downfall.
In your answer, also comment on commercial versus personal loan categories
as well.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"BB&T Net Falls 58% as Bad Loans Surge," by Matthias Rieker and Joan E.
Solsman, The Wall Street Journal, October 20, 20 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125595468300993939.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
If last week's earnings by three of the largest
U.S. banks gave investors hope that the end of steep losses from soured
loans might be closer, regional bank BB&T Corp. delivered a setback Monday.
The Winston-Salem, N.C., bank, long considered
among the best-run regional banks, reported a continued rise in delinquent
loans in states hit by the recession, such as North Carolina, rather than
those known more for being clobbered by the mortgage meltdown.
"The core BB&T sees more cracks in credit," said
analyst Kevin Fitzsimmons of Sandler O'Neill & Partners LP.
In 4 p.m. New York Stock Exchange composite
trading, BB&T fell $1.22, or 4.3%, to $27.03, with investors also selling
off other regional banks into the rising market Monday. "Regionals simply
don't have any firepower to withstand rapidly eroding commercial assets"
even if losses from consumer loans are stabilizing, analyst Todd Hagerman of
Collins Stewart LLC said.
BB&T Chief Executive Kelly King said during a
conference call with investors that the company added $263 million to its
loan-loss reserve, which he called "a significant number." Some investors
hoped BB&T would write off bad loans more decisively than it did and build
its loan-loss reserve more aggressively, analysts said.
Third-quarter profit fell 58% to $152 million, or
23 cents a share, down from $358 million, or 65 cents a share, a year
earlier.
Credit-loss provisions soared 95% to $709 million
from $364 million a year earlier, while rising from the second quarter's
$701 million. Nonperforming assets, or loans in danger of going bad, rose to
2.5% from 1.2% a year earlier and 2.2% from the previous quarter.
BB&T "has a lot more real-estate exposure than the
money centers, plus it does not have nearly as much capital markets to
offset" such losses than big banks such as Bank of America Corp. and
Citigroup Inc. that reported earnings last week, said Jeff Davis of FTN
Equity Capital Markets Corp.
Losses from bad loans "are going to find the peak
in the next two or three quarters," Mr. King said, adding that
"nonperformance of the industry and for us continue to increase probably at
a declining rate of increase."
BB&T strengthened its capital base in August with a
$963 million offering of common stock after it purchased Colonial Bank, a
unit of Colonial BancGroup Inc., Montgomery, Ala., that was seized by
regulators in August.
In June, BB&T became one of the first U.S. banks to
pay back the capital infusion it got from the Treasury Department's Troubled
Asset Relief Program.
In the latest quarter, average client deposits were
up 20% from a year earlier amid the Colonial takeover, while average loans
and leases held for investment showed a 6% increase.
Why did the auditors approve such understated loan loss reserves in the
subprime scandals?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
The Pending IASB Migrane
The IASB may be very, very sorry if and when IFRS replaces U.S. GAAP
It appears that financial innovation will not let up on the future,
downsized, Wall Street
The International Accounting Standards Board may regret the day when and if it
takes over the duties of the U.S. FASB. IFRS is way behind in dealing with
U.S.-style financial innovation, and this may be one of the biggest hurdles
facing the IASB.
Yale's Professor Robert Shiller has a September 27, 2009 article that I
will quote below, but first there are some things to consider for accounting
educators reading this tidbit.
IFRS needs huge updates on the following types of
contracting and financial engineering:
One of the huge problems that accountants, particularly auditors and
accounting standard setters, have is understanding the fluid and dynamic world
of financial innovation, especially as was and is still taking place on Wall
Street. KPMG lost the huge Fannie Mae audit largely because of the enormous
financial statement revisions caused by improper compliance with FAS 133. All
the large firms are now facing huge lawsuits due to alleged negligence in
accounting for loan loss reserves and poisonous traunches ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
When will auditors learn about complexities of financial risk?
The following is an example:
"Did Wells Fargo's Auditors Miss Repurchase Risk?" by
Francine McKenna, ClusterStock, September 20,
2009 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/john-carney-did-wells-fargos-auditors-miss-repurchase-risk-2009-9
On Friday,
the Business Insider worried that Wells Fargo may be making the same
fatal mistake AIG did – underestimating, or
worse, naively ignoring Collateral Call Risk.
The concern was focused
on potential exposure from the credit default swaps portfolio they
inherited from Wachovia. In WFC's annual report the Buiness Insider saw
limited discussion of this risk and no details of the reserves for it.
There are two possible
ways to account for the lack of discussion of Collateral Call Risk.
Either Wachovia wrote its derivative contracts in ways that don’t permit
buyers to demand more collateral or Wells Fargo is not disclosing this
risk. (A third possibility—that they don't even seem aware that they
have this risk — seems remote after AIG.)
When I read that, I saw eerie parallels with New
Century, all the more so because of the auditor connection – both Wells
Fargo and Wachovia and New Century (now in Chapter 11) are audited by
KPMG. New Century was not too transparent either and, as a result, many
people, including
some very sophisticated investors
were caught with their pants down. KPMG is accused in a $1 billion
dollar lawsuit of not just being incompetent, but of aiding, abetting,
and covering up New Century’s fraudulent loan loss reserve calculations
just so they could keep their lucrative client happy and viable.
From
the lawsuit:
KPMG’s audit and review
failures concerning New Century’s reserves highlights KPMG’s gross
negligence, and its calamitous effect — including the bankruptcy of New
Century. New Century engaged in admittedly high risk lending. Its
public filings contained pages of risk factors…New Century’s
calculations for required reserves were wrong and violated GAAP. For
example, if New Century sold a mortgage loan that did not meet certain
conditions, New Century was required to repurchase that loan. New
Century’s loan repurchase reserve calculation assumed that all such
repurchases occur within 90 days of when New Century sold the loan, when
in fact that assumption was false.
In 2005 New Century
informed KPMG that the total outstanding loan repurchase requests were
$188 million. If KPMG only considered the loans sold within the prior
90 days, the potential liability shrank to $70 million. Despite the
fact that KPMG knew the 90 day look-back period excluded over $100
million in repurchase requests, KPMG nonetheless still accepted the
flawed $70 million measure used by New Century to calculate the
repurchase reserve. The obvious result was that New Century
significantly under reserved for its risks.
How does the New Century situation and KPMG’s role
in it remind me of Wells Fargo now? Well, in both cases, there’s no
disclosure of the quantity and quality of the repurchase risk to the
organization. Back in
March of 2007, I wrote about the lack of
disclosure of this repurchase risk in New Century’s 2005 annual report:
There are 17 pages of
discussion of general and REIT specific risk associated with this
company, but no mention of the specific risk of the potential for their
banks to accelerate the repurchase of mortgage loans financed under
their significant number of lending arrangements….it does not seem that
reserves or capital/liquidity requirements were sufficient to cover the
possibility that one of or more lenders could for some reason decide to
call the loans. Did the lenders have the right to call the loans
unilaterally? It does say that if one called the loans it is likely that
all would. Didn’t someone think that this would be a very big number (US
8.4 billion) if that happened.
Some have been writing since 2005 about the elephant in the room
that is mortgage loan repurchase risk:
Even if a lender sells most
of the loans it originates, and, theoretically, passes the risk of
default on to the buyer of the loan, there remains an elephant lurking
in the room: the risk posed to mortgage bankers from the representations
and warranties made by them when they sell loans in the secondary
market… in bad times, the holders of the loans have been known to
require a second "scrubbing" of the loan files, looking for breaches of
representations and warranties that will justify requiring the
originator to repurchase the loan. …A "pure" mortgage banker, who holds
and services few loans, may think he's passed on the risk (absent
outright fraud). Sophisticated originators know better…When the cycle
turns (as it always does) and defaults rise, those originating lenders
who sacrificed sound underwriting in return for fee income will find the
grim reaper knocking at their door once again, whether or not they own
the loan.
Clusterstock quoted Wells Fargo from page 127 of
their
2008 Annual Report (emphasis added):
In certain loan sales or
securitizations, we provide recourse to the buyer whereby we are
required to repurchase loans at par value plus accrued interest on
the occurrence of certain credit-related events within a certain period
of time. The maximum risk of loss…In 2008 and in 2007, we did not
repurchase a significant amount of loans associated with these
agreements.
But earlier, on page
114, there is a footnote to a chart representing loans in their balance
sheet that have been securitized--including residential mortgages and
securitzations sold to FNMA and FHLMC--where servicing is their only
form of continuing involvement.
However, the
delinquencies and charge off figures do not include sold loans. Wells
Fargo tells us these numbers do not represent their potential
obligations for repurchase if FNMA and FHLMC decide their underwriting
standards were not up to par.
Delinquent loans and net
charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA and FHLMC. We continue to service
the loans and would only experience a loss if required to repurchasea
delinquent loan due to a breach in original representations and
warranties associated with our underwriting standards.
So where are those
numbers? Where is the number that correlates to the $8.4 billion dollar
exposure that brought down New Century? Wells Fargo saw an almost 300%
increase from 2007 to 2008 in delinquencies and 200% increase in charge
offs from commercial loans and a 300% increase in delinquencies and 350%
increase in charge offs on residential loans they still hold. Can anyone
say with certainty that we won’t see FNMA and FHLMC come back and force
some repurchases on Wells Fargo for lax underwriting standards?
This is all we get
from Wells Fargo in the 2008 Annual Report:
During 2008, noninterest income was
affected by changes in interest rates, widening credit spreads, and
other credit and housing market conditions, including…
The lack of disclosure of this issue here mirrors
the lack of disclosure in New Century and perhaps in other KPMG clients
such at Citigroup, Countrywide ( now inside Bank of America) and
others. How do I know there could be a pattern? Because
the inspections of KPMG by the PCAOB, their
regulator, tell us they have been called on auditing deficiencies just
like this. Do we have to wait for a post-failure lawsuit to bring some
sense, and some sunshine, to the system?
Francine McKenna is Editor of Re: The Auditors.
Will auditors survive the huge lawsuits concerning their negligence in
estimating loan losses in the subprime mortgage and CDO crisis ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Auditors
Bob Jensen's threads on auditing firm lawsuits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
And it appears that financial innovation will not let up on
the future, downsized, Wall Street
"In defence of financial innovation," by Yale's Robert Shiller,
Financial Times, September 27, 2009 ---
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/c4a74ba2-ab83-11de-9be4-00144feabdc0.html?nclick_check=1
Many appear to think that the increasing
complexity of financial products is the source of the world financial
crisis. In response to it, many argue that regulators should actively
discourage complexity.
The June 2009 US Treasury
white paper seemed to say this.
The paper said that a new consumer financial protection agency be
“authorised to define standards for ‘plain vanilla’ products that are
simpler and have straightforward pricing,” and “require all providers and
intermediaries to offer these products prominently, alongside whatever other
lawful products they choose to offer”.
The July 2009, HM Treasury
white paper “Reforming Financial
Markets” similarly advocated “improving access to simple, transparent
products so that there is always an easy-to-understand option for consumers
who are not looking for potentially complex or sophisticated products.”
They do have a point. Unnecessary
complexity can be a problem that regulators should worry about, if the
complexity is used to obfuscate and deceive, or if people do not have good
advice on how to use them properly. Complexity was indeed used that way in
this crisis by some banks who created special purpose vehicles (to evade
bank capital requirements) and by some originators of complex mortgage
securities (to fool the ratings agencies and ultimate investors).
Modern behavioural economics shows that
there are distinct limits to people’s ability to understand and deal with
complex instruments. They are often inattentive to details and fail even to
read or understand the implications of the contracts they sign. Recently,
this failure led many homebuyers to take on mortgages that were unsuitable
for them, which later contributed to massive defaults.
But any effort to deal with these problems
has to recognise that increased complexity offers potential rewards as well
as risks. New products must have an interface with consumers that is simple
enough to make them comprehensible, so that they will want these products
and use them correctly. But the products themselves do not have to be
simple.
The advance of civilisation has brought
immense new complexity to the devices we use every day. A century ago, homes
were little more than roofs, walls and floors. Now they have a variety of
complex electronic devices, including automatic on-off lighting,
communications and data processing devices. People do not need to understand
the complexity of these devices, which have been engineered to be simple to
operate.
Financial markets have in some ways shared
in this growth in complexity, with electronic databases and trading systems.
But the actual financial products have not advanced as much. We are still
mostly investing in plain vanilla products such as shares in corporations or
ordinary nominal bonds, products that have not changed fundamentally in
centuries.
Why have financial products remained
mostly so simple? I believe the problem is trust. People are much more
likely to buy some new electronic device such as a laptop than a
sophisticated new financial product. People are more worried about hazards
of financial products or the integrity of those who offer them.
The problem is that financial breakdowns
come with low frequency. Since flaws in the financial system may appear
decades apart, it is hard to figure out how some new financial device will
behave. Moreover, because of the low frequency of crises, people who use
financial instruments often have little or no personal experience with the
crises and so trust is harder to establish.
When people invest for their children’s
education or their retirement, they are concerned about risks that will not
become visible for years. They may not be able to rebound from mistaken
purchases of faulty financial devices and they may suffer if circumstances
develop that create risks that could have been protected against.
Thus, to facilitate financial progress, we
need regulators who ensure trust in sophisticated products. They must work
towards clearing the way to widespread use of better products, concerning
themselves with both safety and creative ideas. They must not simply be law
enforcers against the shenanigans of cynical promoters, but also be open to
making complex ideas work that have the potential to improve public welfare.
Unfortunately, the crisis has sharply reduced trust in our financial system.
At this point in history, there has been
over-reliance on housing as an investment. It is an appealing investment as
it is simple to understand: we see the home we own every day. But in using
housing as a big savings vehicle, people have built homes that are larger
than needed and hard to maintain. This extra housing would be expected to
have a negative return in the form of depreciation.
The popular reliance on housing as an
investment, combined with the increased leverage with newer mortgage
practices, contributed to the housing bubble that has now burst, resulting
in historically unprecedented numbers of foreclosures. The fact that a
bubble could grow this large and burst is a sure sign of imperfect financial
institutions, not of overly complex institutions.
Unfortunately, people do not trust some
good innovations that could protect them better. The innovations in
mortgages in recent years (involving such things as option-adjustable rate
mortgages) are not products of sophisticated financial theory. I have
proposed the idea of
“continuous workout mortgages”,
motivated by basic principles of risk management. The privately issued
mortgage would protect against exigencies such as recessions or drops in
home prices. Had such mortgages been offered before this crisis, we would
not have the rash of foreclosures. Yet, even after the crisis, regulators
seem to be assuming a plain vanilla mortgage is just what we need for the
future.
Another example of a potentially useful
innovation is the target-date fund (also called life-cycle fund) that
invests money for people’s retirement in a way that is specifically tailored
for people their age. Such a fund plans for young people to take greater
risks and for older people to invest more conservatively. Target-date funds,
first introduced by Wells Fargo and BGI in the 1990s, are growing in
importance, but few people commit the bulk of their portfolio to such funds,
or make use of target-date funds that might make adjustments for their other
investments. It appears that people do not fully trust that these funds are
designed correctly, or would protect them from crises.
Another innovation that is underused is
retirement annuities that include protections against potential risks. There
are life annuities that protect people against outliving their wealth,
inflation-indexed annuities that protect against inflation, impaired-life
annuities that protect against having problems in old age that require they
spend more money and generational annuities that exploit the possibilities
of intergenerational risk sharing. But most people do not make use of any of
these.
Ideally, all of these protections for
retirement income should be rolled into a unified product. Such products are
not generally available yet. Certainly, people might be mistrustful of
committing their life savings to such a complex new product at first even if
it were available. So, such products are not offered and people often do
nothing to protect themselves against most of these risks.
Behind the creation of any such new retail
products there needs to be an increasingly complex financial infrastructure
so that professionals who try to create them can manage a full array of
risks. We need liquid international markets for real estate price indices,
owner-occupied and commercial, for aggregate macroeconomic risks such as
gross domestic product and unemployment, for human longevity risks, as well
as broader and more effective long-term markets for energy risks. These are
markets for the risks that were not managed as the crisis unfolded, and they
create a deeper array of possibilities for new retail financial products.
It is critical that we take the
opportunity of the crisis to promote innovation-enhancing financial
regulation and not let this be eclipsed by superficially popular issues.
Despite the apparent improvement in the economy, the crisis is not over and
so the public continues to support government-led interventions. Doing this
means encouraging better dialogue between private-sector innovators and
regulators. My experience with regulators suggests that they are intelligent
and well-meaning but often bogged down in bureaucracy. Regulatory agencies
need to be given a stronger mission of encouraging innovation. They must
hire enough qualified staff to understand the complexity of the innovative
process and talk to innovators with less of a disapprove-by-the-rules stance
and more that of a contributor to a complex creative process.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
What's Right and What's
troublesome about synthetics,
(SPEs), SPVs, and VIEs in accounting standards?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
IFRS Mess: The AICPA is finally looking for a horse to pull the IASB cart
The AICPA has always put the cart before the horse when coming out strong
for replacing U.S. GAAP with IFRS before calling for better funding of the IASB
(the international standard setting body has lower funding than the FASB). The
U.S. will probably have provide the largest share of IASB funding in a manner
similar to funding of the United Nations, but what portion will Congress agree
to for carrying the IASB?
The IASB in recent years has relied heavily on joint projects with the
higher-funded FASB. Whereas the FASB can afford a talented full-time research
staff, the IASB has to rely more on volunteers and part time helpers.
In my opinion the large international accounting firms that all so intensely
want to bury U.S. GAAP should provide a huge endowment (maybe $100 million or
more) for the IASB much like they provided endowment funds years ago for the
FASB. Since the IASB will have a world monopoly on standard setting, it needs
much more funding for support staff and advance communications technology and
worldwide educational support funding.
"AICPA Calls for Permanent, Independent Funding Source for IASB,"
SmartPros, October 6, 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x67813.xml
Barry C. Melancon, president and CEO of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, speaking at a roundtable
of global accounting leaders in New York City today called for a permanent,
independent funding mechanism for the International Accounting Standards
Committee Foundation, the governing body of the International Accounting
Standards Board.
“We believe it is imperative the foundation find a
permanent funding solution for the International Accounting Standard Board’s
activities,” Melancon said at a roundtable discussion on the IASB’s
constitution. “A permanent funding solution would ensure that the IASB has
appropriate resources to carry out its mission and would lead to world-wide
confidence in the IASB’s role as an independent accounting standard setter,”
Melancon said.
Based in London, the IASB sets global accounting
rules known as International Financial Reporting Standards and recognized in
113 countries. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is considering
whether to require U.S. publicly-traded corporations to use IFRS for
financial reports in U.S. markets as soon as 2014. The IASCF has proposed
changes to its constitution that seek to establish a sustainable funding
system for the board to help insulate standard setters from short-term
political pressures.
“We strongly support the eventual use of a single
set of high-quality, comprehensive global accounting standards by public
companies in the preparation of transparent and comparable financial reports
throughout the world, and thus continue to strongly support the objectives
of the IASCF and the IASB," Melancon said.
In the United States, the AICPA will encourage the
SEC to use part of the current levy on U.S. public companies for accounting
standard setting activities as a permanent funding source for the IASB,
Melancon said.
Background About IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are accounting standards
developed by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that are
becoming the global standard for the preparation of public company financial
statements. The IASB is an independent accounting standard-setting body that
is the international equivalent of the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards
Board in Norwalk, Conn., which sets U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
The IASB consists of 14 members from nine
countries, including the United States. It is funded by contributions from
major accounting firms, private financial institutions and industrial
companies, central and development banks, and other international and
professional organizations throughout the world.
In 2008, the AICPA governing Council voted to
recognize the IASB as an international accounting standard setter, giving
AICPA member CPAs the option of using IFRS for private companies. In 2007,
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission approved use of IFRS for U.S.
financial reports filed by foreign publicly-held companies that use IFRS in
their home country.
The AICPA has taken an active role in helping CPAs
understand IFRS. The AICPA publishes the Web site
www.ifrs.com,
the premier source for IFRS resources in the United
States. The AICPA has developed a variety of courses, publications, articles
and case studies to help Americans learn about IFRS and understand the
changes, challenges and opportunities that a U.S. transition to IFRS will
bring.
For more information about IFRS, visit
www.ifrs.com.
Among other items, a list of frequently asked
questions explaining IFRS and its applicability in the United States is
available.
Good News and Bad News: Update on IAS 39 Revisions
I call your attention to the IAS Plus summary of the
Notes from the IASB Special Board Meeting
October 6, 2009 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm
The IASB met for a special meeting relating to the IAS 39 replacement
project. Several Board members including the Chairman, FASB members, and
FASB staff joined the meeting via video link.
Many of these items are especially interesting when teaching IFRS, when
teaching contemporary issues in accountancy, and when teaching about accounting
for derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting (although recent
amendments of IAS 39 have taken this famous/infamous and very complicated standard beyond the scope
of the original IAS 39 and the current FAS 133 in the U.S.)
There are various items taken up in the October 6 IASB meeting not discussed
below. Hence if you're interested in the entire meeting go to the IASB Special Board Meeting
summary:
October 6, 2009 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm
One significant difference that will arise between IAS 39 and FAS 133 lies in
the IAS decision to end the requirement of bifurcation of host contracts (such
as mortgage loans) from embedded derivatives (such as the embedded option to pay
the loan off before maturity) when the underlying (such as a LIBOR interest
rate) of the host contract is not "clearly and closely related" to the
underlying of the embedded derivative.
Accounting for embedded derivatives
The Board was presented with the alternative to
eliminate bifurcation of embedded derivatives. Several Board members were
concerned that this decision together with the frozen spread approach
adopted for measurement of financial liabilities would lead to hybrid
instruments with a financial liability as a host not to be valued at fair
value. By implication this means that the derivative part of the hybrid
instruments would be valued at the frozen spread approach and not fair
value. The staff defended this position by arguing that the credit
adjustment to the derivative portion of the hybrid contract would not be
significant. One Board member was particularly concerned about the effect of
this decision on convergence – a point reinforced by a FASB member who
expressed his view that such IASB decision would make convergence in this
area next to impossible.
Nonetheless, the Board narrowly approved the
elimination of bifurcation of financial liabilities as well as financial
assets.
The above decision will lead to fewer derivative financial instruments being
booked under FAS 39 relative to what would be booked under FAS 133. It seems to
me to be politically incorrect to bring about such changes at a time when the
SEC is still wavering to eliminate U.S. GAAP in favor of IASB standards.
What the IASB seems to have ignored is the valuation problems created by
unique (customized) instruments that are not traded in the markets. Suppose
Security AB with a "closely related" embedded Option B is Bond A that is
actively traded with the embedded embedded Option B for paying off the debt
before maturity. Early payoff embedded options are extremely common in bonds
that are actively traded in the securities markets. Usually the embedded options
for early payoff are deemed clearly and closely related under IAS 39 rules such
that the embedded Option B previously did not have to be bifurcated and
accounted for separately as a derivative financial instrument. Market values of
Security AB impound both the value of the security and its embedded
(non-bifurcated) option. Until the IASB changed its position on October 6,
however, embedded options that were not clearly and closely related had to be
bifurcated and accounted for separately.
For example, suppose Security ABXY is Security AB plus embedded Options X and
Y that are not "clearly and closely related" in terms of underlyings.
Further assume Options X and Y can be valued in their own options markets. In
other words there are deep and active markets for valuing Security AB, Option X,
and Option Y. There is no deep and active market for the customized Security
ABXY. Security ABXY is a unique, customized security that is not traded in an
active and deep market.
It is highly unlikely that the total value of Security ABXY is the additive
sum of the values of Security AB plus the value of Option X plus the value of
Option Y. These components of Security ABXY are likely to interact such that
valuation of Security ABXY becomes exceedingly difficult if the embedded Options
X and Y are not bifurcated. In terms of FAS 157, it is no longer possible to
apply the sought-after Level 1 valuation for Security ABXY, even though Level 1
can be applied if the embedded Option X and Options Y were bifurcated.
Alas, throughout history accountants have been very good at naively adding up
components of value that are not truly additive. For example, throughout the
history of accounting firms have added up balance sheet asset values and
reported the sum as the total value of Total Assets when the assets have
interactions (covariances) that are totally ignored in the summation process.
Only when buyers and sellers negotiate for the purchase/sale of the entire
bundle (in mergers and acquisitions) do accountants reveal that, in truth, they
understand that the accounting figure for "Total Assets" on the balance sheet is
sheer nonsense.
**********
I was especially intrigued by the following module in the IAS Plus Notes:
Application of cash flow hedge accounting
mechanics to fair value hedges
The Board considered the application of the Board's
September 2009 decision to replace fair value hedge accounting with a
mechanism that permitted recognition outside profit or loss of gains and
losses on financial instruments designated as hedging instruments – that is,
applying the mechanics of cash flow hedge accounting also to fair value
hedges. The major implication would be the application of the so-called
'lower-of test' to fair value hedges. The 'lower-of test', currently applied
to cash flow hedges only, ensures that only ineffectiveness due to excess
cash flows on the hedging instrument (that is, the derivative) is recognised
in profit or loss.
The Board members disagreed with the extension of
the 'lower-of test' to fair value hedges. The Board was concerned that it
was inconsistent with the nature of fair value hedging, could lead to
changes in eligibility of portions, could have unintended consequences in
the area of deliberately under-hedging, and in effect would lead to a
situation that there would be no ineffectiveness in fair value hedges as
such. A FASB member clarified that in the FASB approach to hedge accounting
(given the recent discussions over the issue) the 'lower of test' would not
be applied to fair value hedges.
After a short debate the Board decided by a bare
majority (8 votes) to retain the 'lower-of test' for cash flow hedges only.
A third of the Board members abstained in this vote.
Jensen Comment
Cash flow hedge accounting in FAS 133 and IAS 39 is relatively straight forward
when a derivative financial instrument (e.g., forward contract, futures
contract, swap, or option) is used to hedge cash flow risk in a hedged item
(forecasted transaction or a booked item subject to cash flow risk such as a
variable-rate bond or purchase contract setting the purchase price at an unknown
future spot price or rate).
Cash flow hedge accounting, like foreign exchange hedge accounting, entails
offsetting changes in value of the hedging derivative with a posting to an
equity account (FAS 133 requires posting to OCI). The simplifying feature of
cash flow hedge accounting is that it makes no difference whether the hedged
item is booked (e.g., a bond asset or liability having variable rate revenue) or
unbooked (e.g., a forecasted transaction to buy inventory or to buy/sell
fixed-rate bonds at a future date where the fixed-rate is currently unknown).
The reason cash flow hedging is not affected by a difference between a booked
or unbooked hedged item is that a hedged item subject to cash flow risk has no
future value risk. Consider a variable rate bond having a booked value of
$1,000. There is future cash flow risk, but the future value of the bond will
always be $1,000 assuming no change in credit risk (I am only considering a
hedge of cash flow risk here). Similarly, if Southwest Airlines has a forecasted
transaction to buy a million gallons of jet fuel at spot rates six months from
now, there is no risk that the value on the purchase will differ from the value
of jet fuel on that future date. Value risk arises when the forecasted
transaction is instead a firm commitment to buy at some price other than spot
rates. But if there is a firm commitment price there is no cash flow risk (only
value risk that the purchase price will differ from the spot price on the date
of the purchase).
Fair value hedge accounting is more complicated because it matters greatly
whether the hedged item is booked or not booked. For example, there is no cash
flow risk of booked inventory already bought and paid for in a warehouse. There
is, however, purchase-price value risk that the spot price of that inventory
diverge from the price already paid for the inventory. Companies frequently
hedge the fair value of inventory (although this is not necessarily a hedge of
profit if selling prices are not hedged and only purchase prices are hedged if
purchase and selling prices are not perfectly correlated).
Hedge accounting is not usually allowed (or called for) when hedging a booked
item carried at fair value. In theory the changes in value of the hedged item
should offset the changes in the value of the hedging derivative contract and
any hedging ineffectiveness should be charged to current earnings in any case.
If the hedged item is carried at historical cost, no such offset would arise and
hedge accounting is called for at least to the extent the hedge is effective.
Under FAS 133 and IAS 39, the hedge accounting for such a hedged item calls for
change the basis of accounting of the hedged item during the hedge accounting
period. Instead of the customary historical cost accounting (say for jet fuel
inventory), the hedge accounting rules call for a change to fair value
accounting of that inventory during the hedging period.
The most confusing part of fair value hedge accounting arises when the hedged
item is not booked. For example, purchase contracts are typically not booked in
accounting (never have been and hopefully never will be). For example, if
Southwest Airlines signs a firm commitment to buy jet fuel six months from now
at $2.89 per gallon the firm commitment is not booked. There is no cash flow
risk since the purchase price is fixed. There is value risk, however, that the
spot price in six months will be higher or lower than the $2.89 purchase
(forward, strike) price.
Now the accounting becomes complicated because there is no booked hedged item
value to be offset by a change in the booked hedging derivative change in value.
Fair value hedge accounting of unbooked hedged items calls for changes in the
value of the booked hedging contract to be offset by a posting to an equity
account. In FAS 133 the FASB recommends a badly-named equity account called Firm
Commitment. For example, to see how this works
03forfut.pps slide show file listed at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/JensenPowerPoint/
The above slide show compares cash flow hedging versus fair value hedging of
booked items versus fair value hedging of unbooked (forecasted transaction)
hedged items.
Above I said that the "Firm Commitment" equity account called for in FAS 133
is badly named because changes in the value of fair value hedging contracts are
not firm commitments (although they may hedge a firm commitment unbooked hedged
item). I would've preferred some other name like "unrealized change in fair
value hedging contracts" as an equity account.
Now the debate centers on whether the "Firm Commitment" equity account used
for fair value hedge accounting of unbooked hedged items is tantamount to the "OCI"
equity account used for booked and unbooked cash flow and FX hedge accounting?
Firstly, there is a difference since fair value hedges to not impact any
equity account if the hedged items are booked and carried at fair value
themselves. Fair value hedges of unbooked items create the special and confusing
aspect of hedge accounting relief for fair value hedging.
What the IASB is currently debating with respect to amending IAS 39 is
whether hedge accounting would be greatly simplified by always offsetting
changes in hedge contact fair value to OCI (by whatever name) to the extent the
hedge is effective. Presumably the changes in the value of a booked hedged item
would also be charged to OCI (e.g., like available for sale investment changes
in value are currently accounted for under the amended FAS 115/130). Such
accounting could apply equally to cash flow, fair value, and FX hedges.
If the above simplification sounds too ideal, what is holding it up? Why did
the IASB turn down this simplification in the October 6, 2009 special board
meeting?
The reasoning of the IASB on October 6 seems to have been that the proposed
"simplification" of fair value hedge accounting is would not leave any hedge
ineffectiveness to be charged to current earnings for some fair value hedges
whereas all hedge ineffectiveness of cash flow and FX hedges is charged to
current earnings.
Hedges are often not fully effective at interim points in time. Options as
hedging derivatives, for example, are notoriously ineffective as hedges and
seldom meet the "80-125 percent test" of hedge effectiveness specified in
Paragraph BC 106 of IAS 39. One reason is that speculators are more often more
dominant in options trading markets vis-a-vis commodities markets themselves.
Option values are divided into two components --- time value plus intrinsic
value (equal the amount by which an option is in-the-money). Interim changes
(before option expiration) in total option hedging value seldom satisfy the
"80-125 percent test" or hedge effectiveness. It is common in hedge accounting
under FAS 133 and IAS 39 rules to charge all changes in an option's time value
to current earnings and only allow hedge accounting relief to changes in
intrinsic value (which are zero until if and when the option is in-the-money).
It would be a sorry state of affairs if the IASB had essentially voted for
hedge ineffectiveness to be ignored for fair value hedging. This would be
entirely inconsistent with hedge accounting for cash flow and FX hedges where
both FAS 133 ahd IAS 39 require that hedge ineffectiveness be posted to current
earnings. This is also required at present for fair value hedge ineffectiveness.
How sad it would be if the IASB voted in a huge inconsistency for treating hedge
ineffectiveness for fair value hedging relative to cash flow and FX hedge
accounting.
Whew! That was a close one that came within eight votes, at the IASB special
meeting on October 6, of injecting a huge inconsistency between fair value
hedging versus cash flow and FX hedge accounting. If the proposed amendment had
passed it would greatly simplify the accounting at the expense of greatly
complicating financial statement analysis.
For added illustrations go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/CaseAmendment.htm
My PowerPoint shows, examination materials, and free tutorials are at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/
My overall links to FAS 133 and IAS 39 free tutorials are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
"Trends in Intermediate Accounting," by Lesley H. Davidson and William
H. Francisco, New Accountant Magazine, October 2009 ---
http://newaccountantusa.com/Davidson&Francisco.pdf
Abstract There is an
ever-growing amount of information that must be covered in intermediate
accounting courses. Recently this expansion of the body of knowledge has
been accelerated by two main factors. The first factor is the increasing
scrutiny of the accounting profession by regulators as a result of the
financial failure of many large corporations during the past decade. The
second is the upcoming introduction of International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS). Accounting Professors have seen an ever growing amount of
information being “crammed” into the standard intermediate accounting two
course sequence which is typically used on most campuses in the United
States. This manuscript explores the concept of altering the typical
intermediate accounting sequence for the benefit of student understanding
and comprehension of an ever growing body of knowledge.
TRENDS IN INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING
If you ask any accounting
faculty member which course is the “weed out” course for accounting majors,
the answer will likely come back intermediate. Ask any recent accounting
graduate what their most difficult course was in college and the answer will
usually be intermediate accounting. In the typical business college you will
find wide agreement that to be successful in accounting you must get through
the landmine field known as intermediate accounting. Marketing and
management majors are filled with the bloody corpses of students who started
out as accounting majors and thanks to intermediate have changed their
degree goals. Why has this happened? Several factors could be responsible
for the link between the intermediate sequence and the dropout rate for
accounting majors.
One factor is that the
workload needed to cover the material can be daunting. Talk to almost any
seasoned advisor and they will probably give you the same advice listed in
the Rutgers University FAQ guide. “The junior year is a difficult one for
accounting majors. During the fall semester in particular I often hear
students complain about the heavy workload”. This workload complaint is
likely to be heard by accounting professors at nearly every business school
in the country.
A second dropout inducing
factor is the complexity of the material. It does not seem to be the quality
of the student but the amount and complexity of the work that are the basic
problem. In an article by Elaine Waples, of Purdue University Calumet, she
accurately stated “Many students face considerable difficulty in
successfully completing intermediate accounting. The amount of material
typically covered is substantial and the course requires of the student a
significant increase in motivation, analytical ability, and academic effort
over the usual principles or introductory financial accounting class.”
Though the intermediate sequence is normally not taken until the junior
year, most students have never faced a course this challenging in their
college careers.
Thirdly the body of knowledge
in financial accounting seems to continue to grow unabatedly. Professors
Anderson and Boynton of California Polytechnic San Luis Obispo said
“Attempts by faculty to integrate growing bodies of accounting standards,
regulatory requirements, and academic research into their courses have
contributed to a general perception of overload. The problem seems most
acute in intermediate accounting.” This statement highlights the case that
as society and the profession demand more and more of our students there is
no expansion of the time allowed to digest the material.
On the horizon we can see a
need for even more course material coverage in intermediate with the
inclusion of International Financial Reporting Standards. In examining the
four leading intermediate accounting textbooks newest editions, it is easy
to see how the scope of material being covered has increased. On average the
books by lead authors Spiceland, Kieso, Nikolai, and Stice have increased an
average of 7.2% from their prior editions. Additionally many of the comments
listed on the various publishers’ websites attribute much of the increase to
the incorporation of IFRS. Specifically the Stice textbook website states,
“As the business workplace becomes more global, students need to understand
how accounting practices may differ depending on the countries involved in a
transaction. Nearly every chapter includes updated coverage of this nature
and relevant sections that discuss the international standards.” It goes on
to say “A new chapter (Chapter 22) offers coverage of International
Financial Reporting Standards to reflect the changing nature of the
financial reporting environment.”
The website for the Nikolai
book states, “New convergence overview: … details the process that the FASB
and IASB are using to converge U.S. GAAP and international GAAP. Chapter 2
summarizes the tentative Joint FASB and IASB Conceptual Framework… for each
of these chapters the text includes at least one IFRS versus U.S. discussion
box that contains an updated and expanded summary of the differences between
the two.” It goes on to say that problems require comparisons of how
solutions would change under IFRS or to solve the assignment using IFRS. As
can be readily seen, these are not replacements but rather additions to the
body of knowledge. In reviewing these changes it becomes obvious that
examination of alternative course coverage options is a relevant discussion
for any accounting program.
Continued in article
What allows UN delegates to park in any fire lane of their choosing in
NYC? We can argue from one side that having one set of world laws restricting
parking in fire lanes would eliminate such a grave danger. But we can also argue
that failure of the world legislators to agree on a set of fire lane parking
laws endangers us worse than having localized-jurisdictional laws, because then
anybody (not just UN delegates) in the U.S. could then park in fire lanes across
the entire United States.
Remember that if a nation replaces local GAAP with IFRS, that nation is not
allowed to cherry pick which IFRS standards to enforce versus not enforce or
introduce for publically traded companies. Supposedly the European carve out of
IAS 39 provisions was a phenomenon that the IASB will not allow in the future.
It’s complicated to allow multiple sets of standards/laws in a given
jurisdiction. It’s absolutely absurd to allow a given company/person to have
discretionary choice of what set to apply. The large international corporations
and CPA firms are trying to convince us that, in terms of publically traded
companies in the global economy, the definition of a “jurisdiction” is the
“world.”
I’m not totally convinced about the need for detailed world accounting
standards given the totally different importance of publically traded equity
shares in some nations vis-à-vis other nations. For example, the importance of
equity capital and creative financing (structures, synthetics, tranches, etc.)
in Germany is totally different in Germany versus the United States. Since IFRS
is most heavily rooted in European nations, this is probably why IFRS lacks
standards for creative equity financing in the United States.
It’s most confusing to have more than one set of standards in a given
jurisdiction, just as it is confusing to have more than one set of laws in one
jurisdiction. This is why I never supported the move by the SEC to allow foreign
companies to list on the NYSE under IFRS while the majority of listings (from
the U.S.) are under US GAAP. For example revenues are realized differently under
IFRS versus FASB rules. More importantly, IFRS has no standards whatsoever
covering some of the important things covered in the FASB such as accounting for
Lifo, SPEs, SPVs, VIEs, and synthetics (such as synthetic leasing).
Having two sets of accounting standards for the NYSE greatly complicates
comparability beyond the failure on a single set of standards to have perfect
comparability. It adds big noise to smaller noise in the context of
communications theory.
That is not to say that a given jurisdiction must have identical
standards/laws as other jurisdictions, especially when there are circumstantial
differences between jurisdictions. It makes sense to me to allow jurisdictions
to experiment and innovate in the setting of standards and laws within certain
fundamentals of human rights (very broad standards/laws deemed to be universal).
I don’t think that IFRS has limited itself to “broad fundamentals of investor
rights.”
Canada (and some other nations) are now facing controversies of possibly
having two sets of laws regarding murder, statutory rape, etc. --- Shiria law
for Subset A of citizens versus Canadian law for the Subset B majority of
citizens ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharia
This is a very complicated issue that extends well beyond the setting of
accounting standards. One of the big complications is crossover crime, where a
person from Subset A commits a crime on a person from Subset B and vice versa.
Of course we’ve faced similar problems for years with foreign embassies not
being totally subjected to local laws. This sadly allows UN delegates to park in
any fire lane of their choosing in NYC.
Bob Jensen’s threads on controversies in the setting of accounting
standards are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Binging, but not cha chaing, Fraud Updates
For nearly eight years I’ve updated (usually daily) a log
on fraud. This is like a chronological journal from which I also posted to
various sites that I maintain on fraud.
The September 30, 2009 log has been added to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
One of the best ways to search these logs is via Bing (or
Google, Yahoo, etc.). For example, suppose you are interested in Bill and Hold
fraud. You can enter the search terms [“Bob Jensen” AND “Fraud Updates” AND
“Bill and Hold”] (without the square brackets) at
http://www.bing.com/
It may seem surprising, but I’m having better results in
most cases these days using Microsoft’s Bing search engine than either Google or
Yahoo ---
http://www.bing.com/
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
Bing Update: When I recommended Bing I was not
aware of the following:
"Bing! So That's What A Swizzle Stick Is," by Michael Arrington, Tech
Crunch via The Washington Post, October 7, 2009 ---
Click Here
Microsoft's new Bing search engine just can't seem
to stay out of the red light district, no matter how hard they try.
There's no denying it is hands down the best porn
search engine on the planet (although ChaCha is pretty good too). But Bing
also had a snafu with Google ads that showed the search engine for
"pornography" queries. Google took the blame for that one (see updates to
that post), and at least it only showed up for people actually querying the
adult term.
Now, a new controversy has popped up around a
Microsoft ad unit that scrapes a page for content and then shows relevant
Bing queries. The ads normally work fine. But last week Bing started showing
an ad unit that contained sexually explicit terms, including at least one
that I had never heard of before (the swizzle stick). Best of all, the ads
were displayed on a WonderHowTo web page showing only Home & Garden content.
You can see the queries that were self-generated by
Bing for the ad unit in the image. This isn't just R-rated run of the mill
porn stuff. This is stuff that's still illegal in some states. Particularly
that top query.
Microsoft is saying this is a bug, and they've
taken down all of these ad units on all sites until they understand what
happened. The unit is supposed to scrape only the page being viewed. In this
case, WonderHowTo has sexually explicit content on other areas of the site,
which may be triggering the ad content.
Said Microsoft's Senior Director Online Audience
Business Group Adam Sohn, who wasn't too happy with the ad: "We are very
cognizant of what we want the Bing brand to stand for, and this is not it."
My response ¿ "well, at least it's educational."
Jensen
Comment
Nevertheless Bing is a good search engine, and you can avoid the porn by not
looking for it and ignoring advertisements (that I never look at anyway in
Google or Bing or Yahoo). Google still has the huge advantage of cached
documents that can be found after they are no longer posted at their original
Websites. I assume that all the major search engines will step up controls on
the appropriateness of advertising for the general public (that includes
children using search engines).
But Cha Cha is not a major search engine and may lag in such controls. I
really don't cha cha on the dance floor or on the computer.
But instead of a computer spitting out answers (see Google, etc.), real
(cha chaing)
human beings answer instead.
"The Mystery Of The ChaCha Eiffel Tower Fail Pic," by Michael Arrington,
Tech Crunch, October 29, 2008 ---
http://www.techcrunch.com/2008/10/29/the-mystery-of-the-chacha-eiffel-tower-fail-pic/
I’ve aimed a lot of
criticism at human powered search engine
ChaCha
over the last couple of years. The service
lets users ask questions, just like a normal search engine. But instead of a
computer spitting out answers (see Google, etc.), real human beings answer
instead.
The ChaCha service was absurd in its original web
version, which has since been discontinued. The mobile version is actually
very useful, although we
questioned its scalability when it launched. New
information from the company suggests they’re keeping costs low enough to
make a business model out of it. More on that soon.
Now about this image.
Some fairly funny answers occasionally come back
from the human guides, who early on at least had to deal with a
lot of prank queries. But none of the ones we’ve
seen compare to the one to the right, which is a
Digg
favorite tonight. It describes the Eiffel Tower
sexual position (yes, you learn something new every day) in response to a
completely unrelated query about a Randy Newman show in Seattle.
I contacted the company about it and got the
following message:
I appreciate your reaching out to me regarding
this iPhone prank. We researched this as soon as it came to our
attention and our logs indicate that the answer displayed was definitely
to a question previously asked by this same user. So yes, this is a fake
as this person is misrepresenting what actually occurred. They actually
asked one question (to which the answer was sent) and then a second
question shortly thereafter and then received the answer to the first
question which, due to the way messages are threaded on an iPhone
display, the answer is appearing below a different question than the one
that was asked to spawn the answer that is displayed.
So in the end this was a bit of a trick
apparently used to misrepresent what happened in order to get some
laughs – which appears to be working as this is getting some serious
play across the Web!
Ok that sounds more than reasonable. But when I go
to the
URL in the image, it shows the question and answer
linked (see below). I understand how text messages back and forth can get
out of order, but not how the wrong answer can be linked to the wrong
question in ChaCha’s own database. I also note the
guide was on the job for one whole day before this
happened. I’ve emailed the company for further clarification.
I still recommend Bing when you’re not fully satisfied with your Google
hits. I can't say I recommend Cha Cha, but then I've never tried it.
Bob Jensen's search helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/searchh.htm
Spanish scientists develop the first intelligent financial search engine
---
http://www.uc3m.es/portal/page/portal/actualidad_cientifica/noticias/financial_search_engine
Link forwarded by Glen Gray
Researchers from the Carlos III University of
Madrid (UCM3) have completed the development of the first search engine
designed to search for information from the financial and stock market
sector based on semantic technology, which enables one to make more accurate
thematic searches adapted to the needs of each user.
Unlike conventional search engines, SONAR -so named
by its creators- enables the user to perform structured searches which are
not based solely on concordance with a series of key words. This corporate
financial search engine based on semantic technology, as described on the
project website (www.proyecto-sonar.org), was developed by researchers from
the UC3M in partnership with the University of Murcia, el Instituto de
Empresa (the Business Institute) and the company Indra. According to its
creators, it has two main advantages. First, its effectiveness in a concrete
domain- that of finance- which is closely defined and has very precise
vocabulary. According to Juan Miguel Gómez Berbís, from the Computer
Department of the UC3M “This verticality distinguishes SONAR from other more
generic search engines, such as Google or Bing” Second, its capacity to
establish relations between news, share valuations and prices via logical
reasoning.
The first prototype works by making use of semantic
web elements. Basically, the system collects data from both public
information sources (Internet) and private, corporate ones (Intranet), adds
them to a repository of semantically recorded data (labelled and structured)
and allows intelligent access to this data. To achieve this, the platform
incorporates an inference engine, a mechanism capable of performing
reasoning tasks on the recorded information, as well as a natural language
processor, which helps the user to perform the search in the simplest way
possible. In this way the results obtained are matched to requests,
eliminating ambiguities in polysemic terms, for example in searches carried
out by users on stored data. “SONAR enables us to establish relations
between different sources of information and discover and expand our
knowledge, while at the same time it allows us to classify them so that
users can get much more benefit from the experience”
Potential users
This search tool is designed for both private
investors and large financial concerns. Its creators anticipate that it will
be a very useful tool for analysts and stockbrokers. “It will be especially
useful to the finance departments of banks and saving banks or to add to an
existing search engine added value over its competitors” Gómez Berbís points
out. And the search for accurate, reliable, relevant information in this
business area has become a key factor in a domain where speed and quality of
data are critical factors with an exceptional impact on business processes.
According to the researchers, this project aims to
respond to a need from the financial sector, that is, the analysis of a
large volume of information in order to take decisions. In this way, the
execution of this project will allow the financial community to have access
to a set of intelligent systems for the aggregated search of information in
the financial domain and enable them to improve procedures for integrating
company information and processes. Researchers are currently incorporating
new functions into the search tool and also receiving requests to adapt it
to other domains, such as transport and biotechnology. In any case, the
project is constantly evolving in order to enhance accuracy and reliability.
“In SONAR2 we are working on two Intelligent Decision Support Systems for
Financial Investments, one based on Fundamental Analysis and the other on
Technical Chartist Analysis, which assists the work of the trader and
average investor”, reveals professor Gómez Berbis.
SONAR is a research project carried out by the
UC3m’s SoftLab group, directed by professors Juan Miguel Gómez Berbís and
Ángel García Crespo. It is an intelligent, financial search engine and is
part of the Ministry of Industry, Tourism and Trade’s AVANZA I+D Program.
The University of Murcia and the Instituto de Empresa (Business Institute)
have also collaborated in this project, together with Indra.
Semantic Web Searching ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/searchh.htm#Xerox
Revenue Recognition Controversies
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review, September 25, 2009
FASB, as Expected, Approves
Accounting Changes That Benefits Tech Companies
by Michael
Rapoport
Sep 24, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: FASB,
Financial Accounting Standards Board, Revenue Recognition, Software Industry
SUMMARY: The
article reports on FASB ratification of EITF Consensus positions developed
at the EITF meeting on September 9-10, 2009. Issue No. 08-1, "Revenue
Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables" is now included in Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) Subtopic 605-25; Issue No. 09-3, "Certain
Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements" is now included in ASC
Topic 985. The FASB decisions related to the ASC 605-25 Subtopic
significantly expand disclosure requirements for multiple-deliverable
revenue arrangements. The decisions related to ASC Topic 985 removes
tangible products (e.g., computer hardware, smart phones, etc.) from the
scope of software revenue requirements and provides guidance on when
software included in the sale of such products is subject to software
revenue requirements (formerly documented in AICPA SOP 97-2).
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Questions
relate to revenue recognition practices and related concepts in qualitative
characteristics of accounting information, suitable for use in an advanced
level financial accounting course.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
The articles indicate that the FASB has "approved accounting changes." What
process actually occurred at the FASB meeting on Wednesday, September 23,
2009? (Hint: access the FASB web site at
www.fasb.org. Click on the Board Activities tab, then the Action Alert,
then the summary of Board Decisions for that date. Scroll down to the topics
reported on in this WSJ article.)
2. (Advanced)
In general, what are the current requirements when sales of technology
products, such as computers and smart phones, include both a hardware and a
software component?
3. (Advanced)
Describe how the accounting requirements described in answer to question 2
above has now changed.
4. (Introductory)
According to the article, these changes are expected to increase
profitability for tech companies. Was that the FASB's goal in approving
changes to these accounting requirements? Explain. Include in your answer
references to the qualitative characteristics of accounting information that
you believe the FASB and its EITF are considering in making these accounting
changes.
5. (Advanced)
What are multiple deliverables in a software sale? What is the residual
method for determining revenue recognition of these products? What is the
change in accounting for these sales?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Accounting Shift Would Lift Tech Profits
by Michael Rapoport, Yukari Iwatani Kane and Ben Worthen
Sep 24, 2009
Page: M3
"FASB, as Expected, Approves Accounting Changes That Benefits Tech
Companies," by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street Journal, September 24,
2009 ---
Accounting rule makers approved a change that will
give a boost to technology companies and other firms by allowing them to
recognize some revenue, and profits, faster.
As expected, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board signed off on a rule that helps companies that sell goods and services
like smart phones and other high-tech devices combining hardware and
software, or home appliances that come with installation and service
contracts.
Under current accounting rules, companies often
must defer large portions of revenue from such sales, recognizing them
gradually over time, instead of immediately when the sale is made. The rule
change would give companies more flexibility in crediting more of that
revenue to results upfront.
The move wouldn't change the total revenue and
earnings a company reports over time, and the cash flowing into a company
remains the same. But companies contend the change would better align their
reported results with the true performance of their business.
Apple Inc. is expected to be one of the
beneficiaries of the new rules, because it would change how the company
reports revenue from its iPhone. Currently, Apple recognizes iPhone revenue
over a two-year period, and said recently that overall revenue and earnings
in its latest quarter would have been much higher if it didn't have to defer
revenue for the iPhone and its Apple TV product. An Apple spokesman couldn't
be reached for comment.
Apple has pushed for the change; among the other
tech companies that have publicly supported it are Cisco Systems Inc., Palm
Inc., Xerox Corp., Dell Inc., International Business Machines Corp. and
Hewlett-Packard Co.
The change will take effect in 2011 for most
companies, though they will be allowed to adopt it earlier.
"New Revenue-Recognition Rules: The Apple of Apple's Eye?
The computer company and other tech outfits are likely to cash in on
revenue-recognition changes if the new regs take on an international flavor," by
Marie Leone, CFO.com, September 16, 2009 ---
http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/14440468?f=most_read
While Steve Jobs was preparing to introduce the new
Apple iPod nano last week, the company's chief accountant, Betsy Rafael, was
sending off a second letter to the Financial Accounting Standards Board
related to revenue recognition. At issue: how FASB might rework the rules
related to recognizing revenue for software that's bundled into a product
and never sold separately.
The rule is especially important to Apple because
it affects the revenue related to two of the company's most successful
products — the iPod and the iPhone. If FASB's time line holds to form, and
the rules are recast in 2011 the way Apple hopes they will be, the company
could be able to book revenue faster, yielding less time between product
launches and associated revenue gains. In theory, a successful launch — and
its attendant revenue — would drive up Apple's earnings, and possibly stock
price, in the same quarter the product is introduced, according to several
news reports that came out earlier this week.
Apple and other tech companies have been lobbying
for a rewrite of the so-called multiple deliverables, or bundling, rule for
quite some time. They argue that current U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles make it hard for product makers to reap the full reward of
successful products quickly. That's mainly because U.S. GAAP is stringent
about when and how companies recognize revenue generated by software sales.
"The requirements are that when you sell more than
one product or service at one time, you have to break down the total sale
value in[to] individual pieces. Establishing the individual values under
U.S. GAAP is solely a function of how the company prices those products and
services over time," PricewaterhouseCoopers's Dean Petracca told CFO in an
earlier interview. Contracts typically include such multiple "deliverables"
as hardware, software, professional services, maintenance, and support — all
of which are valued and accounted for differently.
The complex accounting rule has left many product
makers waiting for a chance to voice their displeasure at the standards, and
the most recent comment period saw such giants as Xerox, IBM, Dell, and
Hewlett-Packard — as well as relative newcomers like Palm and Tivo — make
their case to FASB. In all, 34 companies wrote to FASB during the month-long
comment period that ended in August to register their opinions on the
accounting treatment of multiple elements.
A broader revenue-recognition discussion paper was
issued by FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board in December
2008 for a six-month comment period. The boards are currently reviewing the
comments, and an exposure draft on revenue recognition, which is the
penultimate step to a new global rule, is expected out next year.
Regarding the issue of multiple deliverables, most
technology companies would like to see FASB move closer to international
standards with regard to bundled software, and drop the requirement for
vendor-specific objective evidence. Under GAAP, VSOE of fair value is
preferable when available, according to Sal Collemi, a senior manager at
accounting and audit firm Rothstein Kass.
Basically, VSOE is equivalent to the price charged
by the vendor when a deliverable is sold separately — or if not sold
separately, the price established by management for a separate transaction
that is not likely to change, explains Collemi. Third-party evidence of fair
value, such as prices charged by competitors, is acceptable if
vendor-specific evidence is unavailable. Many technology companies argue
that it is sometimes impossible to measure the fair value of a component
that is not sold separately, but rather is an integral part of the product —
as is the Apple software for the iPod series of products.
At the same time, international financial reporting
standards require companies to use the price regularly charged when an item
is sold as the best evidence of fair value. The alternative approach, under
IFRS, is the cost-plus margin, says Collemi. That is, the IFRS puts the onus
on management to value a product component based on what it costs to
manufacture the piece plus the profit-margin share built into the item.
Management usually bases its valuation on historic sales as well as current
market-established sale prices. The cost-plus margin is not allowed under
GAAP.
With respect to bundled components, the IFRS
focuses on "the substance of the transaction and the thought process and
ingredients that go into the transaction," contends Collemi, who says the
standard's objective is to make economic sense out of the transaction.
FASB's take on the subject is more conservative: the U.S. rule maker calls
for objective evidence to establish value.
Some critics say the IFRS approach invites abuse,
because it's based on management assumptions. But Collemi contends that GAAP
accounting is filled with rules and interpretations that require management
estimates, and that the burden is on management to produce the correct
numbers. What's more, auditors are in place to act as a backstop to verify
the processes used to arrive at management estimates. "If management is
following the spirit of the transaction and doing the right thing," adds
Collemi, "then it is up to auditors to challenge the estimates."
Continued in article
"How to predict Apple’s gross margins," July 18, 2009 ---
http://brainstormtech.blogs.fortune.cnn.com/2009/07/18/how-to-predict-apples-gross-margins/
Apple’s (AAPL) fiscal third quarter earnings are due out Tuesday, July 21, and
once again the Street is focused on the big numbers — revenues, earnings and
units sold for the Mac, iPhone and iPod.
But
savvy analysts will be paying closer attention to the number that is the best
measure of a firm’s profitability: gross margin, expressed as the ratio of
profits to revenues. Or
(Revenue – Cost of sales) / Revenue
Apple’s gross margins, which have averaged 34.8% over the past eight quarters,
are the envy of the industry. Dell’s (DELL) first quarter GM, by contrast, was
17.6% and the company warned Wall Street last week that it is expecting a
“modest decline” next quarter.
In its
April earnings call, Apple low-balled its guidance numbers as usual, forecasting
a sharp drop in gross margins over the next 6 months. Specifically, it warned
analysts to expect no better than 33% in Q3 and “about 30%” in Q4.
But
Turley Muller, for one, doesn’t buy those numbers, and he should know.
Muller, who publishes a blog called Financial Alchemist, is one of a small group
of amateur analysts who track Apple closely and publish quarterly estimates that
are as good as — and often better than — the professionals’. In fact Muller’s
earnings estimates for Q2 were the best of the lot, missing the actual results
by just one penny (see here.)
For
Q3, he’s expecting Apple to report earnings of $1.35 per share on revenue of
$8.3 billion — far higher than the Street’s consensus ($1.16 on $8.16 billion).
Why
the discrepancy?
“Again
the story appears to be gross margin,” he writes. “Just like last quarter, when
Apple blew out the GM number with 36.4% (just as I had predicted) this quarter’s
GM (3Q) should be roughly the same as last quarter.
The
secret, he says, is in the profitability of the iPhone, “which is through the
roof.”
“Apple
tries to deflect that,” he says, but the evidence is right there, buried in a
chart he found in Apple’s SEC filings (see below). It shows Apple’s schedule for
deferred costs and revenue for the iPhone and Apple TV, which for legal reasons
are spread out over 24 months rather than being recorded at the time of sale.
Because Apple TV revenue is so small relative to the iPhone, this chart is a
pretty good proxy for the iPhone alone.
This
is complicated stuff, but the bottom line, as Muller points out, is that iPhone
profitability has been rising to the point where gross margins on the device are
over 50%.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's investment helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Bob Jensen's threads on revenue accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
From The Big 4 Blog ---
http://www.bigfouralumni.blogspot.com/
Wednesday, September 30, 2009
Ernst & Young: External Challenges Drive Flat Revenue From FY 2008 To FY
2009
Ernst & Young just reported its combined worldwide results for the year
ending 30 June 2009 (FY09), the first Big4 firm to report its global
results.
Combined global firm revenues of US$21.4 billion
for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2009 (FY09) decreased a modest 0.2% in
local currency terms from the comparable period in FY 2008. In FY 2008, E&Y
reported US$23.0 billion in global revenues, and in US dollar terms, the
revenue actually declined 6.8% from 2008 to 2009. This shows the dramatic
effect of the appreciation of the US dollar in this period against foreign
currencies. In other words, one unit of foreign currency translated to much
fewer US dollars in the FY 2009 fiscal year compared to the FY 2008 fiscal
year. We have highlighted growth in both local currency and US$ terms in our
analysis.
Across E&Y’s five geographic areas, Japan grew at
7.5% in local terms, due to the acquisition of 1,000 professionals from
accountancy firm Misuzu; and revenues increased 20% in US$ terms. Europe,
Middle East, India and Africa (EMEIA) area grew 1.8% in local currency
terms, but declined 9.7% in US$ terms. Oceania decreased 0.4% in local
currency terms, but declined a dramatic 15.9% in US$ terms. The Far East
decreased 2.7% in local currency terms and 5.9% in US$ terms. The Americas
area decreased 3.2% in local currency terms but 5.5% in US$ terms.
There were some bright spots however, with many of
the emerging markets achieving strong growth, including the Middle East
(18.6%), India (13.1%) and Brazil (8.0%).
E&Y said that, “all of our service lines were
impacted by pricing pressure and fee reductions.” Despite that, Assurance
Services with FY 2009 revenues of $10.1 billion offset price pressure with
market-share gains, and revenues declined only 0.7% in local currency terms,
but 6.3% in US$ terms. Global Tax Services with FY 2009 revenues of $5.8
billion was up 1.8% in local currency terms due to increased tax
enforcement, but dropped 5.2% in US$ terms. Advisory Services with FY 2009
revenues of $3.6 billion was up 1.5% in local currency terms due to
sustained demand for risk management and performance improvement, but
dropped 6.0% in US$ terms. Transaction Advisory Services with FY 2009
revenues of $1.9 billion, had a 6.9% decrease in local currency terms due to
fall in M&A volumes, but revenues decreased a whopping 14.8% in US$ terms.
Ernst & Young’s employee levels were flat from 2008
into 2009 at 144,500 total employees. Americas declined 4.5% from year to
year, this was offset with growth in Japan, EMEIA and Far East. Employee
level changes across service lines was moderate in percentage terms from
year to year. Attrition levels would be certainly down due to the tough job
market, and it seems hiring levels just kept pace with departures.
The recently reported numbers from Deloitte UK and
PricewaterhouseCoopers UK were pre-indicators that the Big4 firms would not
be reporting blow-out results. And this first announcement from E&Y confirms
our premise that business for the Big4 has slowed down dramatically in the
last 15 months as the economic global crisis finally had an impact on the
Big4 firms due to reduced demand, price pressure and fee reductions. This
brings an abrupt stop to 5 year of double-digit % annual revenue growth at
all the Big4 firms.
The good news in this release is that revenues have
not shrunk by a large amount, showing that the Big4 firms have deep breadth
and penetration in every market and country in the world, and their services
continue to be in demand by clients as they navigate through this crisis. A
flat year to year scenario, given the deepest and most detrimental recession
since the Great Depression, is cause for somber reflection, but not for
alarm. Consider that Tax and Advisory Services actually grew for Ernst and
Young.
We’ll wait to see how the other Big4 firms report
results, Deloitte is certainly late this year in their results, but we would
expect that revenue growth is nearly flat and all firms will discuss
external challenges as the main driver of this situation.
When interest rates are confounded by uncertain foreign exchange movements
and an unpredictable dictator
An Economics/Finance Lesson from South of the Border: A Teaching Case With
Accounting Implications
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 1,
2009
Venezuela to Sell $3 Billion in Dollar-Denominated Bonds
by Dan
Molinski and Darcy Crowe
Sep 29, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Advanced
Financial Accounting, Bond Prices, Bonds, Foreign Currency Exchange Rates
SUMMARY: "Venezuela
announced a dollar-denominated government-bond sale for at least $3 billion,
a move that gave the Bolivar currency a boost against the dollar in the
black market."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Questions
relate primarily to factors in bond issuance, with some reference to
currency exchange, suitable for use in intermediate and advanced financial
accounting courses.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
Why is the Venezuelan government taking an action which is influencing black
market trades of the country's currency, the Bolivar? In your answer, define
the terms black market as well as fixed rate and floating rate for currency
exchanges.
2. (Advanced)
The bonds are "directed at people living or residing in Venezuela." Does
this mean they must acquire dollars to pay for these dollar-denominated
bonds in their home country? Explain.
3. (Introductory)
Venezuela's central bank said on its Web site the 2019 bond will have a
coupon of 7.75% while the 2024 bond will have an 8.25% coupon. What is a
coupon? Why do these two bonds issued by the same government have different
coupon rates?
4. (Advanced)
Based on information in the article, describe the expectations of the
effective interest rate for these bonds.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Venezuela to Sell $3 Billion in Dollar-Denominated Bonds," by Dan Molinski
and Darcy Crowe, The Wall Street Journal, September 29, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125414560675846299.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
Venezuela announced a dollar-denominated
government-bond sale for at least $3 billion, a move that gave the bolivar
currency a boost against the dollar in the black market.
Venezuela's Finance Ministry said that the bond
sale, which is being managed by Deutsche Bank AG and Citigroup Inc., would
come in two issues, one for $1.5 billion with a 2019 maturity and another
for the same amount, with a 2024 maturity.
The ministry statement said the sale is directed at
"people living or residing in Venezuela," who would pay for the bonds with
the bolivar. Investors would then be able to exchange them for dollars, and
that is the part that helped lift the bolivar, as the sale could absorb
excessive local demand for the U.S. currency.
The bolivar has for years traded at an official,
fixed rate of 2.15 for $1 that was set by the Socialist government of Hugo
Chávez. But that rigidity has spawned a robust, unregulated black market in
which the bolivar is much weaker. Last month, it cost as much as seven
bolivars for $1.
But speculation of the dollar-denominated bond sale
and the official announcement Monday turned the bolivar as strong as 5.2
bolivars for $1, nearly its best showing in 2009.
The government hopes the bond sale will allow the
bolivar to maintain its upward trend, which could allow manufacturers and
other local businesses easier access to dollars at cheaper levels so they
can buy goods and ramp up activity.
Based on calculations from Caracas brokerage firm
BBO Financial Services, the bond issue could allow investors to buy dollars
at a rate of 4.6 bolivars, a price well below the parallel market rate.
The primary market price for the bonds is seen at a
premium to par, with the price to be determined by auction, according to a
statement from a syndicate desk.
Venezuela's central bank said on its Web site the
2019 bond will have a coupon of 7.75%, while the 2024 bond will have an
8.25% coupon. The government will take orders through Friday, and results
will be announced Oct. 6, the bank said.
The sale is the first dollar-denominated issue by
the government in more than a year, although the state-run oil firm issued
$3 billion earlier this year.
The finance minister said over the weekend that
state-run entities would have the option of more bond sales during the
remainder of the year.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
FASB Accounting Standards Codification™—Four Volume Set ($195.00)
You can read the following (on September 30, 2009) at the FASB Website ---
Click Here
http://www.surveymethods.com/Preview.aspx?EAF4E0EDBEA4BDAFABE0E6EDE6AEB7B9ECAE&DO_NOT_COPY_THIS_LINK
In order to help us determine initial print
quantities for the following FASB hard copy bound editions, please indicate
your interest in the following publications. Please note that this is for
informational purposes only. Your ‘yes’ response to any or all of the items
below is in no way an obligation to purchase the publications.
*1. FASB Accounting Standards Codification™—Four
Volume Set ($195.00)
A four-volume bound edition of the FASB Accounting
Standards Codification™ will be available at the beginning of October 2009.
Quantity pricing will be offered in addition to a 20 percent discount for
academic users.
Jensen Question
I "cheated" and copied the link above where it says DO NOT COPY THIS
LINK.
Why would the FASB put this at the end of a URL?
Will the FBI come knocking at my door?
Bob Jensen's threads on the "dumb, dumb, dumb" FASB Codification ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
"GAAP Codification: An Ontological Perspective," by Zane L. Swanson
(University of Central Oklahoma) and Ron Freeze (Emporia State University), SSRN,
September 2, 2008 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1262059
Abstract:
The 2008 Financial Accounting Standards Board Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP) codification initiative makes a significant step in the
consolidation and ease of use of standards applied to accounting practices.
The objective of this article is to identify the potential benefits of
enhancing the GAAP codification initiative by the application of an
accounting ontology framework. These benefits include: 1) Improved decision
making, 2) Faster assimilation of GAAP practices, and 3) an improved common
framework for facilitating communication between FASB, IFRS and the SEC. Our
study's analysis is meant to motivate discussion within the accounting
community about what the ultimate codification might be and provide a
starting point for creating an ontology that meets the consensus of the
community.
Bob Jensen's threads on the FASB's Codification database ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Debt Versus Equity: Dense Fog on the Mezzanine Level
Deloitte has submitted a
Letter of Comment (PDF 277k) on the IASB's
Discussion Paper: Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Equity. We
strongly support development of a standard addressing how to distinguish between
liabilities and equity. We do not support any of the three approaches outlined
in the
Discussion Paper, but we
believe that the basic ownership approach is a suitable starting point. Below is
an excerpt from our letter. Past comment letters are
Here.
IASPlus, September 5, 2008 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm
July 19, 2009 reply from John Anderson
[jcanderson27@COMCAST.NET]
Professor Jensen,
Thanks for your very interesting post!
This peek into the work of the IASB illustrates much of what is happening
within the IFRS iceberg … where 6/7th's of the activity is under the
surface, or else seemingly ignored in the US press and perhaps intentionally
under-reported by US professional organizations.
I have pulled the following excerpts from the IASB’s linked site in your
post ---
http://www.iasplus.com/dttletr/0809liabequity.pdf
The approach was prepared by staff of the Accounting Standards Committee of
Germany on behalf of the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG)
and the German Accounting Standards Board (GASB) under the Pro-active
Accounting Activities in Europe Initiative (PAAinE) of EFRAG and the
European National Standard Setters.
The staff pointed out that the basic principle for the classification of
equity and liability has been established but that all other components
still represent work-in-progress.
Also:
The staff asked the Board whether there was agreement on acknowledging in
the IASB's forthcoming discussion paper that the European Financial
Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) had also issued a discussion paper on the
distinction between equity and liabilities. Most Board Members disagreed
with the staff's proposed wording and emphasised that the IASB should make
it clear that it had not deliberated the final version of the EFRAG
document, had therefore reached no final position on its merits and that the
acknowledgement of the existence of the EFRAG paper should not be seen as
the IASB endorsing the positions taken therein. It was decided to take the
staff proposals offline to agree a suitable wording.
Also:
The FASB document describes three approaches to distinguish equity
instruments and non-equity instruments:
·
basic ownership,
·
ownership-settlement, and
·
reassessed expected outcomes.
The FASB has reached a preliminary view that the basic ownership approach is
the appropriate approach for determining which instruments should be
classified as equity. The IASB has not deliberated any of the three
approaches, or any other approaches, to distinguishing equity instruments
and non-equity, and does not have any preliminary view.
The IASB's DP describes some implications of the three approaches in the
FASB document for IFRSs. For instance:
·
Significantly fewer instruments would be classified as equity under the
basic ownership approach than under IAS 32.
·
The ownership-settlement approach would be broadly consistent with the
classifications achieved in IAS 32. However, under the ownership-settlement
approach, more instruments would be separated into components and fewer
derivative instruments would be classified as equity.
The goal of the
Discussion Paper is to solicit views on whether FASB's proposals are a
suitable starting point for the IASB's deliberations. If the project is
added to the IASB's active agenda, the IASB intends to undertake it jointly
with the FASB. The IASB requests responses to the DP by 5 September 2008.
Click for
Press Release
PDF 52k).
My concerns are the following:
-
About a year ago I understood that in IFRS most Preferred Stock would be
classified as Debt, not Equity.
-
There was some question about Callable and Convertible Debt.
Today, going through the IASB’ abstract of all of their meetings on this
subject, I cannot determine if the Germans in ERFAG are arguing for
Preferred Stock to be classified as Equity or not. Logically their issue of
the Loss Absorbing nature of the Security should be the determining factor
for classifications and therefore classify Preferred Stock as Equity or not.
This is critical in areas like Boston where many of our VC backed companies
would be transformed into companies having little or no Equity under IFRS.
I have seen IFRS “experts” present on Route 128 in Boston and seemingly
being unaware of this difference between US GAAP and IFRS. Similarly,
Tweedie’s stand-by illustrative company from Scotland that he loves to use
is Johnnie Walker. This would indicate to me that maybe McGreevy should
introduce Tweedie to some of the Microsoft development now performed in
Ireland, unless Johnnie Walker is about to enter the Technology Business.
As has been the theme in some of my prior posts, after correctly bringing
the US position (FASB) into the discussions about a year ago, since then the
IASB seems to have its hands full dealing with the Contingencies from the
EU.
Clearly with 55 conventions in the EU, 2½ for each EU country, a key task
for the IASB is the de-Balkanization of the EU’s Accounting. During this
necessary period of consolidation within the EU, we should not be required
to mark time as the IASB planned during the EU conversion from 2005
throughout 2008. (The Credit Crunch and Financial Meltdown in September
2008 threw a monkey-wrench into these plans!)
As in their December 2008 Revenue Recognition “Discussion Paper” the IASB
seems to have their hands full now introducing these revolutionary new
concepts such as Equity Section Accounting and Revenue Recognition to their
subscribing countries. They are seemingly starting each exercise with a
blank sheet. Unfortunately this is no way conducive to their goal of
converging with us in the US. This methodology also will create excess
fatigue within the EU’s apparently limited and diffused technical resources.
Given that the IASB has been struggling with Equity Accounting since 2005
this also confirms my fear of future lack of responsiveness to newly arising
needs for new accounting regulations. We are now down to only the FASB in
this country. I shudder to consider a world with only the IASB. Could they
handle Cash in 3 months, or would this require further study?
They were quick with Derivatives in 2008 Q4 and in recent threats to us in
the US.
Apparently they can only be decisive in emotional moments of pique or fear!
Best Regards!
John
John Anderson, CPA, CISA, CISM, CGEIT, CITP
Financial & IT Business
Consultant
14
Tanglewood Road
Boxford,
MA
01921
jcanderson27@comcast.net
978-887-0623 Office
978-837-0092 Cell
978-887-3679
Fax
Bob Jensen's threads on Debt versus Equity ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FAS150
"Revenue Recognition: Will a Single Model Fly? Elements unique to
long-term contracts pose a challenge for FASB and IASB in their bid to create
one standard covering all customer relationships" by David McCann, CFO.com, July
2, 2009 ---
http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/13941548/c_2984368/?f=archives
Can U.S. and international accounting
standard-setters realize their dream of fashioning a single
revenue-recognition standard that would apply to all customer contracts?
While the answer won't be known for some time, it's safe to say there are
hurdles on the road ahead.
In a joint discussion paper issued last December in
which the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the International
Accounting Standards Board proposed a model for a lone standard, they
acknowledged that an alternative approach could be needed for some
contracts. The almost 200 letters they received in a comment period that
ended June 19 did nothing to remove any doubts about whether having one
standard will be viable.
Most of the letters agreed that the standards
boards' goals are laudable. One main objective is to simplify and clarify
FASB's revenue-recognition rules, which currently are scattered among more
than 100 standards. Another is to offer more guidance than what's contained
in IASB's broadly worded revenue-recognition principle.
In meeting those twin objectives, the boards would
be advancing their overarching goal of converging U.S. and international
standards. The major goals aside, however, many commenters registered alarm
at specifics of the proposed model — especially concerning how revenue
should be recognized under long-term contracts.
Today, entities typically recognize revenue when
it's realized or realizable and the "earnings process" is substantially
complete. The new model instead would direct the entity to record the gain
when it performs an obligation under its contract, such as by delivering a
promised good or service to the customer. (The contract need not be written;
even a simple retail transaction involves an implicit contract in which the
customer agrees to provide consideration in return for an item.)
In a simple example, if the entity had agreed to
provide two products at different times, it would recognize revenue twice,
even if the contract stipulated that payment would not be made until the
second product was delivered. The discussion paper mentions several
permissible bases on which revenue could be allocated to the different
performance obligations. But the paper says the revenue should be in
proportion to the stand-alone selling price of the good or service
underlying a performance obligation. And for an item that's not sold
separately, a stand-alone price should be estimated — something that the
standards boards acknowledged could be hard to do.
A main purpose of the performance-obligation
approach is to iron out many of the disparities in how businesses account
for revenue, which the boards say make financial statements less useful than
they should be. The discussion paper gave the example of cable television
providers, which under FAS 51 account for connecting customers to the cable
network and providing the cable signal over the subscription period as
separate earnings processes. By contrast, under the Securities and Exchange
Commission's SAB 104, telephone companies account for up-front activation
fees and monthly fees for phone usage as part of the same earnings process.
"The fact that entities apply the earnings process
approach differently to economically similar transactions calls into
question the usefulness of that approach [and] reduces the comparability of
revenue across entities and industries," the discussion paper stated.
Long Engagements Perhaps the thorniest issue
arising from the standards boards' proposal involves long-term construction
or production contracts. Historically, under many such arrangements the
company recognizes revenue using the "percentage-of-completion" method — if
it's a three-year project with costs of $3 million, and $1 million of that
is expended in the first year, one-third of the revenue is reflected for
that year.
The single-model proposal, on the other hand, says
that revenue should be recognized as an entity "transfers control" of goods
and services to the customer. But many comment letters noted that the
discussion paper did not clearly define what constitutes a transfer of
control.
A company that is constructing a building for a
customer may regard the materials and labor being provided as a continuous
transfer of goods and services, which under the proposed model could be
construed as allowing them to continue to recognize revenue over the
duration of the contract. But if the standard setters hold that "transfer of
control" occurs when the building is completed and turned over to the
customer, all of the revenue would have to be recognized in the final year
of the contract.
Lynne Triplett, a partner and revenue-recognition
expert at Grant Thornton, told CFO.com that the way the discussion paper is
written, "There could be questions as to whether there is continuous
transfer of control, and to the extent there's not, there is going to be a
significant difference between the way revenue is recognized today versus
how it might be recognized in the future."
That would create misleading financial statements,
according to some of the comment letters. "The most concerning area of the
discussion paper is the potential change to the accounting for long-term
contracts," wrote Financial Executives International Canada. "Creating a
model which results in 'lumpy' revenue recognition ... with a waterfall
effect in one accounting period at the very end, is not useful to the
readers of financial statements."
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Most of the argument centers on timing of revenue recognition such a in
long-term contracts. But the important issues concern whether or not some
transactions should be recognized as revenue. Much of this debate was left in
many EITF dead ends that need to be explicitly resolved ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
But the track record of the IASB is not very strong about explicit
resolution of problems. Instead the IASB likes principles-based standards that,
in my viewpoint, leaves too much to subjective judgment. This is one of the
reasons why the revenue recognition standards to date issued by the IASB
arguably constitute the greatest weakness in IFRS.
Thank You John Anderson
You’ve given us the most penetrating critique to date of IFRS in the
context of when (probably not if) international accounting standards should
replace U.S. GAAP.
This seriously backs up
Professor Sunder's argument that, not only should the IASB be given a world
monopoly on accounting standard setting, it should not be given one before
its standards are demonstrably better than other national standards, especially
U.S. GAAP. I've always argued for at least giving the IASB more time to generate
better standards. Year 2009 was just too soon, at least in the U.S., for
IFRS-Lite and Year 2014 is just too soon for IFRS-Heavy.
You can read about the IFRS-Lite and IFRS-Heavy express trains at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
July 16, 2009 message from John Anderson
[jcanderson27@COMCAST.NET]
I usually try to be very even-handed when discussing IFRS, but today please
allow me to speak as a proponent of Convergence … but also an unbridled
supporter of US GAAP!
First off, thanks for your honest and candid email.
I believe that this dramatizes the giant problem that I believe Tweedie and
crew are all too belatedly realizing they have! They have a lot to do!
This may account for some of the erratic comments and actions by IASB
members over the last few months. For example I am thinking of his
colleague Mr. Smith from Fort Lauderdale who is really wigging-out at
times! Of course he has dedicated a decade or more of his life to the IASB
so during those periods where the IASB could be confused with the Keystone
Cops, we can all understand his justified frustration! However, rather than
focus more on any of these untoward actions or statements made by
individuals, or at times their apparent threats to not proceed with
Convergence as agreed, let’s just wish them well and hope they get down to
business … as we in the US are waiting … and they now have the world
spotlight on them that they seemed so determined to have.
I will not attempt to summarize the US Revenue Recognition work of over the
last 12 years, but I will make these comments. The joint IFRS communiqué
from the FASB and the IASB was less than a particularly rigorous piece of
work! It read more like it was a first draft. They have recently referred
to it as only a “discussion paper.” It was not a valid step to Convergence
with the US and gave no indication of how they might be transforming their
current IFRS into something comparable in quality to current US GAAP in this
area. They did not demonstrate a mastery of the current US concepts and
certainly didn’t come close to introducing more advanced thinking which
would be the prerogative of the IASB. Instead they started out by focusing
upon hypothetical Contract Assets and Liabilities. However, in some
sections they spoke like these Contract Assets and Liabilities were not
merely illustrative, but were instead actually being booked. When their own
illustrative tools boggle them, and nobody does a final read through, we end
up with stuff like this!
This was really only an elementary first step of introducing some of the
concepts of Revenue Recognition to many people in other jurisdictions who
have probably never given this subject any thought before! I accept that
this educational work by the IASB is needed, but they shouldn’t confuse this
with Convergence with the US. This dramatizes how in the area of Revenue
Recognition, the IASB has a lot of ground to cover and must break their
inertia. The IASB not only has to cover this territory which may be
somewhat new to some of their members, but they have to educate those around
the world who are in the field and currently applying IFRS and make sure
that they absorb this material. It is always easier to start something and
attend the parade … than to continue and sustain anything. (It’s also much
more fun to start something!)
Then, to raise questions about their institutional competence and control,
they published IFRS SME before they determined what course they will follow
in IFRS. Further, in earlier drafts, IFRS SME was more conservative on
Revenue Recognition than was IFRS, and ignored these vexing Contract Assets
and Liabilities. I have informally confirmed that this SME group is
essentially operating independently of IFRS’s main team. Finally in SME’s
Final Draft, Revenue Recognition adopts a style and structure somewhat
reminiscent the SAB statements from the SEC with 26 Revenue examples sited
in the final document with varying degrees of discussion and guidance.
(Rules!) However, within IFRS, the IASB is apparently more and more
convinced that one single standard will serve as Revenue Recognition for
Software, Power Utilities, and anything else that comes down the pike!
(Converging SME and IFRS may be yet another task.)
Here I am only discussing Software Revenue Recognition. This is
serious stuff in Boston, San Francisco, Seattle and other cities where we
all know of companies where there are Ex-Management Teams that are currently
doing time in US Prisons for violating these Accounting provisions. They
are not as prominent as Madoff, but they are in the same place. Most will
probably get out of prison within their lifetimes.
During his last visit to the US, Sir David
(Tweedie)
tried to dramatize how you can get around any rule if you want to. One of
his anecdotes was probably an ill-advised selection. He must understand
that thousands are listening to him when he is on stage in a webcast.
Further, advisors with attitudes of getting around certain rules can get
people in this country some serious periods of incarceration.
In the US this is an area that is considered by many as very challenging.
However, it is an excellent area to study as it bares the bones of both
systems and shows that US GAAP is more driven by the principle of
Conservatism than is IFRS, at this time. (Why can no proponents of IFRS
ever tell me the Principles that these methods are based upon? If they are
particularly annoying I sometimes suggest it’s the principle of “Ease of
Calculations!” I have yet to get a response when doing this. So I will
supply this sort of Transparency as the apparent principle or basis of most
of IFRS in this area, not stark Conservatism. This is important, because it
is time to stop pretending! US GAAP is principles based … but it is not
just bare principles! I believe that IFRS also has some Rules!)
To directly answer your question, I have recompiled and attached my portion
of the AICPA’s response to the FASB regarding IFRS (not SME). You will be
able to look at the response regarding Software Revenue. In this example
this change is demonstrated to be more than dramatic!
In the example Current Revenue is as follows:
US GAAP $0
IFRS $9.333M
In the Software Revenue Recognition you’ll see my SOP 98-9 Residual Method
contrasted against my “apportion the discount numbers” where I used the
proposed IFRS Revenue Method. This approach is similar to the FASB’s EITF
00.21 which I personally feel muddied the genius of SOP 97-2 and 98-9
authored by the AICPA! EITF 00.21 is not the main thrust of US GAAP; SOP
98-9 is along with the Deferral Method for VSOE is the main thrust. (Many
IFRS people make the fundamental mistake of assuming that Pre-Codification
US GAAP is as simply laid out as IFRS. They go to the FASB Statements and
think that is it. Wrong! There were 25 other potential sources! Hence the
need for Codification with is similar to the ARB’s compiled in the US around
1951.)
IFRS Revenue shoots through the roof because front-end Revenue is not based
only on the Principle of Conservatism and recognizing all discounts and
Sales concessions or inducements on the Front-end!
US GAAP has principles like Conservatism. In my example US GAAP demands all
discounts be taken on the first piece of revenue recognized upon delivery.
However IFRS approach simply allocates like some practically trained Cost
Accountant; not like a conservatively trained Financial Accountant!
The irony is this! SME is more conservative than the main body of IFRS! In
the earlier drafts of SME you could not have deferred revenue at anything
other than your normal margin. Whereas IFRS allows zero margin sales t be
maintained in Deferred Revenue! Incredibly daft! Excuse me … incredibly
Un-Conservative!
Please prove to us how IFRS is more conservative, or else please suggest as
to how you would remedy this dire GAP in the IFRS Methodology.
Thanks for your patience!
Best Regards!
John
John Anderson, CPA, CISA, CISM, CGEIT, CITP
Financial & IT Business
Consultant
14
Tanglewood Road
Boxford,
MA
01921
jcanderson27@comcast.net
978-887-0623 Office
978-837-0092 Cell
978-887-3679 Fax
June 15, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi John,
You wrote:
*****Begin Quotation
During his last visit to the US, Sir David
(Tweedie)
tried to dramatize how you can get around any rule if you want to. One
of his anecdotes was probably an ill-advised selection. He must
understand that thousands are listening to him when he is on stage in a
webcast. Further, advisors with attitudes of getting around certain
rules can get people in this country some serious periods of
incarceration.
*****End Quotation
In addition to incarceration in the U.S. for violating GAAP rules, there is
the even more common and very expensive lawsuit risk for breaking GAAP rules
and failure to detect these breaches in audits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
I’ve always argued (and repeated in a recent message to the AECM)
that the main advantage of rules-based standards lies in dealing with
enormous clients like Enron that became bullies with auditors. Auditors
could point to a rule and then say they “have no choice.”
In other words, the advantage of a rule is
before
the fact
rather than after the fact!
Of course when dealing with companies like Enron that want to
want to cheat on the rules it’s essential for auditors to verify compliance.
The famous 3% rule for SPE accounting in U.S. GAAP was not properly verified
by Andersen’s audit team at Enron, and this more than anything else,
probably led to the implosion of Andersen (at least it was the smoking gun)
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm
Who knows what would’ve happened to Andersen and Enron under IFRS?
There would not have been that smoking gun in an explicit 3% rule. At this
point IFRS is too different on SPE accounting to predict what might have
been the alternative scenario ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
Under IFRS we might still have both Enron and Andersen, and that
would not necessarily be bad if Enron had pulled off most of its many
leveraged gambles and Andersen had to be better auditors under SOX. Of
course this is all speculation off the top of my head.
Although Enron tried to screw California, Enron was not unique.
Everybody was screwing California.
Bob Jensen's threads on the express train's bumpy rails toward requiring
IFRS-Heavy for public companies (Resistance is Futile) are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Issues of principles-based versus rules-based standards are discussed at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Principles-Based
Fade, Gain, and Cost Shifting Analysis in gross profit analysis in
construction accounting
September 25, 2009 message from William Brighenti, CPA
[accountantscpahartford@GMAIL.COM]
If anyone has detailed
information including an illustration of a fade analysis for contractors,
please email me or post it. I've posted one on my website:
http://www.cpa-connecticut.com/fade-analysis.html.
However, I suspect there may be other formats
available allowing for better analysis. Please email all suggestions,
comments, and formats to
accountantscpahartford@gmail.com.
Thank you,
William Brighenti, CPA,
Accountants CPA Hartford
http://www.cpa-connecticut.com
September 25, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi William,
There can be “gains” as well as “fades.” Also check
under the contractors “cost shifting” behavior from contract to contract.
Here are a few links to look at::
http://www.eurojournals.com/irjfe_28_04.pdf
Click Here
http://www.dglcpas.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cost_shifting.pdf
Click Here
http://blog.skodaminotti.com/blog/cleveland-construction-accounting/0/0/the-importance-of-gainfade-analyses
Click Here
http://blog.skodaminotti.com/blog/real-estate-and-construction-blog-5
Click Here (CPE Course)
http://www.cpa2biz.com/AST/Main/CPA2BIZ_Primary/Tax/PRDOVR~PC-186319/PC-186319.jsp
Click Here
http://www.thetfmshow.com/Assets/Content/doc/TU13%20-%20Financial%20Fundamentals%20pt%202.pdf
Hope this helps.
There is also an unrelated concept of fade analysis
in game theory ---
Parrondo's Paradox ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Parrondo%27s_paradox
Bob Jensen
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
From The
Wall Street Journal Accounting Review on October 8, 2009
Borrowing for Dividends Raises Worries
by Liz Rappaport
Oct 05, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Bonds,
Debt, Dividends, Financial Accounting, Financial Analysis, Financial Statement
Analysis, Mergers and Acquisitions
SUMMARY: "Rock-bottom
interest rates and thawed credit markets are emboldening some companies to use
bond-sale proceeds...to pay out special dividends, buy back stock, or finance
acquisitions.... [In contrast,] most corporate-bond offerings during the
recession have been used to reduce debt or stockpile cash."
CLASSROOM
APPLICATION: The
article can be used in covering bond issuances, ratio analysis particularly of
debt-to-equity and interest versus earnings, dividend payments, and corporate
acquisitions.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What was the effective interest rate for corporations
with high credit ratings who issued bonds in September 2009? How does that rate
compare to one year ago?
2. (Introductory) What reasons for that change are given in the article?
Do they have anything to do with changing creditworthiness of the borrowers?
3. (Introductory) Compare the actions of Intel Corporation and TransDigm
Group, Inc., with their debt issuance. How are they similar? How are they
different?
4. (Advanced) What is the impact on a corporate balance sheet of issuing
debt? Describe the impact ignoring use of the proceeds, in essence assuming the
company will "stockpile" the cash.
5. (Introductory) Define the financial statement ratios of debt-to-equity
and times interest earned.
6. (Advanced) Describe the change in impact of debt issuance on a balance
sheet equation and the two financial ratios if the proceeds are used to pay
dividends to shareholders.
7. (Advanced) Can a company issue bonds in order to "reduce debt" as the
author says was done in during the recession and credit crisis? Explain,
proposing a better term for such a transaction.
8. (Introductory) The author uses two benchmarks to make clear the impact
of TransDigm Group's debt issuance and dividend payment. What are these
benchmarks? How does using them increase clarity about the size of the $425
million bond offering and the $7.50 to $7.70 per share special dividend?
9. (Advanced) The author also includes use of bond proceed to finance
acquisitions as a risky action. How have debt analysts reacted to Kraft's offer
to buy Cadbury?
10. (Advanced) Describe the impact of a business combination financed by
debt on the total combined balance sheets of the firms entering into the
business combination. How does this impact compare to using bond proceeds to pay
dividends to shareholders? How does it differ?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Borrowing
for Dividends Raises Worries," by Liz Rappaport, October 5, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125470107157763085.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
Rock-bottom interest rates and thawed credit markets are emboldening some
companies to use bond-sale proceeds to go on the offensive, even if that means
rewarding shareholders at the expense of bondholders.
The nascent trend is controversial because corporate borrowers are sinking
themselves deeper into debt to pay out special dividends, buy back stock or
finance acquisitions. While such moves were all the rage during the credit boom,
most corporate-bond offerings during the recession have been used to reduce debt
or stockpile cash.
Eric Felder, global head of credit trading at Barclays Capital, says the lure of
low rates and companies' stables of cash increases "the risk of non-bondholder
friendly events."
Last week's sale of $425 million of bonds by aircraft-parts manufacturer
TransDigm Group Inc. is one of the back-to-the-past corporate-bond deals causing
concern among some analysts. More than $360 million of the proceeds will be used
to pay a special cash dividend to shareholders and management of the Cleveland
company.
The added debt increased TransDigm's borrowings to 4.3 times its earnings before
interest and taxes, compared with 3.1 times before last week's deal. The
expected dividend of $7.50 to $7.70 a share is equal to nearly all of the net
income that TransDigm reported since the end of fiscal 2003, according to
Moody's Investors Service.
Moody's said the dividend "illustrates the company's aggressive financial
policy." Moody's gave the new debt a junk rating of B3, even though the ratings
firm said TransDigm's "strong operating performance will enable the company to
service the increased debt level."
Sean Maroney, director of investor relations at TransDigm, says the "stability
of our business, high profit margins and consistent cash flow" give the company
"the ability to support this level of leverage."
Borrowing from bondholders to pay shareholder dividends is "a hallmark of an
earlier credit era," Jeffrey Rosenberg, head of credit strategy at Bank of
America Merrill Lynch, wrote in a report Friday. Such deals were popular in 2003
and 2004, the last time the Federal Reserve lowered its benchmark interest rate
to historically low levels, keeping it at 1% for more than a year.
Companies like Dex Media Inc. took on debt to pay dividends to its
private-equity owners, including Carlyle Group and Welsh, Carson, Anderson &
Stowe, before taking the companies public. Dex Media filed for bankruptcy
earlier this year under a mountain of debt.
With the federal-funds rate at 0% for nine months now and confidence returning
to the stock and debt markets, investors have been driven to take on more risk.
That is flooding the corporate-bond market with cash. Investors poured $43
billion into investment-grade corporate-bond funds in the second quarter and
nearly $40 billion in the third quarter -- almost double previous peak quarters,
according to Lipper AMG Data Services.
The wave of buying drove down borrowing costs for the average highly rated
corporation to about 5%, according to Merrill, a level not seen since 2005. In
the heat of the crisis last October, such rates averaged 9%. Through the end of
September, more than 1,000 high-rated companies borrowed a record $860 billion,
according to Dealogic.
In July, Intel Corp. sold $1.75 billion of convertible bonds, planning to use
$1.5 billion of the proceeds to buy back shares. A spokesman for Intel declined
to comment.
The computer-chip giant has a strong credit rating of single-A, so it doesn't
carry a burdensome debt load. Still, the deal raised eyebrows among some
analysts and investors, who say floating debt to buy back stock could become
more common as companies regain confidence.
And as merger-and-acquisition activity revs up, the cheaper cost of debt
compared with equity is tempting companies to use bond sales as a deal-making
war chest.
Analysts are watching Kraft Foods Inc. in anticipation that the company would
finance its proposed purchase of U.K. chocolate, candy and chewing gum maker
Cadbury PLC by raising tons of debt. Last month's unsolicited bid by Kraft was
then valued at about $16.7 billion, but it could be weeks before Kraft submits a
formal offer.
Three major credit-ratings agencies have warned Kraft that they could slash the
company's debt ratings if the company reaches a deal agreement with Cadbury. At
the current offering price, Kraft would need to shell out at least $6 billion in
cash, much of it likely from the debt markets, according to corporate-bond
research firm Gimme Credit.
"Kraft is committed to maintaining an investment-grade rating," a Kraft
spokesman said, declining to comment further.
So far in 2009, returns to high-grade bond investors are 19%, according to
Merrill. "We've seen a feeding frenzy" because of low interest rates, says
Kathleen Gaffney, portfolio manager at Loomis, Sayles & Co. She sold some bonds
recently to take profits from the rally. Loomis Sayles wants to have cash on the
sidelines in case the Fed raises rates soon or Treasury bonds sell off.
Jensen
Comment
If you buy into the Modigliani and Miller Theorem of capital structure, how the
corporation is financed, including dividend payouts, is as follows:
The Modigliani-Miller theorem
(of
Franco Modigliani,
Merton Miller)
forms the basis for modern thinking on
capital structure. The basic theorem states that, under a certain market
price process (the classical
random walk),
in the absence of
taxes,
bankruptcy
costs, and
asymmetric information,
and in an
efficient market,
the value of a firm is unaffected by how that firm is financed. It does not
matter if the firm's capital is raised by issuing
stock
or selling debt.
It does not matter what the firm's
dividend
policy is.
Therefore, the Modigliani-Miller theorem is also often called the capital
structure irrelevance principle.
Modigliani was awarded the
1985 Nobel Prize in Economics for this and
other contributions.
Miller was awarded the 1990 Nobel Prize in Economics, along with
Harry Markowitz and
William Sharpe, for their "work in the
theory of financial economics," with Miller specifically cited for "fundamental
contributions to the theory of corporate finance."
Of course
these days, the assumption of market efficiency is a big stretch ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EMH
Bob
Jensen's threads on debt versus equity and capital structure (including investor
earn out contracts) are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FAS150
Bob
Jensen's bookmarks for financial ratios ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010303FinancialRatios
Also see
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Financial_ratios
Bob
Jensen's threads on valuation of the firm are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
Deloitte Heads Up
"Reconfiguring the Scope of Software Revenue Recognition Guidance," by
Rich Paul, Ryan Johnson, Sam Doolittle, and Rebecca Morrow, Deloitte & Touche LLP, Deloitte Heads Up, October 23, 2009 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/usa/headsup/headsup0910software.pdf
October 11, 2009 message from David Albrecht
[albrecht@PROFALBRECHT.COM]
I do not even know what a course in accounting
research and analysis means.
David Albrecht
Hi David,
Since you got your doctorate at a very fine university (Virginia
Tech), I assume that you are being modest for purposes of stimulating
discussion on the AECM.
A course in "accounting research" can vary across an extremely wide
range from an undergraduate course that is more like a legal and
archival research course showing students how to locate international
financial data, accounting standards, and literature to advanced accountics doctoral seminars
that typically divide a number of courses on the basis of capital
markets (econometrics) research, behavioral (psychometrics, behavioral
finance/economics), and analytical (economic modeling, game theory,
agency theory, mathematical information economics).
The term “analysis” can also mean different things, but the usual
context is mathematical analytics apart from mathematical statistical
inference and data mining. The common example is economics game theory.
Since Joel Demski became dominant in the doctoral program at the
University of Florida, Florida’s doctoral program has become a model of
an accountics doctoral program heavy on the analytical side of research.
The outline of Florida's "accountics" doctoral program is shown below.
I've highlighted in red those courses that I think fit into what would be
termed "analysis" or "analytics" courses which of course are Joel
Demski's major research interests and contributions to accountics over the
years ---
http://www.cba.ufl.edu/fsoa/docs/phd_AccConcentration.pdf
PREREQUISITES
ACCOUNTING BACKGROUND
The Program assumes that new doctoral students have
a proficiency in accounting and business similar to that of an
undergraduate accounting major. This background does not necessarily
require a formal accounting degree, so long as the student can
establish a reasonable accounting background (such as a graduate
student who has taken several accounting courses in the MBA
program). Successful applicants who do not have a sufficient
accounting background must take the MBA Accounting sequence and
Intermediate Accounting in the coursework phase of the
Ph.D. program.
QUANTITATIVE BACKGROUND
The program assumes that new doctoral students have
taken the equivalent of three semesters of calculus and one semester
of linear algebra as mathematical background. Entering accounting
Ph.D. students who do not have this background can take any
necessary courses among the following University of Florida course
offerings. We encourage students who do not meet this mathematical
background to start taking the needed courses in the summer before
starting the program (or earlier if they can take equivalent courses
before arriving in Gainesville). Students can complete any needed
mathematical courses subsequent to matriculating in the fall.
MAC 2311 (or MAC
3472) Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1 (Honors Calculus 1)
MAC 2313 (or MAC
3473) Analytic Geometry and Calculus 2 (Honors Calculus 2
MAC 2313 (or MAC
3474) Analytic Geometry and Calculus 3 (Honors Calculus 3)
MAS 4105 Linear
Algebra
STA 6329 Matrix Algebra and
Statistical computing (this most likely is partly analytical and
partly inferential)
ECO 7408
Mathematical Methods and Application to Economics
ACCOUNTING SEMINARS
All students must successfully complete the
following courses:
• Overview of
Accounting Research (first semester) 3
• Archival Research
in Accounting 3
•
Analytical
Research in Accounting 3
• Experimental
Research in Accounting 3
BUSINESS CORE COURSES
All students must
successfully complete or demonstrate that they have completed the
equivalent of the
following courses:
•
ECO 7404: Game Theory for Economists 2
• ECO 7115:
Microeconomic Theory 1 3
• ECO 7113: Information
Economics 2
• FIN 7446:
Corporate Finance 4
• FIN 7447: Asset
Pricing 2
RESEARCH METHODS CORE COURSES
All students must
successfully complete or demonstrate that they have completed the
equivalent of the
following courses:
• STA 6326:
Introduction to Theoretical Statistics I 3
• STA 6327:
Introduction to Theoretical Statistics II 3
• ECO 7424:
Econometric Methods I 3
• ECO 7426:
Econometric Methods II or 3
ECO 7415:
Statistical Methods in Economics or MAR 7636: Research Methods
in Marketing can be substituted
12
SUPPORTING FIELD
All students must
take a minimum of four graduate-level courses (12 credits) in a
supporting field, such as finance, economics, decision and
information science, mathematics, political science, psychology or
sociology.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
1.
First
Year Summer Project – All students are required to execute a
research project in the first summer of matriculation. The first
year summer project requires students to replicate and extend, in a
minor way, a published accounting paper. The intent of this project
is to have the student explore a question, grapple with the data
collection and analysis issues, and present the findings. The
resulting paper is due no later than October 15th in the Fall
semester of the second year. The presentation to the faculty of the
first-year summer project constitutes the first year exam.
2.
Second Year Summer Project – All
students are required to execute a research project in the second
summer of matriculation. The second year project entails completing,
presenting, and submitting a paper that demonstrates original
thinking. The project is an independent scholarly effort with
faculty providing broad, informal guidance. The resulting paper must
be presented at a FSOA workshop no later than the end of the Fall
semester of the third year.
3.
Teaching Requirement – All students
are required to teach a minimum of one semester.
You can read about Joel's major works at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Joel_Demski
Most of these works involve mathematical analysis.
In addition to Joel's extensive bibliography (often in partnership with
Jerry Feltham) on accounting analytics, I'm virtually certain that a key
component in the accountics program at Florida is the "Economics of
Accounting" by Feltham and Christensen that commenced in 2002 with Volume 1
---
Click Here
Product Details
-
Pub. Date of
Volume 1:
October 2002
-
Publisher:
Springer-Verlag
New York,
LLC
-
Format:
Hardcover,
620pp
-
Sales Rank:
588,703
At sales rank 588,703, Volume 1 was not a major money maker, which is
probably why only Volume 2 is not available from Amazon and Barnes & Noble.
The two volumes are based on lectures notes for two graduate courses on the
economic analysis of accounting information in markets and in organizations.
The first volume, focusing on markets, looks at the basic role of
information in facilitating decisions, public information and private
investor information in equity markets, and the disclosure of private owner
information in equity and product markets.
|
Christensen, P.O., Feltham, G.A., Vol. 1, 2002, ISBN
978-1-4020-7229-1, Hardcover, Usually dispatched
between 3 to 5 business days
... More
Christensen, P.O., Feltham, G.A., Vol. 1, 2003, ISBN
978-0-387-23932-3, Softcover, Usually dispatched
between 3 to 5 business days ...
More
Christensen, P.O., Feltham, G., Vol. 2, 2005, ISBN
978-0-387-26597-1, Hardcover, Usually dispatched
between 3 to 5 business days ...
More
|
There is also a 2004 paperback book (out of print) entitled Economics
of Accounting by Peter O. Christensen ---
Click Here
You might be interested in the eleven students who graduated from the
accountics docotral program at the University of Florida in the "Demski era"
---
http://www.cba.ufl.edu/fsoa/programs/phd/former.asp
Former Ph.D. Students (since Year 2000)
Degree |
Name |
Current Affiliation |
2009 |
Monika
Causholli |
University of Kentucky |
2009 |
Liang
Fu |
Oakland
University |
2009 |
Hung
Yuan (Richard) Lu |
California State at Fullerton |
2008 |
Jimenez, Carlos |
University of Texas at San Antonio
|
2007 |
MacGregor, Jason |
Baylor
University |
2006 |
Tian,
Jie |
University of Alberta |
2005 |
Vlittis,
Adamos |
University of Cyprus |
2004 |
Drymiotes, George |
University of Houston |
2004 |
Nan,
Lin |
Carnegie Mellon |
2000 |
Blay,
Allen D. |
Florida
State University |
2000 |
Jensen,
Kevan |
University of Oklahoma |
|
If we divided the very high cost of of one decade of Florida's
accountancy doctoral program by 11, the cost per graduate is very high
indeed. Of course many of the costs are joint costs among the business
administration doctoral program graduates in the various disciplines in
Florida's School of Business.
I did not so much answer your question David as I did point the way
on where to look.
Although I'm all in favor of having some accountics programs (that
require a high level of mathematics, econometrics/psychometrics, and
mathematical statistics as well as data mining skills), I'm very
disappointed that such programs took over all accountancy doctoral
programs in North America (with the possible exception of the University
of Central Florida).
The accountics monopoly is, in my viewpoint, the major cause of the
extreme shortage of accounting doctoral graduates, because potential
applicants from the accounting profession who would like to teach
accounting are turned off by having to spend five years or more studying
mathematics, econometrics, psychometrics, game theory, agency theory,
mathematical information economics, etc. Sadly there is now almost no
accounting in the accountics doctoral programs, especially accounting
needed to teach professional courses in financial accounting, tax, and
auditing at the undergraduate and masters degree levels. Knowledge
needed for teaching in those areas must be acquired before entering
accounting doctoral programs.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of accountancy doctoral programs
can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
Accounting Research
Course for Undergraduates and Masters Students
October 18, 2009 message from
Dennis Beresford
[dberesfo@TERRY.UGA.EDU]
I teach a class for our MAcc
program titled Accounting Policy and Research, although it is mainly the
former. With respect to the latter, I introduce the students to the FASB
Codification and they do three major cases that I develop that involve
having to research financial accounting issues and prepare reports for a CFO
or Partner based on the results of their research. Needless to say, the
cases involve issues where there are no clear cut answers and the students
must use the Codification, the concepts statements, and practical examples
of what other companies have done in somewhat similar situations. I also
insist that their reports comment on related audit, tax, and broader
business issues and not be limited to just what they believe to be the
"correct" GAAP answer.
Denny Beresford
October 18, 2009 reply from
Bob Jensen
First I want to point out that the
FASB Codification database is now included in
Comperio such that if your college gets access to Comperio, you
may not need the AAA site license. Also the IASB library is included in Comperio
such that no added purchases in international licenses is required. Of course
Comperio a very comprehensive research library and costly accounting research
library ---
http://www.pwc.com/gx/en/comperio/index.jhtml
Whether your company reports under US GAAP, IFRS, or both, Comperio's recently
enhanced functionality offers you the ability to navigate both sets of financial
reporting requirements using one accounting research tool. That tool gives you
access to the same PwC interpretive guidance our own professional audit staff
uses.
If you
can see this page, you can use Comperio—there’s no software to install: just go
to the Comperio Web site and start researching! Content covers the FASB, EITF,
AICPA, IASB, IFAC, PCAOB, SEC, FASAB and GASB, as well as the requirements of
eight key countries from around the world. Plus, we've added the FASB’s new
Accounting Standards Codification, which was launched in July 2009 as the single
source of authoritative US accounting standards.
If the course on “accounting
research” is to be much like a law school course on “legal research,” it should
focus on where to find answers. Denny suggested, among other things, teaching
students how to use the FASB Codification database.
As an extension, I recommend teaching
students how to use PwC’s Comperio Virtual Library of Accounting Research ---
http://www.pwc.com/gx/en/comperio/index.jhtml
The biggest problem is the cost of a multi-user site license, although at
Trinity University our program was so small that we could teach some of the
basics with a single-user site license (which is not restricted to a given user,
but does restrict the use to one user at a time).
Such a course could also include some
tax research if the tax courses are finding it cumbersome to teach both tax and
tax research. Your college probably already has at least one tax research
license such as CCH.
Since it is so common in the
profession to use search engines, perhaps some attention could be given to
“how scholars conduct searches” ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Searchh.htm#Scholars
Most definitely the above link should be studied by doctoral students.
However, undergraduates might also learn some of the basics of scholarly
search.
Bob Jensen
"Deloitte Revenues Grow 1% Local Currency, Now Just Behind
PricewaterhouseCoopers," Big Four Blog, October 26, 2009 ---
http://bigfouralumni.blogspot.com/2009/10/deloitte-revenues-grow-1-local-currency.html
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, the global firm, just
came out with its fiscal 2009 revenues for the year ending May 31, 2009.
2009 full year global revenue was US$26.1 billion, an actual increase in
local currency terms of 1%, but a drop of 4.9% in US dollar terms from 2008.
The tough economic climate and appreciating US dollar were the two main
factors in 2009 which impacted Deloitte as much as it did other Big Four
firms. However, a 1% growth in local currency bested both
E&Y (0.2% increase in local currency
http://bigfouralumni.blogspot.com/2009/09/ernst-young-external-challenges-drive.html
) and
PwC (0.2% increase in local currency
http://bigfouralumni.blogspot.com/2009/10/pwc-fy-2009-revenues-rise-modestly-from.html
).
KPMG is yet to report its 2009 results, as its year
ends in September 30, 2009.
Despite this remarkable performance, Deloitte was
unable to beat PwC to be the largest Big Four firm on the planet. Its 2009
revenues of $26.1 billion were behind PwC’s 2009 revenues of $26.2 billion
by only $100 million or 0.4%. We indicated in our earlier post that a 4.5%
decrease in Deloitte’s revenues in US$ terms would make it the largest among
the Big4 firms. But this is only a statistical miss. By showing remarkable
performance in 2009, arguably one of the toughest environments in recent
memory, Deloitte has shown that it is a strong contender for the leadership
position.
“Achieving positive growth in this exceptionally
difficult economic environment was the result of close attention to the
needs of clients and a strong commitment to professional excellence by our
member firm professionals. Despite the tough economy, we remain focused on
our vision to be the standard of excellence and will continue to invest in
pursuit of this vision,” said Jim Quigley, CEO of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
By service line, Consulting was the fastest grower
at 7.3% in local currency terms. In US$ terms, Consulting revenue grew 2%
from $6.3 billion in 2008 to $6.5 billion in 2009. Audit was relatively flat
against 2008 in local currency terms. In US$ terms, Audit shrank by 6.4%
from $12.7 billion to $11.9 billion. Tax was also relatively flat against
2008 in local currency terms. In US$ terms, Tax revenues decreased by 5.5%
from $6.0 billion to $5.7 billion. Financial Advisory Services revenue fell
6.1% in local currency terms, but in US$ terms, fell by 13.8% from $2.4
billion in 2008 to $2.0 billion in 2009, driven by lower M&A activity.
In terms of geography, Americas dropped 3.7% in US$
terms from $12.9 billion in 2008 to $12.5 billion in 2009. Europe, Middle
East and Africa also dropped 9.0% in US$ terms from $11.3 billion in 2008 to
$10.2 billion in 2009. Asia Pacific grew 4.7% in US$ terms from $3.2 billion
in 2008 to $3.4 billion in 2009.
The Asia Pacific region had local currency growth
of 7.6% and was the fastest-growing region for the fifth consecutive year.
India grew 29.9%, Australia grew 11.5% and Japan grew 11.3% in local
currency terms. Europe, Middle East, and Africa region (EMEA) grew 2% but
Americas declined 1.3% in local currency. Africa, the Middle East, and Latin
America and the Caribbean posted high growth of 21.3%, 15.6% and 13.7%
respectively, in local currency.
Deloitte said that its aggregate compounded annual
growth rate (CAGR) was 9.4 percent from 2005-2009 and 14.7 percent from
2005-2008, 2009 bringing an abrupt stop to a remarkable growth rate.
Employment at Deloitte was a bright spot, during
2009, the firm hired more than 40,000 professionals. The workforce now
stands at 168,651 people globally, representing a 4.5% (7,351) increase from
161,300 in 2008. Assuming 32,649 left the firm for the net to increase, the
attrition rate comes out to be 20% in 2009 (32,649/161,300).
"Phishing Scam Spooked FBI Director Off E-Banking," by Brian Krebs,
The Washington Post, October 9, 2009 ---
Click Here
In announcing a crackdown on
"phishing" e-mail scams that netted one of the FBI's largest cyber crime
cases ever, FBI Director Robert Mueller on Wednesday offered a candid
revelation: A personal close call with a phishing scam has kept his
family away from online banking altogether.
Addressing the Commonwealth
Club of California in San Francisco, Mueller spoke at length
about the insidiousness of cyber crime, and how cyber criminals had
affected him personally.
Not long ago, the head one of our
nation's domestic agencies received an e-mail purporting to be from his
bank. It looked perfectly legitimate, and asked him to verify some
information. He started to follow the instructions, but then realized
this might not be such a good idea.
It turned out that he was just a few
clicks away from falling into a classic Internet "phishing"
scam--"phishing" with a "P-H." This is someone who spends a good deal of
his professional life warning others about the perils of cyber crime.
Yet he barely caught himself in time.
He definitely should have known
better. I can say this with certainty, because it was me.
After changing all our passwords, I
tried to pass the incident off to my wife as a "teachable moment." To
which she replied: "It is not my teachable moment. However, it is our
money. No more Internet banking for you!"
So with that as a backdrop, today I
want to talk about the nature of cyber threats, the FBI's role in
combating them, and finally, how we can help each other to keep them at
bay.
Mueller's comments are an interesting
contrast to the views expressed by the former director of the FBI's
cyber division, James Finch, who said he wasn't going
to let cyber thugs deprive him of the efficiencies and convenience that
online banking have to offer.
The following is an excerpt from
an interview I had with Finch last August:
Q: Do you do online banking?
A: Yes, I do.
Q: How long have you been doing
that?
A: Maybe 10 years?
Q: And you don't get freaked out
by what you see every day? I certainly do.
A: Yeah, so does my wife. I do
online banking. I pay my bills online. I file my taxes online. I
truly believe in the Internet. Do I believe it's a scary place?
Without a doubt. I'm in law enforcement, and I run the cyber
division for the FBI. I don't want to say that I'm so intimidated by
the bad guys that I am going to allow them to dictate taking full
advantage of what I consider to be the benefits of the Internet.
Yes, there are people who are targeting online bank accounts on a
regular basis, but not to the point where it's going to cause me to
stop using it.
As a consumer, having your online
banking account credentials stolen -- either via phishing or through
password-stealing malicious software -- can be a harrowing experience,
but it is usually not a costly one. The federal Electronic Funds
Transfer Act ("Regulation E"), limits consumer liability for
unauthorized transactions to $50, provided notice is given within 10
business days, or to $500 provided notice is given within 60 business
days. Even so, retail banks often will work to make whole those
customers who are victims of cyber fraud.
On the other hand, business that bank
online enjoy hardly any such protection. The precise obligations of a
commercial bank and their business customers are spelled out in the
agreement that those companies sign, but generally business customers
agree to notify their bank of any suspicious or unauthorized
transactions on the same day that the transaction in question occurs.
Even then, there is no guarantee that the bank will be able to block or
reverse any fraudulent transfers.
Regardless of whether you bank online
as a consumer or business customer, here are a few recommendations to
help avoid becoming a victim of cyber thieves.
-Do not click on links or attachments
in unsolicited e-mail.
-Junk any e-mail communications that
claims to come from your bank alerting you that you need to sign in or
update your information. Due to threats like phishing e-mails, few banks
use this medium any more to communicate with customers. But If you find
yourself wondering whether an e-mail you received really was about a
problem with your account, pick up the phone and call your bank.
-Keep your computer, Web browser and
other software up-to-date with the latest software security updates:
Many data-stealing malware threats arrive via hacked Web sites that
leverage outdated or insecure browser plug-ins.
-Keep a close eye on your checking and
savings account balances. Notify your bank immediately of any suspicious
charges.
A copy of Director Mueller's remarks
is available
here.
Bob Jensen's phishing threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/000start.htm#SpecialSection
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"The Shorter, Faster, Cheaper MBA Accelerated MBA programs of a year or
less are gaining in popularity, but critics say they're not right for everyone
and may leave some students shortchanged, Business Week, October 15.
2009 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/oct2009/bs20091015_554659.htm?link_position=link1
Schools in the U.S. are already responding to the
demand from students for alternatives. One school starting a new program is
Rutgers Business School (Rutgers
Full-Time MBA Profile), which is launching a
one-year MBA program in the summer of 2010. The school has offered a
two-year MBA program on its Newark (N.J.) campus for years, but never
offered a one-year program, says Susan Gilbert, Rutgers' associate dean of
MBA programs, who was asked by the school to explore options for a new MBA
program on the school's New Brunswick campus.
While researching, she reviewed applicant data from
the past few years and unearthed a surprising discovery; about 40% of the
applicants to the school's two-year MBA program already held undergraduate
business degrees and were likely up to speed on the concepts typically
covered in first-year core MBA courses. Adding a one-year MBA program to the
school's degree offerings seemed to make sense, Gilbert says, with the idea
that the program would cater to these more experienced applicants. "There's
a growing niche segment of students who aren't making as big of a career
switch." Gilbert says. "They want their MBAs in a hurry in order to advance
their career in the field and function that they are already in."
Uptick in Enrollments
Schools that already offer one-year MBA programs
say they are starting to reap the rewards of catering to this new market of
students. At Utah State University's Jon M. Huntsman School of Business,
which has offered a one-year MBA for more than a decade, enrollment is at 56
students this fall, up from 43 last year. In fact, this year's class was so
big that the first-year cohort couldn't fit into the classroom where
lectures are typically held and had to move into the school's larger
80-person capacity classroom, says Ken Snyder, Huntsman's director of MBA
programs.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
There are lots of pressures for change in academe, but shortening the MBA
program to one year or less is not the type of change I advocate in any way,
shape, or form. When other professions like medicine are adding to the education
requirements, cheapening the MBA degree is not a good idea for status as a
profession.
I graduated from a one-year MBA program a hundred years ago and found it to
be almost a joke. It got me out of a few business courses when I commenced a
doctoral program in accountancy, but aside from that I think it did little for
preparing me for a career in business. Of course, in Colorado in those days you
could take the CPA examination as a senior majoring in accountancy. Hence, I
entered the MBA program with the CPA exam already under my belt. In those days,
an MBA degree in accountancy in Colorado also substituted for work experience,
which made getting a license to practice in Colorado an even bigger joke (if I
had not also worked in auditing and tax at Ernst and Ernst in Denver).
The proof of the pudding so to is said to be placement. If recruiters are
offering jobs to one-year MBA graduates then some might deem the education
program to be a success. However, this can be misleading. Some one-year MBA
programs cater to military officers or other applicants who are not seeking
immediate changes in their jobs upon graduation. Recruiters may also have other
agendas such as badly wanting to hire a top engineer or hospital administrator
who just happened to get a one-year MBA degree before seeking a new job.
And recruitment can be motivated by affirmative action that sometimes leads to
hiring of graduates that were short changed in education.
I am most definitely opposed to giving course credit or shortened degree
programs to students with "work or other qualified life experience." By age 25,
all God's children got "life experience." This in no way, shape, or form is a
substitute for earned college credits --- well, er, maybe I could be convinced
otherwise in a very unique circumstance, but as a general rule --- never!
For MBA applicants who majored in business as undergraduates I would allow
waiving some core courses, but I would insist on substituting other courses.
Bob Jensen's thread on higher education controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
An Enron-Magnitude Fraud Involving Ernst & Young in Hong Kong
It is quite rare for auditors of international CPA firms to be arrested for
criminal conduct
"KPMG (U.K.) accountancy chief fiddled £545,000 to pay for his new wife's luxury
tastes," by Julie Moult, Daily Mail, August 26, 2009 ---
Click Here
Many of the criminal complaints
concern tax shelter promotions by accounting firms. Thirteen of 17 KPMG
employees had charges eventually dropped in the most famous of tax shelter
cases, although others had earlier confessed to their crimes ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#KPMG
Seven people including the former chief executive and chairman of accounting
firm BDO Seidman LLP have been charged criminally in an allegedly fraudulent
tax-shelter scheme that generated billions of dollars in false tax losses for
clients ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#BDO
"Former BDO Seidman vice chair pleads guilty to tax fraud,"
AccountingWeb, March 20, 2009 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=107235
Another exception was where Andersen eventually folded after disclosure that
the Houston office illegally destroyed records sought by the court.
Edmund Dang, an Ernst & Young Hong Kong partner who was previously a
manager on the Akai audit, was arrested on suspicion of forgery.
"Ernst & Young chief steps down Ernst & Young chief steps down amid probe,"
by Enoch Yiu, Naomi Rovnick and Clifford Lo, Lexis/Nexis News, October 1,
2009 ---
Click Here
The Hong Kong and China chairman of Ernst & Young,
whose Hong Kong offices were raided on Tuesday by the police in connection
with a fraud probe, has stepped down from his post.
Ernst & Young told the firm's partners yesterday in
an e-mail that David Sun Tak-kei had relinquished his position. He will
remain a partner with the firm and keep his other title as co-managing
partner of its "Far East" business, a unit that includes Hong Kong and the
mainland.
An Ernst & Young Hong Kong spokesman said Sun's
move was not related to the Akai case and that it was normal for the firm to
announce appointments and reorganisations on October 1.
In an e-mailed statement, Ernst & Young Hong Kong
also said that Sun's move had been announced internally in July. Sun was not
available for comment.
The police Commercial Crime Bureau is investigating
Ernst & Young Hong Kong after the firm was accused in court of falsifying
documents to shield itself from an audit negligence claim from the
liquidators of its former client, Akai Holdings.
Edmund Dang, an Ernst & Young Hong Kong partner who
was previously a manager on the Akai audit, was arrested on Tuesday on
suspicion of forgery. He was released on bail without being charged.
Legal and police sources familiar with the criminal
investigation said police were unlikely to focus their inquiries solely on
Dang, as he was only a junior member of the Akai audit team.
In the civil audit negligence case, Akai's
liquidators Borrelli Walsh alleged that Ernst & Young's evidence contained
files from the firm's Akai audits that had been tampered with or invented
after the electronics giant collapsed. The liquidators alleged that Dang's
handwriting was on some of the suspect files. But Leslie Kosmin QC, for
Borrelli Walsh, also claimed that the actions went beyond that of a junior
manager. Kosmin alleged that Dang, who joined the Akai audit team in
December 1997, had tampered with files dated as far back as 1994.
Solicitors speculated that Dang could be granted
immunity if he revealed that other people at Ernst & Young Hong Kong were
involved in the alleged interference with papers that found their way into
the firm's evidence.
Sun was involved in the auditing of Akai, which was
wound up in 2000 in Hong Kong's biggest ever corporate collapse. From
1991-99, Sun was Ernst & Young's independent partner in charge of the Akai
audit. It was his job to review the firm's handling of Akai's financial
statements.
A police officer involved in the criminal
investigation said of Dang's arrest: "Like all other cases, police hope
arrested persons and witnesses will co-operate and tell us the facts." The
officer said no further arrests were made yesterday and that the
investigation was continuing.
On September 23, Ernst & Young paid hundreds of
millions of dollars to settle the civil negligence case, saying it could not
continue to fight, in light of the altered documents. The liquidators
alleged Ernst & Young Hong Kong staff tampered with and falsified
Akai-related audit files in the months after the company collapsed, then
used the questionable papers in witness statements, court pleadings and
expert reports.
Yesterday, Ernst & Young Hong Kong sent a memo to
staff saying it was assisting and co-operating with police inquiries. It
confirmed that a partner who had been suspended already by the firm, which
it did not name as Dang, had been arrested.
"Why is [Ernst & Young] trying to pin everything on
Dang?" asked a friend of Dang's, who asked to remain nameless. "The firm is
a partnership, and partnerships are like families. It is horrible to isolate
one man who was only a junior member of Akai's audit team and to suggest he
was the cause of all this."
Sun will be replaced as Hong Kong and China
chairman by Ernst & Young tax partner Albert Ng. Ng was formerly Arthur
Andersen's head of China and joined PricewaterhouseCoopers after Arthur
Andersen collapsed following the Enron scandal. He joined Ernst & Young a
year ago.
"Ernst & Young settles Akai case," by Tom Mitchell and Xi Chen in Hong
Kong , Financial Times, September 23, 2009 ---
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/634b539a-a82b-11de-8305-00144feabdc0.html?catid=11&SID=google
Ernst & Young on Wednesday agreed to make an
undisclosed “substantial payment” to liquidators of Hong Kong’s biggest ever
bankruptcy, after admitting that certain audit documents produced were no
longer reliable.
Speaking in Hong Kong’s high court on Wednesday,
Leslie Kosmin, barrister for liquidators Borrelli Walsh, described the
settlement as “a very favourable outcome for the creditors of Akai Holdings
and another milestone in the winding up of the company”.
&Y had been Akai’s auditor prior to the Hong Kong
consumer electronic company’s collapse. The liquidators began suing the
accounting firm for a $1bn negligence claim in 2002.
The case has dragged on for years but took a
dramatic turn last week in the High Court, when Borrelli Walsh claimed that
more than 80 Akai-related files produced by E&Y had been doctored or faked.
David Sun, E&Y co-managing partner for the Far
East, said the firm was “dismayed by the unexpected circumstances that have
arisen”.
E&Y also suspended a partner, who was Akai’s audit
manager, after an internal inquiry determined that “certain documents
produced for audits in 1998 and 1999 could no longer be relied on due to
[his actions] in early 2000”.
The accountancy firm on Wednesday expressed “dismay
over the unexpected circumstances” and suspended a partner, who was the
Akai’s audit manager at that time after an internal investigation determined
that “certain documents” could no longer be relied on due to the partner’s
actions in early 2000.
Jim Hassett, E&Y’s co-managing partner for the Far
East, said: “This settlement means that we can now put this old matter
behind us.
“This eliminates any uncertainty or future burden
on our business, allowing us to focus all our efforts on our people and our
clients.”
Jim Hassett, E&Y’s co-area managing partner for the
Far East Area said: “This settlement means that we can now put this old
matter behind us. This eliminates any uncertainty or future burden on our
business, allowing us to focus all our efforts on our people and our
clients.”
Akai – the namesake of one of Japan’s oldest
electronic companies – came into being after Semi-Tech, founded by the
flambuoyant entrepreneur James Ting, bought a majority stake in the company
in 1995. At the peak of Mr Ting’s empire-building in the mid-1990s, his
companies were listed around the world. Akai Holdings itself had more than
160 interlinked subsidiaries.
The structurally complex company was eventually
collapsed in 1999 shortly after the Asian financial crisis. At the start of
that year, audited statements showed that the company had $2.3bn in assets
and $262m in cash. But by year-end, the company had to write-off $1.75bn.
Akai was subsequently wound up in 2000. Mr Ting was
imprisoned on charges of false accounting in 2005, but was released two
years later after the Court of Appeal found errors in the prosecution’s
case.
Justice William Stone on Wednesday welcomed the
result. “I am personally obviously delighted the parties have come to an
amicable settlement,” he said. “The parties have acted with great good sense
in coming to the agreement you have come to.”
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young litigation are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#Ernst
"How to Spot the Next Enron," by George Anders, Fast Company, December
19, 2007 ---
http://www.fastcompany.com/magazine/58/ganders.html
As cited by Smoleon Sense, on September 23, 2009 ---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/investors-beware-how-to-spot-the-next-enron/
Want to know how to avoid being fooled by the next
too-good-to-be-true stock-market darling? Just remember these six tips from
the cynics of Wall Street, the short sellers.
If only we could have spotted the rascals ahead of
time. That's the lament of anyone who bought Enron stock a year ago, or who
worked at a now-collapsed company like Global Crossing or who trusted any
corporate forecast that proved way too upbeat. How could we have let
ourselves be fooled? And how do we make sure that we don't get fooled again?
It's time to visit with some serious cynics. Some
of the shrewdest advice comes from Wall Street's short sellers, who make
money by betting that certain stocks will fall in price. They had a tough
time in the 1990s, when it paid to be optimistic. But it has been their kind
of year. Almost every day, new accounting jitters rock the stock market. And
if you aren't asking about hidden partnerships and earnings manipulation --
the sort of outrages that short sellers love to expose -- you risk being
blindsided by yet another business wipeout.
Think of short sellers as being akin to veteran
cops who walk the streets year after year. They pick up subtle warning signs
that most of us miss. They see through alibis. And they know how to quiz
accomplices and witnesses to put together the whole story, detail by detail.
It's nice to live in a world where we can trust everything we're told
because everyone behaves perfectly. But if the glitzy addresses of Wall
Street have given way to the tough sidewalks of Mean Street these days, we
might as well get smart about the neighborhood.
The first rule of these streets, says David Rocker,
a top New York money manager who has been an active short seller for more
than two decades, is not to get mesmerized by a charismatic chief executive.
"Most CEOs are ultimately salesmen," Rocker says. "If they showed up on your
doorstep and said, 'I've got a great vacuum cleaner,' you wouldn't buy it
right away. You'd want to see if it works. It's the same thing with a
company."
A legendary case in point involves John Sculley,
former CEO of Apple Computer. In 1993, he briefly became chief executive of
a little wireless data company called Spectrum Information Technologies and
spoke glowingly of its prospects. Spectrum's stock promptly tripled. But
those who had looked closely at Spectrum's technology weren't nearly as
impressed.
Just four months later, Sculley quit, saying that
Spectrum's founders had misled him. The company restated its earnings,
backing away from some aggressive treatment of licensing revenue that had
inflated profits. The stock crashed. The only ones who came out looking
smart were the short sellers who disregarded the momentary excitement of
having a big-name CEO join the company. Instead, those short sellers focused
on the one question that mattered: Are Spectrum's products any good?
So in the wake of Enron, you want to know what to
look for in other companies. Or, more to the point, you need to know what to
look for in your own company, so you're not stuck explaining what happened
to your missing 401(k) fund. Here are six basic pointers from the
short-selling community.
1. Watch cash flow, not reported net
income. During Enron's heyday from 1999 to 2000, the company
reported very strong net income -- aided, we now know, by dubious
accounting exercises. But the actual amount of cash that Enron's
businesses generated wasn't nearly as impressive. That's no coincidence.
Companies can create all sorts of adjustments
to make net income look artificially strong -- witness what we've seen
so far with Enron and Global Crossing. But there's only one way to show
strong cash flow from operations: Run the business well.
2. Take a wary look at acquisition
binges. Some of the most spectacular financial meltdowns of
recent years have involved companies that bought too much, too fast.
Cendant, for example, grew fast in the mid-1990s by snapping up the
likes of Days Inn, Century 21, and Avis but overreached when it bought
CUC International Inc., a direct-marketing firm. Accounting
irregularities at CUC led to massive write-downs in 1997, which sent the
combined company's stock plummeting.
3. Be mindful of income-accelerating
tricks. Conservative accounting says that long-term contracts
should not be treated as immediate windfalls that shower all of their
benefits on today's financial statements. Sell a three-year magazine
subscription, and you've got predictable obligations until 2005. Those
expenses will slowly flow onto your financial statements -- and it's
prudent to book the income gradually as well.
But in some industries, aggressive practitioners
like to put jumbo profits on the books all at once. Left for later are
worries about how to deal with the eventual costs of those long-term deals.
In a recent Barron's interview, longtime short seller Jim Chanos identified
such "gain on sale" accounting tricks as a sure sign that the management is
being too aggressive for its own good.
Jensen Comment
Cash flow statements are useful, but they are no panacea replacement of accrual
accounting and earnings analysis. One huge problem is that unscrupulous
executives can more easily manipulate/manage cash flows ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#CashVsAccrualAcctg
Question
What do the department store chains WT Grant and Target possibly have in common?
Answer
WT Grant had a huge chain of departments
stores across the United States. It declared bankruptcy in the sharp 1973
recession largely because of a build up of accounts receivable losses. Now in
2008
Target Corporation is in a somewhat
similar bind.
In 1980 Largay and Stickney (Financial Analysts Journal) published a
great comparison of WT Grant's cash flow statements versus income statements. I
used this study for years in some of my accounting courses. It's a classic for
giving students an appreciation of cash flow statements! The study is discussed
and cited (with exhibits) at
http://www.sap-hefte.de/download/dateien/1239/070_leseprobe.pdf
It also shows the limitations of the current ratio in financial analysis and the
problem of inventory buildup when analyzing the reported bottom line net income.
Largay and Stickney found operating cash flows from the WT Grant annual reports.
Their main point was that the operating cash flow plunge preceded the plunges in
working capital and earnings by over one year. The reason, of course, was that
accounts receivable and inventories ballooned as the U.S. economy entered into a
severe post-Viet Nam recession. WT Grant never recovered.

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March 14, 2008
IIs
Target Corp.'s Credit Too Generous?
by Peter Eavis
The Wall Street Journal
Mar 11, 2008
Page: C1
Click here to view the full article on
WSJ.com
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120519491886425757.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
TOPICS: Allowance
For Doubtful Accounts, Financial Accounting, Financial Statement
Analysis, Loan Loss Allowance
SUMMARY: "'Target
appears to have pursued very aggressive credit growth at the
wrong time," says William Ryan, consumer-credit analyst at
Portales Partners, a New York-based research firm. "Not so."
says Target's chief financial officer, Douglas Scovanner, "The
growth in the credit-card portfolio is absolutely not a function
of a loosening of credit standards or a lowering of credit
quality in our portfolio."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This
article covers details of financial statement ratios used to
analyze Target Corp.'s credit card business. It can be used in a
financial statement analysis course or while covering accounting
for receivables in a financial accounting course
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
What types of credit cards has Target Corp. issued? Why do
companies such as Target issue these cards?
2. (Introductory)
In general, what concerns analysts about Target Corp.'s
portfolio of receivables on credit cards?
3. (Introductory)
How can a sufficient allowance for uncollectible accounts
alleviate concerns about potential problems in a portfolio of
loans or receivables? What evidence is given in the article
about the status of Target's allowance for uncollectible
accounts?
4. (Advanced)
"...High growth may make it [hard] to see credit deterioration
that already is happening..." What calculation by analyst
William Ryan is described in the article to better "see" this
issue? From where does he obtain the data used in the
calculation? Be specific in your answer.
5. (Advanced)
Refer again to the calculation done by the analyst Mr. Ryan. How
does that calculation resemble the analysis done for an aging of
accounts receivable?
6. (Advanced)
What other financial analysis ratio is used to assess the status
of a credit-card loan portfolio such as Target Corp.'s?
7. (Advanced)
If analysts prove correct in their concern about Target Corp.'s
credit-card receivable balance, what does that say about the
profitability reported in this year? How will it impact next
year's results?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
|
Early 1995 Warning Signs
That Bad Guys Were Running Enron and That Political Whores Were Helping
There were some warning signs, but nobody seemed care much as long as Enron
was releasing audited accounting reports showing solid increases in net
earnings.
Enron's Political Profit Pipeline
In early 1995, the world's biggest natural gas company began clearing ground 100
miles south of Bombay,
India for a $2.8 billion, gas-fired power
plant -- the largest single foreign investment in India.
Villagers claimed that the power plant was overpriced and that its effluent
would destroy their fisheries and coconut and mango trees. One villager opposing
Enron put it succinctly, "Why not remove them before they remove us?"
As Pratap Chatterjee reported ["Enron Deal Blows a Fuse," Multinational
Monitor, July/August 1995], hundreds of villagers stormed the site that was
being prepared for Enron's 2,015-megawatt plant in May 1995, injuring numerous
construction workers and three foreign advisers.
After winning Maharashtra state elections, the conservative nationalistic
Bharatiya Janata Party canceled the deal, sending shock waves through Western
businesses with investments in India.
Maharashtra officials said they acted to prevent the Houston, Texas-based
company from making huge profits off "the backs of India's poor." New Delhi's
Hindustan Times editorialized in June 1995, "It is time the West realized
that India is not a banana republic which has to dance to the tune of
multinationals."
Enron officials are not so sure. Hoping to convert the cancellation into a
temporary setback, the company launched an all-out campaign to get the deal back
on track. In late November 1995, the campaign was showing signs of success,
although progress was taking a toll on the handsome rate of return that Enron
landed in the first deal. In India, Enron is now being scrutinized by the
public, which is demanding contracts reflecting market rates. But it's a big
world.
In November 1995, the company announced that it has signed a $700 million deal
to build a gas pipeline from Mozambique to South Africa. The pipeline will
service Mozambique's Pande gas field, which will produce an estimated two
trillion cubic feet of gas.
The deal, in which Enron beat out South Africa's state petroleum company Sasol,
sparked controversy in Africa following reports that the Clinton administration,
including the U.S. Agency for International Development, the U.S. Embassy and
even National Security adviser Anthony Lake, lobbied Mozambique on behalf of
Enron.
"There were outright threats to withhold development funds if we didn't sign,
and sign soon," John Kachamila, Mozambique's natural resources minister, told
the Houston Chronicle. Enron spokesperson Diane Bazelides declined to comment on
the these allegations, but said that the U.S. government had been "helpful as it
always is with American companies." Spokesperson Carol Hensley declined to
respond to a hypothetical question about whether or not Enron would approve of
U.S. government threats to cut off aid to a developing nation if the country did
not sign an Enron deal.
Enron has been repeatedly criticized for relying on political clout rather than
low bids to win contracts. Political heavyweights that Enron has engaged on its
behalf include former U.S. Secretary of State James Baker, former U.S. Commerce
Secretary Robert Mosbacher and retired General Thomas Kelly, U.S. chief of
operations in the 1990 Gulf War. Enron's Board includes former Commodities
Futures Trading Commission Chair Wendy Gramm (wife of presidential hopeful
Senator Phil Gramm, R-Texas), former U.S. Deputy Treasury Secretary Charles
Walker and John Wakeham, leader of the House of Lords and former U.K. Energy
Secretary.
To this I
have added the following :
From the
Free Wall Street Journal Educators' Reviews for November 1, 2001
TITLE:
Enron Did Business With a Second Entity Operated by Another Company Official; No
Public Disclosure Was Made of Deals
REPORTER: John R. Emshwiller and Rebecca Smith
DATE: Oct 26, 2001
PAGE: C1
LINK: Print Only in the WSJ on October 26, 2001
TOPICS:
Disclosure Requirements, Financial Accounting, Financial Statement Analysis
SUMMARY:
Enron's financial statement disclosures have been less than transparent.
Information is arising as the SEC makes an inquiry into the Company's accounting
and reporting practices with respect to its transactions with entities managed
by high-level Enron managers. Yet, as discussed in a related article, analysts
remain confident in the stock.
QUESTIONS:
1.) Why
must companies disclose related party transactions? What is the significance of
the difference between the wording of SEC rule S-K and FASB Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 57, Related Party Transactions that is cited
at the end of the article?
2.)
Explain the logic of why a drop in investor confidence in Enron's business
transactions and reporting practices could affect the company's credit rating.
3.)
Explain how an analyst could argue, as did one analyst cited in the related
article, that he or she is confident in Enron's ability to "deliver" earnings
even if he or she cannot estimate "where revenues are going to come from" nor
where the company will make profits.
Reviewed
By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
Reviewed
By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University
Reviewed
By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University
---
RELATED ARTICLES ---
TITLE:
Heard on the Street: Most Analysts Remain Plugged In to Enron
REPORTER: Susanne Craig and Jonathan Weil
PAGE: C1
ISSUE: Oct 26, 2001
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004043182760447600.djm
TITLE:
Enron Officials Sell Shares Amid Stock-Price Slump
REPORTER: Theo Francis and Cassell Bryan-Low
PAGE: C14
ISSUE: Oct 26, 2001
LINK: http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004043341423453040.djm
From
The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on November 8, 2001
Subscribers to the Electronic Edition of the WSJ can obtain reviews in various
disciplines by contacting
wsjeducatorsreviews@dowjones.com
See
http://info.wsj.com/professor/
TITLE:
Arthur Andersen Could Face Scrutiny On Clarity of Enron Financial Reports
REPORTER: Jonathan Weil
DATE: Nov 05, 2001
PAGE: C1
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004919947649536880.djm
TOPICS: Accounting, Auditing, Creative Accounting, Disclosure Requirements
SUMMARY:
Critics argue that Arthur Andersen LLP has failed to ensure that Enron Corp.'s
financial disclosures are understandable. Enron is currently undergoing SEC
investigation and is being sued by shareholders. Questions relate to disclosure
quality and auditor responsibility.
QUESTIONS:
1.) The
article suggests that the auditor has the job of making sure that financial
statements are understandable and accurate and complete in all material
respects. Does the auditor bear this responsibility? Discuss the role of the
auditor in financial reporting.
2.) One
allegation is that Enron's financial statements are not understandable. Should
users be required to have specialized training to be able to understand
financial statements? Should the financial statements be prepared so that only a
minimal level of business knowledge is required? What are the implications of
the target audience on financial statement preparation?
3.) Enron
is facing several shareholder lawsuits ; however, Arthur Anderson LLP is not a
defendant. What liability does the auditor have to shareholders of client firms?
What are possible reasons that Arthur Anderson is not a defendant in the Enron
cases?
4.) What
is the role of the SEC in the investigation? What power does the SEC have to
penalize Enron Corp. and Arthur Anderson LLP?
SMALL
GROUP ASSIGNMENT: Should financial statements be understandable to users with
only general business knowledge? Prepare an argument to support your position.
Reviewed
By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
Reviewed By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University
Reviewed By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University
From
The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on November 6, 2001
Subscribers to the Electronic Edition of the WSJ can obtain reviews in various
disciplines by contacting
wsjeducatorsreviews@dowjones.com
See
http://info.wsj.com/professor/
TITLE:
Behind Shrinking Deficits: Derivatives?
REPORTER: Silvia Ascarelli and Deborah Ball
DATE: Nov 06, 2001 PAGE: A22
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004996045480162960.djm
TOPICS: Derivatives
SUMMARY:
An Italian university professor and public-debt management expert issued a
report this week explaining how a European country used a swap contract to
effectively receive more cash in 1997. That country is believed to be Italy
although top officials deny such "window dressing" practices. 1997 was a
critical year for Italy if it was to be included in the EMU (European Monetary
Union) and become a part of the euro-zone. To qualify for entry, a country's
deficit could not exceed 3% of gross domestic product. In 1996 Italy's deficit
was 6.7% of GDP, however, the country succeeded in "slashing its budget deficit
to 2.7%" in 1997. The question now is whether Italy accomplished this reduction
by clamping down on waste and raising revenues or engaging in deceptive swaps
usage.
QUESTIONS:
1.) Why
was the level of Italy's budget deficit so critical in 1997? How did Italy's
1997 budget deficit compare with its 1996 level?
2.) What
is an interest rate swap? How can the use of swap markets decrease borrowing
costs? What is a currency swap? When would firms tend to use these derivative
instruments?
3.) Does
the European Union condone the use of interest rate swaps by its euro-zone
members as a way to manage their public debt? According to the related article,
who are the biggest users of swaps in Europe? Do the U.S. and Japan use them to
manage their public debt?
4.)
According to the related article, interest-rate swaps now account for what
proportion of the over-the-counter derivatives market? Go to the web page for
the Bank of International Settlement at
www.bis.org . Select Publications & Statistics then go to
International Financial Statistics. Go to the Central Bank Survey for Foreign
Exchange and Derivatives Market Activity. Look at the pdf version of the report,
specifically Table 6. What was average daily turnover, in billions of dollars,
of interest-rate swaps in April 1995? 1998? and 2001? By what percentage did
interest-rate swap usage increase from 1995-1998? 1998-2001?
5.)
According to the related article, how did the swaps contract allegedly used by
Italy differ from a standard swaps contract? What was the "bottom line" result
of this arrangement?
6.) Assume
Italy did indeed use such measures to "window dress" their financial situation
and gain entry into the euro-zone. What actions should be taken to prevent such
loopholes in the future?
Reviewed
By:
Jacqueline Garner, Georgia State University and Univ. of Rhode Island
Beverly Marshall, Auburn University
Peter Dadalt, Georgia State University
---
RELATED ARTICLE in the WSJ ---
TITLE:
Italy Used Complicated Swaps Contract To Deflate Budget in Bid for Euro Zone
REPORTER: Silvia Ascarelli and Deborah Ball
ISSUE: Nov 05, 2001
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004908712922656320.djm
From
The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on November 8, 2001
Subscribers to the Electronic Edition of the WSJ can obtain reviews in various
disciplines by contacting
wsjeducatorsreviews@dowjones.com
See
http://info.wsj.com/professor/
TITLE:
Basic Principle of Accounting Tripped Enron
REPORTER: Jonathan Weil
DATE: Nov 12, 2001
PAGE: C1
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB100551383153378600.djm
TOPICS: Accounting, Auditing, Auditing Services, Auditor Independence
SUMMARY:
Enron's financial statements have long been charged with being undecipherable;
however, they are now considered to contain violations of GAAP. Enron filed
documents with the SEC indicating that financial statements going back to 1997
"should not be relied upon." Questions deal with materiality and auditor
independence.
QUESTIONS:
1.) What accounting errors are reported to have been included in Enron's
financial statements? Why didn't Enron's auditors require correction of these
errors before the financial statements were issued?
2.) What
is materiality? In hindsight, were the errors in Enron's financial statements
material? Why or why not? Should the auditors have known that the errors in
Enron's financial statements were material prior to their release? What defense
can the auditors offer?
3.) Does
Arthur Andersen provide any services to Enron in addition to the audit services?
How might providing additional services to Enron affect Andersen's decision to
release financial statements containing GAAP violations?
4.) The
article states that Enron is one of Arthur Andersen's biggest clients. How might
Enron's size have contributed to Arthur Andersen's decision to release financial
statements containing GAAP violations? Discuss differences in audit risk between
small and large clients. Discuss the potential affect of client firm size on
auditor independence.
5.) How
long has Arthur Andersen been Enron's auditor? How could their tenure as auditor
contributed to Andersen's decision to release financial statements containing
GAAP violations?
6.) The
related article discusses how Enron's consolidation policy with respect to the
JEDI and Chewco entities impacted the company's financial statements. What is
meant by the phrase consolidation policy? How could a policy not to consolidate
these entities help to make Enron's financial statements look better? Why would
consolidating an entity result in a $396 million reduction in net income over a
4 year period? How must Enron have been accounting for investments in these
entities? How could Enron support its accounting policies for these investments?
Reviewed
By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
Reviewed By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University
Reviewed By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University
RELATED WSJ ARTICLES
TITLE: Enron Cuts Profit Data of 4 Years by 20%
REPORTER: John R. Emshwiller, Rebecca Smith, Robin Sidel, and Jonathan Weil
PAGE: A1,A3
ISSUE: Nov 09, 2001
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1005235413422093560.djm
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting
Educators' Review on November 8, 2001
Subscribers to the Electronic Edition of the WSJ can obtain reviews in various
disciplines by contacting
wsjeducatorsreviews@dowjones.com
See
http://info.wsj.com/professor/
TITLE: Arthur Andersen Could Face
Scrutiny On Clarity of Enron Financial Reports
REPORTER: Jonathan Weil
DATE: Nov 05, 2001
PAGE: C1
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004919947649536880.djm
TOPICS: Accounting, Auditing, Creative Accounting, Disclosure Requirements
SUMMARY: Critics argue that Arthur
Andersen LLP has failed to ensure that Enron Corp.'s financial disclosures are
understandable. Enron is currently undergoing SEC investigation and is being
sued by shareholders. Questions relate to disclosure quality and auditor
responsibility.
QUESTIONS:
1.) The article suggests that the
auditor has the job of making sure that financial statements are understandable
and accurate and complete in all material respects. Does the auditor bear this
responsibility? Discuss the role of the auditor in financial reporting.
2.) One allegation is that Enron's
financial statements are not understandable. Should users be required to have
specialized training to be able to understand financial statements? Should the
financial statements be prepared so that only a minimal level of business
knowledge is required? What are the implications of the target audience on
financial statement preparation?
3.) Enron is facing several shareholder
lawsuits ; however, Arthur Anderson LLP is not a defendant. What liability does
the auditor have to shareholders of client firms? What are possible reasons that
Arthur Anderson is not a defendant in the Enron cases?
4.) What is the role of the SEC in the
investigation? What power does the SEC have to penalize Enron Corp. and Arthur
Anderson LLP?
SMALL GROUP ASSIGNMENT: Should
financial statements be understandable to users with only general business
knowledge? Prepare an argument to support your position.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University
of Rhode Island
Reviewed By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University
Reviewed By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University
From The Wall Street Journal
Accounting Educators' Review on November 6, 2001
Subscribers to the Electronic Edition of the WSJ can obtain reviews in various
disciplines by contacting
wsjeducatorsreviews@dowjones.com
See
http://info.wsj.com/professor/
TITLE: Behind Shrinking Deficits:
Derivatives?
REPORTER: Silvia Ascarelli and Deborah Ball
DATE: Nov 06, 2001 PAGE: A22
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004996045480162960.djm
TOPICS: Derivatives
SUMMARY: An Italian university
professor and public-debt management expert issued a report this week explaining
how a European country used a swap contract to effectively receive more cash in
1997. That country is believed to be Italy although top officials deny such
"window dressing" practices. 1997 was a critical year for Italy if it was to be
included in the EMU (European Monetary Union) and become a part of the
euro-zone. To qualify for entry, a country's deficit could not exceed 3% of
gross domestic product. In 1996 Italy's deficit was 6.7% of GDP, however, the
country succeeded in "slashing its budget deficit to 2.7%" in 1997. The question
now is whether Italy accomplished this reduction by clamping down on waste and
raising revenues or engaging in deceptive swaps usage.
QUESTIONS:
1.) Why was the level of Italy's budget
deficit so critical in 1997? How did Italy's 1997 budget deficit compare with
its 1996 level?
2.) What is an interest rate swap? How
can the use of swap markets decrease borrowing costs? What is a currency swap?
When would firms tend to use these derivative instruments?
3.) Does the European Union condone the
use of interest rate swaps by its euro-zone members as a way to manage their
public debt? According to the related article, who are the biggest users of
swaps in Europe? Do the U.S. and Japan use them to manage their public debt?
4.) According to the related article,
interest-rate swaps now account for what proportion of the over-the-counter
derivatives market? Go to the web page for the Bank of International Settlement
at
www.bis.org . Select
Publications & Statistics then go to International Financial Statistics. Go to
the Central Bank Survey for Foreign Exchange and Derivatives Market Activity.
Look at the pdf version of the report, specifically Table 6. What was average
daily turnover, in billions of dollars, of interest-rate swaps in April 1995?
1998? and 2001? By what percentage did interest-rate swap usage increase from
1995-1998? 1998-2001?
5.) According to the related article,
how did the swaps contract allegedly used by Italy differ from a standard swaps
contract? What was the "bottom line" result of this arrangement?
6.) Assume Italy did indeed use such
measures to "window dress" their financial situation and gain entry into the
euro-zone. What actions should be taken to prevent such loopholes in the future?
Reviewed By:
Jacqueline Garner, Georgia State University and Univ. of Rhode Island
Beverly Marshall, Auburn University
Peter Dadalt, Georgia State University
--- RELATED ARTICLE in the WSJ ---
TITLE: Italy Used Complicated Swaps
Contract To Deflate Budget in Bid for Euro Zone
REPORTER: Silvia Ascarelli and Deborah Ball
ISSUE: Nov 05, 2001
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004908712922656320.djm
From The Wall Street Journal
Accounting Educators' Review on November 8, 2001
Subscribers to the Electronic Edition of the WSJ can obtain reviews in various
disciplines by contacting
wsjeducatorsreviews@dowjones.com
See
http://info.wsj.com/professor/
TITLE: Basic Principle of Accounting
Tripped Enron
REPORTER: Jonathan Weil
DATE: Nov 12, 2001
PAGE: C1
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB100551383153378600.djm
TOPICS: Accounting, Auditing, Auditing Services, Auditor Independence
SUMMARY:
Enron's financial statements have long been charged with being undecipherable;
however, they are now considered to contain violations of GAAP. Enron filed
documents with the SEC indicating that financial statements going back to 1997
"should not be relied upon." Questions deal with materiality and auditor
independence.
QUESTIONS:
1.) What accounting errors are reported to have been included in Enron's
financial statements? Why didn't Enron's auditors require correction of these
errors before the financial statements were issued?
2.) What is materiality? In hindsight,
were the errors in Enron's financial statements material? Why or why not? Should
the auditors have known that the errors in Enron's financial statements were
material prior to their release? What defense can the auditors offer?
3.) Does Arthur Andersen provide any
services to Enron in addition to the audit services? How might providing
additional services to Enron affect Andersen's decision to release financial
statements containing GAAP violations?
4.) The article states that Enron is
one of Arthur Andersen's biggest clients. How might Enron's size have
contributed to Arthur Andersen's decision to release financial statements
containing GAAP violations? Discuss differences in audit risk between small and
large clients. Discuss the potential affect of client firm size on auditor
independence.
5.) How long has Arthur Andersen been
Enron's auditor? How could their tenure as auditor contributed to Andersen's
decision to release financial statements containing GAAP violations?
6.) The related article discusses how
Enron's consolidation policy with respect to the JEDI and Chewco entities
impacted the company's financial statements. What is meant by the phrase
consolidation policy? How could a policy not to consolidate these entities help
to make Enron's financial statements look better? Why would consolidating an
entity result in a $396 million reduction in net income over a 4 year period?
How must Enron have been accounting for investments in these entities? How could
Enron support its accounting policies for these investments?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University
of Rhode Island
Reviewed By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University
Reviewed By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University
RELATED WSJ ARTICLES
TITLE: Enron Cuts Profit Data of 4 Years by 20%
REPORTER: John R. Emshwiller, Rebecca Smith, Robin Sidel, and Jonathan Weil
PAGE: A1,A3
ISSUE: Nov 09, 2001
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1005235413422093560.djm
TITLE: Arthur Andersen Could Face
Scrutiny On Clarity of Enron Financial Reports
REPORTER: Jonathan Weil
DATE: Nov 05, 2001
PAGE: C1
LINK:
http://interactive.wsj.com/archive/retrieve.cgi?id=SB1004919947649536880.djm
TOPICS: Accounting, Auditing, Creative Accounting, Disclosure Requirements
Bob Jensen's threads on the Enron/Worldcom/Andersen frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm
Fiction Writer Rosie Scenario Heads Up the Accounting Division of Wells
Fargo
(with the FASB's FSP 157-4 blessing)
Before reading this note that Wells Fargo took over the toxic-asset laden
Wachovia on December 31, 2008. It was a government-forced sale of Wachovia
to prevent the total implosion of the poisoned Wachovia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wachovia
However, Wells Fargo stood to profit from the poison in the sweet deal offered
by Paulson.
The Motley Fool
is a very popular commercial Website about stocks, investing, and personal
finance ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Motley_Fool
Did you ever wonder about the “Fool” part of the company’s name?
The Gardner brothers considered themselves “fools” that were smarter than
some foxes. Although at many times the Gardners have shown that fools can
fool wannabe foxes, the Gardners brothers have at times also been out foxed.
My point here, Pat, is that people who
buy Wells Fargo Bank shares just because the price went up following an
accounting change (accounting change from Level 1 to Level 3 covered up the
smell of Wells Fargo’s enormous toxic loan portfolio) may not be ignorant
that accounting changes don’t really offset pending toxic deaths in the long
run.
Some “fools” buying Wells Fargo Bank
shares just think there are many fools more foolish than themselves.
Either way you look at it, investing is
a bit of a fools game with fools trying to out fool one another. The premise
is, however, that sophisticated fools ultimately win. That's most certainly
the case with casinos.
"Time to Call Out Wells Fargo's Balance Sheet," by Michael Shulman,
Seeking Alpha, September 22, 2009 ---
http://seekingalpha.com/article/162681-time-to-call-out-wells-fargo-s-balance-sheet
I have not written for a long time - roughly a
month - as the market has turned me into a hermit. I am afraid of the people
in my industry, recommending or buying stocks based on what the person next
to them just bought. My service, ChangeWave Shorts, only recommends puts so
short term momentum can kill a fundamentally sound position. That being
said, I sense the beginnings of a turn to rationality - a light turn, a
hesitant turn, but a turn - and the first place the market should and will
get rational is the banks. They led us into the mess, they led us out, and
they will lead us to stagnation and decline as reality sets in.
And the bank I really don't understand - excuse me,
the bank stock I don't understand - is Wells Fargo (WFC), an $8-$10 stock
masquerading as a $28 plus stock and trading at a multiple well beyond the
rest of the banking segment. It isn't that Wells should be valued alongside
the segment; it should be valued lower than the segment due to current and
future problems in its business, led by its balance sheet.
I have spent weeks pulling apart their balance
sheet and reading other analysts' deciphering of their financial Esperanto -
a universal language no one understands. And what I present below may
include mistakes but they are not of my own making - they are due to what at
best can be considered willful obfuscation - a time honored practice in most
financial reports - of extremely complex financial statements. But I gave it
a shot using my fourth grade math and common sense.
First, let's look at the garbage - excuse me, am I
being too negative? - on the balance sheet as it is written as of March 31
according to the TARP oversight folks. The garbage bin is called Level III
assets, their dodgiest class of assets (the Brits know how to coin a phrase,
don't they?) which according to recently and frantically revised accounting
rules, is an asset without a market, leaving management free to assess and
declare its value based on a model. Wells had, as of March 31 (and I am
using these numbers because they have been blessed by regulators), $61.7
billion in Level III assets. What are they really worth? Who knows - but
even if it is 50%, which I believe would be very high, that is 23% of the
company's market cap.
Second, they are using arcane - and perfectly legal
- rules of purchase accounting to mask loan losses. A Wall Street Journal
article (September 21) had a nice discussion of these rules. Under the rules
of purchase accounting, and these came into effect when Wells purchased
Wachovia, losses must be accounted for in the purchase price and subsequent
paper write off and cannot be incurred after an acquisition, with the loans
on the books now set at a new and lower value to reflect the write-off at
the time of the Wachovia acquisition. They must have been busy with
Christmas because this year they have adjusted these write offs and
increased them by $7.1 billion in the first half of 2009 - write-offs that
do not hit current earnings. This wonderful accounting chicanery can
continue for one year after the merger date, so they have until New Year's
eve to "discover" new losses.
It gets better. The company acquired $110 billion
in what it calls Pick and Pay and everyone else calls option ARM mortgages
with the purchase of Wachovia. These were valued at $90 billion and change
when the deal was closed. Wells shoved a big chunk under the umbrella of
purchase accounting and using these rules then got rid of $20 billion in
losses. Remember that write downs under these rules do not hit your current
books. Some percentage of the remainder, $38.9 billion, can still be
adjusted retroactively under purchase accounting - I think, I am not sure,
don't quote me - and ain't life grand? Of the option ARM mortgages still
held by the company, the loan to value ratio based on quarterly adjustments
is 87.2% but with home prices still falling I am willing to bet - as is
Meredith Whitney, who is predicting another sharp drop in nationwide home
values -- this is 100% in a year. And that means owners have no incentive to
stay in their homes as mortgages reset. More importantly, while the company
assumes future losses on these mortgages in a manner I literally cannot
fathom (but I think they are assuming a 31%-35% default rate), analysts from
Goldman Sachs (GS) see almost 61% of option ARMs originated in 2007 will
fall into default. The Goldman guys assumed a 10% decline in home prices,
and, over time, these same analysts estimate more than half of all option
ARMs ever issued will eventually default. If Goldman is correct, or close,
that is 25% of, well, what? They can write off a lot of this stuff via
purchase accounting. But let's be kind to me and my hard work and say it
will cost them $5 billion more than they are assuming.
Third, proposed accounting rule changes would force
banks, including WFC, to put off balance sheet assets on their balance
sheet. WFC has more than $2.0 trillion of this off balance sheet nonsense -
using the same acronyms, I might add, used by Enron (and that other great
bank, Citigroup (C)). Some healthy percentage of these assets can be assumed
to be headed to the balance sheet if the FDIC says they agree with the FASB
rules and insist banks live by them. In theory, and based on history, WFC
would then have to raise enormous amounts of capital or dump assets to stay
within regulatory guidelines. They cannot dump assets - they would have done
so if they could have - which means pounds of new shares and shareholder
dilutions. Of course, the FDIC is free to ignore GAAP rules when creating
regulatory requirements and it is possible they will do so again. But the
cat (let's say the cat's name is transparency), will be out of the bag and
lazy investors who have yet to consider Wells' off balance sheet follies
will now get a closer look at them.
Question
When it came to evaluating internal controls under PCAOB rules, where were the
CPA auditing firms?
The FASB and IASB Won't Care For This Case
The Moral Hazard of Fair Value Accounting
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting
Weekly Review on June 12, 2009
Wells Fargo, BofA Pay to Settle Claims
by Jennifer
Levitz
The Wall Street Journal
Jun 09, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124447741263994585.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
TOPICS: Advanced
Financial Accounting, Auditing, Fair-Value Accounting Rules, Internal
Controls, Investments
SUMMARY: "One
of the nation's largest mutual-fund companies allegedly overvalued its
holdings of mortgage securities during the housing bust, making its fund
appear to be one of the top performers, and then was forced to take big
write-downs, leaving some investors in the supposedly conservative offering
with losses approaching 25%....Evergreen began repricing the securities
after its valuation committee learned on June 10 that the portfolio managers
had known since March about problems with a certain mortgage-backed security
but had failed to disclose it to the committee", the SEC said.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The
implication of properly establishing fair values in a trading portfolio is
the major topic covered in this article. Also touched on are the internal
control procedures and related audit steps over this valuation process.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
What was the implication of not properly valuing certain fund investment for
the reported performance of the Evergreen Ultra Fund?
2. (Introductory)
What also was the apparent problem with the type of investment made by
portfolio managers of this Evergreen fund? In your answer, comment on the
purpose of the fund and the risk of mortgage-backed securities in which it
invested.
3. (Introductory)
How should an entity such as the Evergreen Ultra Fund account for its
investments? Describe the balance and income implications and state what
accounting standard requires this treatment.
4. (Advanced)
What evidence should the Evergreen fund's portfolio managers have taken into
account in valuing investments? How did the fund managers allegedly avoid
using that evidence?
5. (Advanced)
What internal control procedures were apparently in place at Evergreen to
ensure that fund assets were properly valued by portfolio managers? What was
the apparent breakdown in internal control?
6. (Advanced)
Based on the description in the article of internal control processes at
Evergreen, design audit procedures to assess whether the internal control
over investment valuations is functioning properly. What evidence might
arise to indicate a failure in internal control?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Wells Fargo, BofA Pay to Settle Claims," by Jennifer Levitz, The Wall
Street Journal, June 10, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124447741263994585.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
Wells Fargo & Co. and Bank of America Corp. agreed
Monday to settle claims that employees misled investors about the value and
safety of certain securities during the financial crisis.
Wells's Boston-based mutual fund Evergreen
Investment Management Co. agreed along with its brokerage unit to pay $40
million to end civil state and federal securities-fraud allegations that it
overvalued the holdings of its Evergreen Ultra Short Opportunities Fund and
then, when it was going to lower the value of the securities, informed only
select investors -- many of them customers of an Evergeen affiliate --
allowing them to cash out of the fund and lessen their losses.
Separately, Bank of America agreed to "facilitate"
the return of more than $3 billion to California clients who purchased
auction rate securities, an investment that went sour last year amid a
liquidity freeze. The bank reached the agreement with the California
Department of Corporations.
"We are pleased that the outcome of these
negotiations will result in the return of money to many investors who
suffered by the freezing of their assets when the auctions failed," said
California Department of Corporations Deputy Commissioner Alan Weinger. A
bank spokeswoman couldn't be reached for comment.
The Wells case highlights the valuing of securities
as a key issue during the financial crisis as banks, hedge funds and now
mutual funds have failed to take losses on their holdings even though there
was evidence in the market these securities were trading at lower prices.
In one case Evergreen, which had $164 billion in
assets at the end of the first quarter, was holding a security at nearly
full value when another fund at the firm purchased a similar security for 10
cents on the dollar.
Evergreen didn't admit or deny wrongdoing in a
settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Massachusetts
Securities Division. "We are committed to acting in the best interest of
shareholders, and continue to move forward with our primary goal of
safeguarding your investments," Evergreen stated in a letter to clients on
its Web site announcing the settlement.
Evergreen was a unit of Wachovia Corp. at the time
of the alleged overvaluations. Lisa Brown Premo and Robert Rowe, then
co-managers of the Ultra fund, have left Evergreen, as have two unidentified
senior vice presidents, said Evergreen spokeswoman Laura Fay. Wachovia was
acquired last year by Wells Fargo.
The Evergreen case is similar to an SEC fraud case
against Van Wagoner Funds in San Francisco. In 2004, Van Wagoner agreed to
pay $800,000 to settle civil charges by the SEC that it mispriced some
technology-company securities in its stock funds.
Regulators allege that Evergreen inflated the value
of mortgage-related securities in the Ultra fund -- which the company touted
as conservative -- by as much as 17% between February 2007 and June 2008,
when it closed and liquidated the fund. The overstatement caused the fund to
rank as one of the top five or 10 funds among between 40 and 50 similar
funds in 2007 and part of 2008. An accurate valuation would have placed the
fund at the bottom of its category, regulators said.
Regulators said that when Evergreen began to
reprice certain inflated holdings in the three weeks before the fund was
liquidated on June 18, the company only disclosed the adjustments -- and the
reason why -- to select customers, many of them customers of Evergreen
affiliate Wachovia Securities LLC. Those customers also were told more
pricing adjustments were likely.
At liquidation, the fund had $403 million in
assets, down from $739 million at the end of 2007, regulators said.
David Bergers, director of the SEC in Boston, said
that by law mutual funds must treat all shareholders equally, and that "it's
particularly troubling in these difficult times that that did not happen."
He said the SEC's "investigation is continuing relating to this matter."
Ms. Fay declined to comment on Mr. Bergers's
statement. Of Monday's settlement, she said it is in "Evergreen's and our
clients' best interest to resolve the matter and move forward."
Regulators say that in pricing Ultra fund
securities, Evergreen's portfolio managers didn't factor in readily
available information about the decline in mortgage-backed securities. By
law, mutual funds are supposed to take all available information into
account when valuing securities, and "that's especially true when the market
is shifting," Mr. Bergers said.
Massachusetts regulators cite one case in May 2008
in which the Ultra fund priced a subprime mortgage-backed security for
$98.93, even though another Evergreen fund purchased the same security for
$9.50.
After learning of the transaction, state regulators
allege, the Ultra fund's portfolio management team contacted the broker who
had sold the security to determine whether the sale was distressed and thus
could be disregarded for purposes of determining the fair value of the
security. The dealer responded that the security wasn't coming from a
distressed seller. Nonetheless, the Ultra fund team told Evergreen's
valuation committee they believed the sale was distressed and failed to
lower the price of the security for several days.
Evergreen began repricing the securities after its
valuation committee learned on June 10 that the portfolio managers had known
since March about problems with a certain mortgage-backed security but had
failed to disclose it to the committee, the SEC said.
Question
When it came to evaluating internal controls under PCAOB rules, where were the
CPA auditing firms?
When the litigation dust settles on all
shareholder lawsuits against auditing firms in the aftermath of the banking
crisis, there's serious doubt whether the Big Four international auditing firms
will survive?
Bernanke's money printing press
On March 18, the Federal Reserve announced it would purchase up to $300 billion
of long-term bonds as well as $750 billion of mortgage-backed securities. Of all
the Fed's moves, this "quantitative easing" gets money into the economy the
fastest -- basically by cranking the handle of the printing press and flooding
the market with dollars (in reality, with additional bank credit). Since these
dollars are not going into home building, coal-fired electric plants or auto
factories, they end up in the stock market. A rising market means that banks are
able to raise much-needed equity from private money funds instead of from the
feds. And last Thursday, accompanying this flood of new money, came the
reassuring results of the bank stress tests. The next day Morgan Stanley raised
$4 billion by selling stock at $24 in an oversubscribed deal. Wells Fargo also
raised $8.6 billion that day by selling stock at $22 a share, up from $8 two
months ago. And Bank of America registered 1.25 billion shares to sell this
week. Citi is next. It's almost as if someone engineered a stock-market rally to
entice private investors to fund the banks rather than taxpayers.
Andy Kessler, "Was It a Sucker's
Rally? You can have a jobless recovery but you can't have a profitless one,"
The Wall Street Journal, May 12, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124208415028908497.html
Have the auditors resumed handing out rose colored glasses
to accompany banking's bad debt reserves?
Last week, Wells Fargo (WFC) said it will report record
Q1 earnings. It caused the stock to shoot up, but it also raised a few eyebrows
as analysts wondered how realistic the company is being with respect to loan
losses . . . The bottom line is that if bank earnings are across-the-board too
strong, then it looks like the game is just totally rigged. The economy is still
going to crap, defaults are still increasing rapidly, and commercial real estate
is finally set to teeter -- how does it make sense for banks to be reporting
anything near record earnings? It doesn't. Unless Wells Fargo and Goldman Sachs
can explain exactly how they had such amazing quarters against the current
backdrop, the only conclusion will be that the banks are still fundamentally
black holes that can't be trusted or valued by investors and counterparties. And
when you factor in the stress test results -- which however ridiculous they may
be could result in forced capital raises -- the bloom could come off this rose
pretty fast.
Joe Weisenthall, "Banks Risk
Reporting Too-Good Earnings," Business Insider, April 13, 2009 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/banks-risk-reporting-too-good-earnings-2009-4
Bob Jensen's threads on the Bailout mess ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
At the University of Texas at Austin's
McCombs School of Business (McCombs
Undergraduate Business Profile), the minimum GPA in
2009 for undergraduate students, resident or nonresident, who wanted to transfer
into the business school was 3.6, according to the school's admissions Web site.
Back in 2005, the minimum GPA for an internal transfer was 3.4 for residents and
3.5 for nonresidents.
"Business: Big Major on Campus: A flight to safety is driving up
enrollment at many undergraduate business programs, but that's making it tougher
to get in," by Alison Damast, Business Week, September 24,
2009 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/sep2009/bs20090924_680815.htm?link_position=link1
Every fall, Linda Salchenberger, dean of Marquette
University's College of Business Administration (Marquette
Undergraduate Business Profile), meets with
parents of freshman students to welcome them to the school and gauge their
expectations for the years ahead. This year, she stood in front of a group
of 400 of them and posed a question she thought would receive a lukewarm
response in today's challenging economic climate.
"I asked, 'How many of you are optimistic about the
job prospects for your students four years from now,' and I'd say easily
three-quarters of them raised their hand," she says.
That was just the first bit of good news
Salchenberger received. Enrollment in the freshman class is up 7% over last
year and the school just welcomed its largest ever freshman, sophomore, and
junior classes to campus, she says.
This is a scenario being played out on the campuses
of many colleges and universities across the country this fall. Driven by
the recession and one of the largest incoming freshman classes in the
nation's history, the business major is experiencing a surge in popularity
among students. Dozens of business schools, including Emory University's
Goizueta Business School (Goizueta
Undergraduate Business Profile), Santa Clara University's
Leavey School of Business (Santa
Clara Undergraduate Business Profile), and the University of Scranton's
Kania School of Management (Scranton
Undergraduate Business Profile) are reporting an
uptick in their entering freshman classes, with many boasting record
enrollment and interest from high school graduates. At some schools,
enrollment is up by as much as 10% or 15%, stretching them to capacity and,
in some cases, forcing admissions officers to be more selective and tighten
their criteria.
Starting Salaries Take a Hit
Deans and admissions officers say students and
parents are increasingly viewing the business major as the most practical
major in this economy, one that will put them in the best position to land a
job after graduation. Increasingly, many who intended to become liberal arts
majors are switching gears to business, or double majoring, pursuing a
degree in history, for example, at the same time as one in finance,
administrators say.
Many of these students are positioning themselves
for what they hope will be an economic recovery down the road. However,
their confidence in a business degree as the key to jump-starting their
careers may be misplaced, especially if they graduate in the next year or
two. Business graduates have been as hard hit by the downturn as most
majors, a trend that shows no signs of abating, and their salaries are not
faring much better. According to a July report from the National Association
of Colleges and Employers, the average starting salary for 2009 college
graduates with bachelor's degrees in business increased less than 1%, to
$47,239. Some business majors fared especially poorly. Business
administration majors saw their salaries sink 2.1%, to $44,944. Meanwhile,
economics graduates saw their salaries dip by 1.3%, to $49,829, according to
the report.
Even so, business has always been a popular major
among undergraduates. In academic year 2006-07, the largest number of
bachelor's degrees conferred was in business (21%), followed by social
sciences and history (11%), education (7%), and health sciences (7%),
according to the most recent figures available from the Education Dept.'s
National Center for Education Statistics. Fueling that trend, many students
enter college already knowing they want to become business majors; nearly
17% of full-time freshmen at four-year colleges across the country said they
planned to major in business in the fall of 2008, according to data from the
latest national student survey conducted by the University of California,
Los Angeles' Higher Education Research Institute.
Majoring in Business as an Investment
Though enrollment figures for fall 2009 are not yet
available, John Fernandes, president of the Association to Advance
Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB), a leading accreditation group, says
he expects that trend to continue its upward spiral this academic year. He
says he's heard anecdotally from a number of schools that business is the
most popular major this year on campus, with many students even choosing to
pursue double majors within the business school, such as a
finance-and-accounting combination. That's a strategy students believe will
give them more concrete skills and an edge when they enter the job market,
Fernandes says.
"Any time the economy looks difficult, that means
undergraduates will look towards a degree that they can more quickly apply
to a job. And students see business as the major with the greatest
likelihood of getting one," Fernandes says.
That's the case for Christopher Paschal, 18, a
freshman at Santa Clara, who intends to double-major in accounting and
political science. Paschal says he is not certain yet whether he'll pursue a
career in politics or business but notes that with the recession he felt it
was more important than ever to have a business foundation, no matter what
path he ends up pursuing.
"It is a safe choice. I knew business would help
set me up for a good career, even if the economy is good or bad," he says.
Another reason he's taking a closer look at the
business field? Paschal says he was strongly urged by his mother, who works
at IBM (IBM),
to consider a business major. That's a conversation
that more and more parents are having with their children these days before
sending them off to college, says Drew Starbird, acting dean of Santa
Clara's Leavey School. He believes it is one of the reasons Leavey's
enrollment is up 13% this year, with 320 students majoring in business.
"Higher education is an expensive proposition for
families and many families look on it as an investment. It can pay off in a
lot of different ways and one of the ways it pays off is in a job and higher
salary down the road," he says. "Especially now, the families who send their
kids to college are doing that calculation."
That mindset among families is also evident at
Scranton's Kania School, where freshman enrollment is up about 10% over last
year, says Dean Michael Mensah. Meanwhile, total undergraduate enrollment at
the business school continues to rise. Back in academic year 2006-07, there
were 816 students enrolled at the school; this fall, enrollment tops off at
891 students.
Mensah says the school's curriculum—which has an
emphasis on ethics and responsibility—is helping draw students. But that's
only part of the appeal, he says.
"Business graduates usually get a chance at a good
career much faster than any other majors and this is a time when people
would probably like to stay away from additional education, or at least
recoup some of their undergraduate investment before pursuing some other
path," Mensah says.
Raising the Standards
On some campuses, the increased fervor for the
business major means it is becoming more competitive to get into B-schools.
For example, applications have been so strong recently at some universities,
especially large state ones, that they are increasing their minimum grade
point averages (GPA) to 3.2 or higher to narrow the field of candidates,
AACSB's Fernandes says.
At the University of Texas at Austin's
McCombs School of Business (McCombs
Undergraduate Business Profile), the minimum GPA
in 2009 for undergraduate students, resident or nonresident, who wanted to
transfer into the business school was 3.6, according to the school's
admissions Web site. Back in 2005, the minimum GPA for an internal transfer
was 3.4 for residents and 3.5 for nonresidents.
Continued in article
Decline of the Humanities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#Berkowitz
Do We Need Changes in J-Schools and B-Schools ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#JSchools
And for Liberal Arts Universities Without Undergraduate Business Majors
There are Courses and Certificates
New undergraduate business or finance certificate programs added on to arts
colleges at Princeton, Northwestern, and Columbia
New undergraduate courses (but not degrees) are being offered at colleges
like Dartmouth
Some like the University of Pennsylvania have long-standing undergraduate
business degree programs
"Business: The New Liberal Art: Interest in business is surging at
elite liberal arts colleges, and schools that once shunned the business major
are now offering coursework," Business Week, October 22, 2009 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/oct2009/bs20091022_146227.htm?link_position=link1
Ever since fleeing Europe's tyranny for the New
World, Americans have established a collegiate system which emphasizes a
broad, liberal arts education. Even as larger state schools mimicked
European universities and offered undergraduate majors in vocational fields,
the Ivy League schools and their peers, for the most part, resisted. "In
America, we think more in terms of a broad undergraduate education," says
Paul Danos, dean of Dartmouth's
Tuck School of Business (Tuck
Full-Time MBA Profile). "Other parts of the world
are much more specific. They believe in the benefit of students going
directly into their major and taking several years of very narrow, technical
work. We don't think of it that way."
But as the financial industry becomes an
increasingly sought-after destination for talented undergraduates, some
top schools are reconsidering that age-old bias.
In the last three years, liberal arts
colleges that once shunned the business major have begun making business
courses available to undergrads. And with
the job market in turmoil, interest in these programs has surged. At Tuck,
growing demand has led the school to triple the number of business classes
it offers. Columbia, which has seen increased interest among undergrads for
the business courses in its catalog, is considering a program similar to one
at Northwestern's
Kellogg School of Management that yields a
business certificate upon completion. That program itself has been so
popular that it expanded just a year after its inception.
Once wholly committed to their vision of students
well-versed in philosophy, history, and science, these schools appear to be
changing course. According to Amir Ziv, vice-dean at
Columbia
Business School (Columbia
Full-Time MBA Profile), behind this shift in
attitude is "a lot of demand from the undergrads to know something about
business."
For liberal arts students, a little bit of business
knowhow is a powerful thing, giving them the confidence they need to work in
a business setting. "It's hard for students coming from a liberal arts
education not to feel disadvantaged when they're up against students from,
say, the
Wharton
(Wharton
Undergraduate Business Profile) undergraduate
program," says Charles Friedland, a senior majoring in economics at
Dartmouth. Friedland, 21, accepted a summer internship offer last spring
from Bank of America (BAC)
without a single credit in business to his name. But as one of the students
to enroll in financial accounting, the first Tuck business class ever
offered to undergraduate students, he had the credit by his first day of
work. "After the first or second day of the internship, it was already
evident how much taking the class helped in terms of being comfortable in
the atmosphere of a large finance firm," he says.
The last thing highly ranked schools want is for a
large number of students to be at a perceived disadvantage when vying for
full-time jobs. "Students realize that when they go to their first job they
want to know something about business," says Ziv. "If you've had an
accounting class, that gives you an advantage. You understand what
profit-and-loss sheets are and what balance sheets are. And that helps."
The overwhelming popularity and growing necessity
of the finance offerings is forcing schools to expand their assortment of
classes. Dartmouth initially introduced just two sections of accounting to
undergraduates and already has plans to add two more sections of marketing
and eventually two sections of management. Meanwhile, Columbia is
considering parlaying its selection of undergraduate courses into a more
formalized concentration that upon completion would be recognized on
students' transcripts, a program similar to one already offered by Kellogg.
Northwestern Succumbs In 2007, 41 years after it
terminated its once well-regarded undergraduate program to focus on building
a prestigious graduate business school, Kellogg responded to the unyielding
demand for its business classes on the undergraduate level by reopening its
doors to college-age students. Many undergrads wanted something formal,
perhaps a major to put on their résumés. Kellogg compromised. It began
offering an undergraduate certificate to students who fulfill a set of
business pre-requisites and earn a B average in four advanced-level business
classes.
"We wanted to build on the breadth of the
undergraduate program," says Janice Eberly, a Kellogg professor with a hand
in establishing the business certificate. "So we made the decision to layer
business skills, in the form of a certificate program, on that existing,
strong educational foundation that Northwestern students already have." As
the economy collapsed, interest in the program has surged—not only are
applications up sharply, but a second certificate in engineering and
business has been added.
At Kellogg, undergraduate students can access the
certificate program classes only via an extensive application process. Once
accepted, undergrads have access to many of the same resources that their
graduate counterparts do. Classes are taught by Kellogg professors, and a
career services counselor is dedicated solely to the undergraduate job
search. Among top private schools now offering some business education, it's
the closest any have come to an actual business major.
Holding the Line The new and expanding business
programs like those at Columbia and Kellogg are valuable for students like
Tom Evans. A senior at Kellogg's certificate program, Evans entered
Northwestern with a fleeting interest in physics, but within a year came to
realize that finance was his calling. He majored in mathematical methods in
social science & economics, and applied for the certificate program during
the first year of its existence, hoping to get a grounding in the way
economic theories play out in the world of business. His only regret: not
being able to major in business. "It's very limiting and restricting for
schools to stay stuck in their ways," he says. "They should be more
conscious of the necessity to accommodate people of varying interests."
While undergraduate business offerings at liberal
arts schools are gaining traction, no one expects them to morph into
full-blown business majors any time soon. Danos believes that a basic
understanding of finance is crucial to any learned young man or woman; from
the English majors who aspire to law to the future doctors sitting in an
organic chemistry class. And in spite of the steadily rising interest in
business at these schools, the intellectual breadth that liberal arts
schools aim to offer is as dear to them now as it was when Harvard was
founded in 1636.
"The trend is to get some exposure of business,"
Danos says. "But I don't think that we're going to go the route of the big
schools with full, two year majors in business—certainly Dartmouth won't."
Jensen Comment
One of the prestige-university holdouts that resisted a cash cow MBA program
(unlike Harvard, Yale, MIT, Penn, Cornell, Dartmouth, Columbia, Stanford, Rice,
and others) is Princeton University. However, I found that
Princeton now offers and undergraduate certificate program in finance ---
http://www.princeton.edu/bcf/undergraduate/
The certificate program in finance has four major requirements at
Princeton University:
- First, there are prerequisites in mathematics,
economics, and probability and statistics, as necessary for the study of
finance at a sophisticated level. Advance planning is essential as these
courses should be completed prior to the junior year.
- Second, two required core courses provide an
integrated overview and background in modern finance.
- Third, students are required to take three
elective courses.
- Fourth, a significant piece of independent
work must relate to issues or methods of finance. This takes the form of
a senior thesis, or for non-ECO or ORF majors only, if there is no
possibility of finance content in their senior thesis or junior paper, a
separate, shorter piece of independent work is required instead.
Brown University offers a wide range of finance courses coupled with the
ability to customized undergraduate majors at Brown ---
http://www.brown.edu/Departments/Economics/undergraduate.php
In 2006, several
finance related course underwent renumbering. The following list
shows you the old and current numbers of the courses in this area.
Current Course Number.
Name |
Pre-1996 Course
Number. Name |
1710. Investments |
1770. Financial Markets I
|
1720. Corporate Finance
|
1790. Corporate Finance
|
1750. Options and Derivatives
(Investments II) |
1780. Financial Markets II
|
1760. Financial Institutions
|
1760. Financial Institutions
|
1770. Fixed Income Securities
|
1710. Fixed Income Securities
|
1780. Corporate Strategy
|
1330. Econ. Competitive Strategy
|
1790. Corp. Govern. and Manag. |
1340. Econ. Corp. Governance |
|
October 31, 2009 reply from David Albrecht
[albrecht@PROFALBRECHT.COM]
This view is not universally held. At my previous
school, I suggested in an e-mail to university faculty, that exposure to
business classes in the gen ed core might prove to be a good thing for
several reasons. One of those reasons is that students might get an exposure
to another field of study and would broaden their academic experience. I was
panned and mocked by everyone including business faculty, but my idea was
received well by music faculty.
November 1, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi David,
The new financial certificate undergraduate programs such as those at
Princeton and Columbia will not solve a basic societal problem about
ignorance in personal finance and taxation, because these programs reach so
few students. The same may be said about colleges having one or more
elective finance courses in the general education core.
The overwhelming majority of college graduates (including most PhD
graduates, medical school graduates, and law school graduates) is that they
do not have a clue about personal finance, investing, personal accounting,
financial risk and insurance, business law, and most importantly tax
planning. I’ve encountered attorneys that, in my viewpoint, are financially
ignorant even though they are advising clients about estate planning and
real estate investing.
This ignorance among most of our college graduates has huge societal
externalities. The fundamental cause of divorce in society is rooted in
personal financial disasters and spending fights between spouses that often
carries over into life-long behavioral destruction of children. How much of
this could be avoided by requiring that all college graduates have the
rudiments of personal financial responsibility?
Many of our graduates do not realize that personal bankruptcy laws have
changed. They still believe it is relatively simple to accumulate huge debts
and repeatedly declare bankruptcy over and over when needed to clear out
their unpaid debts.
I’ve got news for them about Chapter 7 changes that took place in 2005
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bankruptcy_Abuse_Prevention_and_Consumer_Protection_Act
Partly as a result of their financial ignorance, many college graduates
get themselves early-on in financial messes due to student loans they can’t
afford, credit card balances they cannot afford, and vote for spending
legislation that messes up entire communities or the nation as a whole. They
do not understand the rudiments of time value of money and cannot make wise
choices about such things as investing in taxable versus tax-free
investments.
Unfortunately, the finance certificate undergraduate programs (such as
those at Princeton) reach less than one percent of the undergraduate. Even
our business and accounting undergraduate degree programs do not reach a
majority of the graduating class.
And so my rant for educating all college students about personal finances
and taxation goes on and on to deaf ears among higher education faculty and
administrators controlling the general education curricula. There may be
innovative ways to educate students along these lines. Firstly, I would try
to educate the faculty about personal finance and taxation since these
faculty members most likely advise students in ways that affect the lives of
those students. Secondly, it may be possible to require these items as
“training” requirements much like colleges require physical education by
whatever name.
Bob Jensen’s personal finance helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/BookBob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
Before reading the tidbit below, I remind you that
specialized business accreditation of colleges by the
AACSB,
IACAB, or some other
accrediting body costs a lot of money initially and every year thereafter for
maintaining accreditation.
If colleges do not have specialized accreditation in a
given discipline, they should especially think twice before seeking specialized
accreditation. It's a little like getting a boyfriend, girlfriend, or spouse.
Getting one is relatively easy, but getting rid of one can be costly and highly
traumatic. It may not be quite as costly to voluntarily drop accreditation, but
all hell breaks loose if the accrediting body puts a college on probation or
suspension of accreditation. The publicity of lost
accreditation can be far more devastating than the loss of accreditation itself.
Specialized accreditation by prestigious schools has always
been somewhat a waste of money except for public relations purposes among other
business schools. For purposes of student recruiting and faculty hiring, who
cares about AACSB accreditation at Harvard, Stanford, Chicago, Cornell, USC, the
University of Texas, or the University of Illinois? In really tough financial
times, these universities could easily save money by dropping accreditation, but
their budgets are probably not so miserable as to consider dropping
accreditation.
Specialized accreditation in a given discipline typically
matters more to lesser-known, especially regional, colleges that have a more
difficult time recruiting highly talented students and faculty. Sadly, these are
often the schools that can least afford the cost of maintaining accreditation.
Saving money by dropping accreditation becomes a much tougher decision if
accreditation is deemed to matter in recruitment of students and faculty.
"Struggling Colleges Question the Cost—and Worth—of
Specialized Accreditation," by Eric Kelderman, Chronicle of Higher
Education, October 5, 2009 ---
Click Here
In thinking about selecting a new dean for
its business school this year, Southern New Hampshire University considered
whether the new leader should guide the school to gain accreditation through
the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business, as more than 500
colleges have done.
But after seeing estimates that the costs
of meeting those standards could top $2-million annually, Paul J. LeBlanc,
president of the university, decided that approval from the business-college
association wasn't worth the institution's time or money.
While accreditation from a federally
recognized organization is required for an institution's students to receive
federal financial aid, colleges have often sought additional specialized
accreditation to meet professional-licensing standards or to bolster their
reputations.
But in the uncertain economic climate,
some institutions are struggling with whether they can maintain the levels
of financial support or the numbers of highly qualified faculty members
needed for the associations' stamps of approval. And some campus leaders are
deciding that the costs of such endorsements outweigh the benefits.
An Expensive Business The price of
becoming accredited includes annual dues and the expenses of peer reviewers
who visit the campus every few years. Annual membership fees for
business-school accreditation range from $2,500 to $7,300, and one-time fees
for initial accreditation are as much as $18,500.
But a much greater cost usually comes with
having to meet an association's standards for hiring a sufficient number of
qualified faculty members. This has added to the intense competition for
professors in fields such as pharmacology, nursing, and business, where
instructors are scarce because jobs outside academe do not usually require a
terminal degree, and teaching at a university might mean a big pay cut.
Rather than compete with the nation's best
business colleges for a limited number of people with doctoral degrees, Mr.
LeBlanc said his institution would be better off creating business-degree
programs with practical applications, in areas like supply-chain management.
Seeking accreditation would also have tied up the new dean with duties other
than running the school, he said.
Jerry E. Trapnell, executive vice
president and chief accreditation officer at the Association to Advance
Collegiate Schools of Business, says that so far, the economic downturn has
not led to an unusually high number of colleges dropping out of the
accreditation process. But the long-term effect of the downturn is hard to
predict, he said.
Other business-school leaders say the
costs of accreditation from the business-college association are a problem
not just because of the economy. The cost, some experts argue, has "stunted
the growth" of continuing-education programs that typically attract
nontraditional students who may not have the time or money to pursue a
college degree full time.
Business and management courses are
indispensable for continuing-education programs, said Jay A. Halfond, dean
of Metropolitan College at Boston University, and Thomas E. Moore, dean of
the College of Business Administration at Northeastern University, in an
article they wrote this year in the journal Continuing Higher Education
Review. But to meet the accreditation standards, undergraduate programs that
have more than a quarter of their courses in business and graduate programs
with at least half of their courses in that field must be taught primarily
by "full-time, conventional faculty, with advanced research credentials and
an active record of ongoing scholarship," the authors wrote.
To keep continuing-education programs
affordable for part-time students, some colleges have sidestepped the
standards by using "euphemistic" names for their programs, the article said,
or by making sure that the proportion of business courses is just under the
accreditor's threshold.
Mr. Halfond doesn't think business-school
accreditors are "the evil empire," he said in an interview. "But it can be
very painful for some institutions to reach their standards, and they're not
very forgiving."
A Mark of Credibility Officials at Georgia
Southwestern State University, however, say the business school's
accreditation has improved the reputation of its program. John G. Kooti,
dean of the School of Business Administration there, said the goal of
accreditation inspired greater support from the university and attracted
better-qualified faculty members and more students. "We used accreditation
to build a program," he said. "It brought us credibility."
Georgia Southwestern, which earned
accreditation from the business-college association this spring, doubled the
amount of the business school's budget over the past five years to meet the
accreditor's standards, Mr. Kooti said. The school has also increased the
size of its faculty to 19 from 11. And Mr. Kooti anticipates hiring two more
faculty members next year to keep up with enrollment, which has grown 20
percent over the past two years.
Georgia Southwestern has also spent nearly
$500,000 to renovate the space that the business school uses, Mr. Kooti
said. Feng Xu, an assistant professor of management, said potential faculty
members look more favorably on job offers from accredited business colleges.
Even institutions without that accreditation look for instructors who have
degrees from accredited colleges, he said.
International students are also concerned
about accreditation because they may have little other information about the
quality of an institution before coming to the United States, said Mr. Xu, a
native of China who earned graduate degrees at South Dakota State University
and George Washington University, both of which are accredited by the
business-school association.
Eduardo J. Marti, president of
Queensborough Community College of the City University of New York, said
that the real value of accreditation accrued to students. "The only thing
our students leave the college with is a certificate of stock, a diploma,
which is worth only the reputation of the college," he said.
"I think a lot of presidents cry about the
cost of accreditation and the things they have to do to meet the standards,
when what they are really saying is they are concerned about someone coming
from outside and trying to run their programs," he said.
However, Mr. Halfond, of Boston
University's Metropolitan College, said that whether or not an institution
has earned a specialized accreditation is probably not a major concern of
most students and applicants. Because of that, he said, some colleges may
calculate that the cost of seeking and maintaining accreditation is far
greater than that of losing a few potential students.
In fact, Steven F. Soba, director of
undergraduate admissions at Southern New Hampshire, said that during his 17
years as an admissions officer he could think of only a couple of instances
where parents had inquired about any kind of accreditation.
Accreditors' Concerns As state budget cuts
and other drops in revenue take their toll on colleges, some accrediting
groups are trying to ease the financial burdens on institutions or at least
give them a chance to wait out the recession without being penalized.
Sharon J. Tanner, executive director of
the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, said that losing
existing or potential members is a concern for many accrediting bodies,
though they are unlikely to admit publicly that it is happening for fear of
damaging their reputations.
The nursing-accreditation group is still
benefiting from the booming demand for health-care workers, Ms. Tanner said.
Forty-one institutions entered the initial phase of nursing accreditation
during the past year. At the same time, however, a small number of colleges
have asked to delay campus visits by peer reviewers, she said, and several
other institutions have sought advice on how to remain accredited while
making cuts in their programs.
James G. Cibulka, president of the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, said many of his
member institutions accepted the association's offer to delay their
accreditation cycle by one year.
The council has also redesigned its
accrediting standards to focus more on how well education students perform
as teachers rather than on the specifics of the college's academic program.
In addition to improving teacher education, the new standards are expected
to be less costly for colleges, Mr. Cibulka said.
Cynthia A. Davenport, director of the
Association of Specialized & Professional Accreditors, said concerns about
the economy and its effect on the quality of academic programs were widely
discussed at a recent meeting of her association, which represents about 60
organizations that assess programs such as acupuncture, landscape
architecture, and veterinary medicine.
The poor economy, however, is no excuse to
let accreditation standards slip, she said. At a time when students are
flocking back to college to improve their job skills, the public needs to be
assured that colleges are providing quality education, she said.
If the college can't afford to hire the
same number of faculty members for an accredited program as they have in the
past, for instance, then they could reduce the enrollment in that area, she
said.
"Members know that some institutions may
be faced with difficult choices," she said, "but if they can't meet the
standards, then maybe they shouldn't be offering that program."
October 9, 2009 reply from Barbara Scofield
[barbarawscofield@GMAIL.COM]
Yet accreditation can't be ignored in accounting
education
NASBA's UAA Model at
http://www.nasba.org/862571B900737CED/F3458557E80CD8CA862575C3005DBD36/$file/UAA_Model_Rules_April24_2009.pdf
uses accreditation to differentiate the level of
reliance state boards place on business education at universities. Some
states (Texas) pride themselves on their adherence to NASBA, seeing it as a
"best practices" measure.
I'm interested in knowing if any of the states
represented by members of this list already have accreditation issues in
their state board of accountancy rules.
TSBPA adopted requirements for business
communications and accounting research this January for a future effective
date solely (in my opinion) to be able to say that they are following the
NASBA model. In the rules adopted in Texas, there can be no joint credit
towards CPA candidacy for a credit hour that provides both accounting
research and communication skills. So I have little faith in their actually
understanding the research process, despite the presence of academics on the
board.
I had a CPA, former chair of the Texas State Board
of Public Accountancy, board member (perhaps chair at that time) of NASBA
speak in my class, and he spoke plainly about the intent by both bodies (TSBPA
and NASBA) to dictate changes in accounting education without having a clue
that I might disagree with him.
Barbara W. Scofield, PhD, CPA
Chair of Graduate Business Studies and Professor of Accounting
The University of Texas of the Permian Basin
4901 E. University Dr. Odessa, TX 79762
432-552-2183 (Office)
BarbaraWScofield@gmail.com
The NASBA homepage is at
http://www.nasba.org/nasbaweb/NASBAWeb.nsf/WPHP?OpenForm
Accreditation: Why We Must Change
Accreditation has been high on the agenda of the
Secretary of Education’s Commission on the Future of Higher Education —
and not in very flattering ways. In
“issue papers” and
in-person discussions, members of the commission
and others have offered many criticisms of current accreditation practice and
expressed little faith or trust in accreditation as a viable force for quality
for the future.
Judith S. Eaton, "Accreditation: Why We Must Change," Inside Higher Ed,
June 1, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2006/06/01/eaton
Bob Jensen's threads on accreditation issues are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/assess.htm#AccreditationIssues
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
Humor between October 1 and October 31, 2009
Bumper Stickers
-
Obamacare: Call us when
you're shovel ready
-
AARP: Association Against
Retired Persons
-
Bankrupt America? Yes we
can
-
Congressional pirates are the
worst kind
-
Are you better off than $5
trillion before?
-
Community organize in Timbuctoo
Video: Jack Webb on Health Care and
America ---
http://pubsecrets.wordpress.com/2009/09/05/just-the-facts-barack/
Old Butch
John was in the fertilized egg business. He had several hundred young layers
(hens), called 'pullets,' and ten roosters to fertilize the eggs.
He kept records, and any rooster not performing went into the soup pot and
was replaced.
This took a lot of time, so he bought some tiny bells and attached them to
his roosters.
Each bell had a different tone, so he could tell from a distance, which
rooster was performing.
Now, he could sit on the porch And fill out an efficiency report by just
listening to the bells.
John's favourite rooster, old Butch, was a very fine specimen, but this
morning he noticed old Butch's bell hadn't rung at all!
When he went to investigate, he saw the other roosters were busy chasing
pullets, bells-a-ringing, but the pullets, hearing the roosters coming, could
run for cover.
To John's amazement, old Butch had his bell in his beak, so it couldn't ring.
He'd sneak up on a pullet, do his job and walk on to the next one. John was
so proud of old Butch, he entered him in the Renfrew County Fair and he became
an overnight sensation among the judges.
The result was the judges not only awarded old Butch the No Bell Piece Prize
but they also awarded him the Pulletsurprise as well. Clearly old Butch was a
politician in the making. Who else but a politician could figure out how to win
two of the most highly coveted awards on our planet by being the best at
sneaking up on the populace and screwing them when they weren't paying
attention.
Forwarded by Maureen
The Perfect Solution to Senior Health Care
While discussing the upcoming Universal Health Care Program with my friend
the other day, I think we have found the solution. I am sure you have heard the
ideas that if you �re a senior you need to suck it up and give up the idea
that you need any health care. A new hip? Unheard of. We simply can't afford to
take care of you anymore. You don't need any medications for your high blood
pressure, diabetes, heart problems, etc. Let�s take care of the young people.
After all, they will be ruling the world very soon.
So here is the solution. When you turn 70, you get a gun and 4 bullets. You
are allowed to shoot 2 senators and 2 representatives. Of course, you will be
sent to prison where you will get 3 meals a day, a roof over your head and all
the health care you need! New teeth, great! Need glasses, no problem. New hip,
knee, kidney, lung, heart? Well bring it on. And who will be paying for all of
this. The same government that just told you that you are too old for health
care. And, since you are a prisoner, you don't have to pay any income tax.
And if we all do our part we can end up in the same prison and have one hell
of a social life.
I really think we have found a Perfect Solution!
Jensen Comment
Seriously, there was an ex-con who committed another felony because he needed a
heart transplant which he wanted the State of California to pay for (over $1
million).
Forwarded by Paula
Did you ever wonder why there are no dead penguins on the ice in Antarctica -
where do they go?
Wonder no more!!! It is a known fact that the penguin is a very ritualistic
bird which lives an extremely ordered and complex life. The penguin is very
committed to its family and will mate for life, as well as maintaining a form of
compassionate contact with its offspring throughout its life. If a penguin is
found dead on the ice surface, other members of the family and social circle
have been known to dig holes in the ice, using their vestigial wings and beaks,
until the hole is deep enough for the dead bird to be rolled into and buried.
The male penguins then gather in a circle around the fresh grave and sing:
"Freeze a jolly good fellow."
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
'Holy Prostitutes'
A man is driving down a deserted stretch of highway when he notices a sign
out of the corner of his eye....It reads:
SISTERS OF ST. FRANCIS HOUSE OF PROSTITUTION 10 MILES
He thinks this is a figment of his imagination and drives on without second
thought....
Soon he sees another sign which reads:
SISTERS OF ST. FRANCIS HOUSE OF PROSTITUTION 5 MILES
Suddenly he begins to realize that these signs are for real and drives past a
third sign saying:
SISTERS OF ST. FRANCIS HOUSE OF PROSTITUTION NEXT RIGHT
His curiosity gets the best of him and he pulls into the drive. On the far
side of the parking lot is a stone building with a small sign next to the door
reading:
SISTERS OF ST. FRANCIS
He climbs the steps and rings the bell. The door is answered by a nun in a
long black habit who asks, 'What may we do for you ! my son? '
He answers, 'I saw your signs along the highway and was interested in
possibly doing business....'
'Very well my son. Please follow me.' He is led through many winding passages
and is soon quite disoriented. The nun stops at a closed door and tells the man,
'Please knock on this door.'
He does so and another nun in a long habit, holding a tin cup answers the
door... This nun instructs, 'Please place $100 in the cup then go through the
large wooden door at the end of the hallway.'
He puts $100 in the cup, eagerly trots down the hall and slips through the
door pulling it shut behind him.
The door locks, and he finds himself back in the parking lot facing another
sign:
GO IN PEACE. YOU HAVE JUST BEEN SCREWED BY THE SISTERS OF ST. FRANCIS. SERVES
YOU RIGHT, YOU SINNER
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
Posted to Craig's List / Personals:
To the Guy Who Tried to Mug Me in Downtown Savannah night before last. Date:
2009-05-27, 1:43 A M EST. I was the guy wearing the black Burberry jacket that
you demanded that I hand over, shortly after you pulled the knife on me and my
girlfriend threatening our lives. You also asked for my girlfriend's purse and
earrings. I can only hope that you somehow come across this rather important
message.
First, I'd like to apologize for your embarrassment, I didn't expect you to
actually crap in your pants when I drew my pistol after you took my jacket. The
evening was not that cold, and I was wearing the jacket for a reason. My
girlfriend had just bought me that Kimber Model 1911 .45 ACP pistol for my
birthday, and we had picked up a shoulder holster for it that very evening.
Obviously you agree that it is a very intimidating weapon when pointed at your
head ... Isn't it! I know it probably wasn't fun walking back to wherever you'd
come from with that brown sludge in your pants. I'm sure it was even worse
walking bare footed since I made you leave your your shoes, cellphone, and
wallet with me. [That prevented you from calling or running to your buddies to
come help mug us again].
After I called your mother, or "Momma" as you had her listed in your cell, I
explained the entire episode of what you'd done. Then I went and filled up my
gas tank as well as four other people's in the gas station on your credit card.
The guy with the big motor home took 150 gallons and was extremely grateful! I
gave your shoes to a homeless guy outside Vinnie Van Go Go's, along with all the
cash in your wallet. [That made his day!] I then threw your wallet into the big
pink "pimp mobile" that was parked at the curb .... After I broke the windshield
and side window and keyed the entire driver's side of the car.
Later, I called a bunch of phone sex numbers from your cell phone. Ma Bell
just now shut down the line, although I only used the phone for a little over a
day now, so what's going on with that? Earlier, I managed to get in two
threatening phone calls to the DA's office and one to the FBI, while mentioning
President Obama as my possible target. The FBI guy seemed really intense and we
had a nice long chat (I guess while he traced your number etc.). In a way,
perhaps I should apologize for not killing you ... But I feel this type of
retribution is a far more appropriate punishment for your threatened crime. I
wish you well as you try to sort through some of these rather immediate pressing
issues, and can only hope that you have the opportunity to reflect upon, and
perhaps reconsider the career path you've chosen to pursue in life. Remember,
next time you might not be so lucky. Have a good day!
Thoughtfully yours,
Alex
P.S. Remember this motto...An armed society makes for a more civil society!
I can't remember who sent me this. I think it was Will somebody.
Someone had to remind me, so I'm reminding you, too. Don't laugh....
It is all true!
Perks of reaching 50 or being over 60 And heading towards 70!
1. Kidnappers are not very interested in you.
2. In a hostage situation, you are likely to be released first.
3. No one expects you to run -- anywhere.
4. People call at 9 PM and ask, 'Did I wake you?'
5. People no longer view you as a hypochondriac.
6. There is nothing left to learn the hard way.
7. Things you buy now won't wear out.
8. You can eat supper at 4 PM.
9. You can live without sex but not your glasses.
10. You get into heated arguments about pension plans.
11. You no longer think of speed limits as a challenge.
12. You quit trying to hold your stomach in no matter who walks into the
room.
13. You sing along with elevator music.
14. Your eyes won't get much worse.
15. Your investment in health insurance is finally beginning to pay off.
16. Your joints are more accurate meteorologists than the national weather
service.
17. Your secrets are safe with your friends because they can't remember them
either.
18.
Your supply of brain cells is finally down to a manageable size.
19. You can't remember who sent you this list.
Forward this to everyone you can remember right now!
ONE MORE THING:
Never, under any circumstances, take a sleeping pill, and a laxative on the
same night!
Humor Between October 1 and October 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q4.htm#Humor103109
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor093009
Humor Between August 1 and August 31, 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor083109
Humor Between July 1 and July 31. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q3.htm#Humor073109
Humor Between June 1 and June 30. 2009
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor063009
Humor Between May 1 and May 31, 2009 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor053109
Humor Between April 1 and April 30, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q2.htm#Humor043009
Humor Between March 1 and March 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor033109
Humor Between February 1 and February 28, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor022809
Humor Between January 1 and January 31, 2009
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book09q1.htm#Humor01310
And that's the way it was on November 30, 2009 with a little help from my friends.
Accounting News ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Professor Robert E. Jensen (Bob)
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen
190 Sunset Hill Road
Sugar Hill, NH 03586
Phone: 603-823-8482
Email:
rjensen@trinity.edu
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
